Fsun-window-init One time setup for using Sun Windows with mouse. Unless optional argument FORCE is non-nil, is a noop after its first call. Returns a number representing the file descriptor of the open Sun Window, or -1 if can not open it. (sun-window-init &optional FORCE)Fsit-for-millisecs Like sit-for, but ARG is milliseconds. Perform redisplay, then wait for ARG milliseconds or until input is available. Returns t if wait completed with no input. Redisplay does not happen if input is available before it starts. (sit-for-millisecs N)Fsleep-for-millisecs Pause, without updating display, for ARG milliseconds. (sleep-for-millisecs N)Fupdate-display Perform redisplay. (update-display)Fsun-change-cursor-icon Change the Sun mouse cursor icon. ICON is a lisp vector whose 1st element is the X offset of the cursor hot-point, whose 2nd element is the Y offset of the cursor hot-point and whose 3rd element is the cursor pixel data expressed as a string. If ICON is nil then the original arrow cursor is used (sun-change-cursor-icon ICON)Fsun-set-selection Set the current sunwindow selection to STRING. (sun-set-selection STR)Fsun-get-selection Return the current sunwindows selection as a string. (sun-get-selection)Fsun-menu-internal Set up a SunView pop-up menu and return the user's choice. Arguments WINDOW, X, Y, BUTTON, and MENU. *** User code should generally use sun-menu-evaluate *** Arguments WINDOW, X, Y, BUTTON, and MENU. Put MENU up in WINDOW at position X, Y. The BUTTON argument specifies the button to be released that selects an item: 1 = LEFT BUTTON 2 = MIDDLE BUTTON 4 = RIGHT BUTTON The MENU argument is a vector containing (STRING . VALUE) pairs. The VALUE of the selected item is returned. If the VALUE of the first pair is nil, then the first STRING will be used as a menu label. (sun-menu-internal WINDOW X-POSITION Y-POSITION BUTTON MENU)Fint86 Call specific MSDOS interrupt number INTERRUPT with REGISTERS. Return the updated REGISTER vector. INTERRUPT should be an integer in the range 0 to 255. REGISTERS should be a vector produced by `make-register' and `set-register-value'. (int86 INTERRUPT REGISTERS)Fmsdos-memget Read DOS memory at offset ADDRESS into VECTOR. Return the updated VECTOR. (msdos-memget ADDRESS VECTOR)Fmsdos-memput Write DOS memory at offset ADDRESS from VECTOR. (msdos-memput ADDRESS VECTOR)Fmsdos-set-keyboard Set keyboard layout according to COUNTRY-CODE. If the optional argument ALLKEYS is non-nil, the keyboard is mapped for all keys; otherwise it is only used when the ALT key is pressed. The current keyboard layout is available in dos-keyboard-code. (msdos-set-keyboard COUNTRY-CODE &optional ALLKEYS)Fmsdos-mouse-p Report whether a mouse is present. (msdos-mouse-p)Fmsdos-mouse-init Initialize and enable mouse if available. (msdos-mouse-init)Fmsdos-mouse-enable Enable mouse if available. (msdos-mouse-enable)Fmsdos-mouse-disable Disable mouse if available. (msdos-mouse-disable)Finsert-startup-screen Insert copy of screen contents prior to starting emacs. Return nil if startup screen is not available. (insert-startup-screen)Ffile-system-info Return storage information about the file system FILENAME is on. Value is a list of floats (TOTAL FREE AVAIL), where TOTAL is the total storage of the file system, FREE is the free storage, and AVAIL is the storage available to a non-superuser. All 3 numbers are in bytes. If the underlying system call fails, value is nil. (file-system-info FILENAME)Vdos-country-code The country code returned by Dos when Emacs was started. Usually this is the international telephone prefix.Vdos-codepage The codepage active when Emacs was started. The following are known: 437 United States 850 Multilingual (Latin I) 852 Slavic (Latin II) 857 Turkish 860 Portugal 861 Iceland 863 Canada (French) 865 Norway/DenmarkVdos-timezone-offset The current timezone offset to UTC in minutes. Implicitly modified when the TZ variable is changed.Vdos-version The (MAJOR . MINOR) Dos version (subject to modification with setver).Vdos-windows-version The (MAJOR . MINOR) Windows version for DOS session on MS-Windows.Vdos-display-scancodes *When non-nil, the keyboard scan-codes are displayed at the bottom right corner of the display (typically at the end of the mode line). The output format is: scan code:char code*modifiers.Vdos-hyper-key *If set to 1, use right ALT key as hyper key. If set to 2, use right CTRL key as hyper key.Vdos-super-key *If set to 1, use right ALT key as super key. If set to 2, use right CTRL key as super key.Vdos-keypad-mode *Controls what key code is returned by a key in the numeric keypad. The `numlock ON' action is only taken if no modifier keys are pressed. The value is an integer constructed by adding the following bits together: 0x00 Digit key returns digit (if numlock ON) 0x01 Digit key returns kp-digit (if numlock ON) 0x02 Digit key returns M-digit (if numlock ON) 0x03 Digit key returns edit key (if numlock ON) 0x00 Grey key returns char (if numlock ON) 0x04 Grey key returns kp-key (if numlock ON) 0x00 Digit key returns digit (if numlock OFF) 0x10 Digit key returns kp-digit (if numlock OFF) 0x20 Digit key returns M-digit (if numlock OFF) 0x30 Digit key returns edit key (if numlock OFF) 0x00 Grey key returns char (if numlock OFF) 0x40 Grey key returns kp-key (if numlock OFF) 0x200 ALT-0..ALT-9 in top-row produces shifted codes.Vdos-keyboard-layout Contains the country code for the current keyboard layout. Use msdos-set-keyboard to select another keyboard layout.Vdos-decimal-point If non-zero, it contains the character to be returned when the decimal point key in the numeric keypad is pressed when Num Lock is on. If zero, the decimal point key returns the country code specific value.Fmsdos-set-mouse-buttons Set the number of mouse buttons to use by Emacs. This is useful with mice that report the number of buttons inconsistently, e.g., if the number of buttons is reported as 3, but Emacs only sees 2 of them. This happens with wheeled mice on Windows 9X, for example. (msdos-set-mouse-buttons NBUTTONS)Fmsdos-remember-default-colors Remember the screen colors of the current frame. (msdos-remember-default-colors FRAME)Frecent-doskeys Return vector of last 100 keyboard input values seen in dos_rawgetc. Each input key receives two values in this vector: first the ASCII code, and then the scan code. (recent-doskeys)Fmsdos-long-file-names Return non-nil if long file names are supported on MSDOS. (msdos-long-file-names)Fmsdos-downcase-filename Convert alphabetic characters in FILENAME to lower case and return that. When long filenames are supported, doesn't change FILENAME. If FILENAME is not a string, returns nil. The argument object is never altered--the value is a copy. (msdos-downcase-filename FILENAME)Vx-bitmap-file-path List of directories to search for bitmap files for X.Vx-stretch-cursor *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as wide as that tab on the display. (No effect on MS-DOS.)Vdos-unsupported-char-glyph *Glyph to display instead of chars not supported by current codepage. This variable is used only by MSDOS terminals.Vdelete-exited-processes *Non-nil means delete processes immediately when they exit. nil means don't delete them until `list-processes' is run.Vx-stretch-cursor *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as wide as that tab on the display.Vx-use-underline-position-properties *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. Nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior to 4.1, set this to nil.Vx-toolkit-scroll-bars What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses. A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars. Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit.Fx-get-resource Return the value of ATTRIBUTE, of class CLASS, from the X defaults database. This uses `INSTANCE.ATTRIBUTE' as the key and `Emacs.CLASS' as the class, where INSTANCE is the name under which Emacs was invoked, or the name specified by the `-name' or `-rn' command-line arguments. The optional arguments COMPONENT and SUBCLASS add to the key and the class, respectively. You must specify both of them or neither. If you specify them, the key is `INSTANCE.COMPONENT.ATTRIBUTE' and the class is `Emacs.CLASS.SUBCLASS'. (x-get-resource ATTRIBUTE CLASS &optional COMPONENT SUBCLASS)Fx-parse-geometry Parse an X-style geometry string STRING. Returns an alist of the form ((top . TOP), (left . LEFT) ... ). The properties returned may include `top', `left', `height', and `width'. The value of `left' or `top' may be an integer, or a list (+ N) meaning N pixels relative to top/left corner, or a list (- N) meaning -N pixels relative to bottom/right corner. (x-parse-geometry STRING)Fx-create-frame Make a new X window, which is called a "frame" in Emacs terms. Returns an Emacs frame object. ALIST is an alist of frame parameters. If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer, and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use, then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can be shared by the new frame. This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead. (x-create-frame PARMS)Fx-focus-frame Set the input focus to FRAME. FRAME nil means use the selected frame. (x-focus-frame FRAME)Fxw-color-defined-p Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see. (xw-color-defined-p COLOR &optional FRAME)Fxw-color-values Internal function called by `color-values', which see. (xw-color-values COLOR &optional FRAME)Fxw-display-color-p Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see. (xw-display-color-p &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-grayscale-p Return t if the X display supports shades of gray. Note that color displays do support shades of gray. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-display-grayscale-p &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-pixel-width Returns the width in pixels of the X display DISPLAY. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-display-pixel-width &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-pixel-height Returns the height in pixels of the X display DISPLAY. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-display-pixel-height &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-planes Returns the number of bitplanes of the X display DISPLAY. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-display-planes &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-color-cells Returns the number of color cells of the X display DISPLAY. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-display-color-cells &optional DISPLAY)Fx-server-max-request-size Returns the maximum request size of the X server of display DISPLAY. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-server-max-request-size &optional DISPLAY)Fx-server-vendor Returns the vendor ID string of the X server of display DISPLAY. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-server-vendor &optional DISPLAY)Fx-server-version Returns the version numbers of the X server of display DISPLAY. The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor version numbers of the X Protocol in use, and the vendor-specific release number. See also the function `x-server-vendor'. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-server-version &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-screens Returns the number of screens on the X server of display DISPLAY. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-display-screens &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-mm-height Returns the height in millimeters of the X display DISPLAY. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-display-mm-height &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-mm-width Returns the width in millimeters of the X display DISPLAY. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-display-mm-width &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-backing-store Returns an indication of whether X display DISPLAY does backing store. The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-display-backing-store &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-visual-class Returns the visual class of the X display DISPLAY. The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale', `static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-display-visual-class &optional DISPLAY)Fx-display-save-under Returns t if the X display DISPLAY supports the save-under feature. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-display-save-under &optional DISPLAY)Fx-open-connection Open a connection to an X server. DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to. Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format. If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil, terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection. (x-open-connection DISPLAY &optional XRM-STRING MUST-SUCCEED)Fx-close-connection Close the connection to DISPLAY's X server. For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string). If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-close-connection DISPLAY)Fx-display-list Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to. (x-display-list)Fx-synchronize If ON is non-nil, report X errors as soon as the erring request is made. If ON is nil, allow buffering of requests. Turning on synchronization prohibits the Xlib routines from buffering requests and seriously degrades performance, but makes debugging much easier. The optional second argument DISPLAY specifies which display to act on. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If DISPLAY is omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. (x-synchronize ON &optional DISPLAY)Fimage-size Return the size of image SPEC as pair (WIDTH . HEIGHT). PIXELS non-nil means return the size in pixels, otherwise return the size in canonical character units. FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed. FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. (image-size SPEC &optional PIXELS FRAME)Fimage-mask-p Return t if image SPEC has a mask bitmap. FRAME is the frame on which the image will be displayed. FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. (image-mask-p SPEC &optional FRAME)Fclear-image-cache Clear the image cache of FRAME. FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. FRAME t means clear the image caches of all frames. (clear-image-cache &optional FRAME)Fx-change-window-property Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME. PROP and VALUE must be strings. FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. Value is VALUE. (x-change-window-property PROP VALUE &optional FRAME)Fx-delete-window-property Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME. FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. Value is PROP. (x-delete-window-property PROP &optional FRAME)Fx-window-property Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME. If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame. Value is nil if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has no string value. (x-window-property PROP &optional FRAME)Fx-show-tip Show STRING in a "tooltip" window on frame FRAME. A tooltip window is a small X window displaying a string. FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be used to change the tooltip's appearance. Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds. TIMEOUT nil means use the default timeout of 5 seconds. If the list of frame parameters PARAMS contains a `left' parameters, the tooltip is displayed at that x-position. Otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset DX added (default is 5 if DX isn't specified). Likewise for the y-position; if a `top' frame parameter is specified, it determines the y-position of the tooltip window, otherwise it is displayed at the mouse position, with offset DY added (default is -10). A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'. Text larger than the specified size is clipped. (x-show-tip STRING &optional FRAME PARMS TIMEOUT DX DY)Fx-hide-tip Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any. Value is t is tooltip was open, nil otherwise. (x-hide-tip)Fx-file-dialog Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR. Use a file selection dialog. Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file selection box, if specified. Don't let the user enter a file name in the file selection dialog's entry field, if MUSTMATCH is non-nil. (x-file-dialog PROMPT DIR &optional DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH)Fx-backspace-delete-keys-p Check if both Backspace and Delete keys are on the keyboard of FRAME. FRAME nil means use the selected frame. Value is t if we know that both keys are present, and are mapped to the usual X keysyms. (x-backspace-delete-keys-p &optional FRAME)Vcross-disabled-images Non-nil means always draw a cross over disabled images. Disabled images are those having an `:conversion disabled' property. A cross is always drawn on black & white displays.Vx-bitmap-file-path List of directories to search for bitmap files for X.Vx-pointer-shape The shape of the pointer when over text. Changing the value does not affect existing frames unless you set the mouse color.Vx-resource-name The name Emacs uses to look up X resources. `x-get-resource' uses this as the first component of the instance name when requesting resource values. Emacs initially sets `x-resource-name' to the name under which Emacs was invoked, or to the value specified with the `-name' or `-rn' switches, if present. It may be useful to bind this variable locally around a call to `x-get-resource'. See also the variable `x-resource-class'.Vx-resource-class The class Emacs uses to look up X resources. `x-get-resource' uses this as the first component of the instance class when requesting resource values. Emacs initially sets `x-resource-class' to "Emacs". Setting this variable permanently is not a reasonable thing to do, but binding this variable locally around a call to `x-get-resource' is a reasonable practice. See also the variable `x-resource-name'.Vx-nontext-pointer-shape The shape of the pointer when not over text. This variable takes effect when you create a new frame or when you set the mouse color.Vx-hourglass-pointer-shape The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy. This variable takes effect when you create a new frame or when you set the mouse color.Vdisplay-hourglass Non-zero means Emacs displays an hourglass pointer on window systems.Vhourglass-delay *Seconds to wait before displaying an hourglass pointer. Value must be an integer or float.Vx-mode-pointer-shape The shape of the pointer when over the mode line. This variable takes effect when you create a new frame or when you set the mouse color.Vx-sensitive-text-pointer-shape The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text. This variable takes effect when you create a new frame or when you set the mouse color.Vx-window-horizontal-drag-cursor Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally. This variable takes effect when you create a new frame or when you set the mouse color.Vx-cursor-fore-pixel A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box.Vx-max-tooltip-size Maximum size for tooltips. Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped.Vx-no-window-manager Non-nil if no X window manager is in use. Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil unless you set it to something else.Vx-pixel-size-width-font-regexp Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'. Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for such a font. This is especially effective for such large fonts as Chinese, Japanese, and Korean.Vimage-cache-eviction-delay Time after which cached images are removed from the cache. When an image has not been displayed this many seconds, remove it from the image cache. Value must be an integer or nil with nil meaning don't clear the cache.Vmotif-version-string Version info for LessTif/Motif.Fx-popup-menu Pop up a deck-of-cards menu and return user's selection. POSITION is a position specification. This is either a mouse button event or a list ((XOFFSET YOFFSET) WINDOW) where XOFFSET and YOFFSET are positions in pixels from the top left corner of WINDOW's frame. (WINDOW may be a frame object instead of a window.) This controls the position of the center of the first line in the first pane of the menu, not the top left of the menu as a whole. If POSITION is t, it means to use the current mouse position. MENU is a specifier for a menu. For the simplest case, MENU is a keymap. The menu items come from key bindings that have a menu string as well as a definition; actually, the "definition" in such a key binding looks like (STRING . REAL-DEFINITION). To give the menu a title, put a string into the keymap as a top-level element. If REAL-DEFINITION is nil, that puts a nonselectable string in the menu. Otherwise, REAL-DEFINITION should be a valid key binding definition. You can also use a list of keymaps as MENU. Then each keymap makes a separate pane. When MENU is a keymap or a list of keymaps, the return value is a list of events. Alternatively, you can specify a menu of multiple panes with a list of the form (TITLE PANE1 PANE2...), where each pane is a list of form (TITLE ITEM1 ITEM2...). Each ITEM is normally a cons cell (STRING . VALUE); but a string can appear as an item--that makes a nonselectable line in the menu. With this form of menu, the return value is VALUE from the chosen item. If POSITION is nil, don't display the menu at all, just precalculate the cached information about equivalent key sequences. (x-popup-menu POSITION MENU)Fx-popup-dialog Pop up a dialog box and return user's selection. POSITION specifies which frame to use. This is normally a mouse button event or a window or frame. If POSITION is t, it means to use the frame the mouse is on. The dialog box appears in the middle of the specified frame. CONTENTS specifies the alternatives to display in the dialog box. It is a list of the form (TITLE ITEM1 ITEM2...). Each ITEM is a cons cell (STRING . VALUE). The return value is VALUE from the chosen item. An ITEM may also be just a string--that makes a nonselectable item. An ITEM may also be nil--that means to put all preceding items on the left of the dialog box and all following items on the right. (By default, approximately half appear on each side.) (x-popup-dialog POSITION CONTENTS)Vmenu-updating-frame Frame for which we are updating a menu. The enable predicate for a menu command should check this variable.Fx-own-selection-internal Assert an X selection of the given TYPE with the given VALUE. TYPE is a symbol, typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'. (Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.) VALUE is typically a string, or a cons of two markers, but may be anything that the functions on `selection-converter-alist' know about. (x-own-selection-internal SELECTION-NAME SELECTION-VALUE)Fx-get-selection-internal Return text selected from some X window. SELECTION is a symbol, typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'. (Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.) TYPE is the type of data desired, typically `STRING'. (x-get-selection-internal SELECTION-SYMBOL TARGET-TYPE)Fx-disown-selection-internal If we own the selection SELECTION, disown it. Disowning it means there is no such selection. (x-disown-selection-internal SELECTION &optional TIME)Fx-selection-owner-p Whether the current Emacs process owns the given X Selection. The arg should be the name of the selection in question, typically one of the symbols `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'. (Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.) For convenience, the symbol nil is the same as `PRIMARY', and t is the same as `SECONDARY'.) (x-selection-owner-p &optional SELECTION)Fx-selection-exists-p Whether there is an owner for the given X Selection. The arg should be the name of the selection in question, typically one of the symbols `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'. (Those are literal upper-case symbol names, since that's what X expects.) For convenience, the symbol nil is the same as `PRIMARY', and t is the same as `SECONDARY'.) (x-selection-exists-p &optional SELECTION)Fx-get-cut-buffer-internal Returns the value of the named cut buffer (typically CUT_BUFFER0). (x-get-cut-buffer-internal BUFFER)Fx-store-cut-buffer-internal Sets the value of the named cut buffer (typically CUT_BUFFER0). (x-store-cut-buffer-internal BUFFER STRING)Fx-rotate-cut-buffers-internal Rotate the values of the cut buffers by the given number of step. Positive means shift the values forward, negative means backward. (x-rotate-cut-buffers-internal N)Vselection-converter-alist An alist associating X Windows selection-types with functions. These functions are called to convert the selection, with three args: the name of the selection (typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'); a desired type to which the selection should be converted; and the local selection value (whatever was given to `x-own-selection'). The function should return the value to send to the X server (typically a string). A return value of nil means that the conversion could not be done. A return value which is the symbol `NULL' means that a side-effect was executed, and there is no meaningful selection value.Vx-lost-selection-hooks A list of functions to be called when Emacs loses an X selection. (This happens when some other X client makes its own selection or when a Lisp program explicitly clears the selection.) The functions are called with one argument, the selection type (a symbol, typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD').Vx-sent-selection-hooks A list of functions to be called when Emacs answers a selection request. The functions are called with four arguments: - the selection name (typically `PRIMARY', `SECONDARY', or `CLIPBOARD'); - the selection-type which Emacs was asked to convert the selection into before sending (for example, `STRING' or `LENGTH'); - a flag indicating success or failure for responding to the request. We might have failed (and declined the request) for any number of reasons, including being asked for a selection that we no longer own, or being asked to convert into a type that we don't know about or that is inappropriate. This hook doesn't let you change the behavior of Emacs's selection replies, it merely informs you that they have happened.Vselection-coding-system Coding system for communicating with other X clients. When sending or receiving text via cut_buffer, selection, and clipboard, the text is encoded or decoded by this coding system. The default value is `compound-text-with-extensions'.Vnext-selection-coding-system Coding system for the next communication with other X clients. Usually, `selection-coding-system' is used for communicating with other X clients. But, if this variable is set, it is used for the next communication only. After the communication, this variable is set to nil.Vx-selection-timeout Number of milliseconds to wait for a selection reply. If the selection owner doesn't reply in this time, we give up. A value of 0 means wait as long as necessary. This is initialized from the "*selectionTimeout" resource.Fquery-fontset Return the name of a fontset that matches PATTERN. The value is nil if there is no matching fontset. PATTERN can contain `*' or `?' as a wildcard just as X font name matching algorithm allows. If REGEXPP is non-nil, PATTERN is a regular expression. (query-fontset PATTERN &optional REGEXPP)Fnew-fontset Create a new fontset NAME that contains font information in FONTLIST. FONTLIST is an alist of charsets vs corresponding font name patterns. (new-fontset NAME FONTLIST)Fset-fontset-font Modify fontset NAME to use FONTNAME for CHARACTER. CHARACTER may be a cons; (FROM . TO), where FROM and TO are non-generic characters. In that case, use FONTNAME for all characters in the range FROM and TO (inclusive). CHARACTER may be a charset. In that case, use FONTNAME for all character in the charsets. FONTNAME may be a cons; (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is a family name of a font, REGSITRY is a registry name of a font. (set-fontset-font NAME CHARACTER FONTNAME &optional FRAME)Ffont-info Return information about a font named NAME on frame FRAME. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. The returned value is a vector of OPENED-NAME, FULL-NAME, CHARSET, SIZE, HEIGHT, BASELINE-OFFSET, RELATIVE-COMPOSE, and DEFAULT-ASCENT, where OPENED-NAME is the name used for opening the font, FULL-NAME is the full name of the font, SIZE is the maximum bound width of the font, HEIGHT is the height of the font, BASELINE-OFFSET is the upward offset pixels from ASCII baseline, RELATIVE-COMPOSE and DEFAULT-ASCENT are the numbers controlling how to compose characters. If the named font is not yet loaded, return nil. (font-info NAME &optional FRAME)Finternal-char-font For internal use only. (internal-char-font POSITION)Ffontset-info Return information about a fontset named NAME on frame FRAME. The value is a vector: [ SIZE HEIGHT ((CHARSET-OR-RANGE FONT-SPEC OPENED ...) ...) ], where, SIZE is the maximum bound width of ASCII font in the fontset, HEIGHT is the maximum bound height of ASCII font in the fontset, CHARSET-OR-RANGE is a charset, a character (may be a generic character) or a cons of two characters specifying the range of characters. FONT-SPEC is a fontname pattern string or a cons (FAMILY . REGISTRY), where FAMILY is a `FAMILY' field of a XLFD font name, REGISTRY is a `CHARSET_REGISTRY' field of a XLDF font name. FAMILY may contain a `FOUNDARY' field at the head. REGISTRY may contain a `CHARSET_ENCODING' field at the tail. OPENEDs are names of fonts actually opened. If the ASCII font is not yet opened, SIZE and HEIGHT are 0. If FRAME is omitted, it defaults to the currently selected frame. (fontset-info NAME &optional FRAME)Ffontset-font Return a font name pattern for character CH in fontset NAME. If NAME is t, find a font name pattern in the default fontset. (fontset-font NAME CH)Ffontset-list Return a list of all defined fontset names. (fontset-list)Vfont-encoding-alist Alist of fontname patterns vs corresponding encoding info. Each element looks like (REGEXP . ENCODING-INFO), where ENCODING-INFO is an alist of CHARSET vs ENCODING. ENCODING is one of the following integer values: 0: code points 0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F are used, 1: code points 0xA0..0xFF or 0xA0A0..0xFFFF are used, 2: code points 0x20A0..0x7FFF are used, 3: code points 0xA020..0xFF7F are used.Vuse-default-ascent Char table of characters whose ascent values should be ignored. If an entry for a character is non-nil, the ascent value of the glyph is assumed to be what specified by _MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT property of a font. This affects how a composite character which contains such a character is displayed on screen.Vignore-relative-composition Char table of characters which is not composed relatively. If an entry for a character is non-nil, a composition sequence which contains that character is displayed so that the glyph of that character is put without considering an ascent and descent value of a previous character.Valternate-fontname-alist Alist of fontname vs list of the alternate fontnames. When a specified font name is not found, the corresponding alternate fontnames (if any) are tried instead.Vfontset-alias-alist Alist of fontset names vs the aliases.Vhighlight-wrong-size-font *This variable is obsolete.Vclip-large-size-font *This variable is obsolete.Vvertical-centering-font-regexp *Regexp matching font names that require vertical centering on display. When a character is displayed with such fonts, the character is displayed at the vertival center of lines.Fdump-redisplay-history Dump redisplay history to stderr. (dump-redisplay-history)Fredraw-frame Clear frame FRAME and output again what is supposed to appear on it. (redraw-frame FRAME)Fredraw-display Clear and redisplay all visible frames. (redraw-display)Fopen-termscript Start writing all terminal output to FILE as well as the terminal. FILE = nil means just close any termscript file currently open. (open-termscript FILE)Fsend-string-to-terminal Send STRING to the terminal without alteration. Control characters in STRING will have terminal-dependent effects. (send-string-to-terminal STRING)Fding Beep, or flash the screen. Also, unless an argument is given, terminate any keyboard macro currently executing. (ding &optional ARG)Fsleep-for Pause, without updating display, for SECONDS seconds. SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your Emacs was built without floating point support. (Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) (sleep-for SECONDS &optional MILLISECONDS)Fsit-for Perform redisplay, then wait for SECONDS seconds or until input is available. SECONDS may be a floating-point value, meaning that you can wait for a fraction of a second. Optional second arg MILLISECONDS specifies an additional wait period, in milliseconds; this may be useful if your Emacs was built without floating point support. (Not all operating systems support waiting for a fraction of a second.) Optional third arg NODISP non-nil means don't redisplay, just wait for input. Redisplay is preempted as always if input arrives, and does not happen if input is available before it starts. Value is t if waited the full time with no input arriving. (sit-for SECONDS &optional MILLISECONDS NODISP)Fframe-or-buffer-changed-p Return non-nil if the frame and buffer state appears to have changed. The state variable is an internal vector containing all frames and buffers, aside from buffers whose names start with space, along with the buffers' read-only and modified flags, which allows a fast check to see whether the menu bars might need to be recomputed. If this function returns non-nil, it updates the internal vector to reflect the current state. (frame-or-buffer-changed-p)Finternal-show-cursor Set the cursor-visibility flag of WINDOW to SHOW. WINDOW nil means use the selected window. SHOW non-nil means show a cursor in WINDOW in the next redisplay. SHOW nil means don't show a cursor. (internal-show-cursor WINDOW SHOW)Finternal-show-cursor-p Value is non-nil if next redisplay will display a cursor in WINDOW. WINDOW nil or omitted means report on the selected window. (internal-show-cursor-p &optional WINDOW)Vbaud-rate *The output baud rate of the terminal. On most systems, changing this value will affect the amount of padding and the other strategic decisions made during redisplay.Vinverse-video *Non-nil means invert the entire frame display. This means everything is in inverse video which otherwise would not be.Vvisible-bell *Non-nil means try to flash the frame to represent a bell. See also `ring-bell-function'.Vno-redraw-on-reenter *Non-nil means no need to redraw entire frame after suspending. A non-nil value is useful if the terminal can automatically preserve Emacs's frame display when you reenter Emacs. It is up to you to set this variable if your terminal can do that.Vwindow-system A symbol naming the window-system under which Emacs is running (such as `x'), or nil if emacs is running on an ordinary terminal.Vwindow-system-version The version number of the window system in use. For X windows, this is 10 or 11.Vcursor-in-echo-area Non-nil means put cursor in minibuffer, at end of any message there.Vglyph-table Table defining how to output a glyph code to the frame. If not nil, this is a vector indexed by glyph code to define the glyph. Each element can be: integer: a glyph code which this glyph is an alias for. string: output this glyph using that string (not impl. in X windows). nil: this glyph mod 524288 is the code of a character to output, and this glyph / 524288 is the face number (see `face-id') to use while outputting it.Vstandard-display-table Display table to use for buffers that specify none. See `buffer-display-table' for more information.Vredisplay-dont-pause *Non-nil means update isn't paused when input is detected.Fframep Return non-nil if OBJECT is a frame. Value is t for a termcap frame (a character-only terminal), `x' for an Emacs frame that is really an X window, `w32' for an Emacs frame that is a window on MS-Windows display, `mac' for an Emacs frame on a Macintosh display, `pc' for a direct-write MS-DOS frame. See also `frame-live-p'. (framep OBJECT)Fframe-live-p Return non-nil if OBJECT is a frame which has not been deleted. Value is nil if OBJECT is not a live frame. If object is a live frame, the return value indicates what sort of output device it is displayed on. Value is t for a termcap frame (a character-only terminal), `x' for an Emacs frame being displayed in an X window. (frame-live-p OBJECT)Fmake-terminal-frame Create an additional terminal frame. You can create multiple frames on a text-only terminal in this way. Only the selected terminal frame is actually displayed. This function takes one argument, an alist specifying frame parameters. In practice, generally you don't need to specify any parameters. Note that changing the size of one terminal frame automatically affects all. (make-terminal-frame PARMS)Fselect-frame Select the frame FRAME. Subsequent editing commands apply to its selected window. The selection of FRAME lasts until the next time the user does something to select a different frame, or until the next time this function is called. (select-frame FRAME &optional NO-ENTER)Fhandle-switch-frame Handle a switch-frame event EVENT. Switch-frame events are usually bound to this function. A switch-frame event tells Emacs that the window manager has requested that the user's events be directed to the frame mentioned in the event. This function selects the selected window of the frame of EVENT. If EVENT is frame object, handle it as if it were a switch-frame event to that frame. (handle-switch-frame EVENT &optional NO-ENTER)Fignore-event Do nothing, but preserve any prefix argument already specified. This is a suitable binding for iconify-frame and make-frame-visible. (ignore-event)Fselected-frame Return the frame that is now selected. (selected-frame)Fwindow-frame Return the frame object that window WINDOW is on. (window-frame WINDOW)Fframe-first-window Returns the topmost, leftmost window of FRAME. If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame. (frame-first-window &optional FRAME)Factive-minibuffer-window Return the currently active minibuffer window, or nil if none. (active-minibuffer-window)Fframe-root-window Returns the root-window of FRAME. If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame. (frame-root-window &optional FRAME)Fframe-selected-window Return the selected window of frame object FRAME. If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame. (frame-selected-window &optional FRAME)Fset-frame-selected-window Set the selected window of frame object FRAME to WINDOW. If FRAME is nil, the selected frame is used. If FRAME is the selected frame, this makes WINDOW the selected window. (set-frame-selected-window FRAME WINDOW)Fframe-list Return a list of all frames. (frame-list)Fnext-frame Return the next frame in the frame list after FRAME. It considers only frames on the same terminal as FRAME. By default, skip minibuffer-only frames. If omitted, FRAME defaults to the selected frame. If optional argument MINIFRAME is nil, exclude minibuffer-only frames. If MINIFRAME is a window, include only its own frame and any frame now using that window as the minibuffer. If MINIFRAME is `visible', include all visible frames. If MINIFRAME is 0, include all visible and iconified frames. Otherwise, include all frames. (next-frame &optional FRAME MINIFRAME)Fprevious-frame Return the previous frame in the frame list before FRAME. It considers only frames on the same terminal as FRAME. By default, skip minibuffer-only frames. If omitted, FRAME defaults to the selected frame. If optional argument MINIFRAME is nil, exclude minibuffer-only frames. If MINIFRAME is a window, include only its own frame and any frame now using that window as the minibuffer. If MINIFRAME is `visible', include all visible frames. If MINIFRAME is 0, include all visible and iconified frames. Otherwise, include all frames. (previous-frame &optional FRAME MINIFRAME)Fdelete-frame Delete FRAME, permanently eliminating it from use. If omitted, FRAME defaults to the selected frame. A frame may not be deleted if its minibuffer is used by other frames. Normally, you may not delete a frame if all other frames are invisible, but if the second optional argument FORCE is non-nil, you may do so. This function runs `delete-frame-hook' before actually deleting the frame. The hook is called with one argument FRAME. (delete-frame &optional FRAME FORCE)Fmouse-position Return a list (FRAME X . Y) giving the current mouse frame and position. The position is given in character cells, where (0, 0) is the upper-left corner. If Emacs is running on a mouseless terminal or hasn't been programmed to read the mouse position, it returns the selected frame for FRAME and nil for X and Y. If `mouse-position-function' is non-nil, `mouse-position' calls it, passing the normal return value to that function as an argument, and returns whatever that function returns. (mouse-position)Fmouse-pixel-position Return a list (FRAME X . Y) giving the current mouse frame and position. The position is given in pixel units, where (0, 0) is the upper-left corner. If Emacs is running on a mouseless terminal or hasn't been programmed to read the mouse position, it returns the selected frame for FRAME and nil for X and Y. (mouse-pixel-position)Fset-mouse-position Move the mouse pointer to the center of character cell (X,Y) in FRAME. Coordinates are relative to the frame, not a window, so the coordinates of the top left character in the frame may be nonzero due to left-hand scroll bars or the menu bar. This function is a no-op for an X frame that is not visible. If you have just created a frame, you must wait for it to become visible before calling this function on it, like this. (while (not (frame-visible-p frame)) (sleep-for .5)) (set-mouse-position FRAME X Y)Fset-mouse-pixel-position Move the mouse pointer to pixel position (X,Y) in FRAME. Note, this is a no-op for an X frame that is not visible. If you have just created a frame, you must wait for it to become visible before calling this function on it, like this. (while (not (frame-visible-p frame)) (sleep-for .5)) (set-mouse-pixel-position FRAME X Y)Fmake-frame-visible Make the frame FRAME visible (assuming it is an X-window). If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame. (make-frame-visible &optional FRAME)Fmake-frame-invisible Make the frame FRAME invisible (assuming it is an X-window). If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame. Normally you may not make FRAME invisible if all other frames are invisible, but if the second optional argument FORCE is non-nil, you may do so. (make-frame-invisible &optional FRAME FORCE)Ficonify-frame Make the frame FRAME into an icon. If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame. (iconify-frame &optional FRAME)Fframe-visible-p Return t if FRAME is now "visible" (actually in use for display). A frame that is not "visible" is not updated and, if it works through a window system, it may not show at all. Return the symbol `icon' if frame is visible only as an icon. (frame-visible-p FRAME)Fvisible-frame-list Return a list of all frames now "visible" (being updated). (visible-frame-list)Fraise-frame Bring FRAME to the front, so it occludes any frames it overlaps. If FRAME is invisible, make it visible. If you don't specify a frame, the selected frame is used. If Emacs is displaying on an ordinary terminal or some other device which doesn't support multiple overlapping frames, this function does nothing. (raise-frame &optional FRAME)Flower-frame Send FRAME to the back, so it is occluded by any frames that overlap it. If you don't specify a frame, the selected frame is used. If Emacs is displaying on an ordinary terminal or some other device which doesn't support multiple overlapping frames, this function does nothing. (lower-frame &optional FRAME)Fredirect-frame-focus Arrange for keystrokes typed at FRAME to be sent to FOCUS-FRAME. In other words, switch-frame events caused by events in FRAME will request a switch to FOCUS-FRAME, and `last-event-frame' will be FOCUS-FRAME after reading an event typed at FRAME. If FOCUS-FRAME is omitted or nil, any existing redirection is cancelled, and the frame again receives its own keystrokes. Focus redirection is useful for temporarily redirecting keystrokes to a surrogate minibuffer frame when a frame doesn't have its own minibuffer window. A frame's focus redirection can be changed by select-frame. If frame FOO is selected, and then a different frame BAR is selected, any frames redirecting their focus to FOO are shifted to redirect their focus to BAR. This allows focus redirection to work properly when the user switches from one frame to another using `select-window'. This means that a frame whose focus is redirected to itself is treated differently from a frame whose focus is redirected to nil; the former is affected by select-frame, while the latter is not. The redirection lasts until `redirect-frame-focus' is called to change it. (redirect-frame-focus FRAME &optional FOCUS-FRAME)Fframe-focus Return the frame to which FRAME's keystrokes are currently being sent. This returns nil if FRAME's focus is not redirected. See `redirect-frame-focus'. (frame-focus FRAME)Fframe-parameters Return the parameters-alist of frame FRAME. It is a list of elements of the form (PARM . VALUE), where PARM is a symbol. The meaningful PARMs depend on the kind of frame. If FRAME is omitted, return information on the currently selected frame. (frame-parameters &optional FRAME)Fframe-parameter Return FRAME's value for parameter PARAMETER. If FRAME is nil, describe the currently selected frame. (frame-parameter FRAME PARAMETER)Fmodify-frame-parameters Modify the parameters of frame FRAME according to ALIST. If FRAME is nil, it defaults to the selected frame. ALIST is an alist of parameters to change and their new values. Each element of ALIST has the form (PARM . VALUE), where PARM is a symbol. The meaningful PARMs depend on the kind of frame. Undefined PARMs are ignored, but stored in the frame's parameter list so that `frame-parameters' will return them. The value of frame parameter FOO can also be accessed as a frame-local binding for the variable FOO, if you have enabled such bindings for that variable with `make-variable-frame-local'. (modify-frame-parameters FRAME ALIST)Fframe-char-height Height in pixels of a line in the font in frame FRAME. If FRAME is omitted, the selected frame is used. For a terminal frame, the value is always 1. (frame-char-height &optional FRAME)Fframe-char-width Width in pixels of characters in the font in frame FRAME. If FRAME is omitted, the selected frame is used. The width is the same for all characters, because currently Emacs supports only fixed-width fonts. For a terminal screen, the value is always 1. (frame-char-width &optional FRAME)Fframe-pixel-height Return a FRAME's height in pixels. This counts only the height available for text lines, not menu bars on window-system Emacs frames. For a terminal frame, the result really gives the height in characters. If FRAME is omitted, the selected frame is used. (frame-pixel-height &optional FRAME)Fframe-pixel-width Return FRAME's width in pixels. For a terminal frame, the result really gives the width in characters. If FRAME is omitted, the selected frame is used. (frame-pixel-width &optional FRAME)Fset-frame-height Specify that the frame FRAME has LINES lines. Optional third arg non-nil means that redisplay should use LINES lines but that the idea of the actual height of the frame should not be changed. (set-frame-height FRAME LINES &optional PRETEND)Fset-frame-width Specify that the frame FRAME has COLS columns. Optional third arg non-nil means that redisplay should use COLS columns but that the idea of the actual width of the frame should not be changed. (set-frame-width FRAME COLS &optional PRETEND)Fset-frame-size Sets size of FRAME to COLS by ROWS, measured in characters. (set-frame-size FRAME COLS ROWS)Fset-frame-position Sets position of FRAME in pixels to XOFFSET by YOFFSET. This is actually the position of the upper left corner of the frame. Negative values for XOFFSET or YOFFSET are interpreted relative to the rightmost or bottommost possible position (that stays within the screen). (set-frame-position FRAME XOFFSET YOFFSET)Vdefault-frame-alist Alist of default values for frame creation. These may be set in your init file, like this: (setq default-frame-alist '((width . 80) (height . 55) (menu-bar-lines . 1)) These override values given in window system configuration data, including X Windows' defaults database. For values specific to the first Emacs frame, see `initial-frame-alist'. For values specific to the separate minibuffer frame, see `minibuffer-frame-alist'. The `menu-bar-lines' element of the list controls whether new frames have menu bars; `menu-bar-mode' works by altering this element.Vterminal-frame The initial frame-object, which represents Emacs's stdout.Vemacs-iconified Non-nil if all of emacs is iconified and frame updates are not needed.Vmouse-position-function If non-nil, function to transform normal value of `mouse-position'. `mouse-position' calls this function, passing its usual return value as argument, and returns whatever this function returns. This abnormal hook exists for the benefit of packages like `xt-mouse.el' which need to do mouse handling at the Lisp level.Vdefault-minibuffer-frame Minibufferless frames use this frame's minibuffer. Emacs cannot create minibufferless frames unless this is set to an appropriate surrogate. Emacs consults this variable only when creating minibufferless frames; once the frame is created, it sticks with its assigned minibuffer, no matter what this variable is set to. This means that this variable doesn't necessarily say anything meaningful about the current set of frames, or where the minibuffer is currently being displayed. This variable is local to the current terminal and cannot be buffer-local.Ftool-bar-lines-needed Return the number of lines occupied by the tool bar of FRAME. (tool-bar-lines-needed &optional FRAME)Fdump-glyph-matrix Dump the current matrix of the selected window to stderr. Shows contents of glyph row structures. With non-nil parameter GLYPHS, dump glyphs as well. If GLYPHS is 1 show glyphs in short form, otherwise show glyphs in long form. (dump-glyph-matrix &optional GLYPHS)Fdump-glyph-row Dump glyph row ROW to stderr. GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs. GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form. GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. (dump-glyph-row ROW &optional GLYPHS)Fdump-tool-bar-row Dump glyph row ROW of the tool-bar of the current frame to stderr. GLYPH 0 means don't dump glyphs. GLYPH 1 means dump glyphs in short form. GLYPH > 1 or omitted means dump glyphs in long form. (dump-tool-bar-row ROW &optional GLYPHS)Ftrace-redisplay Toggle tracing of redisplay. With ARG, turn tracing on if and only if ARG is positive. (trace-redisplay &optional ARG)Ftrace-to-stderr Like `format', but print result to stderr.Vshow-trailing-whitespace Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace. The face used for trailing whitespace is `trailing-whitespace'.Vinhibit-redisplay Non-nil means don't actually do any redisplay. This is used for internal purposes.Vglobal-mode-string String (or mode line construct) included (normally) in `mode-line-format'.Voverlay-arrow-position Marker for where to display an arrow on top of the buffer text. This must be the beginning of a line in order to work. See also `overlay-arrow-string'.Voverlay-arrow-string String to display as an arrow. See also `overlay-arrow-position'.Vscroll-step *The number of lines to try scrolling a window by when point moves out. If that fails to bring point back on frame, point is centered instead. If this is zero, point is always centered after it moves off frame. If you want scrolling to always be a line at a time, you should set `scroll-conservatively' to a large value rather than set this to 1.Vscroll-conservatively *Scroll up to this many lines, to bring point back on screen. A value of zero means to scroll the text to center point vertically in the window.Vscroll-margin *Number of lines of margin at the top and bottom of a window. Recenter the window whenever point gets within this many lines of the top or bottom of the window.Vdebug-end-pos Don't askVtruncate-partial-width-windows *Non-nil means truncate lines in all windows less than full frame wide.Vmode-line-inverse-video nil means display the mode-line/header-line/menu-bar in the default face. Any other value means to use the appropriate face, `mode-line', `header-line', or `menu' respectively. This variable is deprecated; please change the above faces instead.Vline-number-display-limit *Maximum buffer size for which line number should be displayed. If the buffer is bigger than this, the line number does not appear in the mode line. A value of nil means no limit.Vline-number-display-limit-width *Maximum line width (in characters) for line number display. If the average length of the lines near point is bigger than this, then the line number may be omitted from the mode line.Vhighlight-nonselected-windows *Non-nil means highlight region even in nonselected windows.Vmultiple-frames Non-nil if more than one frame is visible on this display. Minibuffer-only frames don't count, but iconified frames do. This variable is not guaranteed to be accurate except while processing `frame-title-format' and `icon-title-format'.Vframe-title-format Template for displaying the title bar of visible frames. (Assuming the window manager supports this feature.) This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see), and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set (see `modify-frame-parameters').Vicon-title-format Template for displaying the title bar of an iconified frame. (Assuming the window manager supports this feature.) This variable has the same structure as `mode-line-format' (which see), and is used only on frames for which no explicit name has been set (see `modify-frame-parameters').Vmessage-log-max Maximum number of lines to keep in the message log buffer. If nil, disable message logging. If t, log messages but don't truncate the buffer when it becomes large.Vwindow-size-change-functions Functions called before redisplay, if window sizes have changed. The value should be a list of functions that take one argument. Just before redisplay, for each frame, if any of its windows have changed size since the last redisplay, or have been split or deleted, all the functions in the list are called, with the frame as argument.Vwindow-scroll-functions List of Functions to call before redisplaying a window with scrolling. Each function is called with two arguments, the window and its new display-start position. Note that the value of `window-end' is not valid when these functions are called.Vauto-resize-tool-bars *Non-nil means automatically resize tool-bars. This increases a tool-bar's height if not all tool-bar items are visible. It decreases a tool-bar's height when it would display blank lines otherwise.Vauto-raise-tool-bar-buttons *Non-nil means raise tool-bar buttons when the mouse moves over them.Vtool-bar-button-margin *Margin around tool-bar buttons in pixels. If an integer, use that for both horizontal and vertical margins. Otherwise, value should be a pair of integers `(HORZ : VERT)' with HORZ specifying the horizontal margin, and VERT specifying the vertical margin.Vtool-bar-button-relief Relief thickness of tool-bar buttons.Vfontification-functions List of functions to call to fontify regions of text. Each function is called with one argument POS. Functions must fontify a region starting at POS in the current buffer, and give fontified regions the property `fontified'. This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.Vunibyte-display-via-language-environment *Non-nil means display unibyte text according to language environment. Specifically this means that unibyte non-ASCII characters are displayed by converting them to the equivalent multibyte characters according to the current language environment. As a result, they are displayed according to the current fontset.Vmax-mini-window-height *Maximum height for resizing mini-windows. If a float, it specifies a fraction of the mini-window frame's height. If an integer, it specifies a number of lines.Vresize-mini-windows *How to resize mini-windows. A value of nil means don't automatically resize mini-windows. A value of t means resize them to fit the text displayed in them. A value of `grow-only', the default, means let mini-windows grow only, until their display becomes empty, at which point the windows go back to their normal size.Vcursor-in-non-selected-windows *Non-nil means display a hollow cursor in non-selected windows. Nil means don't display a cursor there.Vautomatic-hscrolling *Non-nil means scroll the display automatically to make point visible.Vimage-types List of supported image types. Each element of the list is a symbol for a supported image type.Vmessage-truncate-lines If non-nil, messages are truncated instead of resizing the echo area. Bind this around calls to `message' to let it take effect.Vmenu-bar-update-hook Normal hook run for clicks on menu bar, before displaying a submenu. Can be used to update submenus whose contents should vary.Vinhibit-menubar-update Non-nil means don't update menu bars. Internal use only.Vinhibit-eval-during-redisplay Non-nil means don't eval Lisp during redisplay.Vinhibit-try-window-id Inhibit try_window_id display optimization.Vinhibit-try-window-reusing Inhibit try_window_reusing display optimization.Vinhibit-try-cursor-movement Inhibit try_cursor_movement display optimization.Fwindowp Returns t if OBJECT is a window. (windowp OBJECT)Fwindow-live-p Returns t if OBJECT is a window which is currently visible. (window-live-p OBJECT)Fselected-window Return the window that the cursor now appears in and commands apply to. (selected-window)Fminibuffer-window Return the window used now for minibuffers. If the optional argument FRAME is specified, return the minibuffer window used by that frame. (minibuffer-window &optional FRAME)Fwindow-minibuffer-p Returns non-nil if WINDOW is a minibuffer window. (window-minibuffer-p &optional WINDOW)Fpos-visible-in-window-p Return t if position POS is currently on the frame in WINDOW. Return nil if that position is scrolled vertically out of view. If a character is only partially visible, nil is returned, unless the optional argument PARTIALLY is non-nil. POS defaults to point in WINDOW; WINDOW defaults to the selected window. (pos-visible-in-window-p &optional POS WINDOW PARTIALLY)Fwindow-buffer Return the buffer that WINDOW is displaying. (window-buffer &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-height Return the number of lines in WINDOW (including its mode line). (window-height &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-width Return the number of display columns in WINDOW. This is the width that is usable columns available for text in WINDOW. If you want to find out how many columns WINDOW takes up, use (let ((edges (window-edges))) (- (nth 2 edges) (nth 0 edges))). (window-width &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-hscroll Return the number of columns by which WINDOW is scrolled from left margin. (window-hscroll &optional WINDOW)Fset-window-hscroll Set number of columns WINDOW is scrolled from left margin to NCOL. NCOL should be zero or positive. Note that if `automatic-hscrolling' is non-nil, you cannot scroll the window so that the location of point is not visible. (set-window-hscroll WINDOW NCOL)Fwindow-redisplay-end-trigger Return WINDOW's redisplay end trigger value. See `set-window-redisplay-end-trigger' for more information. (window-redisplay-end-trigger &optional WINDOW)Fset-window-redisplay-end-trigger Set WINDOW's redisplay end trigger value to VALUE. VALUE should be a buffer position (typically a marker) or nil. If it is a buffer position, then if redisplay in WINDOW reaches a position beyond VALUE, the functions in `redisplay-end-trigger-functions' are called with two arguments: WINDOW, and the end trigger value. Afterwards the end-trigger value is reset to nil. (set-window-redisplay-end-trigger WINDOW VALUE)Fwindow-edges Return a list of the edge coordinates of WINDOW. (LEFT TOP RIGHT BOTTOM), all relative to 0, 0 at top left corner of frame. RIGHT is one more than the rightmost column used by WINDOW, and BOTTOM is one more than the bottommost row used by WINDOW and its mode-line. (window-edges &optional WINDOW)Fcoordinates-in-window-p Return non-nil if COORDINATES are in WINDOW. COORDINATES is a cons of the form (X . Y), X and Y being distances measured in characters from the upper-left corner of the frame. (0 . 0) denotes the character in the upper left corner of the frame. If COORDINATES are in the text portion of WINDOW, the coordinates relative to the window are returned. If they are in the mode line of WINDOW, `mode-line' is returned. If they are in the top mode line of WINDOW, `header-line' is returned. If they are in the fringe to the left of the window, `left-fringe' is returned, if they are in the area on the right of the window, `right-fringe' is returned. If they are on the border between WINDOW and its right sibling, `vertical-line' is returned. (coordinates-in-window-p COORDINATES WINDOW)Fwindow-at Return window containing coordinates X and Y on FRAME. If omitted, FRAME defaults to the currently selected frame. The top left corner of the frame is considered to be row 0, column 0. (window-at X Y &optional FRAME)Fwindow-point Return current value of point in WINDOW. For a nonselected window, this is the value point would have if that window were selected. Note that, when WINDOW is the selected window and its buffer is also currently selected, the value returned is the same as (point). It would be more strictly correct to return the `top-level' value of point, outside of any save-excursion forms. But that is hard to define. (window-point &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-start Return position at which display currently starts in WINDOW. This is updated by redisplay or by calling `set-window-start'. (window-start &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-end Return position at which display currently ends in WINDOW. This is updated by redisplay, when it runs to completion. Simply changing the buffer text or setting `window-start' does not update this value. If UPDATE is non-nil, compute the up-to-date position if it isn't already recorded. (window-end &optional WINDOW UPDATE)Fset-window-point Make point value in WINDOW be at position POS in WINDOW's buffer. (set-window-point WINDOW POS)Fset-window-start Make display in WINDOW start at position POS in WINDOW's buffer. Optional third arg NOFORCE non-nil inhibits next redisplay from overriding motion of point in order to display at this exact start. (set-window-start WINDOW POS &optional NOFORCE)Fwindow-dedicated-p Return WINDOW's dedicated object, usually t or nil. See also `set-window-dedicated-p'. (window-dedicated-p WINDOW)Fset-window-dedicated-p Control whether WINDOW is dedicated to the buffer it displays. If it is dedicated, Emacs will not automatically change which buffer appears in it. The second argument is the new value for the dedication flag; non-nil means yes. (set-window-dedicated-p WINDOW ARG)Fwindow-display-table Return the display-table that WINDOW is using. (window-display-table &optional WINDOW)Fset-window-display-table Set WINDOW's display-table to TABLE. (set-window-display-table WINDOW TABLE)Fdelete-window Remove WINDOW from the display. Default is selected window. (delete-window &optional WINDOW)Fnext-window Return next window after WINDOW in canonical ordering of windows. If omitted, WINDOW defaults to the selected window. Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the minibuffer even if it is active. Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count too. Therefore, `next-window' can be used to iterate through the set of windows even when the minibuffer is on another frame. If the minibuffer does not count, only windows from WINDOW's frame count. Optional third arg ALL-FRAMES t means include windows on all frames. ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above. ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames. ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames. If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, restrict search to windows on that frame. Anything else means restrict to WINDOW's frame. If you use consistent values for MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES, you can use `next-window' to iterate through the entire cycle of acceptable windows, eventually ending up back at the window you started with. `previous-window' traverses the same cycle, in the reverse order. (next-window &optional WINDOW MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES)Fprevious-window Return the window preceding WINDOW in canonical ordering of windows. If omitted, WINDOW defaults to the selected window. Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the minibuffer even if it is active. Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count too. Therefore, `previous-window' can be used to iterate through the set of windows even when the minibuffer is on another frame. If the minibuffer does not count, only windows from WINDOW's frame count Optional third arg ALL-FRAMES t means include windows on all frames. ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above. ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames. ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames. If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, restrict search to windows on that frame. Anything else means restrict to WINDOW's frame. If you use consistent values for MINIBUF and ALL-FRAMES, you can use `previous-window' to iterate through the entire cycle of acceptable windows, eventually ending up back at the window you started with. `next-window' traverses the same cycle, in the reverse order. (previous-window &optional WINDOW MINIBUF ALL-FRAMES)Fother-window Select the ARG'th different window on this frame. All windows on current frame are arranged in a cyclic order. This command selects the window ARG steps away in that order. A negative ARG moves in the opposite order. If the optional second argument ALL_FRAMES is non-nil, cycle through all frames. (other-window ARG &optional ALL-FRAMES)Fwindow-list Return a list of windows on FRAME, starting with WINDOW. FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. WINDOW nil or omitted means use the selected window. MINIBUF t means include the minibuffer window, even if it isn't active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means include the minibuffer window only if it's active. MINIBUF neither nil nor t means never include the minibuffer window. (window-list &optional FRAME MINIBUF WINDOW)Fget-lru-window Return the window least recently selected or used for display. If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames. If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames. If FRAME is t, search all frames. If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame. If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame. (get-lru-window &optional FRAME)Fget-largest-window Return the largest window in area. If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames. If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames. If FRAME is t, search all frames. If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame. If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame. (get-largest-window &optional FRAME)Fget-buffer-window Return a window currently displaying BUFFER, or nil if none. If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames. If optional argument FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames. If FRAME is t, search all frames. If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame. If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame. (get-buffer-window BUFFER &optional FRAME)Fdelete-other-windows Make WINDOW (or the selected window) fill its frame. Only the frame WINDOW is on is affected. This function tries to reduce display jumps by keeping the text previously visible in WINDOW in the same place on the frame. Doing this depends on the value of (window-start WINDOW), so if calling this function in a program gives strange scrolling, make sure the window-start value is reasonable when this function is called. (delete-other-windows &optional WINDOW)Fdelete-windows-on Delete all windows showing BUFFER. Optional second argument FRAME controls which frames are affected. If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames. If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames. If FRAME is nil, search all frames. If FRAME is t, search only the selected frame. If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame. (delete-windows-on BUFFER &optional FRAME)Freplace-buffer-in-windows Replace BUFFER with some other buffer in all windows showing it. (replace-buffer-in-windows BUFFER)Fset-window-buffer Make WINDOW display BUFFER as its contents. BUFFER can be a buffer or buffer name. (set-window-buffer WINDOW BUFFER)Fselect-window Select WINDOW. Most editing will apply to WINDOW's buffer. If WINDOW is not already selected, also make WINDOW's buffer current. Note that the main editor command loop selects the buffer of the selected window before each command. (select-window WINDOW)Fspecial-display-p Returns non-nil if a buffer named BUFFER-NAME would be created specially. The value is actually t if the frame should be called with default frame parameters, and a list of frame parameters if they were specified. See `special-display-buffer-names', and `special-display-regexps'. (special-display-p BUFFER-NAME)Fsame-window-p Returns non-nil if a new buffer named BUFFER-NAME would use the same window. See `same-window-buffer-names' and `same-window-regexps'. (same-window-p BUFFER-NAME)Fdisplay-buffer Make BUFFER appear in some window but don't select it. BUFFER can be a buffer or a buffer name. If BUFFER is shown already in some window, just use that one, unless the window is the selected window and the optional second argument NOT-THIS-WINDOW is non-nil (interactively, with prefix arg). If `pop-up-frames' is non-nil, make a new frame if no window shows BUFFER. Returns the window displaying BUFFER. If `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is non-nil, and another frame is currently displaying BUFFER, then simply raise that frame. The variables `special-display-buffer-names', `special-display-regexps', `same-window-buffer-names', and `same-window-regexps' customize how certain buffer names are handled. If optional argument FRAME is `visible', search all visible frames. If FRAME is 0, search all visible and iconified frames. If FRAME is t, search all frames. If FRAME is a frame, search only that frame. If FRAME is nil, search only the selected frame (actually the last nonminibuffer frame), unless `pop-up-frames' or `display-buffer-reuse-frames' is non-nil, which means search visible and iconified frames. If `even-window-heights' is non-nil, window heights will be evened out if displaying the buffer causes two vertically adjacent windows to be displayed. (display-buffer BUFFER &optional NOT-THIS-WINDOW FRAME)Fsplit-window Split WINDOW, putting SIZE lines in the first of the pair. WINDOW defaults to selected one and SIZE to half its size. If optional third arg HORFLAG is non-nil, split side by side and put SIZE columns in the first of the pair. In that case, SIZE includes that window's scroll bar, or the divider column to its right. (split-window &optional WINDOW SIZE HORFLAG)Fenlarge-window Make current window ARG lines bigger. From program, optional second arg non-nil means grow sideways ARG columns. Interactively, if an argument is not given, make the window one line bigger. (enlarge-window ARG &optional SIDE)Fshrink-window Make current window ARG lines smaller. From program, optional second arg non-nil means shrink sideways arg columns. Interactively, if an argument is not given, make the window one line smaller. (shrink-window ARG &optional SIDE)Fscroll-up Scroll text of current window upward ARG lines; or near full screen if no ARG. A near full screen is `next-screen-context-lines' less than a full screen. Negative ARG means scroll downward. If ARG is the atom `-', scroll downward by nearly full screen. When calling from a program, supply as argument a number, nil, or `-'. (scroll-up &optional ARG)Fscroll-down Scroll text of current window down ARG lines; or near full screen if no ARG. A near full screen is `next-screen-context-lines' less than a full screen. Negative ARG means scroll upward. If ARG is the atom `-', scroll upward by nearly full screen. When calling from a program, supply as argument a number, nil, or `-'. (scroll-down &optional ARG)Fother-window-for-scrolling Return the other window for "other window scroll" commands. If in the minibuffer, `minibuffer-scroll-window' if non-nil specifies the window. If `other-window-scroll-buffer' is non-nil, a window showing that buffer is used. (other-window-for-scrolling)Fscroll-other-window Scroll next window upward ARG lines; or near full screen if no ARG. A near full screen is `next-screen-context-lines' less than a full screen. The next window is the one below the current one; or the one at the top if the current one is at the bottom. Negative ARG means scroll downward. If ARG is the atom `-', scroll downward by nearly full screen. When calling from a program, supply as argument a number, nil, or `-'. If in the minibuffer, `minibuffer-scroll-window' if non-nil specifies the window to scroll. If `other-window-scroll-buffer' is non-nil, scroll the window showing that buffer, popping the buffer up if necessary. (scroll-other-window &optional ARG)Fscroll-left Scroll selected window display ARG columns left. Default for ARG is window width minus 2. Value is the total amount of leftward horizontal scrolling in effect after the change. If `automatic-hscrolling' is non-nil, the argument ARG modifies a lower bound for automatic scrolling, i.e. automatic scrolling will not scroll a window to a column less than the value returned by this function. (scroll-left &optional ARG)Fscroll-right Scroll selected window display ARG columns right. Default for ARG is window width minus 2. Value is the total amount of leftward horizontal scrolling in effect after the change. If `automatic-hscrolling' is non-nil, the argument ARG modifies a lower bound for automatic scrolling, i.e. automatic scrolling will not scroll a window to a column less than the value returned by this function. (scroll-right &optional ARG)Frecenter Center point in window and redisplay frame. With prefix argument ARG, recenter putting point on screen line ARG relative to the current window. If ARG is negative, it counts up from the bottom of the window. (ARG should be less than the height of the window.) If ARG is omitted or nil, erase the entire frame and then redraw with point in the center of the current window. Just C-u as prefix means put point in the center of the window and redisplay normally--don't erase and redraw the frame. (recenter &optional ARG)Fwindow-text-height Return the height in lines of the text display area of WINDOW. This doesn't include the mode-line (or header-line if any) or any partial-height lines in the text display area. (window-text-height &optional WINDOW)Fmove-to-window-line Position point relative to window. With no argument, position point at center of window. An argument specifies vertical position within the window; zero means top of window, negative means relative to bottom of window. (move-to-window-line ARG)Fwindow-configuration-p Return t if OBJECT is a window-configuration object. (window-configuration-p OBJECT)Fwindow-configuration-frame Return the frame that CONFIG, a window-configuration object, is about. (window-configuration-frame CONFIG)Fset-window-configuration Set the configuration of windows and buffers as specified by CONFIGURATION. CONFIGURATION must be a value previously returned by `current-window-configuration' (which see). If CONFIGURATION was made from a frame that is now deleted, only frame-independent values can be restored. In this case, the return value is nil. Otherwise the value is t. (set-window-configuration CONFIGURATION)Fcurrent-window-configuration Return an object representing the current window configuration of FRAME. If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame. This describes the number of windows, their sizes and current buffers, and for each displayed buffer, where display starts, and the positions of point and mark. An exception is made for point in the current buffer: its value is -not- saved. This also records the currently selected frame, and FRAME's focus redirection (see `redirect-frame-focus'). (current-window-configuration &optional FRAME)Fsave-window-excursion Execute body, preserving window sizes and contents. Restore which buffer appears in which window, where display starts, and the value of point and mark for each window. Also restore the choice of selected window. Also restore which buffer is current. Does not restore the value of point in current buffer.Fset-window-margins Set width of marginal areas of window WINDOW. If window is nil, set margins of the currently selected window. First parameter LEFT-WIDTH specifies the number of character cells to reserve for the left marginal area. Second parameter RIGHT-WIDTH does the same for the right marginal area. A nil width parameter means no margin. (set-window-margins WINDOW LEFT &optional RIGHT)Fwindow-margins Get width of marginal areas of window WINDOW. If WINDOW is omitted or nil, use the currently selected window. Value is a cons of the form (LEFT-WIDTH . RIGHT-WIDTH). If a marginal area does not exist, its width will be returned as nil. (window-margins &optional WINDOW)Fwindow-vscroll Return the amount by which WINDOW is scrolled vertically. Use the selected window if WINDOW is nil or omitted. Value is a multiple of the canonical character height of WINDOW. (window-vscroll &optional WINDOW)Fset-window-vscroll Set amount by which WINDOW should be scrolled vertically to VSCROLL. WINDOW nil means use the selected window. VSCROLL is a non-negative multiple of the canonical character height of WINDOW. (set-window-vscroll WINDOW VSCROLL)Fcompare-window-configurations Compare two window configurations as regards the structure of windows. This function ignores details such as the values of point and mark and scrolling positions. (compare-window-configurations X Y)Vtemp-buffer-show-function Non-nil means call as function to display a help buffer. The function is called with one argument, the buffer to be displayed. Used by `with-output-to-temp-buffer'. If this function is used, then it must do the entire job of showing the buffer; `temp-buffer-show-hook' is not run unless this function runs it.Vdisplay-buffer-function If non-nil, function to call to handle `display-buffer'. It will receive two args, the buffer and a flag which if non-nil means that the currently selected window is not acceptable. Commands such as `switch-to-buffer-other-window' and `find-file-other-window' work using this function.Veven-window-heights *If non-nil, `display-buffer' should even the window heights. If nil, `display-buffer' will leave the window configuration alone.Vminibuffer-scroll-window Non-nil means it is the window that C-M-v in minibuffer should scroll.Vother-window-scroll-buffer If non-nil, this is a buffer and \[scroll-other-window] should scroll its window.Vpop-up-frames *Non-nil means `display-buffer' should make a separate frame.Vdisplay-buffer-reuse-frames *Non-nil means `display-buffer' should reuse frames. If the buffer in question is already displayed in a frame, raise that frame.Vpop-up-frame-function Function to call to handle automatic new frame creation. It is called with no arguments and should return a newly created frame. A typical value might be `(lambda () (new-frame pop-up-frame-alist))' where `pop-up-frame-alist' would hold the default frame parameters.Vspecial-display-buffer-names *List of buffer names that should have their own special frames. Displaying a buffer whose name is in this list makes a special frame for it using `special-display-function'. See also `special-display-regexps'. An element of the list can be a list instead of just a string. There are two ways to use a list as an element: (BUFFER FRAME-PARAMETERS...) (BUFFER FUNCTION OTHER-ARGS...) In the first case, FRAME-PARAMETERS are used to create the frame. In the latter case, FUNCTION is called with BUFFER as the first argument, followed by OTHER-ARGS--it can display BUFFER in any way it likes. All this is done by the function found in `special-display-function'. If this variable appears "not to work", because you add a name to it but that buffer still appears in the selected window, look at the values of `same-window-buffer-names' and `same-window-regexps'. Those variables take precedence over this one.Vspecial-display-regexps *List of regexps saying which buffers should have their own special frames. If a buffer name matches one of these regexps, it gets its own frame. Displaying a buffer whose name is in this list makes a special frame for it using `special-display-function'. An element of the list can be a list instead of just a string. There are two ways to use a list as an element: (REGEXP FRAME-PARAMETERS...) (REGEXP FUNCTION OTHER-ARGS...) In the first case, FRAME-PARAMETERS are used to create the frame. In the latter case, FUNCTION is called with the buffer as first argument, followed by OTHER-ARGS--it can display the buffer in any way it likes. All this is done by the function found in `special-display-function'. If this variable appears "not to work", because you add a regexp to it but the matching buffers still appear in the selected window, look at the values of `same-window-buffer-names' and `same-window-regexps'. Those variables take precedence over this one.Vspecial-display-function Function to call to make a new frame for a special buffer. It is called with two arguments, the buffer and optional buffer specific data, and should return a window displaying that buffer. The default value makes a separate frame for the buffer, using `special-display-frame-alist' to specify the frame parameters. A buffer is special if its is listed in `special-display-buffer-names' or matches a regexp in `special-display-regexps'.Vsame-window-buffer-names *List of buffer names that should appear in the selected window. Displaying one of these buffers using `display-buffer' or `pop-to-buffer' switches to it in the selected window, rather than making it appear in some other window. An element of the list can be a cons cell instead of just a string. Then the car must be a string, which specifies the buffer name. This is for compatibility with `special-display-buffer-names'; the cdr of the cons cell is ignored. See also `same-window-regexps'.Vsame-window-regexps *List of regexps saying which buffers should appear in the selected window. If a buffer name matches one of these regexps, then displaying it using `display-buffer' or `pop-to-buffer' switches to it in the selected window, rather than making it appear in some other window. An element of the list can be a cons cell instead of just a string. Then the car must be a string, which specifies the buffer name. This is for compatibility with `special-display-buffer-names'; the cdr of the cons cell is ignored. See also `same-window-buffer-names'.Vpop-up-windows *Non-nil means display-buffer should make new windows.Vnext-screen-context-lines *Number of lines of continuity when scrolling by screenfuls.Vsplit-height-threshold *display-buffer would prefer to split the largest window if this large. If there is only one window, it is split regardless of this value.Vwindow-min-height *Delete any window less than this tall (including its mode line).Vwindow-min-width *Delete any window less than this wide.Vscroll-preserve-screen-position *Non-nil means scroll commands move point to keep its screen line unchanged.Vwindow-configuration-change-hook Functions to call when window configuration changes. The selected frame is the one whose configuration has changed.Vwindow-size-fixed Non-nil in a buffer means windows displaying the buffer are fixed-size. Emacs won't change the size of any window displaying that buffer, unless you explicitly change the size, or Emacs has no other choice. This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set.Fdefine-charset Define CHARSET-ID as the identification number of CHARSET with INFO-VECTOR. If CHARSET-ID is nil, it is decided automatically, which means CHARSET is treated as a private charset. INFO-VECTOR is a vector of the format: [DIMENSION CHARS WIDTH DIRECTION ISO-FINAL-CHAR ISO-GRAPHIC-PLANE SHORT-NAME LONG-NAME DESCRIPTION] The meanings of each elements is as follows: DIMENSION (integer) is the number of bytes to represent a character: 1 or 2. CHARS (integer) is the number of characters in a dimension: 94 or 96. WIDTH (integer) is the number of columns a character in the charset occupies on the screen: one of 0, 1, and 2. DIRECTION (integer) is the rendering direction of characters in the charset when rendering. If 0, render from left to right, else render from right to left. ISO-FINAL-CHAR (character) is the final character of the corresponding ISO 2022 charset. It may be -1 if the charset is internal use only. ISO-GRAPHIC-PLANE (integer) is the graphic plane to be invoked while encoding to variants of ISO 2022 coding system, one of the following: 0/graphic-plane-left(GL), 1/graphic-plane-right(GR). It may be -1 if the charset is internal use only. SHORT-NAME (string) is the short name to refer to the charset. LONG-NAME (string) is the long name to refer to the charset. DESCRIPTION (string) is the description string of the charset. (define-charset CHARSET-ID CHARSET-SYMBOL INFO-VECTOR)Fgeneric-character-list Return a list of all possible generic characters. It includes a generic character for a charset not yet defined. (generic-character-list)Fget-unused-iso-final-char Return an unsed ISO's final char for a charset of DIMENISION and CHARS. DIMENSION is the number of bytes to represent a character: 1 or 2. CHARS is the number of characters in a dimension: 94 or 96. This final char is for private use, thus the range is `0' (48) .. `?' (63). If there's no unused final char for the specified kind of charset, return nil. (get-unused-iso-final-char DIMENSION CHARS)Fdeclare-equiv-charset Declare a charset of DIMENSION, CHARS, FINAL-CHAR is the same as CHARSET. CHARSET should be defined by `defined-charset' in advance. (declare-equiv-charset DIMENSION CHARS FINAL-CHAR CHARSET-SYMBOL)Ffind-charset-region Return a list of charsets in the region between BEG and END. BEG and END are buffer positions. Optional arg TABLE if non-nil is a translation table to look up. If the region contains invalid multibyte characters, `unknown' is included in the returned list. If the current buffer is unibyte, the returned list may contain only `ascii', `eight-bit-control', and `eight-bit-graphic'. (find-charset-region BEG END &optional TABLE)Ffind-charset-string Return a list of charsets in STR. Optional arg TABLE if non-nil is a translation table to look up. If the string contains invalid multibyte characters, `unknown' is included in the returned list. If STR is unibyte, the returned list may contain only `ascii', `eight-bit-control', and `eight-bit-graphic'. (find-charset-string STR &optional TABLE)Fmake-char-internal (make-char-internal CHARSET &optional CODE1 CODE2)Fsplit-char Return list of charset and one or two position-codes of CHAR. If CHAR is invalid as a character code, return a list of symbol `unknown' and CHAR. (split-char CH)Fchar-charset Return charset of CHAR. (char-charset CH)Fcharset-after Return charset of a character in the current buffer at position POS. If POS is nil, it defauls to the current point. If POS is out of range, the value is nil. (charset-after &optional POS)Fiso-charset Return charset of ISO's specification DIMENSION, CHARS, and FINAL-CHAR. ISO 2022's designation sequence (escape sequence) distinguishes charsets by their DIMENSION, CHARS, and FINAL-CHAR, where as Emacs distinguishes them by charset symbol. See the documentation of the function `charset-info' for the meanings of DIMENSION, CHARS, and FINAL-CHAR. (iso-charset DIMENSION CHARS FINAL-CHAR)Fchar-valid-p Return t if OBJECT is a valid normal character. If optional arg GENERICP is non-nil, also return t if OBJECT is a valid generic character. (char-valid-p OBJECT &optional GENERICP)Funibyte-char-to-multibyte Convert the unibyte character CH to multibyte character. The conversion is done based on `nonascii-translation-table' (which see) or `nonascii-insert-offset' (which see). (unibyte-char-to-multibyte CH)Fmultibyte-char-to-unibyte Convert the multibyte character CH to unibyte character. The conversion is done based on `nonascii-translation-table' (which see) or `nonascii-insert-offset' (which see). (multibyte-char-to-unibyte CH)Fchar-bytes Return 1 regardless of the argument CHAR. This is now an obsolete function. We keep it just for backward compatibility. (char-bytes CH)Fchar-width Return width of CHAR when displayed in the current buffer. The width is measured by how many columns it occupies on the screen. Tab is taken to occupy `tab-width' columns. (char-width CH)Fstring-width Return width of STRING when displayed in the current buffer. Width is measured by how many columns it occupies on the screen. When calculating width of a multibyte character in STRING, only the base leading-code is considered; the validity of the following bytes is not checked. Tabs in STRING are always taken to occupy `tab-width' columns. (string-width STR)Fchar-direction Return the direction of CHAR. The returned value is 0 for left-to-right and 1 for right-to-left. (char-direction CH)Fchars-in-region Return number of characters between BEG and END. (chars-in-region BEG END)Fstring Concatenate all the argument characters and make the result a string.Fsetup-special-charsets Internal use only. (setup-special-charsets)Vcharset-list List of charsets ever defined.Vtranslation-table-vector Vector of cons cell of a symbol and translation table ever defined. An ID of a translation table is an index of this vector.Vleading-code-private-11 Leading-code of private TYPE9N charset of column-width 1.Vleading-code-private-12 Leading-code of private TYPE9N charset of column-width 2.Vleading-code-private-21 Leading-code of private TYPE9Nx9N charset of column-width 1.Vleading-code-private-22 Leading-code of private TYPE9Nx9N charset of column-width 2.Vnonascii-insert-offset Offset for converting non-ASCII unibyte codes 0240...0377 to multibyte. This is used for converting unibyte text to multibyte, and for inserting character codes specified by number. This serves to convert a Latin-1 or similar 8-bit character code to the corresponding Emacs multibyte character code. Typically the value should be (- (make-char CHARSET 0) 128), for your choice of character set. If `nonascii-translation-table' is non-nil, it overrides this variable.Vnonascii-translation-table Translation table to convert non-ASCII unibyte codes to multibyte. This is used for converting unibyte text to multibyte, and for inserting character codes specified by number. Conversion is performed only when multibyte characters are enabled, and it serves to convert a Latin-1 or similar 8-bit character code to the corresponding Emacs character code. If this is nil, `nonascii-insert-offset' is used instead. See also the docstring of `make-translation-table'.Vauto-fill-chars A char-table for characters which invoke auto-filling. Such characters have value t in this table.Fcoding-system-p Return t if OBJECT is nil or a coding-system. See the documentation of `make-coding-system' for information about coding-system objects. (coding-system-p OBJ)Fread-non-nil-coding-system Read a coding system from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. (read-non-nil-coding-system PROMPT)Fread-coding-system Read a coding system from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. If the user enters null input, return second argument DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM. (read-coding-system PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM)Fcheck-coding-system Check validity of CODING-SYSTEM. If valid, return CODING-SYSTEM, else signal a `coding-system-error' error. It is valid if it is a symbol with a non-nil `coding-system' property. The value of property should be a vector of length 5. (check-coding-system CODING-SYSTEM)Fdetect-coding-region Detect coding system of the text in the region between START and END. Return a list of possible coding systems ordered by priority. If only ASCII characters are found, it returns a list of single element `undecided' or its subsidiary coding system according to a detected end-of-line format. If optional argument HIGHEST is non-nil, return the coding system of highest priority. (detect-coding-region START END &optional HIGHEST)Fdetect-coding-string Detect coding system of the text in STRING. Return a list of possible coding systems ordered by priority. If only ASCII characters are found, it returns a list of single element `undecided' or its subsidiary coding system according to a detected end-of-line format. If optional argument HIGHEST is non-nil, return the coding system of highest priority. (detect-coding-string STRING &optional HIGHEST)Ffind-coding-systems-region-internal Internal use only. (find-coding-systems-region-internal START END)Fdecode-coding-region Decode the current region from the specified coding system. When called from a program, takes three arguments: START, END, and CODING-SYSTEM. START and END are buffer positions. This function sets `last-coding-system-used' to the precise coding system used (which may be different from CODING-SYSTEM if CODING-SYSTEM is not fully specified.) It returns the length of the decoded text. (decode-coding-region START END CODING-SYSTEM)Fencode-coding-region Encode the current region into the specified coding system. When called from a program, takes three arguments: START, END, and CODING-SYSTEM. START and END are buffer positions. This function sets `last-coding-system-used' to the precise coding system used (which may be different from CODING-SYSTEM if CODING-SYSTEM is not fully specified.) It returns the length of the encoded text. (encode-coding-region START END CODING-SYSTEM)Fdecode-coding-string Decode STRING which is encoded in CODING-SYSTEM, and return the result. Optional arg NOCOPY non-nil means it is OK to return STRING itself if the decoding operation is trivial. This function sets `last-coding-system-used' to the precise coding system used (which may be different from CODING-SYSTEM if CODING-SYSTEM is not fully specified.) (decode-coding-string STRING CODING-SYSTEM &optional NOCOPY)Fencode-coding-string Encode STRING to CODING-SYSTEM, and return the result. Optional arg NOCOPY non-nil means it is OK to return STRING itself if the encoding operation is trivial. This function sets `last-coding-system-used' to the precise coding system used (which may be different from CODING-SYSTEM if CODING-SYSTEM is not fully specified.) (encode-coding-string STRING CODING-SYSTEM &optional NOCOPY)Fdecode-sjis-char Decode a Japanese character which has CODE in shift_jis encoding. Return the corresponding character. (decode-sjis-char CODE)Fencode-sjis-char Encode a Japanese character CHAR to shift_jis encoding. Return the corresponding code in SJIS. (encode-sjis-char CH)Fdecode-big5-char Decode a Big5 character which has CODE in BIG5 coding system. Return the corresponding character. (decode-big5-char CODE)Fencode-big5-char Encode the Big5 character CHAR to BIG5 coding system. Return the corresponding character code in Big5. (encode-big5-char CH)Fset-terminal-coding-system-internal (set-terminal-coding-system-internal CODING-SYSTEM)Fset-safe-terminal-coding-system-internal (set-safe-terminal-coding-system-internal CODING-SYSTEM)Fterminal-coding-system Return coding system specified for terminal output. (terminal-coding-system)Fset-keyboard-coding-system-internal (set-keyboard-coding-system-internal CODING-SYSTEM)Fkeyboard-coding-system Return coding system specified for decoding keyboard input. (keyboard-coding-system)Ffind-operation-coding-system Choose a coding system for an operation based on the target name. The value names a pair of coding systems: (DECODING-SYSTEM . ENCODING-SYSTEM). DECODING-SYSTEM is the coding system to use for decoding (in case OPERATION does decoding), and ENCODING-SYSTEM is the coding system for encoding (in case OPERATION does encoding). The first argument OPERATION specifies an I/O primitive: For file I/O, `insert-file-contents' or `write-region'. For process I/O, `call-process', `call-process-region', or `start-process'. For network I/O, `open-network-stream'. The remaining arguments should be the same arguments that were passed to the primitive. Depending on which primitive, one of those arguments is selected as the TARGET. For example, if OPERATION does file I/O, whichever argument specifies the file name is TARGET. TARGET has a meaning which depends on OPERATION: For file I/O, TARGET is a file name. For process I/O, TARGET is a process name. For network I/O, TARGET is a service name or a port number This function looks up what specified for TARGET in, `file-coding-system-alist', `process-coding-system-alist', or `network-coding-system-alist' depending on OPERATION. They may specify a coding system, a cons of coding systems, or a function symbol to call. In the last case, we call the function with one argument, which is a list of all the arguments given to this function.Fupdate-coding-systems-internal Update internal database for ISO2022 and CCL based coding systems. When values of any coding categories are changed, you must call this function (update-coding-systems-internal)Fset-coding-priority-internal Update internal database for the current value of `coding-category-list'. This function is internal use only. (set-coding-priority-internal)Vcoding-system-list List of coding systems. Do not alter the value of this variable manually. This variable should be updated by the functions `make-coding-system' and `define-coding-system-alias'.Vcoding-system-alist Alist of coding system names. Each element is one element list of coding system name. This variable is given to `completing-read' as TABLE argument. Do not alter the value of this variable manually. This variable should be updated by the functions `make-coding-system' and `define-coding-system-alias'.Vcoding-category-list List of coding-categories (symbols) ordered by priority. On detecting a coding system, Emacs tries code detection algorithms associated with each coding-category one by one in this order. When one algorithm agrees with a byte sequence of source text, the coding system bound to the corresponding coding-category is selected.Vcoding-system-for-read Specify the coding system for read operations. It is useful to bind this variable with `let', but do not set it globally. If the value is a coding system, it is used for decoding on read operation. If not, an appropriate element is used from one of the coding system alists: There are three such tables, `file-coding-system-alist', `process-coding-system-alist', and `network-coding-system-alist'.Vcoding-system-for-write Specify the coding system for write operations. Programs bind this variable with `let', but you should not set it globally. If the value is a coding system, it is used for encoding of output, when writing it to a file and when sending it to a file or subprocess. If this does not specify a coding system, an appropriate element is used from one of the coding system alists: There are three such tables, `file-coding-system-alist', `process-coding-system-alist', and `network-coding-system-alist'. For output to files, if the above procedure does not specify a coding system, the value of `buffer-file-coding-system' is used.Vlast-coding-system-used Coding system used in the latest file or process I/O.Vinhibit-eol-conversion *Non-nil means always inhibit code conversion of end-of-line format. See info node `Coding Systems' and info node `Text and Binary' concerning such conversion.Vinherit-process-coding-system Non-nil means process buffer inherits coding system of process output. Bind it to t if the process output is to be treated as if it were a file read from some filesystem.Vfile-coding-system-alist Alist to decide a coding system to use for a file I/O operation. The format is ((PATTERN . VAL) ...), where PATTERN is a regular expression matching a file name, VAL is a coding system, a cons of coding systems, or a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both decoding and encoding the file contents. If VAL is a cons of coding systems, the car part is used for decoding, and the cdr part is used for encoding. If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system or a cons of coding systems which are used as above. See also the function `find-operation-coding-system' and the variable `auto-coding-alist'.Vprocess-coding-system-alist Alist to decide a coding system to use for a process I/O operation. The format is ((PATTERN . VAL) ...), where PATTERN is a regular expression matching a program name, VAL is a coding system, a cons of coding systems, or a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both decoding what received from the program and encoding what sent to the program. If VAL is a cons of coding systems, the car part is used for decoding, and the cdr part is used for encoding. If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system or a cons of coding systems which are used as above. See also the function `find-operation-coding-system'.Vnetwork-coding-system-alist Alist to decide a coding system to use for a network I/O operation. The format is ((PATTERN . VAL) ...), where PATTERN is a regular expression matching a network service name or is a port number to connect to, VAL is a coding system, a cons of coding systems, or a function symbol. If VAL is a coding system, it is used for both decoding what received from the network stream and encoding what sent to the network stream. If VAL is a cons of coding systems, the car part is used for decoding, and the cdr part is used for encoding. If VAL is a function symbol, the function must return a coding system or a cons of coding systems which are used as above. See also the function `find-operation-coding-system'.Vlocale-coding-system Coding system to use with system messages. Also used for decoding keyboard input on X Window system.Veol-mnemonic-unix *String displayed in mode line for UNIX-like (LF) end-of-line format.Veol-mnemonic-dos *String displayed in mode line for DOS-like (CRLF) end-of-line format.Veol-mnemonic-mac *String displayed in mode line for MAC-like (CR) end-of-line format.Veol-mnemonic-undecided *String displayed in mode line when end-of-line format is not yet determined.Venable-character-translation *Non-nil enables character translation while encoding and decoding.Vstandard-translation-table-for-decode Table for translating characters while decoding.Vstandard-translation-table-for-encode Table for translating characters while encoding.Vcharset-revision-table Alist of charsets vs revision numbers. While encoding, if a charset (car part of an element) is found, designate it with the escape sequence identifying revision (cdr part of the element).Vdefault-process-coding-system Cons of coding systems used for process I/O by default. The car part is used for decoding a process output, the cdr part is used for encoding a text to be sent to a process.Vlatin-extra-code-table Table of extra Latin codes in the range 128..159 (inclusive). This is a vector of length 256. If Nth element is non-nil, the existence of code N in a file (or output of subprocess) doesn't prevent it to be detected as a coding system of ISO 2022 variant which has a flag `accept-latin-extra-code' t (e.g. iso-latin-1) on reading a file or reading output of a subprocess. Only 128th through 159th elements has a meaning.Vselect-safe-coding-system-function Function to call to select safe coding system for encoding a text. If set, this function is called to force a user to select a proper coding system which can encode the text in the case that a default coding system used in each operation can't encode the text. The default value is `select-safe-coding-system' (which see).Vchar-coding-system-table Char-table containing safe coding systems of each characters. Each element doesn't include such generic coding systems that can encode any characters. They are in the first extra slot.Vinhibit-iso-escape-detection If non-nil, Emacs ignores ISO2022's escape sequence on code detection. By default, on reading a file, Emacs tries to detect how the text is encoded. This code detection is sensitive to escape sequences. If the sequence is valid as ISO2022, the code is determined as one of the ISO2022 encodings, and the file is decoded by the corresponding coding system (e.g. `iso-2022-7bit'). However, there may be a case that you want to read escape sequences in a file as is. In such a case, you can set this variable to non-nil. Then, as the code detection ignores any escape sequences, no file is detected as encoded in some ISO2022 encoding. The result is that all escape sequences become visible in a buffer. The default value is nil, and it is strongly recommended not to change it. That is because many Emacs Lisp source files that contain non-ASCII characters are encoded by the coding system `iso-2022-7bit' in Emacs's distribution, and they won't be decoded correctly on reading if you suppress escape sequence detection. The other way to read escape sequences in a file without decoding is to explicitly specify some coding system that doesn't use ISO2022's escape sequence (e.g `latin-1') on reading by \[universal-coding-system-argument].Fmake-category-set Return a newly created category-set which contains CATEGORIES. CATEGORIES is a string of category mnemonics. The value is a bool-vector which has t at the indices corresponding to those categories. (make-category-set CATEGORIES)Fdefine-category Define CHAR as a category which is described by DOCSTRING. CHAR should be an ASCII printing character in the range ` ' to `~'. DOCSTRING is a documentation string of the category. The category is defined only in category table TABLE, which defaults to the current buffer's category table. (define-category CATEGORY DOCSTRING &optional TABLE)Fcategory-docstring Return the documentation string of CATEGORY, as defined in CATEGORY-TABLE. (category-docstring CATEGORY &optional TABLE)Fget-unused-category Return a category which is not yet defined in CATEGORY-TABLE. If no category remains available, return nil. The optional argument CATEGORY-TABLE specifies which category table to modify; it defaults to the current buffer's category table. (get-unused-category &optional TABLE)Fcategory-table-p Return t if ARG is a category table. (category-table-p ARG)Fcategory-table Return the current category table. This is the one specified by the current buffer. (category-table)Fstandard-category-table Return the standard category table. This is the one used for new buffers. (standard-category-table)Fcopy-category-table Construct a new category table and return it. It is a copy of the TABLE, which defaults to the standard category table. (copy-category-table &optional TABLE)Fmake-category-table Construct a new and empty category table and return it. (make-category-table)Fset-category-table Specify TABLE as the category table for the current buffer. (set-category-table TABLE)Fchar-category-set Return the category set of CHAR. (char-category-set CH)Fcategory-set-mnemonics Return a string containing mnemonics of the categories in CATEGORY-SET. CATEGORY-SET is a bool-vector, and the categories "in" it are those that are indexes where t occurs the bool-vector. The return value is a string containing those same categories. (category-set-mnemonics CATEGORY-SET)Fmodify-category-entry Modify the category set of CHARACTER by adding CATEGORY to it. The category is changed only for table TABLE, which defaults to the current buffer's category table. If optional fourth argument RESET is non-nil, then delete CATEGORY from the category set instead of adding it. (modify-category-entry CHARACTER CATEGORY &optional TABLE RESET)Fdescribe-categories Describe the category specifications in the current category table. The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed. (describe-categories)Vword-combining-categories List of pair (cons) of categories to determine word boundary. Emacs treats a sequence of word constituent characters as a single word (i.e. finds no word boundary between them) iff they belongs to the same charset. But, exceptions are allowed in the following cases. (1) The case that characters are in different charsets is controlled by the variable `word-combining-categories'. Emacs finds no word boundary between characters of different charsets if they have categories matching some element of this list. More precisely, if an element of this list is a cons of category CAT1 and CAT2, and a multibyte character C1 which has CAT1 is followed by C2 which has CAT2, there's no word boundary between C1 and C2. For instance, to tell that ASCII characters and Latin-1 characters can form a single word, the element `(?l . ?l)' should be in this list because both characters have the category `l' (Latin characters). (2) The case that character are in the same charset is controlled by the variable `word-separating-categories'. Emacs find a word boundary between characters of the same charset if they have categories matching some element of this list. More precisely, if an element of this list is a cons of category CAT1 and CAT2, and a multibyte character C1 which has CAT1 is followed by C2 which has CAT2, there's a word boundary between C1 and C2. For instance, to tell that there's a word boundary between Japanese Hiragana and Japanese Kanji (both are in the same charset), the element `(?H . ?C) should be in this list.Vword-separating-categories List of pair (cons) of categories to determine word boundary. See the documentation of the variable `word-combining-categories'.Fccl-program-p Return t if OBJECT is a CCL program name or a compiled CCL program code. See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program. (ccl-program-p OBJECT)Fccl-execute Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by REGISTERS. CCL-PROGRAM is a CCL program name (symbol) or compiled code generated by `ccl-compile' (for backward compatibility. In the latter case, the execution overhead is bigger than in the former). No I/O commands should appear in CCL-PROGRAM. REGISTERS is a vector of [R0 R1 ... R7] where RN is an initial value for the Nth register. As side effect, each element of REGISTERS holds the value of the corresponding register after the execution. See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for a definition of CCL programs. (ccl-execute CCL-PROG REG)Fccl-execute-on-string Execute CCL-PROGRAM with initial STATUS on STRING. CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol registered by register-ccl-program, or a compiled code generated by `ccl-compile' (for backward compatibility, in this case, the execution is slower). Read buffer is set to STRING, and write buffer is allocated automatically. STATUS is a vector of [R0 R1 ... R7 IC], where R0..R7 are initial values of corresponding registers, IC is the instruction counter specifying from where to start the program. If R0..R7 are nil, they are initialized to 0. If IC is nil, it is initialized to head of the CCL program. If optional 4th arg CONTINUE is non-nil, keep IC on read operation when read buffer is exausted, else, IC is always set to the end of CCL-PROGRAM on exit. It returns the contents of write buffer as a string, and as side effect, STATUS is updated. If the optional 5th arg UNIBYTE-P is non-nil, the returned string is a unibyte string. By default it is a multibyte string. See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program. (ccl-execute-on-string CCL-PROG STATUS STR &optional CONTIN UNIBYTE-P)Fregister-ccl-program Register CCL program CCL_PROG as NAME in `ccl-program-table'. CCL_PROG should be a compiled CCL program (vector), or nil. If it is nil, just reserve NAME as a CCL program name. Return index number of the registered CCL program. (register-ccl-program NAME CCL-PROG)Fregister-code-conversion-map Register SYMBOL as code conversion map MAP. Return index number of the registered map. (register-code-conversion-map SYMBOL MAP)Vcode-conversion-map-vector Vector of code conversion maps.Vfont-ccl-encoder-alist Alist of fontname patterns vs corresponding CCL program. Each element looks like (REGEXP . CCL-CODE), where CCL-CODE is a compiled CCL program. When a font whose name matches REGEXP is used for displaying a character, CCL-CODE is executed to calculate the code point in the font from the charset number and position code(s) of the character which are set in CCL registers R0, R1, and R2 before the execution. The code point in the font is set in CCL registers R1 and R2 when the execution terminated. If the font is single-byte font, the register R2 is not used.Ftty-display-color-p Return non-nil if TTY can display colors on FRAME. (tty-display-color-p &optional FRAME)Vsystem-uses-terminfo Non-nil means the system uses terminfo rather than termcap. This variable can be used by terminal emulator packages.Vring-bell-function Non-nil means call this function to ring the bell. The function should accept no arguments.Fdump-colors Dump currently allocated colors and their reference counts to stderr. (dump-colors)Fclear-face-cache Clear face caches on all frames. Optional THOROUGHLY non-nil means try to free unused fonts, too. (clear-face-cache &optional THOROUGHLY)Fbitmap-spec-p Value is non-nil if OBJECT is a valid bitmap specification. A bitmap specification is either a string, a file name, or a list (WIDTH HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH is the pixel width of the bitmap, HEIGHT is its height, and DATA is a string containing the bits of the pixmap. Bits are stored row by row, each row occupies (WIDTH + 7)/8 bytes. (bitmap-spec-p OBJECT)Fcolor-gray-p Return non-nil if COLOR is a shade of gray (or white or black). FRAME specifies the frame and thus the display for interpreting COLOR. If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame. (color-gray-p COLOR &optional FRAME)Fcolor-supported-p Return non-nil if COLOR can be displayed on FRAME. BACKGROUND-P non-nil means COLOR is used as a background. If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame. COLOR must be a valid color name. (color-supported-p COLOR FRAME &optional BACKGROUND-P)Fx-family-fonts Return a list of available fonts of family FAMILY on FRAME. If FAMILY is omitted or nil, list all families. Otherwise, FAMILY must be a string, possibly containing wildcards `?' and `*'. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Each element of the result is a vector [FAMILY WIDTH POINT-SIZE WEIGHT SLANT FIXED-P FULL REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING]. FAMILY is the font family name. POINT-SIZE is the size of the font in 1/10 pt. WIDTH, WEIGHT, and SLANT are symbols describing the width, weight and slant of the font. These symbols are the same as for face attributes. FIXED-P is non-nil if the font is fixed-pitch. FULL is the full name of the font, and REGISTRY-AND-ENCODING is a string giving the registry and encoding of the font. The result list is sorted according to the current setting of the face font sort order. (x-family-fonts &optional FAMILY FRAME)Fx-font-family-list Return a list of available font families on FRAME. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Value is a list of conses (FAMILY . FIXED-P) where FAMILY is a font family, and FIXED-P is non-nil if fonts of that family are fixed-pitch. (x-font-family-list &optional FRAME)Fx-list-fonts Return a list of the names of available fonts matching PATTERN. If optional arguments FACE and FRAME are specified, return only fonts the same size as FACE on FRAME. PATTERN is a string, perhaps with wildcard characters; the * character matches any substring, and the ? character matches any single character. PATTERN is case-insensitive. FACE is a face name--a symbol. The return value is a list of strings, suitable as arguments to set-face-font. Fonts Emacs can't use may or may not be excluded even if they match PATTERN and FACE. The optional fourth argument MAXIMUM sets a limit on how many fonts to match. The first MAXIMUM fonts are reported. The optional fifth argument WIDTH, if specified, is a number of columns occupied by a character of a font. In that case, return only fonts the WIDTH times as wide as FACE on FRAME. (x-list-fonts PATTERN &optional FACE FRAME MAXIMUM WIDTH)Finternal-make-lisp-face Make FACE, a symbol, a Lisp face with all attributes nil. If FACE was not known as a face before, create a new one. If optional argument FRAME is specified, make a frame-local face for that frame. Otherwise operate on the global face definition. Value is a vector of face attributes. (internal-make-lisp-face FACE &optional FRAME)Finternal-lisp-face-p Return non-nil if FACE names a face. If optional second parameter FRAME is non-nil, check for the existence of a frame-local face with name FACE on that frame. Otherwise check for the existence of a global face. (internal-lisp-face-p FACE &optional FRAME)Finternal-copy-lisp-face Copy face FROM to TO. If FRAME it t, copy the global face definition of FROM to the global face definition of TO. Otherwise, copy the frame-local definition of FROM on FRAME to the frame-local definition of TO on NEW-FRAME, or FRAME if NEW-FRAME is nil. Value is TO. (internal-copy-lisp-face FROM TO FRAME NEW-FRAME)Finternal-set-lisp-face-attribute Set attribute ATTR of FACE to VALUE. FRAME being a frame means change the face on that frame. FRAME nil means change the face of the selected frame. FRAME t means change the default for new frames. FRAME 0 means change the face on all frames, and change the default for new frames. (internal-set-lisp-face-attribute FACE ATTR VALUE &optional FRAME)Finternal-face-x-get-resource (internal-face-x-get-resource RESOURCE CLASS FRAME)Finternal-set-lisp-face-attribute-from-resource (internal-set-lisp-face-attribute-from-resource FACE ATTR VALUE &optional FRAME)Finternal-get-lisp-face-attribute Return face attribute KEYWORD of face SYMBOL. If SYMBOL does not name a valid Lisp face or KEYWORD isn't a valid face attribute name, signal an error. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. (internal-get-lisp-face-attribute SYMBOL KEYWORD &optional FRAME)Finternal-lisp-face-attribute-values Return a list of valid discrete values for face attribute ATTR. Value is nil if ATTR doesn't have a discrete set of valid values. (internal-lisp-face-attribute-values ATTR)Finternal-merge-in-global-face Add attributes from frame-default definition of FACE to FACE on FRAME. Default face attributes override any local face attributes. (internal-merge-in-global-face FACE FRAME)Fface-font Return the font name of face FACE, or nil if it is unspecified. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). The font default for a face is either nil, or a list of the form (bold), (italic) or (bold italic). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. (face-font FACE &optional FRAME)Finternal-lisp-face-equal-p True if FACE1 and FACE2 are equal. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. (internal-lisp-face-equal-p FACE1 FACE2 &optional FRAME)Finternal-lisp-face-empty-p True if FACE has no attribute specified. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. (internal-lisp-face-empty-p FACE &optional FRAME)Fframe-face-alist Return an alist of frame-local faces defined on FRAME. For internal use only. (frame-face-alist &optional FRAME)Finternal-set-font-selection-order Set font selection order for face font selection to ORDER. ORDER must be a list of length 4 containing the symbols `:width', `:height', `:weight', and `:slant'. Face attributes appearing first in ORDER are matched first, e.g. if `:height' appears before `:weight' in ORDER, font selection first tries to find a font with a suitable height, and then tries to match the font weight. Value is ORDER. (internal-set-font-selection-order ORDER)Finternal-set-alternative-font-family-alist Define alternative font families to try in face font selection. ALIST is an alist of (FAMILY ALTERNATIVE1 ALTERNATIVE2 ...) entries. Each ALTERNATIVE is tried in order if no fonts of font family FAMILY can be found. Value is ALIST. (internal-set-alternative-font-family-alist ALIST)Finternal-set-alternative-font-registry-alist Define alternative font registries to try in face font selection. ALIST is an alist of (REGISTRY ALTERNATIVE1 ALTERNATIVE2 ...) entries. Each ALTERNATIVE is tried in order if no fonts of font registry REGISTRY can be found. Value is ALIST. (internal-set-alternative-font-registry-alist ALIST)Ftty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors Suppress/allow boldness of faces with inverse default colors. SUPPRESS non-nil means suppress it. This affects bold faces on TTYs whose foreground is the default background color of the display and whose background is the default foreground color. For such faces, the bold face attribute is ignored if this variable is non-nil. (tty-suppress-bold-inverse-default-colors SUPPRESS)Fdump-face (dump-face &optional N)Fshow-face-resources (show-face-resources)Vfont-list-limit *Limit for font matching. If an integer > 0, font matching functions won't load more than that number of fonts when searching for a matching font.Vface-new-frame-defaults List of global face definitions (for internal use only.)Vface-default-stipple *Default stipple pattern used on monochrome displays. This stipple pattern is used on monochrome displays instead of shades of gray for a face background color. See `set-face-stipple' for possible values for this variable.Vtty-defined-color-alist An alist of defined terminal colors and their RGB values.Vscalable-fonts-allowed Allowed scalable fonts. A value of nil means don't allow any scalable fonts. A value of t means allow any scalable font. Otherwise, value must be a list of regular expressions. A font may be scaled if its name matches a regular expression in the list. Note that if value is nil, a scalable font might still be used, if no other font of the appropriate family and registry is available.Vface-ignored-fonts List of ignored fonts. Each element is a regular expression that matches names of fonts to ignore.Finvocation-name Return the program name that was used to run Emacs. Any directory names are omitted. (invocation-name)Finvocation-directory Return the directory name in which the Emacs executable was located. (invocation-directory)Fkill-emacs Exit the Emacs job and kill it. If ARG is an integer, return ARG as the exit program code. If ARG is a string, stuff it as keyboard input. The value of `kill-emacs-hook', if not void, is a list of functions (of no args), all of which are called before Emacs is actually killed. (kill-emacs &optional ARG)Fdump-emacs-data Dump current state of Emacs into data file FILENAME. This function exists on systems that use HAVE_SHM. (dump-emacs-data FILENAME)Fdump-emacs Dump current state of Emacs into executable file FILENAME. Take symbols from SYMFILE (presumably the file you executed to run Emacs). This is used in the file `loadup.el' when building Emacs. You must run Emacs in batch mode in order to dump it. (dump-emacs FILENAME SYMFILE)Vcommand-line-args Args passed by shell to Emacs, as a list of strings.Vsystem-type Value is symbol indicating type of operating system you are using.Vsystem-configuration Value is string indicating configuration Emacs was built for. On MS-Windows, the value reflects the OS flavor and version on which Emacs is running.Vsystem-configuration-options String containing the configuration options Emacs was built with.Vnoninteractive Non-nil means Emacs is running without interactive terminal.Vkill-emacs-hook Hook to be run whenever kill-emacs is called. Since kill-emacs may be invoked when the terminal is disconnected (or in other similar situations), functions placed on this hook should not expect to be able to interact with the user. To ask for confirmation, see `kill-emacs-query-functions' instead.Vsignal-USR1-hook Hook to be run whenever emacs receives a USR1 signalVsignal-USR2-hook Hook to be run whenever emacs receives a USR2 signalVemacs-priority Priority for Emacs to run at. This value is effective only if set before Emacs is dumped, and only if the Emacs executable is installed with setuid to permit it to change priority. (Emacs sets its uid back to the real uid.) Currently, you need to define SET_EMACS_PRIORITY in `config.h' before you compile Emacs, to enable the code for this feature.Vpath-separator The directory separator in search paths, as a string.Vinvocation-name The program name that was used to run Emacs. Any directory names are omitted.Vinvocation-directory The directory in which the Emacs executable was found, to run it. The value is nil if that directory's name is not known.Vinstallation-directory A directory within which to look for the `lib-src' and `etc' directories. This is non-nil when we can't find those directories in their standard installed locations, but we can find them near where the Emacs executable was found.Vsystem-messages-locale System locale for messages.Vprevious-system-messages-locale Most recently used system locale for messages.Vsystem-time-locale System locale for time.Vprevious-system-time-locale Most recently used system locale for time.Frecursive-edit Invoke the editor command loop recursively. To get out of the recursive edit, a command can do `(throw 'exit nil)'; that tells this function to return. Alternately, `(throw 'exit t)' makes this function signal an error. This function is called by the editor initialization to begin editing. (recursive-edit)Ftop-level Exit all recursive editing levels. (top-level)Fexit-recursive-edit Exit from the innermost recursive edit or minibuffer. (exit-recursive-edit)Fabort-recursive-edit Abort the command that requested this recursive edit or minibuffer input. (abort-recursive-edit)Ftrack-mouse Evaluate BODY with mouse movement events enabled. Within a `track-mouse' form, mouse motion generates input events that you can read with `read-event'. Normally, mouse motion is ignored.Fevent-convert-list Convert the event description list EVENT-DESC to an event type. EVENT-DESC should contain one base event type (a character or symbol) and zero or more modifier names (control, meta, hyper, super, shift, alt, drag, down, double or triple). The base must be last. The return value is an event type (a character or symbol) which has the same base event type and all the specified modifiers. (event-convert-list EVENT-DESC)Fread-key-sequence Read a sequence of keystrokes and return as a string or vector. The sequence is sufficient to specify a non-prefix command in the current local and global maps. First arg PROMPT is a prompt string. If nil, do not prompt specially. Second (optional) arg CONTINUE-ECHO, if non-nil, means this key echos as a continuation of the previous key. The third (optional) arg DONT-DOWNCASE-LAST, if non-nil, means do not convert the last event to lower case. (Normally any upper case event is converted to lower case if the original event is undefined and the lower case equivalent is defined.) A non-nil value is appropriate for reading a key sequence to be defined. A C-g typed while in this function is treated like any other character, and `quit-flag' is not set. If the key sequence starts with a mouse click, then the sequence is read using the keymaps of the buffer of the window clicked in, not the buffer of the selected window as normal. `read-key-sequence' drops unbound button-down events, since you normally only care about the click or drag events which follow them. If a drag or multi-click event is unbound, but the corresponding click event would be bound, `read-key-sequence' turns the event into a click event at the drag's starting position. This means that you don't have to distinguish between click and drag, double, or triple events unless you want to. `read-key-sequence' prefixes mouse events on mode lines, the vertical lines separating windows, and scroll bars with imaginary keys `mode-line', `vertical-line', and `vertical-scroll-bar'. Optional fourth argument CAN-RETURN-SWITCH-FRAME non-nil means that this function will process a switch-frame event if the user switches frames before typing anything. If the user switches frames in the middle of a key sequence, or at the start of the sequence but CAN-RETURN-SWITCH-FRAME is nil, then the event will be put off until after the current key sequence. `read-key-sequence' checks `function-key-map' for function key sequences, where they wouldn't conflict with ordinary bindings. See `function-key-map' for more details. The optional fifth argument COMMAND-LOOP, if non-nil, means that this key sequence is being read by something that will read commands one after another. It should be nil if the caller will read just one key sequence. (read-key-sequence PROMPT &optional CONTINUE-ECHO DONT-DOWNCASE-LAST CAN-RETURN-SWITCH-FRAME COMMAND-LOOP)Fread-key-sequence-vector Like `read-key-sequence' but always return a vector. (read-key-sequence-vector PROMPT &optional CONTINUE-ECHO DONT-DOWNCASE-LAST CAN-RETURN-SWITCH-FRAME COMMAND-LOOP)Fcommand-execute Execute CMD as an editor command. CMD must be a symbol that satisfies the `commandp' predicate. Optional second arg RECORD-FLAG non-nil means unconditionally put this command in `command-history'. Otherwise, that is done only if an arg is read using the minibuffer. The argument KEYS specifies the value to use instead of (this-command-keys) when reading the arguments; if it is nil, (this-command-keys) is used. The argument SPECIAL, if non-nil, means that this command is executing a special event, so ignore the prefix argument and don't clear it. (command-execute CMD &optional RECORD-FLAG KEYS SPECIAL)Fexecute-extended-command Read function name, then read its arguments and call it. (execute-extended-command PREFIXARG)Finput-pending-p T if command input is currently available with no waiting. Actually, the value is nil only if we can be sure that no input is available. (input-pending-p)Frecent-keys Return vector of last 100 events, not counting those from keyboard macros. (recent-keys)Fthis-command-keys Return the key sequence that invoked this command. The value is a string or a vector. (this-command-keys)Fthis-command-keys-vector Return the key sequence that invoked this command, as a vector. (this-command-keys-vector)Fthis-single-command-keys Return the key sequence that invoked this command. Unlike `this-command-keys', this function's value does not include prefix arguments. The value is always a vector. (this-single-command-keys)Fthis-single-command-raw-keys Return the raw events that were read for this command. Unlike `this-single-command-keys', this function's value shows the events before all translations (except for input methods). The value is always a vector. (this-single-command-raw-keys)Freset-this-command-lengths Used for complicated reasons in `universal-argument-other-key'. `universal-argument-other-key' rereads the event just typed. It then gets translated through `function-key-map'. The translated event gets included in the echo area and in the value of `this-command-keys' in addition to the raw original event. That is not right. Calling this function directs the translated event to replace the original event, so that only one version of the event actually appears in the echo area and in the value of `this-command-keys'. (reset-this-command-lengths)Fclear-this-command-keys Clear out the vector that `this-command-keys' returns. Clear vector containing last 100 events. (clear-this-command-keys)Frecursion-depth Return the current depth in recursive edits. (recursion-depth)Fopen-dribble-file Start writing all keyboard characters to a dribble file called FILE. If FILE is nil, close any open dribble file. (open-dribble-file FILE)Fdiscard-input Discard the contents of the terminal input buffer. Also cancel any kbd macro being defined. (discard-input)Fsuspend-emacs Stop Emacs and return to superior process. You can resume later. If `cannot-suspend' is non-nil, or if the system doesn't support job control, run a subshell instead. If optional arg STUFFSTRING is non-nil, its characters are stuffed to be read as terminal input by Emacs's parent, after suspension. Before suspending, run the normal hook `suspend-hook'. After resumption run the normal hook `suspend-resume-hook'. Some operating systems cannot stop the Emacs process and resume it later. On such systems, Emacs starts a subshell instead of suspending. (suspend-emacs &optional STUFFSTRING)Fset-input-mode Set mode of reading keyboard input. First arg INTERRUPT non-nil means use input interrupts; nil means use CBREAK mode. Second arg FLOW non-nil means use ^S/^Q flow control for output to terminal (no effect except in CBREAK mode). Third arg META t means accept 8-bit input (for a Meta key). META nil means ignore the top bit, on the assumption it is parity. Otherwise, accept 8-bit input and don't use the top bit for Meta. Optional fourth arg QUIT if non-nil specifies character to use for quitting. See also `current-input-mode'. (set-input-mode INTERRUPT FLOW META &optional QUIT)Fcurrent-input-mode Return information about the way Emacs currently reads keyboard input. The value is a list of the form (INTERRUPT FLOW META QUIT), where INTERRUPT is non-nil if Emacs is using interrupt-driven input; if nil, Emacs is using CBREAK mode. FLOW is non-nil if Emacs uses ^S/^Q flow control for output to the terminal; this does not apply if Emacs uses interrupt-driven input. META is t if accepting 8-bit input with 8th bit as Meta flag. META nil means ignoring the top bit, on the assumption it is parity. META is neither t nor nil if accepting 8-bit input and using all 8 bits as the character code. QUIT is the character Emacs currently uses to quit. The elements of this list correspond to the arguments of `set-input-mode'. (current-input-mode)Vlast-command-char Last input event that was part of a command.Vlast-command-event Last input event that was part of a command.Vlast-nonmenu-event Last input event in a command, except for mouse menu events. Mouse menus give back keys that don't look like mouse events; this variable holds the actual mouse event that led to the menu, so that you can determine whether the command was run by mouse or not.Vlast-input-char Last input event.Vlast-input-event Last input event.Vunread-command-events List of events to be read as the command input. These events are processed first, before actual keyboard input.Vunread-command-char If not -1, an object to be read as next command input event.Vunread-post-input-method-events List of events to be processed as input by input methods. These events are processed after `unread-command-events', but before actual keyboard input.Vunread-input-method-events List of events to be processed as input by input methods. These events are processed after `unread-command-events', but before actual keyboard input.Vmeta-prefix-char Meta-prefix character code. Meta-foo as command input turns into this character followed by foo.Vlast-command The last command executed. Normally a symbol with a function definition, but can be whatever was found in the keymap, or whatever the variable `this-command' was set to by that command. The value `mode-exit' is special; it means that the previous command read an event that told it to exit, and it did so and unread that event. In other words, the present command is the event that made the previous command exit. The value `kill-region' is special; it means that the previous command was a kill command.Vreal-last-command Same as `last-command', but never altered by Lisp code.Vthis-command The command now being executed. The command can set this variable; whatever is put here will be in `last-command' during the following command.Vauto-save-interval *Number of input events between auto-saves. Zero means disable autosaving due to number of characters typed.Vauto-save-timeout *Number of seconds idle time before auto-save. Zero or nil means disable auto-saving due to idleness. After auto-saving due to this many seconds of idle time, Emacs also does a garbage collection if that seems to be warranted.Vecho-keystrokes *Nonzero means echo unfinished commands after this many seconds of pause. The value may be integer or floating point.Vpolling-period *Interval between polling for input during Lisp execution. The reason for polling is to make C-g work to stop a running program. Polling is needed only when using X windows and SIGIO does not work. Polling is automatically disabled in all other cases.Vdouble-click-time *Maximum time between mouse clicks to make a double-click. Measured in milliseconds. nil means disable double-click recognition; t means double-clicks have no time limit and are detected by position only.Vdouble-click-fuzz *Maximum mouse movement between clicks to make a double-click. On window-system frames, value is the number of pixels the mouse may have moved horizontally or vertically between two clicks to make a double-click. On non window-system frames, value is interpreted in units of 1/8 characters instead of pixels.Vinhibit-local-menu-bar-menus *Non-nil means inhibit local map menu bar menus.Vnum-input-keys Number of complete key sequences read as input so far. This includes key sequences read from keyboard macros. The number is effectively the number of interactive command invocations.Vnum-nonmacro-input-events Number of input events read from the keyboard so far. This does not include events generated by keyboard macros.Vlast-event-frame The frame in which the most recently read event occurred. If the last event came from a keyboard macro, this is set to `macro'.Vtty-erase-char The ERASE character as set by the user with stty.Vhelp-char Character to recognize as meaning Help. When it is read, do `(eval help-form)', and display result if it's a string. If the value of `help-form' is nil, this char can be read normally.Vhelp-event-list List of input events to recognize as meaning Help. These work just like the value of `help-char' (see that).Vhelp-form Form to execute when character `help-char' is read. If the form returns a string, that string is displayed. If `help-form' is nil, the help char is not recognized.Vprefix-help-command Command to run when `help-char' character follows a prefix key. This command is used only when there is no actual binding for that character after that prefix key.Vtop-level Form to evaluate when Emacs starts up. Useful to set before you dump a modified Emacs.Vkeyboard-translate-table Translate table for keyboard input, or nil. Each character is looked up in this string and the contents used instead. The value may be a string, a vector, or a char-table. If it is a string or vector of length N, character codes N and up are untranslated. In a vector or a char-table, an element which is nil means "no translation".Vcannot-suspend Non-nil means to always spawn a subshell instead of suspending. (Even if the operating system has support for stopping a process.)Vmenu-prompting Non-nil means prompt with menus when appropriate. This is done when reading from a keymap that has a prompt string, for elements that have prompt strings. The menu is displayed on the screen if X menus were enabled at configuration time and the previous event was a mouse click prefix key. Otherwise, menu prompting uses the echo area.Vmenu-prompt-more-char Character to see next line of menu prompt. Type this character while in a menu prompt to rotate around the lines of it.Vextra-keyboard-modifiers A mask of additional modifier keys to use with every keyboard character. Emacs applies the modifiers of the character stored here to each keyboard character it reads. For example, after evaluating the expression (setq extra-keyboard-modifiers ?\C-x) all input characters will have the control modifier applied to them. Note that the character ?\C-@, equivalent to the integer zero, does not count as a control character; rather, it counts as a character with no modifiers; thus, setting `extra-keyboard-modifiers' to zero cancels any modification.Vdeactivate-mark If an editing command sets this to t, deactivate the mark afterward. The command loop sets this to nil before each command, and tests the value when the command returns. Buffer modification stores t in this variable.Vcommand-hook-internal Temporary storage of pre-command-hook or post-command-hook.Vpre-command-hook Normal hook run before each command is executed. If an unhandled error happens in running this hook, the hook value is set to nil, since otherwise the error might happen repeatedly and make Emacs nonfunctional.Vpost-command-hook Normal hook run after each command is executed. If an unhandled error happens in running this hook, the hook value is set to nil, since otherwise the error might happen repeatedly and make Emacs nonfunctional.Vpost-command-idle-hook Normal hook run after each command is executed, if idle. Errors running the hook are caught and ignored. This feature is obsolete; use idle timers instead. See `etc/NEWS'.Vpost-command-idle-delay Delay time before running `post-command-idle-hook'. This is measured in microseconds.Vecho-area-clear-hook Normal hook run when clearing the echo area.Vlucid-menu-bar-dirty-flag t means menu bar, specified Lucid style, needs to be recomputed.Vmenu-bar-final-items List of menu bar items to move to the end of the menu bar. The elements of the list are event types that may have menu bar bindings.Voverriding-terminal-local-map Per-terminal keymap that overrides all other local keymaps. If this variable is non-nil, it is used as a keymap instead of the buffer's local map, and the minor mode keymaps and text property keymaps. This variable is intended to let commands such as `universal-argument' set up a different keymap for reading the next command.Voverriding-local-map Keymap that overrides all other local keymaps. If this variable is non-nil, it is used as a keymap instead of the buffer's local map, and the minor mode keymaps and text property keymaps.Voverriding-local-map-menu-flag Non-nil means `overriding-local-map' applies to the menu bar. Otherwise, the menu bar continues to reflect the buffer's local map and the minor mode maps regardless of `overriding-local-map'.Vspecial-event-map Keymap defining bindings for special events to execute at low level.Vtrack-mouse *Non-nil means generate motion events for mouse motion.Vsystem-key-alist Alist of system-specific X windows key symbols. Each element should have the form (N . SYMBOL) where N is the numeric keysym code (sans the "system-specific" bit 1<<28) and SYMBOL is its name.Vdeferred-action-list List of deferred actions to be performed at a later time. The precise format isn't relevant here; we just check whether it is nil.Vdeferred-action-function Function to call to handle deferred actions, after each command. This function is called with no arguments after each command whenever `deferred-action-list' is non-nil.Vsuggest-key-bindings *Non-nil means show the equivalent key-binding when M-x command has one. The value can be a length of time to show the message for. If the value is non-nil and not a number, we wait 2 seconds.Vtimer-list List of active absolute time timers in order of increasing time.Vtimer-idle-list List of active idle-time timers in order of increasing time.Vinput-method-function If non-nil, the function that implements the current input method. It's called with one argument, a printing character that was just read. (That means a character with code 040...0176.) Typically this function uses `read-event' to read additional events. When it does so, it should first bind `input-method-function' to nil so it will not be called recursively. The function should return a list of zero or more events to be used as input. If it wants to put back some events to be reconsidered, separately, by the input method, it can add them to the beginning of `unread-command-events'. The input method function can find in `input-method-previous-method' the previous echo area message. The input method function should refer to the variables `input-method-use-echo-area' and `input-method-exit-on-first-char' for guidance on what to do.Vinput-method-previous-message When `input-method-function' is called, hold the previous echo area message. This variable exists because `read-event' clears the echo area before running the input method. It is nil if there was no message.Vshow-help-function If non-nil, the function that implements the display of help. It's called with one argument, the help string to display.Vdisable-point-adjustment If non-nil, suppress point adjustment after executing a command. After a command is executed, if point is moved into a region that has special properties (e.g. composition, display), we adjust point to the boundary of the region. But, several special commands sets this variable to non-nil, then we suppress the point adjustment. This variable is set to nil before reading a command, and is checked just after executing the command.Vglobal-disable-point-adjustment *If non-nil, always suppress point adjustment. The default value is nil, in which case, point adjustment are suppressed only after special commands that set `disable-point-adjustment' (which see) to non-nil.Vupdate-menu-bindings Non-nil means updating menu bindings is allowed. A value of nil means menu bindings should not be updated. Used during Emacs' startup.Vminibuffer-message-timeout *How long to display an echo-area message when the minibuffer is active. If the value is not a number, such messages don't time out.Fstart-kbd-macro Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro. The commands are recorded even as they are executed. Use \[end-kbd-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available. Use \[name-last-kbd-macro] to give it a permanent name. Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined; this begins by re-executing that macro as if you typed it again. (start-kbd-macro APPEND)Fend-kbd-macro Finish defining a keyboard macro. The definition was started by \[start-kbd-macro]. The macro is now available for use via \[call-last-kbd-macro], or it can be given a name with \[name-last-kbd-macro] and then invoked under that name. With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times, counting the definition just completed as the first repetition. An argument of zero means repeat until error. (end-kbd-macro &optional REPEAT)Fcancel-kbd-macro-events Cancel the events added to a keyboard macro for this command. (cancel-kbd-macro-events)Fstore-kbd-macro-event Store EVENT into the keyboard macro being defined. (store-kbd-macro-event EVENT)Fcall-last-kbd-macro Call the last keyboard macro that you defined with \[start-kbd-macro]. A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error. To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining others, use \[name-last-kbd-macro]. (call-last-kbd-macro &optional PREFIX)Fexecute-kbd-macro Execute MACRO as string of editor command characters. If MACRO is a symbol, its function definition is used. COUNT is a repeat count, or nil for once, or 0 for infinite loop. (execute-kbd-macro MACRO &optional COUNT)Vdefining-kbd-macro Non-nil while a keyboard macro is being defined. Don't set this!Vexecuting-macro Currently executing keyboard macro (string or vector); nil if none executing.Vexecuting-kbd-macro Currently executing keyboard macro (string or vector); nil if none executing.Vlast-kbd-macro Last kbd macro defined, as a string or vector; nil if none defined.Fmake-keymap Construct and return a new keymap, of the form (keymap CHARTABLE . ALIST). CHARTABLE is a char-table that holds the bindings for the ASCII characters. ALIST is an assoc-list which holds bindings for function keys, mouse events, and any other things that appear in the input stream. All entries in it are initially nil, meaning "command undefined". The optional arg STRING supplies a menu name for the keymap in case you use it as a menu with `x-popup-menu'. (make-keymap &optional STRING)Fmake-sparse-keymap Construct and return a new sparse keymap. Its car is `keymap' and its cdr is an alist of (CHAR . DEFINITION), which binds the character CHAR to DEFINITION, or (SYMBOL . DEFINITION), which binds the function key or mouse event SYMBOL to DEFINITION. Initially the alist is nil. The optional arg STRING supplies a menu name for the keymap in case you use it as a menu with `x-popup-menu'. (make-sparse-keymap &optional STRING)Fkeymapp Return t if OBJECT is a keymap. A keymap is a list (keymap . ALIST), or a symbol whose function definition is itself a keymap. ALIST elements look like (CHAR . DEFN) or (SYMBOL . DEFN); a vector of densely packed bindings for small character codes is also allowed as an element. (keymapp OBJECT)Fkeymap-parent Return the parent keymap of KEYMAP. (keymap-parent KEYMAP)Fset-keymap-parent Modify KEYMAP to set its parent map to PARENT. PARENT should be nil or another keymap. (set-keymap-parent KEYMAP PARENT)Fcopy-keymap Return a copy of the keymap KEYMAP. The copy starts out with the same definitions of KEYMAP, but changing either the copy or KEYMAP does not affect the other. Any key definitions that are subkeymaps are recursively copied. However, a key definition which is a symbol whose definition is a keymap is not copied. (copy-keymap KEYMAP)Fdefine-key Args KEYMAP, KEY, DEF. Define key sequence KEY, in KEYMAP, as DEF. KEYMAP is a keymap. KEY is a string or a vector of symbols and characters meaning a sequence of keystrokes and events. Non-ASCII characters with codes above 127 (such as ISO Latin-1) can be included if you use a vector. DEF is anything that can be a key's definition: nil (means key is undefined in this keymap), a command (a Lisp function suitable for interactive calling) a string (treated as a keyboard macro), a keymap (to define a prefix key), a symbol. When the key is looked up, the symbol will stand for its function definition, which should at that time be one of the above, or another symbol whose function definition is used, etc. a cons (STRING . DEFN), meaning that DEFN is the definition (DEFN should be a valid definition in its own right), or a cons (KEYMAP . CHAR), meaning use definition of CHAR in map KEYMAP. If KEYMAP is a sparse keymap, the pair binding KEY to DEF is added at the front of KEYMAP. (define-key KEYMAP KEY DEF)Flookup-key In keymap KEYMAP, look up key sequence KEY. Return the definition. nil means undefined. See doc of `define-key' for kinds of definitions. A number as value means KEY is "too long"; that is, characters or symbols in it except for the last one fail to be a valid sequence of prefix characters in KEYMAP. The number is how many characters at the front of KEY it takes to reach a non-prefix command. Normally, `lookup-key' ignores bindings for t, which act as default bindings, used when nothing else in the keymap applies; this makes it usable as a general function for probing keymaps. However, if the third optional argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT is non-nil, `lookup-key' will recognize the default bindings, just as `read-key-sequence' does. (lookup-key KEYMAP KEY &optional ACCEPT-DEFAULT)Fkey-binding Return the binding for command KEY in current keymaps. KEY is a string or vector, a sequence of keystrokes. The binding is probably a symbol with a function definition. Normally, `key-binding' ignores bindings for t, which act as default bindings, used when nothing else in the keymap applies; this makes it usable as a general function for probing keymaps. However, if the optional second argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT is non-nil, `key-binding' does recognize the default bindings, just as `read-key-sequence' does. (key-binding KEY &optional ACCEPT-DEFAULT)Flocal-key-binding Return the binding for command KEYS in current local keymap only. KEYS is a string, a sequence of keystrokes. The binding is probably a symbol with a function definition. If optional argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT is non-nil, recognize default bindings; see the description of `lookup-key' for more details about this. (local-key-binding KEYS &optional ACCEPT-DEFAULT)Fglobal-key-binding Return the binding for command KEYS in current global keymap only. KEYS is a string, a sequence of keystrokes. The binding is probably a symbol with a function definition. This function's return values are the same as those of lookup-key (which see). If optional argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT is non-nil, recognize default bindings; see the description of `lookup-key' for more details about this. (global-key-binding KEYS &optional ACCEPT-DEFAULT)Fminor-mode-key-binding Find the visible minor mode bindings of KEY. Return an alist of pairs (MODENAME . BINDING), where MODENAME is the the symbol which names the minor mode binding KEY, and BINDING is KEY's definition in that mode. In particular, if KEY has no minor-mode bindings, return nil. If the first binding is a non-prefix, all subsequent bindings will be omitted, since they would be ignored. Similarly, the list doesn't include non-prefix bindings that come after prefix bindings. If optional argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT is non-nil, recognize default bindings; see the description of `lookup-key' for more details about this. (minor-mode-key-binding KEY &optional ACCEPT-DEFAULT)Fdefine-prefix-command Define COMMAND as a prefix command. COMMAND should be a symbol. A new sparse keymap is stored as COMMAND's function definition and its value. If a second optional argument MAPVAR is given, the map is stored as its value instead of as COMMAND's value; but COMMAND is still defined as a function. The third optional argument NAME, if given, supplies a menu name string for the map. This is required to use the keymap as a menu. (define-prefix-command COMMAND &optional MAPVAR NAME)Fuse-global-map Select KEYMAP as the global keymap. (use-global-map KEYMAP)Fuse-local-map Select KEYMAP as the local keymap. If KEYMAP is nil, that means no local keymap. (use-local-map KEYMAP)Fcurrent-local-map Return current buffer's local keymap, or nil if it has none. (current-local-map)Fcurrent-global-map Return the current global keymap. (current-global-map)Fcurrent-minor-mode-maps Return a list of keymaps for the minor modes of the current buffer. (current-minor-mode-maps)Faccessible-keymaps Find all keymaps accessible via prefix characters from KEYMAP. Returns a list of elements of the form (KEYS . MAP), where the sequence KEYS starting from KEYMAP gets you to MAP. These elements are ordered so that the KEYS increase in length. The first element is ([] . KEYMAP). An optional argument PREFIX, if non-nil, should be a key sequence; then the value includes only maps for prefixes that start with PREFIX. (accessible-keymaps KEYMAP &optional PREFIX)Fkey-description Return a pretty description of key-sequence KEYS. Control characters turn into "C-foo" sequences, meta into "M-foo" spaces are put between sequence elements, etc. (key-description KEYS)Fsingle-key-description Return a pretty description of command character KEY. Control characters turn into C-whatever, etc. Optional argument NO-ANGLES non-nil means don't put angle brackets around function keys and event symbols. (single-key-description KEY &optional NO-ANGLES)Ftext-char-description Return a pretty description of file-character CHARACTER. Control characters turn into "^char", etc. (text-char-description CHARACTER)Fwhere-is-internal Return list of keys that invoke DEFINITION. If KEYMAP is non-nil, search only KEYMAP and the global keymap. If KEYMAP is nil, search all the currently active keymaps. If KEYMAP is a list of keymaps, search only those keymaps. If optional 3rd arg FIRSTONLY is non-nil, return the first key sequence found, rather than a list of all possible key sequences. If FIRSTONLY is the symbol `non-ascii', return the first binding found, no matter what it is. If FIRSTONLY has another non-nil value, prefer sequences of ASCII characters, and entirely reject menu bindings. If optional 4th arg NOINDIRECT is non-nil, don't follow indirections to other keymaps or slots. This makes it possible to search for an indirect definition itself. (where-is-internal DEFINITION &optional KEYMAP FIRSTONLY NOINDIRECT)Fdescribe-bindings-internal Show a list of all defined keys, and their definitions. We put that list in a buffer, and display the buffer. The optional argument MENUS, if non-nil, says to mention menu bindings. (Ordinarily these are omitted from the output.) The optional argument PREFIX, if non-nil, should be a key sequence; then we display only bindings that start with that prefix. (describe-bindings-internal &optional MENUS PREFIX)Fdescribe-vector Insert a description of contents of VECTOR. This is text showing the elements of vector matched against indices. (describe-vector VECTOR)Fapropos-internal Show all symbols whose names contain match for REGEXP. If optional 2nd arg PREDICATE is non-nil, (funcall PREDICATE SYMBOL) is done for each symbol and a symbol is mentioned only if that returns non-nil. Return list of symbols found. (apropos-internal REGEXP &optional PREDICATE)Vdefine-key-rebound-commands List of commands given new key bindings recently. This is used for internal purposes during Emacs startup; don't alter it yourself.Vminibuffer-local-map Default keymap to use when reading from the minibuffer.Vminibuffer-local-ns-map Local keymap for the minibuffer when spaces are not allowed.Vminibuffer-local-completion-map Local keymap for minibuffer input with completion.Vminibuffer-local-must-match-map Local keymap for minibuffer input with completion, for exact match.Vminor-mode-map-alist Alist of keymaps to use for minor modes. Each element looks like (VARIABLE . KEYMAP); KEYMAP is used to read key sequences and look up bindings iff VARIABLE's value is non-nil. If two active keymaps bind the same key, the keymap appearing earlier in the list takes precedence.Vminor-mode-overriding-map-alist Alist of keymaps to use for minor modes, in current major mode. This variable is an alist just like `minor-mode-map-alist', and it is used the same way (and before `minor-mode-map-alist'); however, it is provided for major modes to bind locally.Vfunction-key-map Keymap mapping ASCII function key sequences onto their preferred forms. This allows Emacs to recognize function keys sent from ASCII terminals at any point in a key sequence. The `read-key-sequence' function replaces any subsequence bound by `function-key-map' with its binding. More precisely, when the active keymaps have no binding for the current key sequence but `function-key-map' binds a suffix of the sequence to a vector or string, `read-key-sequence' replaces the matching suffix with its binding, and continues with the new sequence. The events that come from bindings in `function-key-map' are not themselves looked up in `function-key-map'. For example, suppose `function-key-map' binds `ESC O P' to [f1]. Typing `ESC O P' to `read-key-sequence' would return [f1]. Typing `C-x ESC O P' would return [?\C-x f1]. If [f1] were a prefix key, typing `ESC O P x' would return [f1 x].Vkey-translation-map Keymap of key translations that can override keymaps. This keymap works like `function-key-map', but comes after that, and applies even for keys that have ordinary bindings.Vdelete-exited-processes *Non-nil means delete processes immediately when they exit. nil means don't delete them until `list-processes' is run.Fbuffer-live-p Return non-nil if OBJECT is a buffer which has not been killed. Value is nil if OBJECT is not a buffer or if it has been killed. (buffer-live-p OBJECT)Fbuffer-list Return a list of all existing live buffers. If the optional arg FRAME is a frame, we return that frame's buffer list. (buffer-list &optional FRAME)Fget-buffer Return the buffer named NAME (a string). If there is no live buffer named NAME, return nil. NAME may also be a buffer; if so, the value is that buffer. (get-buffer NAME)Fget-file-buffer Return the buffer visiting file FILENAME (a string). The buffer's `buffer-file-name' must match exactly the expansion of FILENAME. If there is no such live buffer, return nil. See also `find-buffer-visiting'. (get-file-buffer FILENAME)Fget-buffer-create Return the buffer named NAME, or create such a buffer and return it. A new buffer is created if there is no live buffer named NAME. If NAME starts with a space, the new buffer does not keep undo information. If NAME is a buffer instead of a string, then it is the value returned. The value is never nil. (get-buffer-create NAME)Fmake-indirect-buffer Create and return an indirect buffer for buffer BASE-BUFFER, named NAME. BASE-BUFFER should be an existing buffer (or buffer name). NAME should be a string which is not the name of an existing buffer. Optional argument CLONE non-nil means preserve BASE-BUFFER's state, such as major and minor modes, in the indirect buffer. CLONE nil means the indirect buffer's state is reset to default values. (make-indirect-buffer BASE-BUFFER NAME &optional CLONE)Fgenerate-new-buffer-name Return a string that is the name of no existing buffer based on NAME. If there is no live buffer named NAME, then return NAME. Otherwise modify name by appending `', incrementing NUMBER until an unused name is found, and then return that name. Optional second argument IGNORE specifies a name that is okay to use (if it is in the sequence to be tried) even if a buffer with that name exists. (generate-new-buffer-name NAME &optional IGNORE)Fbuffer-name Return the name of BUFFER, as a string. With no argument or nil as argument, return the name of the current buffer. (buffer-name &optional BUFFER)Fbuffer-file-name Return name of file BUFFER is visiting, or nil if none. No argument or nil as argument means use the current buffer. (buffer-file-name &optional BUFFER)Fbuffer-base-buffer Return the base buffer of indirect buffer BUFFER. If BUFFER is not indirect, return nil. (buffer-base-buffer &optional BUFFER)Fbuffer-local-variables Return an alist of variables that are buffer-local in BUFFER. Most elements look like (SYMBOL . VALUE), describing one variable. For a symbol that is locally unbound, just the symbol appears in the value. Note that storing new VALUEs in these elements doesn't change the variables. No argument or nil as argument means use current buffer as BUFFER. (buffer-local-variables &optional BUFFER)Fbuffer-modified-p Return t if BUFFER was modified since its file was last read or saved. No argument or nil as argument means use current buffer as BUFFER. (buffer-modified-p &optional BUFFER)Fset-buffer-modified-p Mark current buffer as modified or unmodified according to FLAG. A non-nil FLAG means mark the buffer modified. (set-buffer-modified-p FLAG)Frestore-buffer-modified-p Like `set-buffer-modified-p', with a differences concerning redisplay. It is not ensured that mode lines will be updated to show the modified state of the current buffer. Use with care. (restore-buffer-modified-p FLAG)Fbuffer-modified-tick Return BUFFER's tick counter, incremented for each change in text. Each buffer has a tick counter which is incremented each time the text in that buffer is changed. It wraps around occasionally. No argument or nil as argument means use current buffer as BUFFER. (buffer-modified-tick &optional BUFFER)Frename-buffer Change current buffer's name to NEWNAME (a string). If second arg UNIQUE is nil or omitted, it is an error if a buffer named NEWNAME already exists. If UNIQUE is non-nil, come up with a new name using `generate-new-buffer-name'. Interactively, you can set UNIQUE with a prefix argument. We return the name we actually gave the buffer. This does not change the name of the visited file (if any). (rename-buffer NEWNAME &optional UNIQUE)Fother-buffer Return most recently selected buffer other than BUFFER. Buffers not visible in windows are preferred to visible buffers, unless optional second argument VISIBLE-OK is non-nil. If the optional third argument FRAME is non-nil, use that frame's buffer list instead of the selected frame's buffer list. If no other buffer exists, the buffer `*scratch*' is returned. If BUFFER is omitted or nil, some interesting buffer is returned. (other-buffer &optional BUFFER VISIBLE-OK FRAME)Fbuffer-disable-undo Make BUFFER stop keeping undo information. No argument or nil as argument means do this for the current buffer. (buffer-disable-undo &optional BUFFER)Fbuffer-enable-undo Start keeping undo information for buffer BUFFER. No argument or nil as argument means do this for the current buffer. (buffer-enable-undo &optional BUFFER)Vkill-buffer-hook Hook to be run (by `run-hooks', which see) when a buffer is killed. The buffer being killed will be current while the hook is running. See `kill-buffer'.Fkill-buffer Kill the buffer BUFFER. The argument may be a buffer or may be the name of a buffer. An argument of nil means kill the current buffer. Value is t if the buffer is actually killed, nil if user says no. The value of `kill-buffer-hook' (which may be local to that buffer), if not void, is a list of functions to be called, with no arguments, before the buffer is actually killed. The buffer to be killed is current when the hook functions are called. Any processes that have this buffer as the `process-buffer' are killed with SIGHUP. (kill-buffer BUFFER)Fset-buffer-major-mode Set an appropriate major mode for BUFFER. For the *scratch* buffer use `initial-major-mode', otherwise choose a mode according to `default-major-mode'. Use this function before selecting the buffer, since it may need to inspect the current buffer's major mode. (set-buffer-major-mode BUFFER)Fswitch-to-buffer Select buffer BUFFER in the current window. BUFFER may be a buffer or a buffer name. Optional second arg NORECORD non-nil means do not put this buffer at the front of the list of recently selected ones. WARNING: This is NOT the way to work on another buffer temporarily within a Lisp program! Use `set-buffer' instead. That avoids messing with the window-buffer correspondences. (switch-to-buffer BUFFER &optional NORECORD)Fpop-to-buffer Select buffer BUFFER in some window, preferably a different one. If BUFFER is nil, then some other buffer is chosen. If `pop-up-windows' is non-nil, windows can be split to do this. If optional second arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, insist on finding another window even if BUFFER is already visible in the selected window. This uses the function `display-buffer' as a subroutine; see the documentation of `display-buffer' for additional customization information. Optional third arg NORECORD non-nil means do not put this buffer at the front of the list of recently selected ones. (pop-to-buffer BUFFER &optional OTHER-WINDOW NORECORD)Fcurrent-buffer Return the current buffer as a Lisp object. (current-buffer)Fset-buffer Make the buffer BUFFER current for editing operations. BUFFER may be a buffer or the name of an existing buffer. See also `save-excursion' when you want to make a buffer current temporarily. This function does not display the buffer, so its effect ends when the current command terminates. Use `switch-to-buffer' or `pop-to-buffer' to switch buffers permanently. (set-buffer BUFFER)Fbarf-if-buffer-read-only Signal a `buffer-read-only' error if the current buffer is read-only. (barf-if-buffer-read-only)Fbury-buffer Put BUFFER at the end of the list of all buffers. There it is the least likely candidate for `other-buffer' to return; thus, the least likely buffer for \[switch-to-buffer] to select by default. If BUFFER is nil or omitted, bury the current buffer. Also, if BUFFER is nil or omitted, remove the current buffer from the selected window if it is displayed there. (bury-buffer &optional BUFFER)Ferase-buffer Delete the entire contents of the current buffer. Any narrowing restriction in effect (see `narrow-to-region') is removed, so the buffer is truly empty after this. (erase-buffer)Fset-buffer-multibyte Set the multibyte flag of the current buffer to FLAG. If FLAG is t, this makes the buffer a multibyte buffer. If FLAG is nil, this makes the buffer a single-byte buffer. The buffer contents remain unchanged as a sequence of bytes but the contents viewed as characters do change. (set-buffer-multibyte FLAG)Fkill-all-local-variables Switch to Fundamental mode by killing current buffer's local variables. Most local variable bindings are eliminated so that the default values become effective once more. Also, the syntax table is set from `standard-syntax-table', the local keymap is set to nil, and the abbrev table from `fundamental-mode-abbrev-table'. This function also forces redisplay of the mode line. Every function to select a new major mode starts by calling this function. As a special exception, local variables whose names have a non-nil `permanent-local' property are not eliminated by this function. The first thing this function does is run the normal hook `change-major-mode-hook'. (kill-all-local-variables)Foverlayp Return t if OBJECT is an overlay. (overlayp OBJECT)Fmake-overlay Create a new overlay with range BEG to END in BUFFER. If omitted, BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. BEG and END may be integers or markers. The fourth arg FRONT-ADVANCE, if non-nil, makes the front delimiter advance when text is inserted there. The fifth arg REAR-ADVANCE, if non-nil, makes the rear delimiter advance when text is inserted there. (make-overlay BEG END &optional BUFFER FRONT-ADVANCE REAR-ADVANCE)Fmove-overlay Set the endpoints of OVERLAY to BEG and END in BUFFER. If BUFFER is omitted, leave OVERLAY in the same buffer it inhabits now. If BUFFER is omitted, and OVERLAY is in no buffer, put it in the current buffer. (move-overlay OVERLAY BEG END &optional BUFFER)Fdelete-overlay Delete the overlay OVERLAY from its buffer. (delete-overlay OVERLAY)Foverlay-start Return the position at which OVERLAY starts. (overlay-start OVERLAY)Foverlay-end Return the position at which OVERLAY ends. (overlay-end OVERLAY)Foverlay-buffer Return the buffer OVERLAY belongs to. (overlay-buffer OVERLAY)Foverlay-properties Return a list of the properties on OVERLAY. This is a copy of OVERLAY's plist; modifying its conses has no effect on OVERLAY. (overlay-properties OVERLAY)Foverlays-at Return a list of the overlays that contain position POS. (overlays-at POS)Foverlays-in Return a list of the overlays that overlap the region BEG ... END. Overlap means that at least one character is contained within the overlay and also contained within the specified region. Empty overlays are included in the result if they are located at BEG or between BEG and END. (overlays-in BEG END)Fnext-overlay-change Return the next position after POS where an overlay starts or ends. If there are no more overlay boundaries after POS, return (point-max). (next-overlay-change POS)Fprevious-overlay-change Return the previous position before POS where an overlay starts or ends. If there are no more overlay boundaries before POS, return (point-min). (previous-overlay-change POS)Foverlay-lists Return a pair of lists giving all the overlays of the current buffer. The car has all the overlays before the overlay center; the cdr has all the overlays after the overlay center. Recentering overlays moves overlays between these lists. The lists you get are copies, so that changing them has no effect. However, the overlays you get are the real objects that the buffer uses. (overlay-lists)Foverlay-recenter Recenter the overlays of the current buffer around position POS. (overlay-recenter POS)Foverlay-get Get the property of overlay OVERLAY with property name PROP. (overlay-get OVERLAY PROP)Foverlay-put Set one property of overlay OVERLAY: give property PROP value VALUE. (overlay-put OVERLAY PROP VALUE)Vdefault-mode-line-format Default value of `mode-line-format' for buffers that don't override it. This is the same as (default-value 'mode-line-format).Vdefault-header-line-format Default value of `header-line-format' for buffers that don't override it. This is the same as (default-value 'header-line-format).Vdefault-cursor-type Default value of `cursor-type' for buffers that don't override it. This is the same as (default-value 'cursor-type).Vdefault-line-spacing Default value of `line-spacing' for buffers that don't override it. This is the same as (default-value 'line-spacing).Vdefault-abbrev-mode Default value of `abbrev-mode' for buffers that do not override it. This is the same as (default-value 'abbrev-mode).Vdefault-ctl-arrow Default value of `ctl-arrow' for buffers that do not override it. This is the same as (default-value 'ctl-arrow).Vdefault-direction-reversed Default value of `direction_reversed' for buffers that do not override it. This is the same as (default-value 'direction-reversed).Vdefault-enable-multibyte-characters *Default value of `enable-multibyte-characters' for buffers not overriding it. This is the same as (default-value 'enable-multibyte-characters).Vdefault-buffer-file-coding-system Default value of `buffer-file-coding-system' for buffers not overriding it. This is the same as (default-value 'buffer-file-coding-system).Vdefault-truncate-lines Default value of `truncate-lines' for buffers that do not override it. This is the same as (default-value 'truncate-lines).Vdefault-fill-column Default value of `fill-column' for buffers that do not override it. This is the same as (default-value 'fill-column).Vdefault-left-margin Default value of `left-margin' for buffers that do not override it. This is the same as (default-value 'left-margin).Vdefault-tab-width Default value of `tab-width' for buffers that do not override it. This is the same as (default-value 'tab-width).Vdefault-case-fold-search Default value of `case-fold-search' for buffers that don't override it. This is the same as (default-value 'case-fold-search).Vdefault-buffer-file-type Default file type for buffers that do not override it. This is the same as (default-value 'buffer-file-type). The file type is nil for text, t for binary.Vdefault-left-margin-width Default value of `left-margin-width' for buffers that don't override it. This is the same as (default-value 'left-margin-width).Vdefault-right-margin-width Default value of `right_margin_width' for buffers that don't override it. This is the same as (default-value 'right-margin-width).Vdefault-indicate-empty-lines Default value of `indicate-empty-lines' for buffers that don't override it. This is the same as (default-value 'indicate-empty-lines).Vdefault-scroll-up-aggressively Default value of `scroll-up-aggressively' for buffers that don't override it. This is the same as (default-value 'scroll-up-aggressively).Vdefault-scroll-down-aggressively Default value of `scroll-down-aggressively' for buffers that don't override it. This is the same as (default-value 'scroll-down-aggressively).Vheader-line-format Analogous to `mode-line-format', but for the mode line that can be displayed at the top of a window.Vmode-line-format Template for displaying mode line for current buffer. Each buffer has its own value of this variable. Value may be nil, a string, a symbol or a list or cons cell. A value of nil means don't display a mode line. For a symbol, its value is used (but it is ignored if t or nil). A string appearing directly as the value of a symbol is processed verbatim in that the %-constructs below are not recognized. For a list of the form `(:eval FORM)', FORM is evaluated and the result is used as a mode line element. For a list whose car is a symbol, the symbol's value is taken, and if that is non-nil, the cadr of the list is processed recursively. Otherwise, the caddr of the list (if there is one) is processed. For a list whose car is a string or list, each element is processed recursively and the results are effectively concatenated. For a list whose car is an integer, the cdr of the list is processed and padded (if the number is positive) or truncated (if negative) to the width specified by that number. A string is printed verbatim in the mode line except for %-constructs: (%-constructs are allowed when the string is the entire mode-line-format or when it is found in a cons-cell or a list) %b -- print buffer name. %f -- print visited file name. %F -- print frame name. %* -- print %, * or hyphen. %+ -- print *, % or hyphen. %& is like %*, but ignore read-only-ness. % means buffer is read-only and * means it is modified. For a modified read-only buffer, %* gives % and %+ gives *. %s -- print process status. %l -- print the current line number. %c -- print the current column number (this makes editing slower). To make the column number update correctly in all cases, `column-number-mode' must be non-nil. %p -- print percent of buffer above top of window, or Top, Bot or All. %P -- print percent of buffer above bottom of window, perhaps plus Top, or print Bottom or All. %m -- print the mode name. %n -- print Narrow if appropriate. %z -- print mnemonics of buffer, terminal, and keyboard coding systems. %Z -- like %z, but including the end-of-line format. %[ -- print one [ for each recursive editing level. %] similar. %% -- print %. %- -- print infinitely many dashes. Decimal digits after the % specify field width to which to pad.Vdefault-major-mode *Major mode for new buffers. Defaults to `fundamental-mode'. nil here means use current buffer's major mode.Vmajor-mode Symbol for current buffer's major mode.Vmode-name Pretty name of current buffer's major mode (a string).Vabbrev-mode Non-nil turns on automatic expansion of abbrevs as they are inserted. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.Vcase-fold-search *Non-nil if searches and matches should ignore case. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.Vfill-column *Column beyond which automatic line-wrapping should happen. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.Vleft-margin *Column for the default indent-line-function to indent to. Linefeed indents to this column in Fundamental mode. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.Vtab-width *Distance between tab stops (for display of tab characters), in columns. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.Vctl-arrow *Non-nil means display control chars with uparrow. A value of nil means use backslash and octal digits. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion. This variable does not apply to characters whose display is specified in the current display table (if there is one).Venable-multibyte-characters Non-nil means the buffer contents are regarded as multi-byte characters. Otherwise they are regarded as unibyte. This affects the display, file I/O and the behavior of various editing commands. This variable is buffer-local but you cannot set it directly; use the function `set-buffer-multibyte' to change a buffer's representation. Changing its default value with `setq-default' is supported. See also variable `default-enable-multibyte-characters' and Info node `(elisp)Text Representations'.Vbuffer-file-coding-system Coding system to be used for encoding the buffer contents on saving. This variable applies to saving the buffer, and also to `write-region' and other functions that use `write-region'. It does not apply to sending output to subprocesses, however. If this is nil, the buffer is saved without any code conversion unless some coding system is specified in `file-coding-system-alist' for the buffer file. The variable `coding-system-for-write', if non-nil, overrides this variable. This variable is never applied to a way of decoding a file while reading it.Vdirection-reversed *Non-nil means lines in the buffer are displayed right to left.Vtruncate-lines *Non-nil means do not display continuation lines; give each line of text one screen line. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion. Note that this is overridden by the variable `truncate-partial-width-windows' if that variable is non-nil and this buffer is not full-frame width.Vbuffer-file-type Non-nil if the visited file is a binary file. This variable is meaningful on MS-DOG and Windows NT. On those systems, it is automatically local in every buffer. On other systems, this variable is normally always nil.Vdefault-directory Name of default directory of current buffer. Should end with slash. Each buffer has its own value of this variable. To change the default directory, use function `cd'.Vauto-fill-function Function called (if non-nil) to perform auto-fill. It is called after self-inserting any character specified in the `auto-fill-chars' table. Each buffer has its own value of this variable. NOTE: This variable is not a hook; its value may not be a list of functions.Vbuffer-file-name Name of file visited in current buffer, or nil if not visiting a file. Each buffer has its own value of this variable.Vbuffer-file-truename Abbreviated truename of file visited in current buffer, or nil if none. The truename of a file is calculated by `file-truename' and then abbreviated with `abbreviate-file-name'. Each buffer has its own value of this variable.Vbuffer-auto-save-file-name Name of file for auto-saving current buffer, or nil if buffer should not be auto-saved. Each buffer has its own value of this variable.Vbuffer-read-only Non-nil if this buffer is read-only. Each buffer has its own value of this variable.Vbuffer-backed-up Non-nil if this buffer's file has been backed up. Backing up is done before the first time the file is saved. Each buffer has its own value of this variable.Vbuffer-saved-size Length of current buffer when last read in, saved or auto-saved. 0 initially. Each buffer has its own value of this variable.Vselective-display Non-nil enables selective display: Integer N as value means display only lines that start with less than n columns of space. A value of t means, after a ^M, all the rest of the line is invisible. Then ^M's in the file are written into files as newlines. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.Vselective-display-ellipses t means display ... on previous line when a line is invisible. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.Voverwrite-mode Non-nil if self-insertion should replace existing text. The value should be one of `overwrite-mode-textual', `overwrite-mode-binary', or nil. If it is `overwrite-mode-textual', self-insertion still inserts at the end of a line, and inserts when point is before a tab, until the tab is filled in. If `overwrite-mode-binary', self-insertion replaces newlines and tabs too. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.Vbuffer-display-table Display table that controls display of the contents of current buffer. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion. If this variable is nil, the value of `standard-display-table' is used. Each window can have its own, overriding display table, see `set-window-display-table' and `window-display-table'. The display table is a char-table created with `make-display-table'. A char-table is an array indexed by character codes. Normal array primitives `aref' and `aset' can be used to access elements of a char-table. Each of the char-table elements control how to display the corresponding text character: the element at index C in the table says how to display the character whose code is C. Each element should be a vector of characters or nil. nil means display the character in the default fashion; otherwise, the characters from the vector are delivered to the screen instead of the original character. For example, (aset buffer-display-table ?X ?Y) will cause Emacs to display a capital Y instead of each X character. In addition, a char-table has six extra slots to control the display of: the end of a truncated screen line (extra-slot 0, a single character); the end of a continued line (extra-slot 1, a single character); the escape character used to display character codes in octal (extra-slot 2, a single character); the character used as an arrow for control characters (extra-slot 3, a single character); the decoration indicating the presence of invisible lines (extra-slot 4, a vector of characters); the character used to draw the border between side-by-side windows (extra-slot 5, a single character). See also the functions `display-table-slot' and `set-display-table-slot'.Vleft-margin-width *Width of left marginal area for display of a buffer. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion. A value of nil means no marginal area.Vright-margin-width *Width of right marginal area for display of a buffer. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion. A value of nil means no marginal area.Vindicate-empty-lines *Visually indicate empty lines after the buffer end. If non-nil, a bitmap is displayed in the left fringe of a window on window-systems. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion. Vscroll-up-aggressively *If a number, scroll display up aggressively. If scrolling a window because point is below the window end, choose a new window start so that point ends up that fraction of the window's height from the bottom of the window. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.Vscroll-down-aggressively *If a number, scroll display down aggressively. If scrolling a window because point is above the window start, choose a new window start so that point ends up that fraction of the window's height from the top of the window. Automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.Vbefore-change-functions List of functions to call before each text change. Two arguments are passed to each function: the positions of the beginning and end of the range of old text to be changed. (For an insertion, the beginning and end are at the same place.) No information is given about the length of the text after the change. Buffer changes made while executing the `before-change-functions' don't call any before-change or after-change functions. That's because these variables are temporarily set to nil. As a result, a hook function cannot straightforwardly alter the value of these variables. See the Emacs Lisp manual for a way of accomplishing an equivalent result by using other variables. If an unhandled error happens in running these functions, the variable's value remains nil. That prevents the error from happening repeatedly and making Emacs nonfunctional.Vafter-change-functions List of function to call after each text change. Three arguments are passed to each function: the positions of the beginning and end of the range of changed text, and the length in bytes of the pre-change text replaced by that range. (For an insertion, the pre-change length is zero; for a deletion, that length is the number of bytes deleted, and the post-change beginning and end are at the same place.) Buffer changes made while executing the `after-change-functions' don't call any before-change or after-change functions. That's because these variables are temporarily set to nil. As a result, a hook function cannot straightforwardly alter the value of these variables. See the Emacs Lisp manual for a way of accomplishing an equivalent result by using other variables. If an unhandled error happens in running these functions, the variable's value remains nil. That prevents the error from happening repeatedly and making Emacs nonfunctional.Vfirst-change-hook A list of functions to call before changing a buffer which is unmodified. The functions are run using the `run-hooks' function.Vbuffer-undo-list List of undo entries in current buffer. This variable is always local in all buffers. Recent changes come first; older changes follow newer. An entry (BEG . END) represents an insertion which begins at position BEG and ends at position END. An entry (TEXT . POSITION) represents the deletion of the string TEXT from (abs POSITION). If POSITION is positive, point was at the front of the text being deleted; if negative, point was at the end. An entry (t HIGH . LOW) indicates that the buffer previously had "unmodified" status. HIGH and LOW are the high and low 16-bit portions of the visited file's modification time, as of that time. If the modification time of the most recent save is different, this entry is obsolete. An entry (nil PROPERTY VALUE BEG . END) indicates that a text property was modified between BEG and END. PROPERTY is the property name, and VALUE is the old value. An entry (MARKER . DISTANCE) indicates that the marker MARKER was adjusted in position by the offset DISTANCE (an integer). An entry of the form POSITION indicates that point was at the buffer location given by the integer. Undoing an entry of this form places point at POSITION. nil marks undo boundaries. The undo command treats the changes between two undo boundaries as a single step to be undone. If the value of the variable is t, undo information is not recorded.Vmark-active Non-nil means the mark and region are currently active in this buffer. Automatically local in all buffers.Vcache-long-line-scans Non-nil means that Emacs should use caches to handle long lines more quickly. This variable is buffer-local, in all buffers. Normally, the line-motion functions work by scanning the buffer for newlines. Columnar operations (like move-to-column and compute-motion) also work by scanning the buffer, summing character widths as they go. This works well for ordinary text, but if the buffer's lines are very long (say, more than 500 characters), these motion functions will take longer to execute. Emacs may also take longer to update the display. If cache-long-line-scans is non-nil, these motion functions cache the results of their scans, and consult the cache to avoid rescanning regions of the buffer until the text is modified. The caches are most beneficial when they prevent the most searching---that is, when the buffer contains long lines and large regions of characters with the same, fixed screen width. When cache-long-line-scans is non-nil, processing short lines will become slightly slower (because of the overhead of consulting the cache), and the caches will use memory roughly proportional to the number of newlines and characters whose screen width varies. The caches require no explicit maintenance; their accuracy is maintained internally by the Emacs primitives. Enabling or disabling the cache should not affect the behavior of any of the motion functions; it should only affect their performance.Vpoint-before-scroll Value of point before the last series of scroll operations, or nil. This variable is always local in all buffers.Vbuffer-file-format List of formats to use when saving this buffer. This variable is always local in all buffers. Formats are defined by `format-alist'. This variable is set when a file is visited. Automatically local in all buffers.Vbuffer-invisibility-spec Invisibility spec of this buffer. This variable is always local in all buffers. The default is t, which means that text is invisible if it has a non-nil `invisible' property. If the value is a list, a text character is invisible if its `invisible' property is an element in that list. If an element is a cons cell of the form (PROP . ELLIPSIS), then characters with property value PROP are invisible, and they have an ellipsis as well if ELLIPSIS is non-nil.Vbuffer-display-count A number incremented each time this buffer is displayed in a window. This variable is always local in all buffers. The function `set-window-buffer increments it.Vbuffer-display-time Time stamp updated each time this buffer is displayed in a window. This variable is always local in all buffers. The function `set-window-buffer' updates this variable to the value obtained by calling `current-time'. If the buffer has never been shown in a window, the value is nil.Vtransient-mark-mode *Non-nil means deactivate the mark when the buffer contents change. Non-nil also enables highlighting of the region whenever the mark is active. The variable `highlight-nonselected-windows' controls whether to highlight all windows or just the selected window.Vinhibit-read-only *Non-nil means disregard read-only status of buffers or characters. If the value is t, disregard `buffer-read-only' and all `read-only' text properties. If the value is a list, disregard `buffer-read-only' and disregard a `read-only' text property if the property value is a member of the list.Vcursor-type Cursor to use in window displaying this buffer. Values are interpreted as follows: t use the cursor specified for the frame nil don't display a cursor `bar' display a bar cursor with default width (bar . WIDTH) display a bar cursor with width WIDTH others display a box cursor.Vline-spacing Additional space to put between lines when displaying a buffer. The space is measured in pixels, and put below lines on window systems.Vkill-buffer-query-functions List of functions called with no args to query before killing a buffer.Flock-buffer Lock FILE, if current buffer is modified. FILE defaults to current buffer's visited file, or else nothing is done if current buffer isn't visiting a file. (lock-buffer &optional FILE)Funlock-buffer Unlock the file visited in the current buffer, if it should normally be locked. (unlock-buffer)Ffile-locked-p Return nil if the FILENAME is not locked, t if it is locked by you, else a string of the name of the locker. (file-locked-p FILENAME)Vtemporary-file-directory The directory for writing temporary files.Fcombine-after-change-execute This function is for use internally in `combine-after-change-calls'. (combine-after-change-execute)Vcheck-markers-debug-flag Non-nil means enable debugging checks for invalid marker positions.Vcombine-after-change-calls Used internally by the `combine-after-change-calls' macro.Vinhibit-modification-hooks Non-nil means don't run any of the hooks that respond to buffer changes. This affects `before-change-functions' and `after-change-functions', as well as hooks attached to text properties and overlays.Fmarker-buffer Return the buffer that MARKER points into, or nil if none. Returns nil if MARKER points into a dead buffer. (marker-buffer MARKER)Fmarker-position Return the position MARKER points at, as a character number. (marker-position MARKER)Fset-marker Position MARKER before character number POSITION in BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. If POSITION is nil, makes marker point nowhere. Then it no longer slows down editing in any buffer. Returns MARKER. (set-marker MARKER POSITION &optional BUFFER)Fcopy-marker Return a new marker pointing at the same place as MARKER. If argument is a number, makes a new marker pointing at that position in the current buffer. The optional argument TYPE specifies the insertion type of the new marker; see `marker-insertion-type'. (copy-marker MARKER &optional TYPE)Fmarker-insertion-type Return insertion type of MARKER: t if it stays after inserted text. nil means the marker stays before text inserted there. (marker-insertion-type MARKER)Fset-marker-insertion-type Set the insertion-type of MARKER to TYPE. If TYPE is t, it means the marker advances when you insert text at it. If TYPE is nil, it means the marker stays behind when you insert text at it. (set-marker-insertion-type MARKER TYPE)Fbuffer-has-markers-at Return t if there are markers pointing at POSITION in the current buffer. (buffer-has-markers-at POSITION)Vbyte-debug-flag Non-nil enables debugging checks in byte/char position conversions.Fset-minibuffer-window Specify which minibuffer window to use for the minibuffer. This effects where the minibuffer is displayed if you put text in it without invoking the usual minibuffer commands. (set-minibuffer-window WINDOW)Fread-from-minibuffer Read a string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. If optional second arg INITIAL-CONTENTS is non-nil, it is a string to be inserted into the minibuffer before reading input. If INITIAL-CONTENTS is (STRING . POSITION), the initial input is STRING, but point is placed at position POSITION in the minibuffer. Third arg KEYMAP is a keymap to use whilst reading; if omitted or nil, the default is `minibuffer-local-map'. If fourth arg READ is non-nil, then interpret the result as a lisp object and return that object: in other words, do `(car (read-from-string INPUT-STRING))' Fifth arg HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list and optionally the initial position in the list. It can be a symbol, which is the history list variable to use, or it can be a cons cell (HISTVAR . HISTPOS). In that case, HISTVAR is the history list variable to use, and HISTPOS is the initial position (the position in the list which INITIAL-CONTENTS corresponds to). Positions are counted starting from 1 at the beginning of the list. Sixth arg DEFAULT-VALUE is the default value. If non-nil, it is available for history commands; but `read-from-minibuffer' does NOT return DEFAULT-VALUE if the user enters empty input! It returns the empty string. Seventh arg INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, means the minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of enable-multibyte-characters. If the variable `minibuffer-allow-text-properties' is non-nil, then the string which is returned includes whatever text properties were present in the minibuffer. Otherwise the value has no text properties. (read-from-minibuffer PROMPT &optional INITIAL-CONTENTS KEYMAP READ HIST DEFAULT-VALUE INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)Fread-minibuffer Return a Lisp object read using the minibuffer. Prompt with PROMPT. If non-nil, optional second arg INITIAL-CONTENTS is a string to insert in the minibuffer before reading. (read-minibuffer PROMPT &optional INITIAL-CONTENTS)Feval-minibuffer Return value of Lisp expression read using the minibuffer. Prompt with PROMPT. If non-nil, optional second arg INITIAL-CONTENTS is a string to insert in the minibuffer before reading. (eval-minibuffer PROMPT &optional INITIAL-CONTENTS)Fread-string Read a string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading. The third arg HISTORY, if non-nil, specifies a history list and optionally the initial position in the list. See `read-from-minibuffer' for details of HISTORY argument. Fourth arg DEFAULT-VALUE is the default value. If non-nil, it is used for history commands, and as the value to return if the user enters the empty string. Fifth arg INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, means the minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of enable-multibyte-characters. (read-string PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT HISTORY DEFAULT-VALUE INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)Fread-no-blanks-input Read a string from the terminal, not allowing blanks. Prompt with PROMPT, and provide INITIAL as an initial value of the input string. Third arg INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD, if non-nil, means the minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of enable-multibyte-characters. (read-no-blanks-input PROMPT &optional INITIAL INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)Fread-command Read the name of a command and return as a symbol. Prompts with PROMPT. By default, return DEFAULT-VALUE. (read-command PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE)Fread-function One arg PROMPT, a string. Read the name of a function and return as a symbol. Prompts with PROMPT. (read-function PROMPT)Fread-variable Read the name of a user variable and return it as a symbol. Prompts with PROMPT. By default, return DEFAULT-VALUE. A user variable is one whose documentation starts with a `*' character. (read-variable PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE)Fread-buffer One arg PROMPT, a string. Read the name of a buffer and return as a string. Prompts with PROMPT. Optional second arg DEF is value to return if user enters an empty line. If optional third arg REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, only existing buffer names are allowed. (read-buffer PROMPT &optional DEF REQUIRE-MATCH)Ftry-completion Return common substring of all completions of STRING in ALIST. Each car of each element of ALIST is tested to see if it begins with STRING. All that match are compared together; the longest initial sequence common to all matches is returned as a string. If there is no match at all, nil is returned. For a unique match which is exact, t is returned. ALIST can be an obarray instead of an alist. Then the print names of all symbols in the obarray are the possible matches. ALIST can also be a function to do the completion itself. It receives three arguments: the values STRING, PREDICATE and nil. Whatever it returns becomes the value of `try-completion'. If optional third argument PREDICATE is non-nil, it is used to test each possible match. The match is a candidate only if PREDICATE returns non-nil. The argument given to PREDICATE is the alist element or the symbol from the obarray. Additionally to this predicate, `completion-regexp-list' is used to further constrain the set of candidates. (try-completion STRING ALIST &optional PREDICATE)Fall-completions Search for partial matches to STRING in ALIST. Each car of each element of ALIST is tested to see if it begins with STRING. The value is a list of all the strings from ALIST that match. ALIST can be an obarray instead of an alist. Then the print names of all symbols in the obarray are the possible matches. ALIST can also be a function to do the completion itself. It receives three arguments: the values STRING, PREDICATE and t. Whatever it returns becomes the value of `all-completions'. If optional third argument PREDICATE is non-nil, it is used to test each possible match. The match is a candidate only if PREDICATE returns non-nil. The argument given to PREDICATE is the alist element or the symbol from the obarray. Additionally to this predicate, `completion-regexp-list' is used to further constrain the set of candidates. If the optional fourth argument HIDE-SPACES is non-nil, strings in ALIST that start with a space are ignored unless STRING itself starts with a space. (all-completions STRING ALIST &optional PREDICATE HIDE-SPACES)Fcompleting-read Read a string in the minibuffer, with completion. PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space. TABLE is an alist whose elements' cars are strings, or an obarray. TABLE can also be a function to do the completion itself. PREDICATE limits completion to a subset of TABLE. See `try-completion' and `all-completions' for more details on completion, TABLE, and PREDICATE. If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless the input is (or completes to) an element of TABLE or is null. If it is also not t, Return does not exit if it does non-null completion. If the input is null, `completing-read' returns an empty string, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH. If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially. If it is (STRING . POSITION), the initial input is STRING, but point is placed POSITION characters into the string. This feature is deprecated--it is best to pass nil for INITIAL. HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list and optionally the initial position in the list. It can be a symbol, which is the history list variable to use, or it can be a cons cell (HISTVAR . HISTPOS). In that case, HISTVAR is the history list variable to use, and HISTPOS is the initial position (the position in the list which INITIAL-INPUT corresponds to). Positions are counted starting from 1 at the beginning of the list. DEF, if non-nil, is the default value. If INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil, the minibuffer inherits the current input method and the setting of enable-multibyte-characters. Completion ignores case if the ambient value of `completion-ignore-case' is non-nil. (completing-read PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)Fminibuffer-complete Complete the minibuffer contents as far as possible. Return nil if there is no valid completion, else t. If no characters can be completed, display a list of possible completions. If you repeat this command after it displayed such a list, scroll the window of possible completions. (minibuffer-complete)Fminibuffer-complete-and-exit If the minibuffer contents is a valid completion then exit. Otherwise try to complete it. If completion leads to a valid completion, a repetition of this command will exit. (minibuffer-complete-and-exit)Fminibuffer-complete-word Complete the minibuffer contents at most a single word. After one word is completed as much as possible, a space or hyphen is added, provided that matches some possible completion. Return nil if there is no valid completion, else t. (minibuffer-complete-word)Fdisplay-completion-list Display the list of completions, COMPLETIONS, using `standard-output'. Each element may be just a symbol or string or may be a list of two strings to be printed as if concatenated. `standard-output' must be a buffer. The actual completion alternatives, as inserted, are given `mouse-face' properties of `highlight'. At the end, this runs the normal hook `completion-setup-hook'. It can find the completion buffer in `standard-output'. (display-completion-list COMPLETIONS)Fminibuffer-completion-help Display a list of possible completions of the current minibuffer contents. (minibuffer-completion-help)Fself-insert-and-exit Terminate minibuffer input. (self-insert-and-exit)Fexit-minibuffer Terminate this minibuffer argument. (exit-minibuffer)Fminibuffer-depth Return current depth of activations of minibuffer, a nonnegative integer. (minibuffer-depth)Fminibuffer-prompt Return the prompt string of the currently-active minibuffer. If no minibuffer is active, return nil. (minibuffer-prompt)Fminibuffer-message Temporarily display STRING at the end of the minibuffer. The text is displayed for two seconds, or until the next input event arrives, whichever comes first. (minibuffer-message STRING)Vread-buffer-function If this is non-nil, `read-buffer' does its work by calling this function.Vminibuffer-setup-hook Normal hook run just after entry to minibuffer.Vminibuffer-exit-hook Normal hook run just after exit from minibuffer.Vhistory-length *Maximum length for history lists before truncation takes place. A number means that length; t means infinite. Truncation takes place just after a new element is inserted. Setting the history-length property of a history variable overrides this default.Vcompletion-auto-help *Non-nil means automatically provide help for invalid completion input.Vcompletion-ignore-case Non-nil means don't consider case significant in completion.Venable-recursive-minibuffers *Non-nil means to allow minibuffer commands while in the minibuffer. This variable makes a difference whenever the minibuffer window is active.Vminibuffer-completion-table Alist or obarray used for completion in the minibuffer. This becomes the ALIST argument to `try-completion' and `all-completion'. The value may alternatively be a function, which is given three arguments: STRING, the current buffer contents; PREDICATE, the predicate for filtering possible matches; CODE, which says what kind of things to do. CODE can be nil, t or `lambda'. nil means to return the best completion of STRING, or nil if there is none. t means to return a list of all possible completions of STRING. `lambda' means to return t if STRING is a valid completion as it stands.Vminibuffer-completion-predicate Within call to `completing-read', this holds the PREDICATE argument.Vminibuffer-completion-confirm Non-nil => demand confirmation of completion before exiting minibuffer.Vminibuffer-completing-file-name Non-nil means completing file names.Vminibuffer-help-form Value that `help-form' takes on inside the minibuffer.Vminibuffer-history-variable History list symbol to add minibuffer values to. Each string of minibuffer input, as it appears on exit from the minibuffer, is added with (set minibuffer-history-variable (cons STRING (symbol-value minibuffer-history-variable)))Vminibuffer-history-position Current position of redoing in the history list.Vminibuffer-auto-raise *Non-nil means entering the minibuffer raises the minibuffer's frame. Some uses of the echo area also raise that frame (since they use it too).Vcompletion-regexp-list List of regexps that should restrict possible completions.Vminibuffer-allow-text-properties Non-nil means `read-from-minibuffer' should not discard text properties. This also affects `read-string', but it does not affect `read-minibuffer', `read-no-blanks-input', or any of the functions that do minibuffer input with completion; they always discard text properties.Vminibuffer-prompt-properties Text properties that are added to minibuffer prompts. These are in addition to the basic `field' property, and stickiness properties.Ffind-file-name-handler Return FILENAME's handler function for OPERATION, if it has one. Otherwise, return nil. A file name is handled if one of the regular expressions in `file-name-handler-alist' matches it. If OPERATION equals `inhibit-file-name-operation', then we ignore any handlers that are members of `inhibit-file-name-handlers', but we still do run any other handlers. This lets handlers use the standard functions without calling themselves recursively. (find-file-name-handler FILENAME OPERATION)Ffile-name-directory Return the directory component in file name FILENAME. Return nil if FILENAME does not include a directory. Otherwise return a directory spec. Given a Unix syntax file name, returns a string ending in slash; on VMS, perhaps instead a string ending in `:', `]' or `>'. (file-name-directory FILENAME)Ffile-name-nondirectory Return file name FILENAME sans its directory. For example, in a Unix-syntax file name, this is everything after the last slash, or the entire name if it contains no slash. (file-name-nondirectory FILENAME)Funhandled-file-name-directory Return a directly usable directory name somehow associated with FILENAME. A `directly usable' directory name is one that may be used without the intervention of any file handler. If FILENAME is a directly usable file itself, return (file-name-directory FILENAME). The `call-process' and `start-process' functions use this function to get a current directory to run processes in. (unhandled-file-name-directory FILENAME)Ffile-name-as-directory Return a string representing the file name FILE interpreted as a directory. This operation exists because a directory is also a file, but its name as a directory is different from its name as a file. The result can be used as the value of `default-directory' or passed as second argument to `expand-file-name'. For a Unix-syntax file name, just appends a slash. On VMS, converts "[X]FOO.DIR" to "[X.FOO]", etc. (file-name-as-directory FILE)Fdirectory-file-name Returns the file name of the directory named DIRECTORY. This is the name of the file that holds the data for the directory DIRECTORY. This operation exists because a directory is also a file, but its name as a directory is different from its name as a file. In Unix-syntax, this function just removes the final slash. On VMS, given a VMS-syntax directory name such as "[X.Y]", it returns a file name such as "[X]Y.DIR.1". (directory-file-name DIRECTORY)Fmake-temp-name Generate temporary file name (string) starting with PREFIX (a string). The Emacs process number forms part of the result, so there is no danger of generating a name being used by another process. In addition, this function makes an attempt to choose a name which has no existing file. To make this work, PREFIX should be an absolute file name. There is a race condition between calling `make-temp-name' and creating the file which opens all kinds of security holes. For that reason, you should probably use `make-temp-file' instead. (make-temp-name PREFIX)Fexpand-file-name Convert filename NAME to absolute, and canonicalize it. Second arg DEFAULT-DIRECTORY is directory to start with if NAME is relative (does not start with slash); if DEFAULT-DIRECTORY is nil or missing, the current buffer's value of default-directory is used. File name components that are `.' are removed, and so are file name components followed by `..', along with the `..' itself; note that these simplifications are done without checking the resulting file names in the file system. An initial `~/' expands to your home directory. An initial `~USER/' expands to USER's home directory. See also the function `substitute-in-file-name'. (expand-file-name NAME &optional DEFAULT-DIRECTORY)Fsubstitute-in-file-name Substitute environment variables referred to in FILENAME. `$FOO' where FOO is an environment variable name means to substitute the value of that variable. The variable name should be terminated with a character not a letter, digit or underscore; otherwise, enclose the entire variable name in braces. If `/~' appears, all of FILENAME through that `/' is discarded. On VMS, `$' substitution is not done; this function does little and only duplicates what `expand-file-name' does. (substitute-in-file-name FILENAME)Fcopy-file Copy FILE to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings. Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists, unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil. A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists. This is what happens in interactive use with M-x. Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.) A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil. (copy-file FILE NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME)Fmake-directory-internal Create a new directory named DIRECTORY. (make-directory-internal DIRECTORY)Fdelete-directory Delete the directory named DIRECTORY. Does not follow symlinks. (delete-directory DIRECTORY)Fdelete-file Delete file named FILENAME. If it is a symlink, remove the symlink. If file has multiple names, it continues to exist with the other names. (delete-file FILENAME)Frename-file Rename FILE as NEWNAME. Both args strings. If file has names other than FILE, it continues to have those names. Signals a `file-already-exists' error if a file NEWNAME already exists unless optional third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is non-nil. A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists. This is what happens in interactive use with M-x. (rename-file FILE NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)Fadd-name-to-file Give FILE additional name NEWNAME. Both args strings. Signals a `file-already-exists' error if a file NEWNAME already exists unless optional third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is non-nil. A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists. This is what happens in interactive use with M-x. (add-name-to-file FILE NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)Fmake-symbolic-link Make a symbolic link to FILENAME, named LINKNAME. Both args strings. Signals a `file-already-exists' error if a file LINKNAME already exists unless optional third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is non-nil. A number as third arg means request confirmation if LINKNAME already exists. This happens for interactive use with M-x. (make-symbolic-link FILENAME LINKNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS)Fdefine-logical-name Define the job-wide logical name NAME to have the value STRING. If STRING is nil or a null string, the logical name NAME is deleted. (define-logical-name NAME STRING)Fsysnetunam Open a network connection to PATH using LOGIN as the login string. (sysnetunam PATH LOGIN)Ffile-name-absolute-p Return t if file FILENAME specifies an absolute file name. On Unix, this is a name starting with a `/' or a `~'. (file-name-absolute-p FILENAME)Ffile-exists-p Return t if file FILENAME exists. (This does not mean you can read it.) See also `file-readable-p' and `file-attributes'. (file-exists-p FILENAME)Ffile-executable-p Return t if FILENAME can be executed by you. For a directory, this means you can access files in that directory. (file-executable-p FILENAME)Ffile-readable-p Return t if file FILENAME exists and you can read it. See also `file-exists-p' and `file-attributes'. (file-readable-p FILENAME)Ffile-writable-p Return t if file FILENAME can be written or created by you. (file-writable-p FILENAME)Faccess-file Access file FILENAME, and get an error if that does not work. The second argument STRING is used in the error message. If there is no error, we return nil. (access-file FILENAME STRING)Ffile-symlink-p Return non-nil if file FILENAME is the name of a symbolic link. The value is the name of the file to which it is linked. Otherwise returns nil. (file-symlink-p FILENAME)Ffile-directory-p Return t if FILENAME names an existing directory. Symbolic links to directories count as directories. See `file-symlink-p' to distinguish symlinks. (file-directory-p FILENAME)Ffile-accessible-directory-p Return t if file FILENAME is the name of a directory as a file, and files in that directory can be opened by you. In order to use a directory as a buffer's current directory, this predicate must return true. A directory name spec may be given instead; then the value is t if the directory so specified exists and really is a readable and searchable directory. (file-accessible-directory-p FILENAME)Ffile-regular-p Return t if file FILENAME is the name of a regular file. This is the sort of file that holds an ordinary stream of data bytes. (file-regular-p FILENAME)Ffile-modes Return mode bits of file named FILENAME, as an integer. (file-modes FILENAME)Fset-file-modes Set mode bits of file named FILENAME to MODE (an integer). Only the 12 low bits of MODE are used. (set-file-modes FILENAME MODE)Fset-default-file-modes Set the file permission bits for newly created files. The argument MODE should be an integer; only the low 9 bits are used. This setting is inherited by subprocesses. (set-default-file-modes MODE)Fdefault-file-modes Return the default file protection for created files. The value is an integer. (default-file-modes)Funix-sync Tell Unix to finish all pending disk updates. (unix-sync)Ffile-newer-than-file-p Return t if file FILE1 is newer than file FILE2. If FILE1 does not exist, the answer is nil; otherwise, if FILE2 does not exist, the answer is t. (file-newer-than-file-p FILE1 FILE2)Finsert-file-contents Insert contents of file FILENAME after point. Returns list of absolute file name and number of bytes inserted. If second argument VISIT is non-nil, the buffer's visited filename and last save file modtime are set, and it is marked unmodified. If visiting and the file does not exist, visiting is completed before the error is signaled. The optional third and fourth arguments BEG and END specify what portion of the file to insert. These arguments count bytes in the file, not characters in the buffer. If VISIT is non-nil, BEG and END must be nil. If optional fifth argument REPLACE is non-nil, it means replace the current buffer contents (in the accessible portion) with the file contents. This is better than simply deleting and inserting the whole thing because (1) it preserves some marker positions and (2) it puts less data in the undo list. When REPLACE is non-nil, the value is the number of characters actually read, which is often less than the number of characters to be read. This does code conversion according to the value of `coding-system-for-read' or `file-coding-system-alist', and sets the variable `last-coding-system-used' to the coding system actually used. (insert-file-contents FILENAME &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)Fwrite-region Write current region into specified file. When called from a program, takes three arguments: START, END and FILENAME. START and END are buffer positions. Optional fourth argument APPEND if non-nil means append to existing file contents (if any). If it is an integer, seek to that offset in the file before writing. Optional fifth argument VISIT if t means set the last-save-file-modtime of buffer to this file's modtime and mark buffer not modified. If VISIT is a string, it is a second file name; the output goes to FILENAME, but the buffer is marked as visiting VISIT. VISIT is also the file name to lock and unlock for clash detection. If VISIT is neither t nor nil nor a string, that means do not print the "Wrote file" message. The optional sixth arg LOCKNAME, if non-nil, specifies the name to use for locking and unlocking, overriding FILENAME and VISIT. The optional seventh arg MUSTBENEW, if non-nil, insists on a check for an existing file with the same name. If MUSTBENEW is `excl', that means to get an error if the file already exists; never overwrite. If MUSTBENEW is neither nil nor `excl', that means ask for confirmation before overwriting, but do go ahead and overwrite the file if the user confirms. Kludgy feature: if START is a string, then that string is written to the file, instead of any buffer contents, and END is ignored. This does code conversion according to the value of `coding-system-for-write', `buffer-file-coding-system', or `file-coding-system-alist', and sets the variable `last-coding-system-used' to the coding system actually used. (write-region START END FILENAME &optional APPEND VISIT LOCKNAME MUSTBENEW)Fcar-less-than-car Return t if (car A) is numerically less than (car B). (car-less-than-car A B)Fverify-visited-file-modtime Return t if last mod time of BUF's visited file matches what BUF records. This means that the file has not been changed since it was visited or saved. (verify-visited-file-modtime BUF)Fclear-visited-file-modtime Clear out records of last mod time of visited file. Next attempt to save will certainly not complain of a discrepancy. (clear-visited-file-modtime)Fvisited-file-modtime Return the current buffer's recorded visited file modification time. The value is a list of the form (HIGH . LOW), like the time values that `file-attributes' returns. (visited-file-modtime)Fset-visited-file-modtime Update buffer's recorded modification time from the visited file's time. Useful if the buffer was not read from the file normally or if the file itself has been changed for some known benign reason. An argument specifies the modification time value to use (instead of that of the visited file), in the form of a list (HIGH . LOW) or (HIGH LOW). (set-visited-file-modtime &optional TIME-LIST)Fdo-auto-save Auto-save all buffers that need it. This is all buffers that have auto-saving enabled and are changed since last auto-saved. Auto-saving writes the buffer into a file so that your editing is not lost if the system crashes. This file is not the file you visited; that changes only when you save. Normally we run the normal hook `auto-save-hook' before saving. A non-nil NO-MESSAGE argument means do not print any message if successful. A non-nil CURRENT-ONLY argument means save only current buffer. (do-auto-save &optional NO-MESSAGE CURRENT-ONLY)Fset-buffer-auto-saved Mark current buffer as auto-saved with its current text. No auto-save file will be written until the buffer changes again. (set-buffer-auto-saved)Fclear-buffer-auto-save-failure Clear any record of a recent auto-save failure in the current buffer. (clear-buffer-auto-save-failure)Frecent-auto-save-p Return t if buffer has been auto-saved since last read in or saved. (recent-auto-save-p)Fread-file-name-internal Internal subroutine for read-file-name. Do not call this. (read-file-name-internal STRING DIR ACTION)Fread-file-name Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR. Value is not expanded---you must call `expand-file-name' yourself. Default name to DEFAULT-FILENAME if user enters a null string. (If DEFAULT-FILENAME is omitted, the visited file name is used, except that if INITIAL is specified, that combined with DIR is used.) Fourth arg MUSTMATCH non-nil means require existing file's name. Non-nil and non-t means also require confirmation after completion. Fifth arg INITIAL specifies text to start with. DIR defaults to current buffer's directory default. If this command was invoked with the mouse, use a file dialog box if `use-dialog-box' is non-nil, and the window system or X toolkit in use provides a file dialog box.. (read-file-name PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)Vfile-name-coding-system *Coding system for encoding file names. If it is nil, default-file-name-coding-system (which see) is used.Vdefault-file-name-coding-system Default coding system for encoding file names. This variable is used only when file-name-coding-system is nil. This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. User should not set this variable manually, instead use file-name-coding-system to get a constant encoding of file names regardless of the current language environment.Vauto-save-file-format *Format in which to write auto-save files. Should be a list of symbols naming formats that are defined in `format-alist'. If it is t, which is the default, auto-save files are written in the same format as a regular save would use.Vinsert-default-directory *Non-nil means when reading a filename start with default dir in minibuffer.Vvms-stmlf-recfm *Non-nil means write new files with record format `stmlf'. nil means use format `var'. This variable is meaningful only on VMS.Vdirectory-sep-char Directory separator character for built-in functions that return file names. The value should be either ?/ or ?\ (any other value is treated as ?\). This variable affects the built-in functions only on Windows, on other platforms, it is initialized so that Lisp code can find out what the normal separator is. WARNING: This variable is deprecated and will be removed in the near future. DO NOT USE IT.Vfile-name-handler-alist *Alist of elements (REGEXP . HANDLER) for file names handled specially. If a file name matches REGEXP, then all I/O on that file is done by calling HANDLER. The first argument given to HANDLER is the name of the I/O primitive to be handled; the remaining arguments are the arguments that were passed to that primitive. For example, if you do (file-exists-p FILENAME) and FILENAME is handled by HANDLER, then HANDLER is called like this: (funcall HANDLER 'file-exists-p FILENAME) The function `find-file-name-handler' checks this list for a handler for its argument.Vset-auto-coding-function If non-nil, a function to call to decide a coding system of file. Two arguments are passed to this function: the file name and the length of a file contents following the point. This function should return a coding system to decode the file contents. It should check the file name against `auto-coding-alist'. If no coding system is decided, it should check a coding system specified in the heading lines with the format: -*- ... coding: CODING-SYSTEM; ... -*- or local variable spec of the tailing lines with `coding:' tag.Vafter-insert-file-functions A list of functions to be called at the end of `insert-file-contents'. Each is passed one argument, the number of bytes inserted. It should return the new byte count, and leave point the same. If `insert-file-contents' is intercepted by a handler from `file-name-handler-alist', that handler is responsible for calling the after-insert-file-functions if appropriate.Vwrite-region-annotate-functions A list of functions to be called at the start of `write-region'. Each is passed two arguments, START and END as for `write-region'. These are usually two numbers but not always; see the documentation for `write-region'. The function should return a list of pairs of the form (POSITION . STRING), consisting of strings to be effectively inserted at the specified positions of the file being written (1 means to insert before the first byte written). The POSITIONs must be sorted into increasing order. If there are several functions in the list, the several lists are merged destructively. Alternatively, the function can return with a different buffer current and value nil.Vwrite-region-annotations-so-far When an annotation function is called, this holds the previous annotations. These are the annotations made by other annotation functions that were already called. See also `write-region-annotate-functions'.Vinhibit-file-name-handlers A list of file name handlers that temporarily should not be used. This applies only to the operation `inhibit-file-name-operation'.Vinhibit-file-name-operation The operation for which `inhibit-file-name-handlers' is applicable.Vauto-save-list-file-name File name in which we write a list of all auto save file names. This variable is initialized automatically from `auto-save-list-file-prefix' shortly after Emacs reads your `.emacs' file, if you have not yet given it a non-nil value.Fdirectory-files Return a list of names of files in DIRECTORY. There are three optional arguments: If FULL is non-nil, return absolute file names. Otherwise return names that are relative to the specified directory. If MATCH is non-nil, mention only file names that match the regexp MATCH. If NOSORT is non-nil, the list is not sorted--its order is unpredictable. NOSORT is useful if you plan to sort the result yourself. (directory-files DIRECTORY &optional FULL MATCH NOSORT)Fdirectory-files-and-attributes Return a list of names of files and their attributes in DIRECTORY. There are three optional arguments: If FULL is non-nil, return absolute file names. Otherwise return names that are relative to the specified directory. If MATCH is non-nil, mention only file names that match the regexp MATCH. If NOSORT is non-nil, the list is not sorted--its order is unpredictable. NOSORT is useful if you plan to sort the result yourself. (directory-files-and-attributes DIRECTORY &optional FULL MATCH NOSORT)Ffile-name-completion Complete file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY. Returns the longest string common to all file names in DIRECTORY that start with FILE. If there is only one and FILE matches it exactly, returns t. Returns nil if DIR contains no name starting with FILE. (file-name-completion FILE DIRECTORY)Ffile-name-all-completions Return a list of all completions of file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY. These are all file names in directory DIRECTORY which begin with FILE. (file-name-all-completions FILE DIRECTORY)Ffile-name-all-versions Return a list of all versions of file name FILE in directory DIRECTORY. (file-name-all-versions FILE DIRECTORY)Ffile-version-limit Return the maximum number of versions allowed for FILE. Returns nil if the file cannot be opened or if there is no version limit. (file-version-limit FILENAME)Ffile-attributes Return a list of attributes of file FILENAME. Value is nil if specified file cannot be opened. Otherwise, list elements are: 0. t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil. 1. Number of links to file. 2. File uid. 3. File gid. 4. Last access time, as a list of two integers. First integer has high-order 16 bits of time, second has low 16 bits. 5. Last modification time, likewise. 6. Last status change time, likewise. 7. Size in bytes. This is a floating point number if the size is too large for an integer. 8. File modes, as a string of ten letters or dashes as in ls -l. 9. t iff file's gid would change if file were deleted and recreated. 10. inode number. If inode number is larger than the Emacs integer, this is a cons cell containing two integers: first the high part, then the low 16 bits. 11. Device number. If it is larger than the Emacs integer, this is a cons cell, similar to the inode number. If file does not exist, returns nil. (file-attributes FILENAME)Ffile-attributes-lessp Return t if first arg file attributes list is less than second. Comparison is in lexicographic order and case is significant. (file-attributes-lessp F1 F2)Vcompletion-ignored-extensions *Completion ignores filenames ending in any string in this list. This variable does not affect lists of possible completions, but does affect the commands that actually do completions.Fforward-point Return buffer position N characters after (before if N negative) point. (forward-point N)Fforward-char Move point right N characters (left if N is negative). On reaching end of buffer, stop and signal error. (forward-char &optional N)Fbackward-char Move point left N characters (right if N is negative). On attempt to pass beginning or end of buffer, stop and signal error. (backward-char &optional N)Fforward-line Move N lines forward (backward if N is negative). Precisely, if point is on line I, move to the start of line I + N. If there isn't room, go as far as possible (no error). Returns the count of lines left to move. If moving forward, that is N - number of lines moved; if backward, N + number moved. With positive N, a non-empty line at the end counts as one line successfully moved (for the return value). (forward-line &optional N)Fbeginning-of-line Move point to beginning of current line. With argument N not nil or 1, move forward N - 1 lines first. If point reaches the beginning or end of buffer, it stops there. This command does not move point across a field boundary unless doing so would move beyond there to a different line; If N is nil or 1, and point starts at a field boundary, point does not move. To ignore field boundaries, either bind `inhibit-field-text-motion' to t, or use the `forward-line' function instead. For instance, `(forward-line 0)' does the same thing as `(beginning-of-line)', except that it ignores field boundaries. (beginning-of-line &optional N)Fend-of-line Move point to end of current line. With argument N not nil or 1, move forward N - 1 lines first. If point reaches the beginning or end of buffer, it stops there. This command does not move point across a field boundary unless doing so would move beyond there to a different line; if N is nil or 1, and point starts at a field boundary, point does not move. To ignore field boundaries bind `inhibit-field-text-motion' to t. (end-of-line &optional N)Fdelete-char Delete the following N characters (previous if N is negative). Optional second arg KILLFLAG non-nil means kill instead (save in kill ring). Interactively, N is the prefix arg, and KILLFLAG is set if N was explicitly specified. (delete-char N &optional KILLFLAG)Fdelete-backward-char Delete the previous N characters (following if N is negative). Optional second arg KILLFLAG non-nil means kill instead (save in kill ring). Interactively, N is the prefix arg, and KILLFLAG is set if N was explicitly specified. (delete-backward-char N &optional KILLFLAG)Fself-insert-command Insert the character you type. Whichever character you type to run this command is inserted. (self-insert-command N)Vself-insert-face If non-nil, set the face of the next self-inserting character to this. See also `self-insert-face-command'.Vself-insert-face-command This is the command that set up `self-insert-face'. If `last-command' does not equal this value, we ignore `self-insert-face'.Vblink-paren-function Function called, if non-nil, whenever a close parenthesis is inserted. More precisely, a char with closeparen syntax is self-inserted.Fcase-table-p Return t iff OBJECT is a case table. See `set-case-table' for more information on these data structures. (case-table-p OBJECT)Fcurrent-case-table Return the case table of the current buffer. (current-case-table)Fstandard-case-table Return the standard case table. This is the one used for new buffers. (standard-case-table)Fset-case-table Select a new case table for the current buffer. A case table is a char-table which maps characters to their lower-case equivalents. It also has three "extra" slots which may be additional char-tables or nil. These slots are called UPCASE, CANONICALIZE and EQUIVALENCES. UPCASE maps each character to its upper-case equivalent; if lower and upper case characters are in 1-1 correspondence, you may use nil and the upcase table will be deduced from DOWNCASE. CANONICALIZE maps each character to a canonical equivalent; any two characters that are related by case-conversion have the same canonical equivalent character; it may be nil, in which case it is deduced from DOWNCASE and UPCASE. EQUIVALENCES is a map that cyclicly permutes each equivalence class (of characters with the same canonical equivalent); it may be nil, in which case it is deduced from CANONICALIZE. (set-case-table TABLE)Fset-standard-case-table Select a new standard case table for new buffers. See `set-case-table' for more info on case tables. (set-standard-case-table TABLE)Fupcase Convert argument to upper case and return that. The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. See also `capitalize', `downcase' and `upcase-initials'. (upcase OBJ)Fdowncase Convert argument to lower case and return that. The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. (downcase OBJ)Fcapitalize Convert argument to capitalized form and return that. This means that each word's first character is upper case and the rest is lower case. The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. (capitalize OBJ)Fupcase-initials Convert the initial of each word in the argument to upper case. Do not change the other letters of each word. The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. (upcase-initials OBJ)Fupcase-region Convert the region to upper case. In programs, wants two arguments. These arguments specify the starting and ending character numbers of the region to operate on. When used as a command, the text between point and the mark is operated on. See also `capitalize-region'. (upcase-region BEG END)Fdowncase-region Convert the region to lower case. In programs, wants two arguments. These arguments specify the starting and ending character numbers of the region to operate on. When used as a command, the text between point and the mark is operated on. (downcase-region BEG END)Fcapitalize-region Convert the region to capitalized form. Capitalized form means each word's first character is upper case and the rest of it is lower case. In programs, give two arguments, the starting and ending character positions to operate on. (capitalize-region BEG END)Fupcase-initials-region Upcase the initial of each word in the region. Subsequent letters of each word are not changed. In programs, give two arguments, the starting and ending character positions to operate on. (upcase-initials-region BEG END)Fupcase-word Convert following word (or ARG words) to upper case, moving over. With negative argument, convert previous words but do not move. See also `capitalize-word'. (upcase-word ARG)Fdowncase-word Convert following word (or ARG words) to lower case, moving over. With negative argument, convert previous words but do not move. (downcase-word ARG)Fcapitalize-word Capitalize the following word (or ARG words), moving over. This gives the word(s) a first character in upper case and the rest lower case. With negative argument, capitalize previous words but do not move. (capitalize-word ARG)Fcurrent-column Return the horizontal position of point. Beginning of line is column 0. This is calculated by adding together the widths of all the displayed representations of the character between the start of the previous line and point. (eg control characters will have a width of 2 or 4, tabs will have a variable width) Ignores finite width of frame, which means that this function may return values greater than (frame-width). Whether the line is visible (if `selective-display' is t) has no effect; however, ^M is treated as end of line when `selective-display' is t. (current-column)Findent-to Indent from point with tabs and spaces until COLUMN is reached. Optional second argument MININUM says always do at least MININUM spaces even if that goes past COLUMN; by default, MININUM is zero. (indent-to COLUMN &optional MINIMUM)Fcurrent-indentation Return the indentation of the current line. This is the horizontal position of the character following any initial whitespace. (current-indentation)Fmove-to-column Move point to column COLUMN in the current line. The column of a character is calculated by adding together the widths as displayed of the previous characters in the line. This function ignores line-continuation; there is no upper limit on the column number a character can have and horizontal scrolling has no effect. If specified column is within a character, point goes after that character. If it's past end of line, point goes to end of line. A non-nil second (optional) argument FORCE means, if COLUMN is in the middle of a tab character, change it to spaces. In addition, if FORCE is t, and the line is too short to reach column COLUMN, add spaces/tabs to get there. The return value is the current column. (move-to-column COLUMN &optional FORCE)Fcompute-motion Scan through the current buffer, calculating screen position. Scan the current buffer forward from offset FROM, assuming it is at position FROMPOS--a cons of the form (HPOS . VPOS)-- to position TO or position TOPOS--another cons of the form (HPOS . VPOS)-- and return the ending buffer position and screen location. There are three additional arguments: WIDTH is the number of columns available to display text; this affects handling of continuation lines. This is usually the value returned by `window-width', less one (to allow for the continuation glyph). OFFSETS is either nil or a cons cell (HSCROLL . TAB-OFFSET). HSCROLL is the number of columns not being displayed at the left margin; this is usually taken from a window's hscroll member. TAB-OFFSET is the number of columns of the first tab that aren't being displayed, perhaps because the line was continued within it. If OFFSETS is nil, HSCROLL and TAB-OFFSET are assumed to be zero. WINDOW is the window to operate on. It is used to choose the display table; if it is showing the current buffer, it is used also for deciding which overlay properties apply. Note that `compute-motion' always operates on the current buffer. The value is a list of five elements: (POS HPOS VPOS PREVHPOS CONTIN) POS is the buffer position where the scan stopped. VPOS is the vertical position where the scan stopped. HPOS is the horizontal position where the scan stopped. PREVHPOS is the horizontal position one character back from POS. CONTIN is t if a line was continued after (or within) the previous character. For example, to find the buffer position of column COL of line LINE of a certain window, pass the window's starting location as FROM and the window's upper-left coordinates as FROMPOS. Pass the buffer's (point-max) as TO, to limit the scan to the end of the visible section of the buffer, and pass LINE and COL as TOPOS. (compute-motion FROM FROMPOS TO TOPOS WIDTH OFFSETS WINDOW)Fvertical-motion Move point to start of the screen line LINES lines down. If LINES is negative, this means moving up. This function is an ordinary cursor motion function which calculates the new position based on how text would be displayed. The new position may be the start of a line, or just the start of a continuation line. The function returns number of screen lines moved over; that usually equals LINES, but may be closer to zero if beginning or end of buffer was reached. The optional second argument WINDOW specifies the window to use for parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters. `vertical-motion' always uses the current buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This is consistent with other cursor motion functions and makes it possible to use `vertical-motion' in any buffer, whether or not it is currently displayed in some window. (vertical-motion LINES &optional WINDOW)Vindent-tabs-mode *Indentation can insert tabs if this is non-nil. Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.Flooking-at Return t if text after point matches regular expression REGEXP. This function modifies the match data that `match-beginning', `match-end' and `match-data' access; save and restore the match data if you want to preserve them. (looking-at REGEXP)Fposix-looking-at Return t if text after point matches regular expression REGEXP. Find the longest match, in accord with Posix regular expression rules. This function modifies the match data that `match-beginning', `match-end' and `match-data' access; save and restore the match data if you want to preserve them. (posix-looking-at REGEXP)Fstring-match Return index of start of first match for REGEXP in STRING, or nil. Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer. If third arg START is non-nil, start search at that index in STRING. For index of first char beyond the match, do (match-end 0). `match-end' and `match-beginning' also give indices of substrings matched by parenthesis constructs in the pattern. (string-match REGEXP STRING &optional START)Fposix-string-match Return index of start of first match for REGEXP in STRING, or nil. Find the longest match, in accord with Posix regular expression rules. Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer. If third arg START is non-nil, start search at that index in STRING. For index of first char beyond the match, do (match-end 0). `match-end' and `match-beginning' also give indices of substrings matched by parenthesis constructs in the pattern. (posix-string-match REGEXP STRING &optional START)Fsearch-backward Search backward from point for STRING. Set point to the beginning of the occurrence found, and return point. An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position. The match found must not extend before that position. Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error). If not nil and not t, position at limit of search and return nil. Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences. Search case-sensitivity is determined by the value of the variable `case-fold-search', which see. See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end' and `replace-match'. (search-backward STRING &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fsearch-forward Search forward from point for STRING. Set point to the end of the occurrence found, and return point. An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position. The match found must not extend after that position. nil is equivalent to (point-max). Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error). If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil. Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences. Search case-sensitivity is determined by the value of the variable `case-fold-search', which see. See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end' and `replace-match'. (search-forward STRING &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fword-search-backward Search backward from point for STRING, ignoring differences in punctuation. Set point to the beginning of the occurrence found, and return point. An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position. The match found must not extend before that position. Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error). If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil. Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences. (word-search-backward STRING &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fword-search-forward Search forward from point for STRING, ignoring differences in punctuation. Set point to the end of the occurrence found, and return point. An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position. The match found must not extend after that position. Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error). If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil. Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences. (word-search-forward STRING &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fre-search-backward Search backward from point for match for regular expression REGEXP. Set point to the beginning of the match, and return point. The match found is the one starting last in the buffer and yet ending before the origin of the search. An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position. The match found must start at or after that position. Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error). If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil. Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences. See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end', `match-string', and `replace-match'. (re-search-backward REGEXP &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fre-search-forward Search forward from point for regular expression REGEXP. Set point to the end of the occurrence found, and return point. An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position. The match found must not extend after that position. Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error). If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil. Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences. See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end', `match-string', and `replace-match'. (re-search-forward REGEXP &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fposix-search-backward Search backward from point for match for regular expression REGEXP. Find the longest match in accord with Posix regular expression rules. Set point to the beginning of the match, and return point. The match found is the one starting last in the buffer and yet ending before the origin of the search. An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position. The match found must start at or after that position. Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error). If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil. Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences. See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end', `match-string', and `replace-match'. (posix-search-backward REGEXP &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Fposix-search-forward Search forward from point for regular expression REGEXP. Find the longest match in accord with Posix regular expression rules. Set point to the end of the occurrence found, and return point. An optional second argument bounds the search; it is a buffer position. The match found must not extend after that position. Optional third argument, if t, means if fail just return nil (no error). If not nil and not t, move to limit of search and return nil. Optional fourth argument is repeat count--search for successive occurrences. See also the functions `match-beginning', `match-end', `match-string', and `replace-match'. (posix-search-forward REGEXP &optional BOUND NOERROR COUNT)Freplace-match Replace text matched by last search with NEWTEXT. If second arg FIXEDCASE is non-nil, do not alter case of replacement text. Otherwise maybe capitalize the whole text, or maybe just word initials, based on the replaced text. If the replaced text has only capital letters and has at least one multiletter word, convert NEWTEXT to all caps. If the replaced text has at least one word starting with a capital letter, then capitalize each word in NEWTEXT. If third arg LITERAL is non-nil, insert NEWTEXT literally. Otherwise treat `\' as special: `\&' in NEWTEXT means substitute original matched text. `\N' means substitute what matched the Nth `\(...\)'. If Nth parens didn't match, substitute nothing. `\\' means insert one `\'. FIXEDCASE and LITERAL are optional arguments. Leaves point at end of replacement text. The optional fourth argument STRING can be a string to modify. This is meaningful when the previous match was done against STRING, using `string-match'. When used this way, `replace-match' creates and returns a new string made by copying STRING and replacing the part of STRING that was matched. The optional fifth argument SUBEXP specifies a subexpression; it says to replace just that subexpression with NEWTEXT, rather than replacing the entire matched text. This is, in a vague sense, the inverse of using `\N' in NEWTEXT; `\N' copies subexp N into NEWTEXT, but using N as SUBEXP puts NEWTEXT in place of subexp N. This is useful only after a regular expression search or match, since only regular expressions have distinguished subexpressions. (replace-match NEWTEXT &optional FIXEDCASE LITERAL STRING SUBEXP)Fmatch-beginning Return position of start of text matched by last search. SUBEXP, a number, specifies which parenthesized expression in the last regexp. Value is nil if SUBEXPth pair didn't match, or there were less than SUBEXP pairs. Zero means the entire text matched by the whole regexp or whole string. (match-beginning SUBEXP)Fmatch-end Return position of end of text matched by last search. SUBEXP, a number, specifies which parenthesized expression in the last regexp. Value is nil if SUBEXPth pair didn't match, or there were less than SUBEXP pairs. Zero means the entire text matched by the whole regexp or whole string. (match-end SUBEXP)Fmatch-data Return a list containing all info on what the last search matched. Element 2N is `(match-beginning N)'; element 2N + 1 is `(match-end N)'. All the elements are markers or nil (nil if the Nth pair didn't match) if the last match was on a buffer; integers or nil if a string was matched. Use `store-match-data' to reinstate the data in this list. If INTEGERS (the optional first argument) is non-nil, always use integers (rather than markers) to represent buffer positions. If REUSE is a list, reuse it as part of the value. If REUSE is long enough to hold all the values, and if INTEGERS is non-nil, no consing is done. (match-data &optional INTEGERS REUSE)Fset-match-data Set internal data on last search match from elements of LIST. LIST should have been created by calling `match-data' previously. (set-match-data LIST)Fregexp-quote Return a regexp string which matches exactly STRING and nothing else. (regexp-quote STRING)Fundo-boundary Mark a boundary between units of undo. An undo command will stop at this point, but another undo command will undo to the previous boundary. (undo-boundary)Fprimitive-undo Undo N records from the front of the list LIST. Return what remains of the list. (primitive-undo N LIST)Fmake-string Return a newly created string of length LENGTH, with each element being INIT. Both LENGTH and INIT must be numbers. (make-string LENGTH INIT)Fmake-bool-vector Return a new bool-vector of length LENGTH, using INIT for as each element. LENGTH must be a number. INIT matters only in whether it is t or nil. (make-bool-vector LENGTH INIT)Fcons Create a new cons, give it CAR and CDR as components, and return it. (cons CAR CDR)Flist Return a newly created list with specified arguments as elements. Any number of arguments, even zero arguments, are allowed.Fmake-list Return a newly created list of length LENGTH, with each element being INIT. (make-list LENGTH INIT)Fmake-vector Return a newly created vector of length LENGTH, with each element being INIT. See also the function `vector'. (make-vector LENGTH INIT)Fmake-char-table Return a newly created char-table, with purpose PURPOSE. Each element is initialized to INIT, which defaults to nil. PURPOSE should be a symbol which has a `char-table-extra-slots' property. The property's value should be an integer between 0 and 10. (make-char-table PURPOSE &optional INIT)Fvector Return a newly created vector with specified arguments as elements. Any number of arguments, even zero arguments, are allowed.Fmake-byte-code Create a byte-code object with specified arguments as elements. The arguments should be the arglist, bytecode-string, constant vector, stack size, (optional) doc string, and (optional) interactive spec. The first four arguments are required; at most six have any significance.Fmake-symbol Return a newly allocated uninterned symbol whose name is NAME. Its value and function definition are void, and its property list is nil. (make-symbol NAME)Fmake-marker Return a newly allocated marker which does not point at any place. (make-marker)Fgc-status Show information about live and zombie objects. (gc-status)Fpurecopy Make a copy of OBJECT in pure storage. Recursively copies contents of vectors and cons cells. Does not copy symbols. Copies strings without text properties. (purecopy OBJ)Fgarbage-collect Reclaim storage for Lisp objects no longer needed. Returns info on amount of space in use: ((USED-CONSES . FREE-CONSES) (USED-SYMS . FREE-SYMS) (USED-MARKERS . FREE-MARKERS) USED-STRING-CHARS USED-VECTOR-SLOTS (USED-FLOATS . FREE-FLOATS) (USED-INTERVALS . FREE-INTERVALS) (USED-STRINGS . FREE-STRINGS)) Garbage collection happens automatically if you cons more than `gc-cons-threshold' bytes of Lisp data since previous garbage collection. (garbage-collect)Fmemory-limit Return the address of the last byte Emacs has allocated, divided by 1024. This may be helpful in debugging Emacs's memory usage. We divide the value by 1024 to make sure it fits in a Lisp integer. (memory-limit)Fmemory-use-counts Return a list of counters that measure how much consing there has been. Each of these counters increments for a certain kind of object. The counters wrap around from the largest positive integer to zero. Garbage collection does not decrease them. The elements of the value are as follows: (CONSES FLOATS VECTOR-CELLS SYMBOLS STRING-CHARS MISCS INTERVALS STRINGS) All are in units of 1 = one object consed except for VECTOR-CELLS and STRING-CHARS, which count the total length of objects consed. MISCS include overlays, markers, and some internal types. Frames, windows, buffers, and subprocesses count as vectors (but the contents of a buffer's text do not count here). (memory-use-counts)Vgc-cons-threshold *Number of bytes of consing between garbage collections. Garbage collection can happen automatically once this many bytes have been allocated since the last garbage collection. All data types count. Garbage collection happens automatically only when `eval' is called. By binding this temporarily to a large number, you can effectively prevent garbage collection during a part of the program.Vpure-bytes-used Number of bytes of sharable Lisp data allocated so far.Vcons-cells-consed Number of cons cells that have been consed so far.Vfloats-consed Number of floats that have been consed so far.Vvector-cells-consed Number of vector cells that have been consed so far.Vsymbols-consed Number of symbols that have been consed so far.Vstring-chars-consed Number of string characters that have been consed so far.Vmisc-objects-consed Number of miscellaneous objects that have been consed so far.Vintervals-consed Number of intervals that have been consed so far.Vstrings-consed Number of strings that have been consed so far.Vpurify-flag Non-nil means loading Lisp code in order to dump an executable. This means that certain objects should be allocated in shared (pure) space.Vundo-limit Keep no more undo information once it exceeds this size. This limit is applied when garbage collection happens. The size is counted as the number of bytes occupied, which includes both saved text and other data.Vundo-strong-limit Don't keep more than this much size of undo information. A command which pushes past this size is itself forgotten. This limit is applied when garbage collection happens. The size is counted as the number of bytes occupied, which includes both saved text and other data.Vgarbage-collection-messages Non-nil means display messages at start and end of garbage collection.Feq Return t if the two args are the same Lisp object. (eq OBJ1 OBJ2)Fnull Return t if OBJECT is nil. (null OBJECT)Ftype-of Return a symbol representing the type of OBJECT. The symbol returned names the object's basic type; for example, (type-of 1) returns `integer'. (type-of OBJECT)Fconsp Return t if OBJECT is a cons cell. (consp OBJECT)Fatom Return t if OBJECT is not a cons cell. This includes nil. (atom OBJECT)Flistp Return t if OBJECT is a list. This includes nil. (listp OBJECT)Fnlistp Return t if OBJECT is not a list. Lists include nil. (nlistp OBJECT)Fsymbolp Return t if OBJECT is a symbol. (symbolp OBJECT)Fkeywordp Return t if OBJECT is a keyword. This means that it is a symbol with a print name beginning with `:' interned in the initial obarray. (keywordp OBJECT)Fvectorp Return t if OBJECT is a vector. (vectorp OBJECT)Fstringp Return t if OBJECT is a string. (stringp OBJECT)Fmultibyte-string-p Return t if OBJECT is a multibyte string. (multibyte-string-p OBJECT)Fchar-table-p Return t if OBJECT is a char-table. (char-table-p OBJECT)Fvector-or-char-table-p Return t if OBJECT is a char-table or vector. (vector-or-char-table-p OBJECT)Fbool-vector-p Return t if OBJECT is a bool-vector. (bool-vector-p OBJECT)Farrayp Return t if OBJECT is an array (string or vector). (arrayp OBJECT)Fsequencep Return t if OBJECT is a sequence (list or array). (sequencep OBJECT)Fbufferp Return t if OBJECT is an editor buffer. (bufferp OBJECT)Fmarkerp Return t if OBJECT is a marker (editor pointer). (markerp OBJECT)Fsubrp Return t if OBJECT is a built-in function. (subrp OBJECT)Fbyte-code-function-p Return t if OBJECT is a byte-compiled function object. (byte-code-function-p OBJECT)Fchar-or-string-p Return t if OBJECT is a character (an integer) or a string. (char-or-string-p OBJECT)Fintegerp Return t if OBJECT is an integer. (integerp OBJECT)Finteger-or-marker-p Return t if OBJECT is an integer or a marker (editor pointer). (integer-or-marker-p OBJECT)Fnatnump Return t if OBJECT is a nonnegative integer. (natnump OBJECT)Fnumberp Return t if OBJECT is a number (floating point or integer). (numberp OBJECT)Fnumber-or-marker-p Return t if OBJECT is a number or a marker. (number-or-marker-p OBJECT)Ffloatp Return t if OBJECT is a floating point number. (floatp OBJECT)Fcar Return the car of LIST. If arg is nil, return nil. Error if arg is not nil and not a cons cell. See also `car-safe'. (car LIST)Fcar-safe Return the car of OBJECT if it is a cons cell, or else nil. (car-safe OBJECT)Fcdr Return the cdr of LIST. If arg is nil, return nil. Error if arg is not nil and not a cons cell. See also `cdr-safe'. (cdr LIST)Fcdr-safe Return the cdr of OBJECT if it is a cons cell, or else nil. (cdr-safe OBJECT)Fsetcar Set the car of CELL to be NEWCAR. Returns NEWCAR. (setcar CELL NEWCAR)Fsetcdr Set the cdr of CELL to be NEWCDR. Returns NEWCDR. (setcdr CELL NEWCDR)Fboundp Return t if SYMBOL's value is not void. (boundp SYMBOL)Ffboundp Return t if SYMBOL's function definition is not void. (fboundp SYMBOL)Fmakunbound Make SYMBOL's value be void. (makunbound SYMBOL)Ffmakunbound Make SYMBOL's function definition be void. (fmakunbound SYMBOL)Fsymbol-function Return SYMBOL's function definition. Error if that is void. (symbol-function SYMBOL)Fsymbol-plist Return SYMBOL's property list. (symbol-plist SYMBOL)Fsymbol-name Return SYMBOL's name, a string. (symbol-name SYMBOL)Ffset Set SYMBOL's function definition to DEFINITION, and return DEFINITION. (fset SYMBOL DEFINITION)Fdefalias Set SYMBOL's function definition to DEFINITION, and return DEFINITION. Associates the function with the current load file, if any. (defalias SYMBOL DEFINITION)Fsetplist Set SYMBOL's property list to NEWVAL, and return NEWVAL. (setplist SYMBOL NEWPLIST)Fsubr-arity Return minimum and maximum number of args allowed for SUBR. SUBR must be a built-in function. The returned value is a pair (MIN . MAX). MIN is the minimum number of args. MAX is the maximum number or the symbol `many', for a function with `&rest' args, or `unevalled' for a special form. (subr-arity SUBR)Fsubr-interactive-form Return the interactive form of SUBR or nil if none. SUBR must be a built-in function. Value, if non-nil, is a list (interactive SPEC). (subr-interactive-form SUBR)Fsymbol-value Return SYMBOL's value. Error if that is void. (symbol-value SYMBOL)Fset Set SYMBOL's value to NEWVAL, and return NEWVAL. (set SYMBOL NEWVAL)Fdefault-boundp Return t if SYMBOL has a non-void default value. This is the value that is seen in buffers that do not have their own values for this variable. (default-boundp SYMBOL)Fdefault-value Return SYMBOL's default value. This is the value that is seen in buffers that do not have their own values for this variable. The default value is meaningful for variables with local bindings in certain buffers. (default-value SYMBOL)Fset-default Set SYMBOL's default value to VAL. SYMBOL and VAL are evaluated. The default value is seen in buffers that do not have their own values for this variable. (set-default SYMBOL VALUE)Fsetq-default Set the default value of variable VAR to VALUE. VAR, the variable name, is literal (not evaluated); VALUE is an expression and it is evaluated. The default value of a variable is seen in buffers that do not have their own values for the variable. More generally, you can use multiple variables and values, as in (setq-default SYMBOL VALUE SYMBOL VALUE...) This sets each SYMBOL's default value to the corresponding VALUE. The VALUE for the Nth SYMBOL can refer to the new default values of previous SYMs.Fmake-variable-buffer-local Make VARIABLE become buffer-local whenever it is set. At any time, the value for the current buffer is in effect, unless the variable has never been set in this buffer, in which case the default value is in effect. Note that binding the variable with `let', or setting it while a `let'-style binding made in this buffer is in effect, does not make the variable buffer-local. The function `default-value' gets the default value and `set-default' sets it. (make-variable-buffer-local VARIABLE)Fmake-local-variable Make VARIABLE have a separate value in the current buffer. Other buffers will continue to share a common default value. (The buffer-local value of VARIABLE starts out as the same value VARIABLE previously had. If VARIABLE was void, it remains void.) See also `make-variable-buffer-local'. If the variable is already arranged to become local when set, this function causes a local value to exist for this buffer, just as setting the variable would do. This function returns VARIABLE, and therefore (set (make-local-variable 'VARIABLE) VALUE-EXP) works. Do not use `make-local-variable' to make a hook variable buffer-local. Instead, use `add-hook' and specify t for the LOCAL argument. (make-local-variable VARIABLE)Fkill-local-variable Make VARIABLE no longer have a separate value in the current buffer. From now on the default value will apply in this buffer. (kill-local-variable VARIABLE)Fmake-variable-frame-local Enable VARIABLE to have frame-local bindings. When a frame-local binding exists in the current frame, it is in effect whenever the current buffer has no buffer-local binding. A frame-local binding is actual a frame parameter value; thus, any given frame has a local binding for VARIABLE if it has a value for the frame parameter named VARIABLE. See `modify-frame-parameters'. (make-variable-frame-local VARIABLE)Flocal-variable-p Non-nil if VARIABLE has a local binding in buffer BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. (local-variable-p VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)Flocal-variable-if-set-p Non-nil if VARIABLE will be local in buffer BUFFER if it is set there. BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. (local-variable-if-set-p VARIABLE &optional BUFFER)Findirect-function Return the function at the end of OBJECT's function chain. If OBJECT is a symbol, follow all function indirections and return the final function binding. If OBJECT is not a symbol, just return it. Signal a void-function error if the final symbol is unbound. Signal a cyclic-function-indirection error if there is a loop in the function chain of symbols. (indirect-function OBJECT)Faref Return the element of ARRAY at index IDX. ARRAY may be a vector, a string, a char-table, a bool-vector, or a byte-code object. IDX starts at 0. (aref ARRAY IDX)Faset Store into the element of ARRAY at index IDX the value NEWELT. ARRAY may be a vector, a string, a char-table or a bool-vector. IDX starts at 0. (aset ARRAY IDX NEWELT)F= Return t if two args, both numbers or markers, are equal. (= NUM1 NUM2)F< Return t if first arg is less than second arg. Both must be numbers or markers. (< NUM1 NUM2)F> Return t if first arg is greater than second arg. Both must be numbers or markers. (> NUM1 NUM2)F<= Return t if first arg is less than or equal to second arg. Both must be numbers or markers. (<= NUM1 NUM2)F>= Return t if first arg is greater than or equal to second arg. Both must be numbers or markers. (>= NUM1 NUM2)F/= Return t if first arg is not equal to second arg. Both must be numbers or markers. (/= NUM1 NUM2)Fzerop Return t if NUMBER is zero. (zerop NUMBER)Fnumber-to-string Convert NUMBER to a string by printing it in decimal. Uses a minus sign if negative. NUMBER may be an integer or a floating point number. (number-to-string NUMBER)Fstring-to-number Convert STRING to a number by parsing it as a decimal number. This parses both integers and floating point numbers. It ignores leading spaces and tabs. If BASE, interpret STRING as a number in that base. If BASE isn't present, base 10 is used. BASE must be between 2 and 16 (inclusive). If the base used is not 10, floating point is not recognized. (string-to-number STRING &optional BASE)F+ Return sum of any number of arguments, which are numbers or markers.F- Negate number or subtract numbers or markers. With one arg, negates it. With more than one arg, subtracts all but the first from the first.F* Returns product of any number of arguments, which are numbers or markers.F/ Returns first argument divided by all the remaining arguments. The arguments must be numbers or markers.F% Returns remainder of X divided by Y. Both must be integers or markers. (% X Y)Fmod Returns X modulo Y. The result falls between zero (inclusive) and Y (exclusive). Both X and Y must be numbers or markers. (mod X Y)Fmax Return largest of all the arguments (which must be numbers or markers). The value is always a number; markers are converted to numbers.Fmin Return smallest of all the arguments (which must be numbers or markers). The value is always a number; markers are converted to numbers.Flogand Return bitwise-and of all the arguments. Arguments may be integers, or markers converted to integers.Flogior Return bitwise-or of all the arguments. Arguments may be integers, or markers converted to integers.Flogxor Return bitwise-exclusive-or of all the arguments. Arguments may be integers, or markers converted to integers.Fash Return VALUE with its bits shifted left by COUNT. If COUNT is negative, shifting is actually to the right. In this case, the sign bit is duplicated. (ash VALUE COUNT)Flsh Return VALUE with its bits shifted left by COUNT. If COUNT is negative, shifting is actually to the right. In this case, zeros are shifted in on the left. (lsh VALUE COUNT)F1+ Return NUMBER plus one. NUMBER may be a number or a marker. Markers are converted to integers. (1+ NUMBER)F1- Return NUMBER minus one. NUMBER may be a number or a marker. Markers are converted to integers. (1- NUMBER)Flognot Return the bitwise complement of NUMBER. NUMBER must be an integer. (lognot NUMBER)Fdocumentation Return the documentation string of FUNCTION. Unless a non-nil second argument RAW is given, the string is passed through `substitute-command-keys'. (documentation FUNCTION &optional RAW)Fdocumentation-property Return the documentation string that is SYMBOL's PROP property. Third argument RAW omitted or nil means pass the result through `substitute-command-keys' if it is a string. This is differs from `get' in that it can refer to strings stored in the `etc/DOC' file; and that it evaluates documentation properties that aren't strings. (documentation-property SYMBOL PROP &optional RAW)FSnarf-documentation Used during Emacs initialization, before dumping runnable Emacs, to find pointers to doc strings stored in `etc/DOC...' and record them in function definitions. One arg, FILENAME, a string which does not include a directory. The file is found in `../etc' now; found in the `data-directory' when doc strings are referred to later in the dumped Emacs. (Snarf-documentation FILENAME)Fsubstitute-command-keys Substitute key descriptions for command names in STRING. Return a new string which is STRING with substrings of the form \=\[COMMAND] replaced by either: a keystroke sequence that will invoke COMMAND, or "M-x COMMAND" if COMMAND is not on any keys. Substrings of the form \=\{MAPVAR} are replaced by summaries (made by describe-bindings) of the value of MAPVAR, taken as a keymap. Substrings of the form \=\ specify to use the value of MAPVAR as the keymap for future \=\[COMMAND] substrings. \=\= quotes the following character and is discarded; thus, \=\=\=\= puts \=\= into the output, and \=\=\=\[ puts \=\[ into the output. (substitute-command-keys STRING)Vinternal-doc-file-name Name of file containing documentation strings of built-in symbols.Vhelp-manyarg-func-alist Alist of primitive functions and descriptions of their arg lists. All special forms and primitives which effectively have &rest args should have an entry here so that `documentation' can provide their arg list.Fchar-to-string Convert arg CHARACTER to a string containing that character. (char-to-string CHARACTER)Fstring-to-char Convert arg STRING to a character, the first character of that string. A multibyte character is handled correctly. (string-to-char STRING)Fpoint Return value of point, as an integer. Beginning of buffer is position (point-min) (point)Fpoint-marker Return value of point, as a marker object. (point-marker)Fgoto-char Set point to POSITION, a number or marker. Beginning of buffer is position (point-min), end is (point-max). If the position is in the middle of a multibyte form, the actual point is set at the head of the multibyte form except in the case that `enable-multibyte-characters' is nil. (goto-char POSITION)Fregion-beginning Return position of beginning of region, as an integer. (region-beginning)Fregion-end Return position of end of region, as an integer. (region-end)Fmark-marker Return this buffer's mark, as a marker object. Watch out! Moving this marker changes the mark position. If you set the marker not to point anywhere, the buffer will have no mark. (mark-marker)Fdelete-field Delete the field surrounding POS. A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS. (delete-field &optional POS)Ffield-string Return the contents of the field surrounding POS as a string. A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS. (field-string &optional POS)Ffield-string-no-properties Return the contents of the field around POS, without text-properties. A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS. (field-string-no-properties &optional POS)Ffield-beginning Return the beginning of the field surrounding POS. A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS. If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the beginning of its field, then the beginning of the *previous* field is returned. (field-beginning &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE)Ffield-end Return the end of the field surrounding POS. A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. If POS is nil, the value of point is used for POS. If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil and POS is at the end of its field, then the end of the *following* field is returned. (field-end &optional POS ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE)Fconstrain-to-field Return the position closest to NEW-POS that is in the same field as OLD-POS. A field is a region of text with the same `field' property. If NEW-POS is nil, then the current point is used instead, and set to the constrained position if that is different. If OLD-POS is at the boundary of two fields, then the allowable positions for NEW-POS depends on the value of the optional argument ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE: If ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is nil, then NEW-POS is constrained to the field that has the same `field' char-property as any new characters inserted at OLD-POS, whereas if ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE is non-nil, NEW-POS is constrained to the union of the two adjacent fields. Additionally, if two fields are separated by another field with the special value `boundary', then any point within this special field is also considered to be `on the boundary'. If the optional argument ONLY-IN-LINE is non-nil and constraining NEW-POS would move it to a different line, NEW-POS is returned unconstrained. This useful for commands that move by line, like \[next-line] or \[beginning-of-line], which should generally respect field boundaries only in the case where they can still move to the right line. If the optional argument INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY is non-nil, and OLD-POS has a non-nil property of that name, then any field boundaries are ignored. Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil. (constrain-to-field NEW-POS OLD-POS &optional ESCAPE-FROM-EDGE ONLY-IN-LINE INHIBIT-CAPTURE-PROPERTY)Fline-beginning-position Return the character position of the first character on the current line. With argument N not nil or 1, move forward N - 1 lines first. If scan reaches end of buffer, return that position. The scan does not cross a field boundary unless doing so would move beyond there to a different line; if N is nil or 1, and scan starts at a field boundary, the scan stops as soon as it starts. To ignore field boundaries bind `inhibit-field-text-motion' to t. This function does not move point. (line-beginning-position &optional N)Fline-end-position Return the character position of the last character on the current line. With argument N not nil or 1, move forward N - 1 lines first. If scan reaches end of buffer, return that position. The scan does not cross a field boundary unless doing so would move beyond there to a different line; if N is nil or 1, and scan starts at a field boundary, the scan stops as soon as it starts. To ignore field boundaries bind `inhibit-field-text-motion' to t. This function does not move point. (line-end-position &optional N)Fsave-excursion Save point, mark, and current buffer; execute BODY; restore those things. Executes BODY just like `progn'. The values of point, mark and the current buffer are restored even in case of abnormal exit (throw or error). The state of activation of the mark is also restored. This construct does not save `deactivate-mark', and therefore functions that change the buffer will still cause deactivation of the mark at the end of the command. To prevent that, bind `deactivate-mark' with `let'.Fsave-current-buffer Save the current buffer; execute BODY; restore the current buffer. Executes BODY just like `progn'.Fbuffer-size Return the number of characters in the current buffer. If BUFFER, return the number of characters in that buffer instead. (buffer-size &optional BUFFER)Fpoint-min Return the minimum permissible value of point in the current buffer. This is 1, unless narrowing (a buffer restriction) is in effect. (point-min)Fpoint-min-marker Return a marker to the minimum permissible value of point in this buffer. This is the beginning, unless narrowing (a buffer restriction) is in effect. (point-min-marker)Fpoint-max Return the maximum permissible value of point in the current buffer. This is (1+ (buffer-size)), unless narrowing (a buffer restriction) is in effect, in which case it is less. (point-max)Fpoint-max-marker Return a marker to the maximum permissible value of point in this buffer. This is (1+ (buffer-size)), unless narrowing (a buffer restriction) is in effect, in which case it is less. (point-max-marker)Fgap-position Return the position of the gap, in the current buffer. See also `gap-size'. (gap-position)Fgap-size Return the size of the current buffer's gap. See also `gap-position'. (gap-size)Fposition-bytes Return the byte position for character position POSITION. If POSITION is out of range, the value is nil. (position-bytes POSITION)Fbyte-to-position Return the character position for byte position BYTEPOS. If BYTEPOS is out of range, the value is nil. (byte-to-position BYTEPOS)Ffollowing-char Return the character following point, as a number. At the end of the buffer or accessible region, return 0. (following-char)Fpreceding-char Return the character preceding point, as a number. At the beginning of the buffer or accessible region, return 0. (preceding-char)Fbobp Return t if point is at the beginning of the buffer. If the buffer is narrowed, this means the beginning of the narrowed part. (bobp)Feobp Return t if point is at the end of the buffer. If the buffer is narrowed, this means the end of the narrowed part. (eobp)Fbolp Return t if point is at the beginning of a line. (bolp)Feolp Return t if point is at the end of a line. `End of a line' includes point being at the end of the buffer. (eolp)Fchar-after Return character in current buffer at position POS. POS is an integer or a marker. If POS is out of range, the value is nil. (char-after &optional POS)Fchar-before Return character in current buffer preceding position POS. POS is an integer or a marker. If POS is out of range, the value is nil. (char-before &optional POS)Fuser-login-name Return the name under which the user logged in, as a string. This is based on the effective uid, not the real uid. Also, if the environment variable LOGNAME or USER is set, that determines the value of this function. If optional argument UID is an integer, return the login name of the user with that uid, or nil if there is no such user. (user-login-name &optional UID)Fuser-real-login-name Return the name of the user's real uid, as a string. This ignores the environment variables LOGNAME and USER, so it differs from `user-login-name' when running under `su'. (user-real-login-name)Fuser-uid Return the effective uid of Emacs, as an integer. (user-uid)Fuser-real-uid Return the real uid of Emacs, as an integer. (user-real-uid)Fuser-full-name Return the full name of the user logged in, as a string. If the full name corresponding to Emacs's userid is not known, return "unknown". If optional argument UID is an integer, return the full name of the user with that uid, or nil if there is no such user. If UID is a string, return the full name of the user with that login name, or nil if there is no such user. (user-full-name &optional UID)Fsystem-name Return the name of the machine you are running on, as a string. (system-name)Femacs-pid Return the process ID of Emacs, as an integer. (emacs-pid)Fcurrent-time Return the current time, as the number of seconds since 1970-01-01 00:00:00. The time is returned as a list of three integers. The first has the most significant 16 bits of the seconds, while the second has the least significant 16 bits. The third integer gives the microsecond count. The microsecond count is zero on systems that do not provide resolution finer than a second. (current-time)Ffloat-time Return the current time, as a float number of seconds since the epoch. If an argument is given, it specifies a time to convert to float instead of the current time. The argument should have the forms: (HIGH . LOW) or (HIGH LOW USEC) or (HIGH LOW . USEC). Thus, you can use times obtained from `current-time' and from `file-attributes'. WARNING: Since the result is floating point, it may not be exact. Do not use this function if precise time stamps are required. (float-time &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)Fformat-time-string Use FORMAT-STRING to format the time TIME, or now if omitted. TIME is specified as (HIGH LOW . IGNORED) or (HIGH . LOW), as returned by `current-time' or `file-attributes'. The third, optional, argument UNIVERSAL, if non-nil, means describe TIME as Universal Time; nil means describe TIME in the local time zone. The value is a copy of FORMAT-STRING, but with certain constructs replaced by text that describes the specified date and time in TIME: %Y is the year, %y within the century, %C the century. %G is the year corresponding to the ISO week, %g within the century. %m is the numeric month. %b and %h are the locale's abbreviated month name, %B the full name. %d is the day of the month, zero-padded, %e is blank-padded. %u is the numeric day of week from 1 (Monday) to 7, %w from 0 (Sunday) to 6. %a is the locale's abbreviated name of the day of week, %A the full name. %U is the week number starting on Sunday, %W starting on Monday, %V according to ISO 8601. %j is the day of the year. %H is the hour on a 24-hour clock, %I is on a 12-hour clock, %k is like %H only blank-padded, %l is like %I blank-padded. %p is the locale's equivalent of either AM or PM. %M is the minute. %S is the second. %Z is the time zone name, %z is the numeric form. %s is the number of seconds since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 +0000. %c is the locale's date and time format. %x is the locale's "preferred" date format. %D is like "%m/%d/%y". %R is like "%H:%M", %T is like "%H:%M:%S", %r is like "%I:%M:%S %p". %X is the locale's "preferred" time format. Finally, %n is a newline, %t is a tab, %% is a literal %. Certain flags and modifiers are available with some format controls. The flags are `_', `-', `^' and `#'. For certain characters X, %_X is like %X, but padded with blanks; %-X is like %X, ut without padding. %^X is like %X but with all textual characters up-cased; %#X is like %X but with letter-case of all textual characters reversed. %NX (where N stands for an integer) is like %X, but takes up at least N (a number) positions. The modifiers are `E' and `O'. For certain characters X, %EX is a locale's alternative version of %X; %OX is like %X, but uses the locale's number symbols. For example, to produce full ISO 8601 format, use "%Y-%m-%dT%T%z". (format-time-string FORMAT-STRING &optional TIME UNIVERSAL)Fdecode-time Decode a time value as (SEC MINUTE HOUR DAY MONTH YEAR DOW DST ZONE). The optional SPECIFIED-TIME should be a list of (HIGH LOW . IGNORED) or (HIGH . LOW), as from `current-time' and `file-attributes', or `nil' to use the current time. The list has the following nine members: SEC is an integer between 0 and 60; SEC is 60 for a leap second, which only some operating systems support. MINUTE is an integer between 0 and 59. HOUR is an integer between 0 and 23. DAY is an integer between 1 and 31. MONTH is an integer between 1 and 12. YEAR is an integer indicating the four-digit year. DOW is the day of week, an integer between 0 and 6, where 0 is Sunday. DST is t if daylight savings time is effect, otherwise nil. ZONE is an integer indicating the number of seconds east of Greenwich. (Note that Common Lisp has different meanings for DOW and ZONE.) (decode-time &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)Fencode-time Convert SECOND, MINUTE, HOUR, DAY, MONTH, YEAR and ZONE to internal time. This is the reverse operation of `decode-time', which see. ZONE defaults to the current time zone rule. This can be a string or t (as from `set-time-zone-rule'), or it can be a list (as from `current-time-zone') or an integer (as from `decode-time') applied without consideration for daylight savings time. You can pass more than 7 arguments; then the first six arguments are used as SECOND through YEAR, and the *last* argument is used as ZONE. The intervening arguments are ignored. This feature lets (apply 'encode-time (decode-time ...)) work. Out-of-range values for SEC, MINUTE, HOUR, DAY, or MONTH are allowed; for example, a DAY of 0 means the day preceding the given month. Year numbers less than 100 are treated just like other year numbers. If you want them to stand for years in this century, you must do that yourself.Fcurrent-time-string Return the current time, as a human-readable string. Programs can use this function to decode a time, since the number of columns in each field is fixed. The format is `Sun Sep 16 01:03:52 1973'. However, see also the functions `decode-time' and `format-time-string' which provide a much more powerful and general facility. If an argument is given, it specifies a time to format instead of the current time. The argument should have the form: (HIGH . LOW) or the form: (HIGH LOW . IGNORED). Thus, you can use times obtained from `current-time' and from `file-attributes'. (current-time-string &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)Fcurrent-time-zone Return the offset and name for the local time zone. This returns a list of the form (OFFSET NAME). OFFSET is an integer number of seconds ahead of UTC (east of Greenwich). A negative value means west of Greenwich. NAME is a string giving the name of the time zone. If an argument is given, it specifies when the time zone offset is determined instead of using the current time. The argument should have the form: (HIGH . LOW) or the form: (HIGH LOW . IGNORED). Thus, you can use times obtained from `current-time' and from `file-attributes'. Some operating systems cannot provide all this information to Emacs; in this case, `current-time-zone' returns a list containing nil for the data it can't find. (current-time-zone &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)Fset-time-zone-rule Set the local time zone using TZ, a string specifying a time zone rule. If TZ is nil, use implementation-defined default time zone information. If TZ is t, use Universal Time. (set-time-zone-rule TZ)Finsert Insert the arguments, either strings or characters, at point. Point and before-insertion markers move forward to end up after the inserted text. Any other markers at the point of insertion remain before the text. If the current buffer is multibyte, unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for insertion (see `unibyte-char-to-multibyte'). If the current buffer is unibyte, multibyte strings are converted to unibyte for insertion.Finsert-and-inherit Insert the arguments at point, inheriting properties from adjoining text. Point and before-insertion markers move forward to end up after the inserted text. Any other markers at the point of insertion remain before the text. If the current buffer is multibyte, unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for insertion (see `unibyte-char-to-multibyte'). If the current buffer is unibyte, multibyte strings are converted to unibyte for insertion.Finsert-before-markers Insert strings or characters at point, relocating markers after the text. Point and markers move forward to end up after the inserted text. If the current buffer is multibyte, unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for insertion (see `unibyte-char-to-multibyte'). If the current buffer is unibyte, multibyte strings are converted to unibyte for insertion.Finsert-before-markers-and-inherit Insert text at point, relocating markers and inheriting properties. Point and markers move forward to end up after the inserted text. If the current buffer is multibyte, unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for insertion (see `unibyte-char-to-multibyte'). If the current buffer is unibyte, multibyte strings are converted to unibyte for insertion.Finsert-char Insert COUNT (second arg) copies of CHARACTER (first arg). Both arguments are required. Point, and before-insertion markers, are relocated as in the function `insert'. The optional third arg INHERIT, if non-nil, says to inherit text properties from adjoining text, if those properties are sticky. (insert-char CHARACTER COUNT &optional INHERIT)Fbuffer-substring Return the contents of part of the current buffer as a string. The two arguments START and END are character positions; they can be in either order. The string returned is multibyte if the buffer is multibyte. This function copies the text properties of that part of the buffer into the result string; if you don't want the text properties, use `buffer-substring-no-properties' instead. (buffer-substring START END)Fbuffer-substring-no-properties Return the characters of part of the buffer, without the text properties. The two arguments START and END are character positions; they can be in either order. (buffer-substring-no-properties START END)Fbuffer-string Return the contents of the current buffer as a string. If narrowing is in effect, this function returns only the visible part of the buffer. (buffer-string)Finsert-buffer-substring Insert before point a substring of the contents of buffer BUFFER. BUFFER may be a buffer or a buffer name. Arguments START and END are character numbers specifying the substring. They default to the beginning and the end of BUFFER. (insert-buffer-substring BUF &optional START END)Fcompare-buffer-substrings Compare two substrings of two buffers; return result as number. the value is -N if first string is less after N-1 chars, +N if first string is greater after N-1 chars, or 0 if strings match. Each substring is represented as three arguments: BUFFER, START and END. That makes six args in all, three for each substring. The value of `case-fold-search' in the current buffer determines whether case is significant or ignored. (compare-buffer-substrings BUFFER1 START1 END1 BUFFER2 START2 END2)Fsubst-char-in-region From START to END, replace FROMCHAR with TOCHAR each time it occurs. If optional arg NOUNDO is non-nil, don't record this change for undo and don't mark the buffer as really changed. Both characters must have the same length of multi-byte form. (subst-char-in-region START END FROMCHAR TOCHAR &optional NOUNDO)Ftranslate-region From START to END, translate characters according to TABLE. TABLE is a string; the Nth character in it is the mapping for the character with code N. This function does not alter multibyte characters. It returns the number of characters changed. (translate-region START END TABLE)Fdelete-region Delete the text between point and mark. When called from a program, expects two arguments, positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch to be deleted. (delete-region START END)Fdelete-and-extract-region Delete the text between START and END and return it. (delete-and-extract-region START END)Fwiden Remove restrictions (narrowing) from current buffer. This allows the buffer's full text to be seen and edited. (widen)Fnarrow-to-region Restrict editing in this buffer to the current region. The rest of the text becomes temporarily invisible and untouchable but is not deleted; if you save the buffer in a file, the invisible text is included in the file. \[widen] makes all visible again. See also `save-restriction'. When calling from a program, pass two arguments; positions (integers or markers) bounding the text that should remain visible. (narrow-to-region START END)Fsave-restriction Execute BODY, saving and restoring current buffer's restrictions. The buffer's restrictions make parts of the beginning and end invisible. (They are set up with `narrow-to-region' and eliminated with `widen'.) This special form, `save-restriction', saves the current buffer's restrictions when it is entered, and restores them when it is exited. So any `narrow-to-region' within BODY lasts only until the end of the form. The old restrictions settings are restored even in case of abnormal exit (throw or error). The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY. Note: if you are using both `save-excursion' and `save-restriction', use `save-excursion' outermost: (save-excursion (save-restriction ...))Fmessage Print a one-line message at the bottom of the screen. The first argument is a format control string, and the rest are data to be formatted under control of the string. See `format' for details. If the first argument is nil, clear any existing message; let the minibuffer contents show.Fmessage-box Display a message, in a dialog box if possible. If a dialog box is not available, use the echo area. The first argument is a format control string, and the rest are data to be formatted under control of the string. See `format' for details. If the first argument is nil, clear any existing message; let the minibuffer contents show.Fmessage-or-box Display a message in a dialog box or in the echo area. If this command was invoked with the mouse, use a dialog box if `use-dialog-box' is non-nil. Otherwise, use the echo area. The first argument is a format control string, and the rest are data to be formatted under control of the string. See `format' for details. If the first argument is nil, clear any existing message; let the minibuffer contents show.Fcurrent-message Return the string currently displayed in the echo area, or nil if none. (current-message)Fpropertize Return a copy of STRING with text properties added. First argument is the string to copy. Remaining arguments form a sequence of PROPERTY VALUE pairs for text properties to add to the result Fformat Format a string out of a control-string and arguments. The first argument is a control string. The other arguments are substituted into it to make the result, a string. It may contain %-sequences meaning to substitute the next argument. %s means print a string argument. Actually, prints any object, with `princ'. %d means print as number in decimal (%o octal, %x hex). %X is like %x, but uses upper case. %e means print a number in exponential notation. %f means print a number in decimal-point notation. %g means print a number in exponential notation or decimal-point notation, whichever uses fewer characters. %c means print a number as a single character. %S means print any object as an s-expression (using `prin1'). The argument used for %d, %o, %x, %e, %f, %g or %c must be a number. Use %% to put a single % into the output.Fchar-equal Return t if two characters match, optionally ignoring case. Both arguments must be characters (i.e. integers). Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer. (char-equal C1 C2)Ftranspose-regions Transpose region START1 to END1 with START2 to END2. The regions may not be overlapping, because the size of the buffer is never changed in a transposition. Optional fifth arg LEAVE_MARKERS, if non-nil, means don't update any markers that happen to be located in the regions. Transposing beyond buffer boundaries is an error. (transpose-regions STARTR1 ENDR1 STARTR2 ENDR2 &optional LEAVE-MARKERS)Vinhibit-field-text-motion Non-nil means text motion commands don't notice fields.Vbuffer-access-fontify-functions List of functions called by `buffer-substring' to fontify if necessary. Each function is called with two arguments which specify the range of the buffer being accessed.Vbuffer-access-fontified-property Property which (if non-nil) indicates text has been fontified. `buffer-substring' need not call the `buffer-access-fontify-functions' functions if all the text being accessed has this property.Vsystem-name The name of the machine Emacs is running on.Vuser-full-name The full name of the user logged in.Vuser-login-name The user's name, taken from environment variables if possible.Vuser-real-login-name The user's name, based upon the real uid only.Finteractive Specify a way of parsing arguments for interactive use of a function. For example, write (defun foo (arg) "Doc string" (interactive "p") ...use arg...) to make ARG be the prefix argument when `foo' is called as a command. The "call" to `interactive' is actually a declaration rather than a function; it tells `call-interactively' how to read arguments to pass to the function. When actually called, `interactive' just returns nil. The argument of `interactive' is usually a string containing a code letter followed by a prompt. (Some code letters do not use I/O to get the argument and do not need prompts.) To prompt for multiple arguments, give a code letter, its prompt, a newline, and another code letter, etc. Prompts are passed to format, and may use % escapes to print the arguments that have already been read. If the argument is not a string, it is evaluated to get a list of arguments to pass to the function. Just `(interactive)' means pass no args when calling interactively. Code letters available are: a -- Function name: symbol with a function definition. b -- Name of existing buffer. B -- Name of buffer, possibly nonexistent. c -- Character (no input method is used). C -- Command name: symbol with interactive function definition. d -- Value of point as number. Does not do I/O. D -- Directory name. e -- Parametrized event (i.e., one that's a list) that invoked this command. If used more than once, the Nth `e' returns the Nth parameterized event. This skips events that are integers or symbols. f -- Existing file name. F -- Possibly nonexistent file name. i -- Ignored, i.e. always nil. Does not do I/O. k -- Key sequence (downcase the last event if needed to get a definition). K -- Key sequence to be redefined (do not downcase the last event). m -- Value of mark as number. Does not do I/O. M -- Any string. Inherits the current input method. n -- Number read using minibuffer. N -- Raw prefix arg, or if none, do like code `n'. p -- Prefix arg converted to number. Does not do I/O. P -- Prefix arg in raw form. Does not do I/O. r -- Region: point and mark as 2 numeric args, smallest first. Does no I/O. s -- Any string. Does not inherit the current input method. S -- Any symbol. v -- Variable name: symbol that is user-variable-p. x -- Lisp expression read but not evaluated. X -- Lisp expression read and evaluated. z -- Coding system. Z -- Coding system, nil if no prefix arg. In addition, if the string begins with `*' then an error is signaled if the buffer is read-only. This happens before reading any arguments. If the string begins with `@', then Emacs searches the key sequence which invoked the command for its first mouse click (or any other event which specifies a window), and selects that window before reading any arguments. You may use both `@' and `*'; they are processed in the order that they appear. (interactive ARGS)Fcall-interactively Call FUNCTION, reading args according to its interactive calling specs. Return the value FUNCTION returns. The function contains a specification of how to do the argument reading. In the case of user-defined functions, this is specified by placing a call to the function `interactive' at the top level of the function body. See `interactive'. Optional second arg RECORD-FLAG non-nil means unconditionally put this command in the command-history. Otherwise, this is done only if an arg is read using the minibuffer. Optional third arg KEYS, if given, specifies the sequence of events to supply if the command inquires which events were used to invoke it. (call-interactively FUNCTION &optional RECORD-FLAG KEYS)Fprefix-numeric-value Return numeric meaning of raw prefix argument RAW. A raw prefix argument is what you get from `(interactive "P")'. Its numeric meaning is what you would get from `(interactive "p")'. (prefix-numeric-value RAW)Vprefix-arg The value of the prefix argument for the next editing command. It may be a number, or the symbol `-' for just a minus sign as arg, or a list whose car is a number for just one or more C-U's or nil if no argument has been specified. You cannot examine this variable to find the argument for this command since it has been set to nil by the time you can look. Instead, you should use the variable `current-prefix-arg', although normally commands can get this prefix argument with (interactive "P").Vlast-prefix-arg The value of the prefix argument for the previous editing command. See `prefix-arg' for the meaning of the value.Vcurrent-prefix-arg The value of the prefix argument for this editing command. It may be a number, or the symbol `-' for just a minus sign as arg, or a list whose car is a number for just one or more C-U's or nil if no argument has been specified. This is what `(interactive "P")' returns.Vcommand-history List of recent commands that read arguments from terminal. Each command is represented as a form to evaluate.Vcommand-debug-status Debugging status of current interactive command. Bound each time `call-interactively' is called; may be set by the debugger as a reminder for itself.Vmark-even-if-inactive *Non-nil means you can use the mark even when inactive. This option makes a difference in Transient Mark mode. When the option is non-nil, deactivation of the mark turns off region highlighting, but commands that use the mark behave as if the mark were still active.Vmouse-leave-buffer-hook Hook to run when about to switch windows with a mouse command. Its purpose is to give temporary modes such as Isearch mode a way to turn themselves off when a mouse command switches windows.For Eval args until one of them yields non-nil, then return that value. The remaining args are not evalled at all. If all args return nil, return nil.Fand Eval args until one of them yields nil, then return nil. The remaining args are not evalled at all. If no arg yields nil, return the last arg's value.Fif If COND yields non-nil, do THEN, else do ELSE... Returns the value of THEN or the value of the last of the ELSE's. THEN must be one expression, but ELSE... can be zero or more expressions. If COND yields nil, and there are no ELSE's, the value is nil.Fcond Try each clause until one succeeds. Each clause looks like (CONDITION BODY...). CONDITION is evaluated and, if the value is non-nil, this clause succeeds: then the expressions in BODY are evaluated and the last one's value is the value of the cond-form. If no clause succeeds, cond returns nil. If a clause has one element, as in (CONDITION), CONDITION's value if non-nil is returned from the cond-form.Fprogn Eval BODY forms sequentially and return value of last one.Fprog1 Eval FIRST and BODY sequentially; value from FIRST. The value of FIRST is saved during the evaluation of the remaining args, whose values are discarded.Fprog2 Eval X, Y and BODY sequentially; value from Y. The value of Y is saved during the evaluation of the remaining args, whose values are discarded.Fsetq Set each SYM to the value of its VAL. The symbols SYM are variables; they are literal (not evaluated). The values VAL are expressions; they are evaluated. Thus, (setq x (1+ y)) sets `x' to the value of `(1+ y)'. The second VAL is not computed until after the first SYM is set, and so on; each VAL can use the new value of variables set earlier in the `setq'. The return value of the `setq' form is the value of the last VAL.Fquote Return the argument, without evaluating it. `(quote x)' yields `x'.Ffunction Like `quote', but preferred for objects which are functions. In byte compilation, `function' causes its argument to be compiled. `quote' cannot do that.Finteractive-p Return t if function in which this appears was called interactively. This means that the function was called with call-interactively (which includes being called as the binding of a key) and input is currently coming from the keyboard (not in keyboard macro). (interactive-p)Fdefun Define NAME as a function. The definition is (lambda ARGLIST [DOCSTRING] BODY...). See also the function `interactive'.Fdefmacro Define NAME as a macro. The definition is (macro lambda ARGLIST [DOCSTRING] BODY...). When the macro is called, as in (NAME ARGS...), the function (lambda ARGLIST BODY...) is applied to the list ARGS... as it appears in the expression, and the result should be a form to be evaluated instead of the original.Fdefvar Define SYMBOL as a variable. You are not required to define a variable in order to use it, but the definition can supply documentation and an initial value in a way that tags can recognize. INITVALUE is evaluated, and used to set SYMBOL, only if SYMBOL's value is void. If SYMBOL is buffer-local, its default value is what is set; buffer-local values are not affected. INITVALUE and DOCSTRING are optional. If DOCSTRING starts with *, this variable is identified as a user option. This means that M-x set-variable recognizes it. See also `user-variable-p'. If INITVALUE is missing, SYMBOL's value is not set.Fdefconst Define SYMBOL as a constant variable. The intent is that neither programs nor users should ever change this value. Always sets the value of SYMBOL to the result of evalling INITVALUE. If SYMBOL is buffer-local, its default value is what is set; buffer-local values are not affected. DOCSTRING is optional.Fuser-variable-p Returns t if VARIABLE is intended to be set and modified by users. (The alternative is a variable used internally in a Lisp program.) Determined by whether the first character of the documentation for the variable is `*' or if the variable is customizable (has a non-nil value of any of `custom-type', `custom-loads' or `standard-value' on its property list). (user-variable-p VARIABLE)Flet* Bind variables according to VARLIST then eval BODY. The value of the last form in BODY is returned. Each element of VARLIST is a symbol (which is bound to nil) or a list (SYMBOL VALUEFORM) (which binds SYMBOL to the value of VALUEFORM). Each VALUEFORM can refer to the symbols already bound by this VARLIST.Flet Bind variables according to VARLIST then eval BODY. The value of the last form in BODY is returned. Each element of VARLIST is a symbol (which is bound to nil) or a list (SYMBOL VALUEFORM) (which binds SYMBOL to the value of VALUEFORM). All the VALUEFORMs are evalled before any symbols are bound.Fwhile If TEST yields non-nil, eval BODY... and repeat. The order of execution is thus TEST, BODY, TEST, BODY and so on until TEST returns nil.Fmacroexpand Return result of expanding macros at top level of FORM. If FORM is not a macro call, it is returned unchanged. Otherwise, the macro is expanded and the expansion is considered in place of FORM. When a non-macro-call results, it is returned. The second optional arg ENVIRONMENT specifies an environment of macro definitions to shadow the loaded ones for use in file byte-compilation. (macroexpand FORM &optional ENVIRONMENT)Fcatch Eval BODY allowing nonlocal exits using `throw'. TAG is evalled to get the tag to use; it must not be nil. Then the BODY is executed. Within BODY, (throw TAG) with same tag exits BODY and exits this `catch'. If no throw happens, `catch' returns the value of the last BODY form. If a throw happens, it specifies the value to return from `catch'.Fthrow Throw to the catch for TAG and return VALUE from it. Both TAG and VALUE are evalled. (throw TAG VALUE)Funwind-protect Do BODYFORM, protecting with UNWINDFORMS. If BODYFORM completes normally, its value is returned after executing the UNWINDFORMS. If BODYFORM exits nonlocally, the UNWINDFORMS are executed anyway.Fcondition-case Regain control when an error is signaled. executes BODYFORM and returns its value if no error happens. Each element of HANDLERS looks like (CONDITION-NAME BODY...) where the BODY is made of Lisp expressions. A handler is applicable to an error if CONDITION-NAME is one of the error's condition names. If an error happens, the first applicable handler is run. The car of a handler may be a list of condition names instead of a single condition name. When a handler handles an error, control returns to the condition-case and the handler BODY... is executed with VAR bound to (SIGNALED-CONDITIONS . SIGNAL-DATA). VAR may be nil; then you do not get access to the signal information. The value of the last BODY form is returned from the condition-case. See also the function `signal' for more info.Fsignal Signal an error. Args are ERROR-SYMBOL and associated DATA. This function does not return. An error symbol is a symbol with an `error-conditions' property that is a list of condition names. A handler for any of those names will get to handle this signal. The symbol `error' should normally be one of them. DATA should be a list. Its elements are printed as part of the error message. If the signal is handled, DATA is made available to the handler. See also the function `condition-case'. (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA)Fcommandp T if FUNCTION makes provisions for interactive calling. This means it contains a description for how to read arguments to give it. The value is nil for an invalid function or a symbol with no function definition. Interactively callable functions include strings and vectors (treated as keyboard macros), lambda-expressions that contain a top-level call to `interactive', autoload definitions made by `autoload' with non-nil fourth argument, and some of the built-in functions of Lisp. Also, a symbol satisfies `commandp' if its function definition does so. (commandp FUNCTION)Fautoload Define FUNCTION to autoload from FILE. FUNCTION is a symbol; FILE is a file name string to pass to `load'. Third arg DOCSTRING is documentation for the function. Fourth arg INTERACTIVE if non-nil says function can be called interactively. Fifth arg TYPE indicates the type of the object: nil or omitted says FUNCTION is a function, `keymap' says FUNCTION is really a keymap, and `macro' or t says FUNCTION is really a macro. Third through fifth args give info about the real definition. They default to nil. If FUNCTION is already defined other than as an autoload, this does nothing and returns nil. (autoload FUNCTION FILE &optional DOCSTRING INTERACTIVE TYPE)Feval Evaluate FORM and return its value. (eval FORM)Fapply Call FUNCTION with our remaining args, using our last arg as list of args. Then return the value FUNCTION returns. Thus, (apply '+ 1 2 '(3 4)) returns 10.Frun-hooks Run each hook in HOOKS. Major mode functions use this. Each argument should be a symbol, a hook variable. These symbols are processed in the order specified. If a hook symbol has a non-nil value, that value may be a function or a list of functions to be called to run the hook. If the value is a function, it is called with no arguments. If it is a list, the elements are called, in order, with no arguments. Do not use `make-local-variable' to make a hook variable buffer-local. Instead, use `add-hook' and specify t for the LOCAL argument. not `make-local-variable'.Frun-hook-with-args Run HOOK with the specified arguments ARGS. HOOK should be a symbol, a hook variable. If HOOK has a non-nil value, that value may be a function or a list of functions to be called to run the hook. If the value is a function, it is called with the given arguments and its return value is returned. If it is a list of functions, those functions are called, in order, with the given arguments ARGS. It is best not to depend on the value return by `run-hook-with-args', as that may change. Do not use `make-local-variable' to make a hook variable buffer-local. Instead, use `add-hook' and specify t for the LOCAL argument. not `make-local-variable'.Frun-hook-with-args-until-success Run HOOK with the specified arguments ARGS. HOOK should be a symbol, a hook variable. Its value should be a list of functions. We call those functions, one by one, passing arguments ARGS to each of them, until one of them returns a non-nil value. Then we return that value. If all the functions return nil, we return nil. Do not use `make-local-variable' to make a hook variable buffer-local. Instead, use `add-hook' and specify t for the LOCAL argument. not `make-local-variable'.Frun-hook-with-args-until-failure Run HOOK with the specified arguments ARGS. HOOK should be a symbol, a hook variable. Its value should be a list of functions. We call those functions, one by one, passing arguments ARGS to each of them, until one of them returns nil. Then we return nil. If all the functions return non-nil, we return non-nil. Do not use `make-local-variable' to make a hook variable buffer-local. Instead, use `add-hook' and specify t for the LOCAL argument. not `make-local-variable'.Ffuncall Call first argument as a function, passing remaining arguments to it. Return the value that function returns. Thus, (funcall 'cons 'x 'y) returns (x . y).Ffetch-bytecode If byte-compiled OBJECT is lazy-loaded, fetch it now. (fetch-bytecode OBJECT)Fbacktrace-debug Set the debug-on-exit flag of eval frame LEVEL levels down to FLAG. The debugger is entered when that frame exits, if the flag is non-nil. (backtrace-debug LEVEL FLAG)Fbacktrace Print a trace of Lisp function calls currently active. Output stream used is value of `standard-output'. (backtrace)Fbacktrace-frame Return the function and arguments NFRAMES up from current execution point. If that frame has not evaluated the arguments yet (or is a special form), the value is (nil FUNCTION ARG-FORMS...). If that frame has evaluated its arguments and called its function already, the value is (t FUNCTION ARG-VALUES...). A &rest arg is represented as the tail of the list ARG-VALUES. FUNCTION is whatever was supplied as car of evaluated list, or a lambda expression for macro calls. If NFRAMES is more than the number of frames, the value is nil. (backtrace-frame NFRAMES)Vmax-specpdl-size *Limit on number of Lisp variable bindings & unwind-protects. If Lisp code tries to make more than this many at once, an error is signaled.Vmax-lisp-eval-depth *Limit on depth in `eval', `apply' and `funcall' before error. This limit is to catch infinite recursions for you before they cause actual stack overflow in C, which would be fatal for Emacs. You can safely make it considerably larger than its default value, if that proves inconveniently small.Vquit-flag Non-nil causes `eval' to abort, unless `inhibit-quit' is non-nil. Typing C-g sets `quit-flag' non-nil, regardless of `inhibit-quit'.Vinhibit-quit Non-nil inhibits C-g quitting from happening immediately. Note that `quit-flag' will still be set by typing C-g, so a quit will be signaled as soon as `inhibit-quit' is nil. To prevent this happening, set `quit-flag' to nil before making `inhibit-quit' nil.Vstack-trace-on-error *Non-nil means automatically display a backtrace buffer after any error that is handled by the editor command loop. If the value is a list, an error only means to display a backtrace if one of its condition symbols appears in the list.Vdebug-on-error *Non-nil means enter debugger if an error is signaled. Does not apply to errors handled by `condition-case' or those matched by `debug-ignored-errors'. If the value is a list, an error only means to enter the debugger if one of its condition symbols appears in the list. When you evaluate an expression interactively, this variable is temporarily non-nil if `eval-expression-debug-on-error' is non-nil. See also variable `debug-on-quit'.Vdebug-ignored-errors *List of errors for which the debugger should not be called. Each element may be a condition-name or a regexp that matches error messages. If any element applies to a given error, that error skips the debugger and just returns to top level. This overrides the variable `debug-on-error'. It does not apply to errors handled by `condition-case'.Vdebug-on-quit *Non-nil means enter debugger if quit is signaled (C-g, for example). Does not apply if quit is handled by a `condition-case'. When you evaluate an expression interactively, this variable is temporarily non-nil if `eval-expression-debug-on-quit' is non-nil.Vdebug-on-next-call Non-nil means enter debugger before next `eval', `apply' or `funcall'.Vdebugger-may-continue Non-nil means debugger may continue execution. This is nil when the debugger is called under circumstances where it might not be safe to continue.Vdebugger Function to call to invoke debugger. If due to frame exit, args are `exit' and the value being returned; this function's value will be returned instead of that. If due to error, args are `error' and a list of the args to `signal'. If due to `apply' or `funcall' entry, one arg, `lambda'. If due to `eval' entry, one arg, t.Vsignal-hook-function If non-nil, this is a function for `signal' to call. It receives the same arguments that `signal' was given. The Edebug package uses this to regain control.Vmocklisp-arguments While in a mocklisp function, the list of its unevaluated args.Vdebug-on-signal *Non-nil means call the debugger regardless of condition handlers. Note that `debug-on-error', `debug-on-quit' and friends still determine whether to handle the particular condition.Facos Return the inverse cosine of ARG. (acos ARG)Fasin Return the inverse sine of ARG. (asin ARG)Fatan Return the inverse tangent of ARG. (atan ARG)Fcos Return the cosine of ARG. (cos ARG)Fsin Return the sine of ARG. (sin ARG)Ftan Return the tangent of ARG. (tan ARG)Fbessel-j0 Return the bessel function j0 of ARG. (bessel-j0 ARG)Fbessel-j1 Return the bessel function j1 of ARG. (bessel-j1 ARG)Fbessel-jn Return the order N bessel function output jn of ARG. The first arg (the order) is truncated to an integer. (bessel-jn N ARG)Fbessel-y0 Return the bessel function y0 of ARG. (bessel-y0 ARG)Fbessel-y1 Return the bessel function y1 of ARG. (bessel-y1 ARG)Fbessel-yn Return the order N bessel function output yn of ARG. The first arg (the order) is truncated to an integer. (bessel-yn N ARG)Ferf Return the mathematical error function of ARG. (erf ARG)Ferfc Return the complementary error function of ARG. (erfc ARG)Flog-gamma Return the log gamma of ARG. (log-gamma ARG)Fcube-root Return the cube root of ARG. (cube-root ARG)Fexp Return the exponential base e of ARG. (exp ARG)Fexpt Return the exponential ARG1 ** ARG2. (expt ARG1 ARG2)Flog Return the natural logarithm of ARG. If second optional argument BASE is given, return log ARG using that base. (log ARG &optional BASE)Flog10 Return the logarithm base 10 of ARG. (log10 ARG)Fsqrt Return the square root of ARG. (sqrt ARG)Facosh Return the inverse hyperbolic cosine of ARG. (acosh ARG)Fasinh Return the inverse hyperbolic sine of ARG. (asinh ARG)Fatanh Return the inverse hyperbolic tangent of ARG. (atanh ARG)Fcosh Return the hyperbolic cosine of ARG. (cosh ARG)Fsinh Return the hyperbolic sine of ARG. (sinh ARG)Ftanh Return the hyperbolic tangent of ARG. (tanh ARG)Fabs Return the absolute value of ARG. (abs ARG)Ffloat Return the floating point number equal to ARG. (float ARG)Flogb Returns largest integer <= the base 2 log of the magnitude of ARG. This is the same as the exponent of a float. (logb ARG)Fceiling Return the smallest integer no less than ARG. (Round toward +inf.) With optional DIVISOR, return the smallest integer no less than ARG/DIVISOR. (ceiling ARG &optional DIVISOR)Ffloor Return the largest integer no greater than ARG. (Round towards -inf.) With optional DIVISOR, return the largest integer no greater than ARG/DIVISOR. (floor ARG &optional DIVISOR)Fround Return the nearest integer to ARG. With optional DIVISOR, return the nearest integer to ARG/DIVISOR. Rounding a value equidistant between two integers may choose the integer closer to zero, or it may prefer an even integer, depending on your machine. For example, (round 2.5) can return 3 on some systems, but 2 on others. (round ARG &optional DIVISOR)Ftruncate Truncate a floating point number to an int. Rounds ARG toward zero. With optional DIVISOR, truncate ARG/DIVISOR. (truncate ARG &optional DIVISOR)Ffceiling Return the smallest integer no less than ARG, as a float. (Round toward +inf.) (fceiling ARG)Fffloor Return the largest integer no greater than ARG, as a float. (Round towards -inf.) (ffloor ARG)Ffround Return the nearest integer to ARG, as a float. (fround ARG)Fftruncate Truncate a floating point number to an integral float value. Rounds the value toward zero. (ftruncate ARG)Fidentity Return the argument unchanged. (identity ARG)Frandom Return a pseudo-random number. All integers representable in Lisp are equally likely. On most systems, this is 28 bits' worth. With positive integer argument N, return random number in interval [0,N). With argument t, set the random number seed from the current time and pid. (random &optional N)Flength Return the length of vector, list or string SEQUENCE. A byte-code function object is also allowed. If the string contains multibyte characters, this is not the necessarily the number of bytes in the string; it is the number of characters. To get the number of bytes, use `string-bytes' (length SEQUENCE)Fsafe-length Return the length of a list, but avoid error or infinite loop. This function never gets an error. If LIST is not really a list, it returns 0. If LIST is circular, it returns a finite value which is at least the number of distinct elements. (safe-length LIST)Fstring-bytes Return the number of bytes in STRING. If STRING is a multibyte string, this is greater than the length of STRING. (string-bytes STRING)Fstring-equal Return t if two strings have identical contents. Case is significant, but text properties are ignored. Symbols are also allowed; their print names are used instead. (string-equal S1 S2)Fcompare-strings Compare the contents of two strings, converting to multibyte if needed. In string STR1, skip the first START1 characters and stop at END1. In string STR2, skip the first START2 characters and stop at END2. END1 and END2 default to the full lengths of the respective strings. Case is significant in this comparison if IGNORE-CASE is nil. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for comparison. The value is t if the strings (or specified portions) match. If string STR1 is less, the value is a negative number N; - 1 - N is the number of characters that match at the beginning. If string STR1 is greater, the value is a positive number N; N - 1 is the number of characters that match at the beginning. (compare-strings STR1 START1 END1 STR2 START2 END2 &optional IGNORE-CASE)Fstring-lessp Return t if first arg string is less than second in lexicographic order. Case is significant. Symbols are also allowed; their print names are used instead. (string-lessp S1 S2)Fappend Concatenate all the arguments and make the result a list. The result is a list whose elements are the elements of all the arguments. Each argument may be a list, vector or string. The last argument is not copied, just used as the tail of the new list.Fconcat Concatenate all the arguments and make the result a string. The result is a string whose elements are the elements of all the arguments. Each argument may be a string or a list or vector of characters (integers).Fvconcat Concatenate all the arguments and make the result a vector. The result is a vector whose elements are the elements of all the arguments. Each argument may be a list, vector or string.Fcopy-sequence Return a copy of a list, vector or string. The elements of a list or vector are not copied; they are shared with the original. (copy-sequence ARG)Fstring-make-multibyte Return the multibyte equivalent of STRING. The function `unibyte-char-to-multibyte' is used to convert each unibyte character to a multibyte character. (string-make-multibyte STRING)Fstring-make-unibyte Return the unibyte equivalent of STRING. Multibyte character codes are converted to unibyte by using just the low 8 bits. (string-make-unibyte STRING)Fstring-as-unibyte Return a unibyte string with the same individual bytes as STRING. If STRING is unibyte, the result is STRING itself. Otherwise it is a newly created string, with no text properties. If STRING is multibyte and contains a character of charset `eight-bit-control' or `eight-bit-graphic', it is converted to the corresponding single byte. (string-as-unibyte STRING)Fstring-as-multibyte Return a multibyte string with the same individual bytes as STRING. If STRING is multibyte, the result is STRING itself. Otherwise it is a newly created string, with no text properties. If STRING is unibyte and contains an individual 8-bit byte (i.e. not part of a multibyte form), it is converted to the corresponding multibyte character of charset `eight-bit-control' or `eight-bit-graphic'. (string-as-multibyte STRING)Fcopy-alist Return a copy of ALIST. This is an alist which represents the same mapping from objects to objects, but does not share the alist structure with ALIST. The objects mapped (cars and cdrs of elements of the alist) are shared, however. Elements of ALIST that are not conses are also shared. (copy-alist ALIST)Fsubstring Return a substring of STRING, starting at index FROM and ending before TO. TO may be nil or omitted; then the substring runs to the end of STRING. If FROM or TO is negative, it counts from the end. This function allows vectors as well as strings. (substring STRING FROM &optional TO)Fnthcdr Take cdr N times on LIST, returns the result. (nthcdr N LIST)Fnth Return the Nth element of LIST. N counts from zero. If LIST is not that long, nil is returned. (nth N LIST)Felt Return element of SEQUENCE at index N. (elt SEQUENCE N)Fmember Return non-nil if ELT is an element of LIST. Comparison done with `equal'. The value is actually the tail of LIST whose car is ELT. (member ELT LIST)Fmemq Return non-nil if ELT is an element of LIST. Comparison done with EQ. The value is actually the tail of LIST whose car is ELT. (memq ELT LIST)Fassq Return non-nil if KEY is `eq' to the car of an element of LIST. The value is actually the element of LIST whose car is KEY. Elements of LIST that are not conses are ignored. (assq KEY LIST)Fassoc Return non-nil if KEY is `equal' to the car of an element of LIST. The value is actually the element of LIST whose car equals KEY. (assoc KEY LIST)Frassq Return non-nil if KEY is `eq' to the cdr of an element of LIST. The value is actually the element of LIST whose cdr is KEY. (rassq KEY LIST)Frassoc Return non-nil if KEY is `equal' to the cdr of an element of LIST. The value is actually the element of LIST whose cdr equals KEY. (rassoc KEY LIST)Fdelq Delete by side effect any occurrences of ELT as a member of LIST. The modified LIST is returned. Comparison is done with `eq'. If the first member of LIST is ELT, there is no way to remove it by side effect; therefore, write `(setq foo (delq element foo))' to be sure of changing the value of `foo'. (delq ELT LIST)Fdelete Delete by side effect any occurrences of ELT as a member of SEQ. SEQ must be a list, a vector, or a string. The modified SEQ is returned. Comparison is done with `equal'. If SEQ is not a list, or the first member of SEQ is ELT, deleting it is not a side effect; it is simply using a different sequence. Therefore, write `(setq foo (delete element foo))' to be sure of changing the value of `foo'. (delete ELT SEQ)Fnreverse Reverse LIST by modifying cdr pointers. Returns the beginning of the reversed list. (nreverse LIST)Freverse Reverse LIST, copying. Returns the beginning of the reversed list. See also the function `nreverse', which is used more often. (reverse LIST)Fsort Sort LIST, stably, comparing elements using PREDICATE. Returns the sorted list. LIST is modified by side effects. PREDICATE is called with two elements of LIST, and should return T if the first element is "less" than the second. (sort LIST PREDICATE)Fplist-get Extract a value from a property list. PLIST is a property list, which is a list of the form (PROP1 VALUE1 PROP2 VALUE2...). This function returns the value corresponding to the given PROP, or nil if PROP is not one of the properties on the list. (plist-get PLIST PROP)Fget Return the value of SYMBOL's PROPNAME property. This is the last value stored with `(put SYMBOL PROPNAME VALUE)'. (get SYMBOL PROPNAME)Fplist-put Change value in PLIST of PROP to VAL. PLIST is a property list, which is a list of the form (PROP1 VALUE1 PROP2 VALUE2 ...). PROP is a symbol and VAL is any object. If PROP is already a property on the list, its value is set to VAL, otherwise the new PROP VAL pair is added. The new plist is returned; use `(setq x (plist-put x prop val))' to be sure to use the new value. The PLIST is modified by side effects. (plist-put PLIST PROP VAL)Fput Store SYMBOL's PROPNAME property with value VALUE. It can be retrieved with `(get SYMBOL PROPNAME)'. (put SYMBOL PROPNAME VALUE)Fequal Return t if two Lisp objects have similar structure and contents. They must have the same data type. Conses are compared by comparing the cars and the cdrs. Vectors and strings are compared element by element. Numbers are compared by value, but integers cannot equal floats. (Use `=' if you want integers and floats to be able to be equal.) Symbols must match exactly. (equal O1 O2)Ffillarray Store each element of ARRAY with ITEM. ARRAY is a vector, string, char-table, or bool-vector. (fillarray ARRAY ITEM)Fchar-table-subtype Return the subtype of char-table CHAR-TABLE. The value is a symbol. (char-table-subtype CHAR-TABLE)Fchar-table-parent Return the parent char-table of CHAR-TABLE. The value is either nil or another char-table. If CHAR-TABLE holds nil for a given character, then the actual applicable value is inherited from the parent char-table (or from its parents, if necessary). (char-table-parent CHAR-TABLE)Fset-char-table-parent Set the parent char-table of CHAR-TABLE to PARENT. PARENT must be either nil or another char-table. (set-char-table-parent CHAR-TABLE PARENT)Fchar-table-extra-slot Return the value of CHAR-TABLE's extra-slot number N. (char-table-extra-slot CHAR-TABLE N)Fset-char-table-extra-slot Set CHAR-TABLE's extra-slot number N to VALUE. (set-char-table-extra-slot CHAR-TABLE N VALUE)Fchar-table-range Return the value in CHAR-TABLE for a range of characters RANGE. RANGE should be nil (for the default value) a vector which identifies a character set or a row of a character set, a character set name, or a character code. (char-table-range CHAR-TABLE RANGE)Fset-char-table-range Set the value in CHAR-TABLE for a range of characters RANGE to VALUE. RANGE should be t (for all characters), nil (for the default value) a vector which identifies a character set or a row of a character set, a coding system, or a character code. (set-char-table-range CHAR-TABLE RANGE VALUE)Fset-char-table-default Set the default value in CHAR-TABLE for a generic character CHAR to VALUE. The generic character specifies the group of characters. See also the documentation of make-char. (set-char-table-default CHAR-TABLE CH VALUE)Foptimize-char-table Optimize char table TABLE. (optimize-char-table TABLE)Fmap-char-table Call FUNCTION for each (normal and generic) characters in CHAR-TABLE. FUNCTION is called with two arguments--a key and a value. The key is always a possible IDX argument to `aref'. (map-char-table FUNCTION CHAR-TABLE)Fnconc Concatenate any number of lists by altering them. Only the last argument is not altered, and need not be a list.Fmapconcat Apply FUNCTION to each element of SEQUENCE, and concat the results as strings. In between each pair of results, stick in SEPARATOR. Thus, " " as SEPARATOR results in spaces between the values returned by FUNCTION. SEQUENCE may be a list, a vector, a bool-vector, or a string. (mapconcat FUNCTION SEQUENCE SEPARATOR)Fmapcar Apply FUNCTION to each element of SEQUENCE, and make a list of the results. The result is a list just as long as SEQUENCE. SEQUENCE may be a list, a vector, a bool-vector, or a string. (mapcar FUNCTION SEQUENCE)Fmapc Apply FUNCTION to each element of SEQUENCE for side effects only. Unlike `mapcar', don't accumulate the results. Return SEQUENCE. SEQUENCE may be a list, a vector, a bool-vector, or a string. (mapc FUNCTION SEQUENCE)Fy-or-n-p Ask user a "y or n" question. Return t if answer is "y". Takes one argument, which is the string to display to ask the question. It should end in a space; `y-or-n-p' adds `(y or n) ' to it. No confirmation of the answer is requested; a single character is enough. Also accepts Space to mean yes, or Delete to mean no. (Actually, it uses the bindings in `query-replace-map'; see the documentation of that variable for more information. In this case, the useful bindings are `act', `skip', `recenter', and `quit'.) Under a windowing system a dialog box will be used if `last-nonmenu-event' is nil and `use-dialog-box' is non-nil. (y-or-n-p PROMPT)Fyes-or-no-p Ask user a yes-or-no question. Return t if answer is yes. Takes one argument, which is the string to display to ask the question. It should end in a space; `yes-or-no-p' adds `(yes or no) ' to it. The user must confirm the answer with RET, and can edit it until it has been confirmed. Under a windowing system a dialog box will be used if `last-nonmenu-event' is nil, and `use-dialog-box' is non-nil. (yes-or-no-p PROMPT)Fload-average Return list of 1 minute, 5 minute and 15 minute load averages. Each of the three load averages is multiplied by 100, then converted to integer. When USE-FLOATS is non-nil, floats will be used instead of integers. These floats are not multiplied by 100. If the 5-minute or 15-minute load averages are not available, return a shortened list, containing only those averages which are available. (load-average &optional USE-FLOATS)Ffeaturep Returns t if FEATURE is present in this Emacs. Use this to conditionalize execution of lisp code based on the presence or absence of emacs or environment extensions. Use `provide' to declare that a feature is available. This function looks at the value of the variable `features'. (featurep FEATURE)Fprovide Announce that FEATURE is a feature of the current Emacs. (provide FEATURE)Frequire If feature FEATURE is not loaded, load it from FILENAME. If FEATURE is not a member of the list `features', then the feature is not loaded; so load the file FILENAME. If FILENAME is omitted, the printname of FEATURE is used as the file name, and `load' will try to load this name appended with the suffix `.elc', `.el' or the unmodified name, in that order. If the optional third argument NOERROR is non-nil, then return nil if the file is not found instead of signaling an error. Normally the return value is FEATURE. The normal messages at start and end of loading FILENAME are suppressed. (require FEATURE &optional FILENAME NOERROR)Fplist-member Return non-nil if PLIST has the property PROP. PLIST is a property list, which is a list of the form (PROP1 VALUE1 PROP2 VALUE2 ...). PROP is a symbol. Unlike `plist-get', this allows you to distinguish between a missing property and a property with the value nil. The value is actually the tail of PLIST whose car is PROP. (plist-member PLIST PROP)Fwidget-put In WIDGET, set PROPERTY to VALUE. The value can later be retrieved with `widget-get'. (widget-put WIDGET PROPERTY VALUE)Fwidget-get In WIDGET, get the value of PROPERTY. The value could either be specified when the widget was created, or later with `widget-put'. (widget-get WIDGET PROPERTY)Fwidget-apply Apply the value of WIDGET's PROPERTY to the widget itself. ARGS are passed as extra arguments to the function.Fbase64-encode-region Base64-encode the region between BEG and END. Return the length of the encoded text. Optional third argument NO-LINE-BREAK means do not break long lines into shorter lines. (base64-encode-region BEG END &optional NO-LINE-BREAK)Fbase64-encode-string Base64-encode STRING and return the result. Optional second argument NO-LINE-BREAK means do not break long lines into shorter lines. (base64-encode-string STRING &optional NO-LINE-BREAK)Fbase64-decode-region Base64-decode the region between BEG and END. Return the length of the decoded text. If the region can't be decoded, signal an error and don't modify the buffer. (base64-decode-region BEG END)Fbase64-decode-string Base64-decode STRING and return the result. (base64-decode-string STRING)Fsxhash Compute a hash code for OBJ and return it as integer. (sxhash OBJ)Fmake-hash-table Create and return a new hash table. Arguments are specified as keyword/argument pairs. The following arguments are defined: :test TEST -- TEST must be a symbol that specifies how to compare keys. Default is `eql'. Predefined are the tests `eq', `eql', and `equal'. User-supplied test and hash functions can be specified via `define-hash-table-test'. :size SIZE -- A hint as to how many elements will be put in the table. Default is 65. :rehash-size REHASH-SIZE - Indicates how to expand the table when it fills up. If REHASH-SIZE is an integer, add that many space. If it is a float, it must be > 1.0, and the new size is computed by multiplying the old size with that factor. Default is 1.5. :rehash-threshold THRESHOLD -- THRESHOLD must a float > 0, and <= 1.0. Resize the hash table when ratio of the number of entries in the table. Default is 0.8. :weakness WEAK -- WEAK must be one of nil, t, `key', `value', `key-or-value', or `key-and-value'. If WEAK is not nil, the table returned is a weak table. Key/value pairs are removed from a weak hash table when there are no non-weak references pointing to their key, value, one of key or value, or both key and value, depending on WEAK. WEAK t is equivalent to `key-and-value'. Default value of WEAK is nil.Fcopy-hash-table Return a copy of hash table TABLE. (copy-hash-table TABLE)Fmakehash Create a new hash table. Optional first argument TEST specifies how to compare keys in the table. Predefined tests are `eq', `eql', and `equal'. Default is `eql'. New tests can be defined with `define-hash-table-test'. (makehash &optional TEST)Fhash-table-count Return the number of elements in TABLE. (hash-table-count TABLE)Fhash-table-rehash-size Return the current rehash size of TABLE. (hash-table-rehash-size TABLE)Fhash-table-rehash-threshold Return the current rehash threshold of TABLE. (hash-table-rehash-threshold TABLE)Fhash-table-size Return the size of TABLE. The size can be used as an argument to `make-hash-table' to create a hash table than can hold as many elements of TABLE holds without need for resizing. (hash-table-size TABLE)Fhash-table-test Return the test TABLE uses. (hash-table-test TABLE)Fhash-table-weakness Return the weakness of TABLE. (hash-table-weakness TABLE)Fhash-table-p Return t if OBJ is a Lisp hash table object. (hash-table-p OBJ)Fclrhash Clear hash table TABLE. (clrhash TABLE)Fgethash Look up KEY in TABLE and return its associated value. If KEY is not found, return DFLT which defaults to nil. (gethash KEY TABLE &optional DFLT)Fputhash Associate KEY with VALUE in hash table TABLE. If KEY is already present in table, replace its current value with VALUE. (puthash KEY VALUE TABLE)Fremhash Remove KEY from TABLE. (remhash KEY TABLE)Fmaphash Call FUNCTION for all entries in hash table TABLE. FUNCTION is called with 2 arguments KEY and VALUE. (maphash FUNCTION TABLE)Fdefine-hash-table-test Define a new hash table test with name NAME, a symbol. In hash tables create with NAME specified as test, use TEST to compare keys, and HASH for computing hash codes of keys. TEST must be a function taking two arguments and returning non-nil if both arguments are the same. HASH must be a function taking one argument and return an integer that is the hash code of the argument. Hash code computation should use the whole value range of integers, including negative integers. (define-hash-table-test NAME TEST HASH)Fmd5 Return MD5 message digest of OBJECT, a buffer or string. A message digest is a cryptographic checksum of a document, and the algorithm to calculate it is defined in RFC 1321. The two optional arguments START and END are character positions specifying for which part of OBJECT the message digest should be computed. If nil or omitted, the digest is computed for the whole OBJECT. The MD5 message digest is computed from the result of encoding the text in a coding system, not directly from the internal Emacs form of the text. The optional fourth argument CODING-SYSTEM specifies which coding system to encode the text with. It should be the same coding system that you used or will use when actually writing the text into a file. If CODING-SYSTEM is nil or omitted, the default depends on OBJECT. If OBJECT is a buffer, the default for CODING-SYSTEM is whatever coding system would be chosen by default for writing this text into a file. If OBJECT is a string, the most preferred coding system (see the command `prefer-coding-system') is used. If NOERROR is non-nil, silently assume the `raw-text' coding if the guesswork fails. Normally, an error is signaled in such case. (md5 OBJECT &optional START END CODING-SYSTEM NOERROR)Vfeatures A list of symbols which are the features of the executing emacs. Used by `featurep' and `require', and altered by `provide'.Vuse-dialog-box *Non-nil means mouse commands use dialog boxes to ask questions. This applies to y-or-n and yes-or-no questions asked by commands invoked by mouse clicks and mouse menu items.Fwrite-char Output character CHARACTER to stream PRINTCHARFUN. PRINTCHARFUN defaults to the value of `standard-output' (which see). (write-char CHARACTER &optional PRINTCHARFUN)Fwith-output-to-temp-buffer Bind `standard-output' to buffer BUFNAME, eval BODY, then show that buffer. The buffer is cleared out initially, and marked as unmodified when done. All output done by BODY is inserted in that buffer by default. The buffer is displayed in another window, but not selected. The value of the last form in BODY is returned. If BODY does not finish normally, the buffer BUFNAME is not displayed. The hook `temp-buffer-setup-hook' is run before BODY, with the buffer BUFNAME temporarily current. The hook `temp-buffer-show-hook' is run after the buffer is displayed, with the buffer temporarily current, and the window that was used to display it temporarily selected. If variable `temp-buffer-show-function' is non-nil, call it at the end to get the buffer displayed instead of just displaying the non-selected buffer and calling the hook. It gets one argument, the buffer to display.Fterpri Output a newline to stream PRINTCHARFUN. If PRINTCHARFUN is omitted or nil, the value of `standard-output' is used. (terpri &optional PRINTCHARFUN)Fprin1 Output the printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible. OBJECT is any of the Lisp data types: a number, a string, a symbol, a list, a buffer, a window, a frame, etc. A printed representation of an object is text which describes that object. Optional argument PRINTCHARFUN is the output stream, which can be one of these: - a buffer, in which case output is inserted into that buffer at point; - a marker, in which case output is inserted at marker's position; - a function, in which case that function is called once for each character of OBJECT's printed representation; - a symbol, in which case that symbol's function definition is called; or - t, in which case the output is displayed in the echo area. If PRINTCHARFUN is omitted, the value of `standard-output' (which see) is used instead. (prin1 OBJECT &optional PRINTCHARFUN)Fprin1-to-string Return a string containing the printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used when needed to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible, unless the optional second argument NOESCAPE is non-nil. OBJECT is any of the Lisp data types: a number, a string, a symbol, a list, a buffer, a window, a frame, etc. A printed representation of an object is text which describes that object. (prin1-to-string OBJECT &optional NOESCAPE)Fprinc Output the printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. No quoting characters are used; no delimiters are printed around the contents of strings. OBJECT is any of the Lisp data types: a number, a string, a symbol, a list, a buffer, a window, a frame, etc. A printed representation of an object is text which describes that object. Optional argument PRINTCHARFUN is the output stream, which can be one of these: - a buffer, in which case output is inserted into that buffer at point; - a marker, in which case output is inserted at marker's position; - a function, in which case that function is called once for each character of OBJECT's printed representation; - a symbol, in which case that symbol's function definition is called; or - t, in which case the output is displayed in the echo area. If PRINTCHARFUN is omitted, the value of `standard-output' (which see) is used instead. (princ OBJECT &optional PRINTCHARFUN)Fprint Output the printed representation of OBJECT, with newlines around it. Quoting characters are printed when needed to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible. OBJECT is any of the Lisp data types: a number, a string, a symbol, a list, a buffer, a window, a frame, etc. A printed representation of an object is text which describes that object. Optional argument PRINTCHARFUN is the output stream, which can be one of these: - a buffer, in which case output is inserted into that buffer at point; - a marker, in which case output is inserted at marker's position; - a function, in which case that function is called once for each character of OBJECT's printed representation; - a symbol, in which case that symbol's function definition is called; or - t, in which case the output is displayed in the echo area. If PRINTCHARFUN is omitted, the value of `standard-output' (which see) is used instead. (print OBJECT &optional PRINTCHARFUN)Fexternal-debugging-output Write CHARACTER to stderr. You can call print while debugging emacs, and pass it this function to make it write to the debugging output. (external-debugging-output CHARACTER)Ferror-message-string Convert an error value (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA) to an error message. (error-message-string OBJ)Vstandard-output Output stream `print' uses by default for outputting a character. This may be any function of one argument. It may also be a buffer (output is inserted before point) or a marker (output is inserted and the marker is advanced) or the symbol t (output appears in the echo area).Vfloat-output-format The format descriptor string used to print floats. This is a %-spec like those accepted by `printf' in C, but with some restrictions. It must start with the two characters `%.'. After that comes an integer precision specification, and then a letter which controls the format. The letters allowed are `e', `f' and `g'. Use `e' for exponential notation "DIG.DIGITSeEXPT" Use `f' for decimal point notation "DIGITS.DIGITS". Use `g' to choose the shorter of those two formats for the number at hand. The precision in any of these cases is the number of digits following the decimal point. With `f', a precision of 0 means to omit the decimal point. 0 is not allowed with `e' or `g'. A value of nil means to use the shortest notation that represents the number without losing information.Vprint-length Maximum length of list to print before abbreviating. A value of nil means no limit. See also `eval-expression-print-length'.Vprint-level Maximum depth of list nesting to print before abbreviating. A value of nil means no limit. See also `eval-expression-print-level'.Vprint-escape-newlines Non-nil means print newlines in strings as `\n'. Also print formfeeds as `\f'.Vprint-escape-nonascii Non-nil means print unibyte non-ASCII chars in strings as \OOO. (OOO is the octal representation of the character code.) Only single-byte characters are affected, and only in `prin1'.Vprint-escape-multibyte Non-nil means print multibyte characters in strings as \xXXXX. (XXXX is the hex representation of the character code.) This affects only `prin1'.Vprint-quoted Non-nil means print quoted forms with reader syntax. I.e., (quote foo) prints as 'foo, (function foo) as #'foo, and backquoted forms print as in the new syntax.Vprint-gensym Non-nil means print uninterned symbols so they will read as uninterned. I.e., the value of (make-symbol "foobar") prints as #:foobar. When the uninterned symbol appears within a recursive data structure, and the symbol appears more than once, in addition use the #N# and #N= constructs as needed, so that multiple references to the same symbol are shared once again when the text is read back.Vprint-circle *Non-nil means print recursive structures using #N= and #N# syntax. If nil, printing proceeds recursively and may lead to `max-lisp-eval-depth' being exceeded or an error may occur: "Apparently circular structure being printed." Also see `print-length' and `print-level'. If non-nil, shared substructures anywhere in the structure are printed with `#N=' before the first occurrence (in the order of the print representation) and `#N#' in place of each subsequent occurrence, where N is a positive decimal integer.Vprint-continuous-numbering *Non-nil means number continuously across print calls. This affects the numbers printed for #N= labels and #M# references. See also `print-circle', `print-gensym', and `print-number-table'. This variable should not be set with `setq'; bind it with a `let' instead.Vprint-number-table A vector used internally to produce `#N=' labels and `#N#' references. The Lisp printer uses this vector to detect Lisp objects referenced more than once. When `print-continuous-numbering' is bound to t, you should probably also bind `print-number-table' to nil. This ensures that the value of `print-number-table' can be garbage-collected once the printing is done.Fread-char Read a character from the command input (keyboard or macro). It is returned as a number. If the user generates an event which is not a character (i.e. a mouse click or function key event), `read-char' signals an error. As an exception, switch-frame events are put off until non-ASCII events can be read. If you want to read non-character events, or ignore them, call `read-event' or `read-char-exclusive' instead. If the optional argument PROMPT is non-nil, display that as a prompt. If the optional argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil and some input method is turned on in the current buffer, that input method is used for reading a character. (read-char &optional PROMPT INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)Fread-event Read an event object from the input stream. If the optional argument PROMPT is non-nil, display that as a prompt. If the optional argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil and some input method is turned on in the current buffer, that input method is used for reading a character. (read-event &optional PROMPT INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)Fread-char-exclusive Read a character from the command input (keyboard or macro). It is returned as a number. Non-character events are ignored. If the optional argument PROMPT is non-nil, display that as a prompt. If the optional argument INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD is non-nil and some input method is turned on in the current buffer, that input method is used for reading a character. (read-char-exclusive &optional PROMPT INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)Fget-file-char Don't use this yourself. (get-file-char)Fload Execute a file of Lisp code named FILE. First try FILE with `.elc' appended, then try with `.el', then try FILE unmodified. Environment variable references in FILE are replaced with their values by calling `substitute-in-file-name'. This function searches the directories in `load-path'. If optional second arg NOERROR is non-nil, report no error if FILE doesn't exist. Print messages at start and end of loading unless optional third arg NOMESSAGE is non-nil. If optional fourth arg NOSUFFIX is non-nil, don't try adding suffixes `.elc' or `.el' to the specified name FILE. If optional fifth arg MUST-SUFFIX is non-nil, insist on the suffix `.elc' or `.el'; don't accept just FILE unless it ends in one of those suffixes or includes a directory name. Return t if file exists. (load FILE &optional NOERROR NOMESSAGE NOSUFFIX MUST-SUFFIX)Feval-buffer Execute the current buffer as Lisp code. Programs can pass two arguments, BUFFER and PRINTFLAG. BUFFER is the buffer to evaluate (nil means use current buffer). PRINTFLAG controls printing of output: nil means discard it; anything else is stream for print. If the optional third argument FILENAME is non-nil, it specifies the file name to use for `load-history'. The optional fourth argument UNIBYTE specifies `load-convert-to-unibyte' for this invocation. The optional fifth argument DO-ALLOW-PRINT, if not-nil, specifies that `print' and related functions should work normally even if PRINTFLAG is nil. This function preserves the position of point. (eval-buffer &optional BUFFER PRINTFLAG FILENAME UNIBYTE DO-ALLOW-PRINT)Feval-region Execute the region as Lisp code. When called from programs, expects two arguments, giving starting and ending indices in the current buffer of the text to be executed. Programs can pass third argument PRINTFLAG which controls output: nil means discard it; anything else is stream for printing it. Also the fourth argument READ-FUNCTION, if non-nil, is used instead of `read' to read each expression. It gets one argument which is the input stream for reading characters. This function does not move point. (eval-region START END &optional PRINTFLAG READ-FUNCTION)Fread Read one Lisp expression as text from STREAM, return as Lisp object. If STREAM is nil, use the value of `standard-input' (which see). STREAM or the value of `standard-input' may be: a buffer (read from point and advance it) a marker (read from where it points and advance it) a function (call it with no arguments for each character, call it with a char as argument to push a char back) a string (takes text from string, starting at the beginning) t (read text line using minibuffer and use it, or read from standard input in batch mode). (read &optional STREAM)Fread-from-string Read one Lisp expression which is represented as text by STRING. Returns a cons: (OBJECT-READ . FINAL-STRING-INDEX). START and END optionally delimit a substring of STRING from which to read; they default to 0 and (length STRING) respectively. (read-from-string STRING &optional START END)Fintern Return the canonical symbol whose name is STRING. If there is none, one is created by this function and returned. A second optional argument specifies the obarray to use; it defaults to the value of `obarray'. (intern STRING &optional OBARRAY)Fintern-soft Return the canonical symbol named NAME, or nil if none exists. NAME may be a string or a symbol. If it is a symbol, that exact symbol is searched for. A second optional argument specifies the obarray to use; it defaults to the value of `obarray'. (intern-soft NAME &optional OBARRAY)Funintern Delete the symbol named NAME, if any, from OBARRAY. The value is t if a symbol was found and deleted, nil otherwise. NAME may be a string or a symbol. If it is a symbol, that symbol is deleted, if it belongs to OBARRAY--no other symbol is deleted. OBARRAY defaults to the value of the variable `obarray'. (unintern NAME &optional OBARRAY)Fmapatoms Call FUNCTION on every symbol in OBARRAY. OBARRAY defaults to the value of `obarray'. (mapatoms FUNCTION &optional OBARRAY)Vobarray Symbol table for use by `intern' and `read'. It is a vector whose length ought to be prime for best results. The vector's contents don't make sense if examined from Lisp programs; to find all the symbols in an obarray, use `mapatoms'.Vvalues List of values of all expressions which were read, evaluated and printed. Order is reverse chronological.Vstandard-input Stream for read to get input from. See documentation of `read' for possible values.Vload-path *List of directories to search for files to load. Each element is a string (directory name) or nil (try default directory). Initialized based on EMACSLOADPATH environment variable, if any, otherwise to default specified by file `epaths.h' when Emacs was built.Vload-in-progress Non-nil iff inside of `load'.Vafter-load-alist An alist of expressions to be evalled when particular files are loaded. Each element looks like (FILENAME FORMS...). When `load' is run and the file-name argument is FILENAME, the FORMS in the corresponding element are executed at the end of loading. FILENAME must match exactly! Normally FILENAME is the name of a library, with no directory specified, since that is how `load' is normally called. An error in FORMS does not undo the load, but does prevent execution of the rest of the FORMS.Vload-history Alist mapping source file names to symbols and features. Each alist element is a list that starts with a file name, except for one element (optional) that starts with nil and describes definitions evaluated from buffers not visiting files. The remaining elements of each list are symbols defined as functions or variables, and cons cells `(provide . FEATURE)', `(require . FEATURE)', and `(autoload . SYMBOL)'.Vload-file-name Full name of file being loaded by `load'.Vuser-init-file File name, including directory, of user's initialization file. If the file loaded had extension `.elc' and there was a corresponding `.el' file, this variable contains the name of the .el file, suitable for use by functions like `custom-save-all' which edit the init file.Vcurrent-load-list Used for internal purposes by `load'.Vload-read-function Function used by `load' and `eval-region' for reading expressions. The default is nil, which means use the function `read'.Vload-source-file-function Function called in `load' for loading an Emacs lisp source file. This function is for doing code conversion before reading the source file. If nil, loading is done without any code conversion. Arguments are FULLNAME, FILE, NOERROR, NOMESSAGE, where FULLNAME is the full name of FILE. See `load' for the meaning of the remaining arguments.Vload-force-doc-strings Non-nil means `load' should force-load all dynamic doc strings. This is useful when the file being loaded is a temporary copy.Vload-convert-to-unibyte Non-nil means `read' converts strings to unibyte whenever possible. This is normally bound by `load' and `eval-buffer' to control `read', and is not meant for users to change.Vsource-directory Directory in which Emacs sources were found when Emacs was built. You cannot count on them to still be there!Vpreloaded-file-list List of files that were preloaded (when dumping Emacs).Vbyte-boolean-vars List of all DEFVAR_BOOL variables, used by the byte code optimizer.Vload-dangerous-libraries Non-nil means load dangerous compiled Lisp files. Some versions of XEmacs use different byte codes than Emacs. These incompatible byte codes can make Emacs crash when it tries to execute them.Vbytecomp-version-regexp Regular expression matching safe to load compiled Lisp files. When Emacs loads a compiled Lisp file, it reads the first 512 bytes from the file, and matches them against this regular expression. When the regular expression matches, the file is considered to be safe to load. See also `load-dangerous-libraries'.Vrecursive-load-depth-limit Limit for depth of recursive loads. Value should be either an integer > 0 specifying the limit, or nil for no limit.Fmake-abbrev-table Create a new, empty abbrev table object. (make-abbrev-table)Fclear-abbrev-table Undefine all abbrevs in abbrev table TABLE, leaving it empty. (clear-abbrev-table TABLE)Fdefine-abbrev Define an abbrev in TABLE named NAME, to expand to EXPANSION and call HOOK. NAME must be a string. EXPANSION should usually be a string. To undefine an abbrev, define it with EXPANSION = nil. If HOOK is non-nil, it should be a function of no arguments; it is called after EXPANSION is inserted. If EXPANSION is not a string, the abbrev is a special one, which does not expand in the usual way but only runs HOOK. COUNT, if specified, initializes the abbrev's usage-count which is incremented each time the abbrev is used. (define-abbrev TABLE NAME EXPANSION &optional HOOK COUNT)Fdefine-global-abbrev Define ABBREV as a global abbreviation for EXPANSION. (define-global-abbrev ABBREV EXPANSION)Fdefine-mode-abbrev Define ABBREV as a mode-specific abbreviation for EXPANSION. (define-mode-abbrev ABBREV EXPANSION)Fabbrev-symbol Return the symbol representing abbrev named ABBREV. This symbol's name is ABBREV, but it is not the canonical symbol of that name; it is interned in an abbrev-table rather than the normal obarray. The value is nil if that abbrev is not defined. Optional second arg TABLE is abbrev table to look it up in. The default is to try buffer's mode-specific abbrev table, then global table. (abbrev-symbol ABBREV &optional TABLE)Fabbrev-expansion Return the string that ABBREV expands into in the current buffer. Optionally specify an abbrev table as second arg; then ABBREV is looked up in that table only. (abbrev-expansion ABBREV &optional TABLE)Fexpand-abbrev Expand the abbrev before point, if there is an abbrev there. Effective when explicitly called even when `abbrev-mode' is nil. Returns the abbrev symbol, if expansion took place. (expand-abbrev)Funexpand-abbrev Undo the expansion of the last abbrev that expanded. This differs from ordinary undo in that other editing done since then is not undone. (unexpand-abbrev)Finsert-abbrev-table-description Insert before point a full description of abbrev table named NAME. NAME is a symbol whose value is an abbrev table. If optional 2nd arg READABLE is non-nil, a human-readable description is inserted. Otherwise the description is an expression, a call to `define-abbrev-table', which would define the abbrev table NAME exactly as it is currently defined. (insert-abbrev-table-description NAME &optional READABLE)Fdefine-abbrev-table Define TABLENAME (a symbol) as an abbrev table name. Define abbrevs in it according to DEFINITIONS, which is a list of elements of the form (ABBREVNAME EXPANSION HOOK USECOUNT). (define-abbrev-table TABLENAME DEFINITIONS)Vabbrev-table-name-list List of symbols whose values are abbrev tables.Vglobal-abbrev-table The abbrev table whose abbrevs affect all buffers. Each buffer may also have a local abbrev table. If it does, the local table overrides the global one for any particular abbrev defined in both.Vfundamental-mode-abbrev-table The abbrev table of mode-specific abbrevs for Fundamental Mode.Vlast-abbrev The abbrev-symbol of the last abbrev expanded. See `abbrev-symbol'.Vlast-abbrev-text The exact text of the last abbrev expanded. nil if the abbrev has already been unexpanded.Vlast-abbrev-location The location of the start of the last abbrev expanded.Vabbrev-start-location Buffer position for `expand-abbrev' to use as the start of the abbrev. nil means use the word before point as the abbrev. Calling `expand-abbrev' sets this to nil.Vabbrev-start-location-buffer Buffer that `abbrev-start-location' has been set for. Trying to expand an abbrev in any other buffer clears `abbrev-start-location'.Vlocal-abbrev-table Local (mode-specific) abbrev table of current buffer.Vabbrevs-changed Set non-nil by defining or altering any word abbrevs. This causes `save-some-buffers' to offer to save the abbrevs.Vabbrev-all-caps *Set non-nil means expand multi-word abbrevs all caps if abbrev was so.Vpre-abbrev-expand-hook Function or functions to be called before abbrev expansion is done. This is the first thing that `expand-abbrev' does, and so this may change the current abbrev table before abbrev lookup happens.Fsyntax-table-p Return t if OBJECT is a syntax table. Currently, any char-table counts as a syntax table. (syntax-table-p OBJECT)Fsyntax-table Return the current syntax table. This is the one specified by the current buffer. (syntax-table)Fstandard-syntax-table Return the standard syntax table. This is the one used for new buffers. (standard-syntax-table)Fcopy-syntax-table Construct a new syntax table and return it. It is a copy of the TABLE, which defaults to the standard syntax table. (copy-syntax-table &optional TABLE)Fset-syntax-table Select a new syntax table for the current buffer. One argument, a syntax table. (set-syntax-table TABLE)Fchar-syntax Return the syntax code of CHARACTER, described by a character. For example, if CHARACTER is a word constituent, the character `w' is returned. The characters that correspond to various syntax codes are listed in the documentation of `modify-syntax-entry'. (char-syntax CHARACTER)Fmatching-paren Return the matching parenthesis of CHARACTER, or nil if none. (matching-paren CHARACTER)Fstring-to-syntax Convert a syntax specification STRING into syntax cell form. STRING should be a string as it is allowed as argument of `modify-syntax-entry'. Value is the equivalent cons cell (CODE . MATCHING-CHAR) that can be used as value of a `syntax-table' text property. (string-to-syntax STRING)Fmodify-syntax-entry Set syntax for character CHAR according to string S. The syntax is changed only for table TABLE, which defaults to the current buffer's syntax table. The first character of S should be one of the following: Space or - whitespace syntax. w word constituent. _ symbol constituent. . punctuation. ( open-parenthesis. ) close-parenthesis. " string quote. \ escape. $ paired delimiter. ' expression quote or prefix operator. < comment starter. > comment ender. / character-quote. @ inherit from `standard-syntax-table'. | generic string fence. ! generic comment fence. Only single-character comment start and end sequences are represented thus. Two-character sequences are represented as described below. The second character of S is the matching parenthesis, used only if the first character is `(' or `)'. Any additional characters are flags. Defined flags are the characters 1, 2, 3, 4, b, p, and n. 1 means CHAR is the start of a two-char comment start sequence. 2 means CHAR is the second character of such a sequence. 3 means CHAR is the start of a two-char comment end sequence. 4 means CHAR is the second character of such a sequence. There can be up to two orthogonal comment sequences. This is to support language modes such as C++. By default, all comment sequences are of style a, but you can set the comment sequence style to b (on the second character of a comment-start, or the first character of a comment-end sequence) using this flag: b means CHAR is part of comment sequence b. n means CHAR is part of a nestable comment sequence. p means CHAR is a prefix character for `backward-prefix-chars'; such characters are treated as whitespace when they occur between expressions. (modify-syntax-entry CHAR S &optional TABLE)Fdescribe-syntax Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table. The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed. (describe-syntax)Fforward-word Move point forward ARG words (backward if ARG is negative). Normally returns t. If an edge of the buffer or a field boundary is reached, point is left there and the function returns nil. Field boundaries are not noticed if `inhibit-field-text-motion' is non-nil. (forward-word COUNT)Fskip-chars-forward Move point forward, stopping before a char not in STRING, or at pos LIM. STRING is like the inside of a `[...]' in a regular expression except that `]' is never special and `\' quotes `^', `-' or `\' (but not as the end of a range; quoting is never needed there). Thus, with arg "a-zA-Z", this skips letters stopping before first nonletter. With arg "^a-zA-Z", skips nonletters stopping before first letter. Returns the distance traveled, either zero or positive. (skip-chars-forward STRING &optional LIM)Fskip-chars-backward Move point backward, stopping after a char not in STRING, or at pos LIM. See `skip-chars-forward' for details. Returns the distance traveled, either zero or negative. (skip-chars-backward STRING &optional LIM)Fskip-syntax-forward Move point forward across chars in specified syntax classes. SYNTAX is a string of syntax code characters. Stop before a char whose syntax is not in SYNTAX, or at position LIM. If SYNTAX starts with ^, skip characters whose syntax is NOT in SYNTAX. This function returns the distance traveled, either zero or positive. (skip-syntax-forward SYNTAX &optional LIM)Fskip-syntax-backward Move point backward across chars in specified syntax classes. SYNTAX is a string of syntax code characters. Stop on reaching a char whose syntax is not in SYNTAX, or at position LIM. If SYNTAX starts with ^, skip characters whose syntax is NOT in SYNTAX. This function returns the distance traveled, either zero or negative. (skip-syntax-backward SYNTAX &optional LIM)Fforward-comment Move forward across up to N comments. If N is negative, move backward. Stop scanning if we find something other than a comment or whitespace. Set point to where scanning stops. If N comments are found as expected, with nothing except whitespace between them, return t; otherwise return nil. (forward-comment COUNT)Fscan-lists Scan from character number FROM by COUNT lists. Returns the character number of the position thus found. If DEPTH is nonzero, paren depth begins counting from that value, only places where the depth in parentheses becomes zero are candidates for stopping; COUNT such places are counted. Thus, a positive value for DEPTH means go out levels. Comments are ignored if `parse-sexp-ignore-comments' is non-nil. If the beginning or end of (the accessible part of) the buffer is reached and the depth is wrong, an error is signaled. If the depth is right but the count is not used up, nil is returned. (scan-lists FROM COUNT DEPTH)Fscan-sexps Scan from character number FROM by COUNT balanced expressions. If COUNT is negative, scan backwards. Returns the character number of the position thus found. Comments are ignored if `parse-sexp-ignore-comments' is non-nil. If the beginning or end of (the accessible part of) the buffer is reached in the middle of a parenthetical grouping, an error is signaled. If the beginning or end is reached between groupings but before count is used up, nil is returned. (scan-sexps FROM COUNT)Fbackward-prefix-chars Move point backward over any number of chars with prefix syntax. This includes chars with "quote" or "prefix" syntax (' or p). (backward-prefix-chars)Fparse-partial-sexp Parse Lisp syntax starting at FROM until TO; return status of parse at TO. Parsing stops at TO or when certain criteria are met; point is set to where parsing stops. If fifth arg STATE is omitted or nil, parsing assumes that FROM is the beginning of a function. Value is a list of ten elements describing final state of parsing: 0. depth in parens. 1. character address of start of innermost containing list; nil if none. 2. character address of start of last complete sexp terminated. 3. non-nil if inside a string. (it is the character that will terminate the string, or t if the string should be terminated by a generic string delimiter.) 4. nil if outside a comment, t if inside a non-nestable comment, else an integer (the current comment nesting). 5. t if following a quote character. 6. the minimum paren-depth encountered during this scan. 7. t if in a comment of style b; symbol `syntax-table' if the comment should be terminated by a generic comment delimiter. 8. character address of start of comment or string; nil if not in one. 9. Intermediate data for continuation of parsing (subject to change). If third arg TARGETDEPTH is non-nil, parsing stops if the depth in parentheses becomes equal to TARGETDEPTH. Fourth arg STOPBEFORE non-nil means stop when come to any character that starts a sexp. Fifth arg STATE is a nine-element list like what this function returns. It is used to initialize the state of the parse. Elements number 1, 2, 6 and 8 are ignored; you can leave off element 8 (the last) entirely. Sixth arg COMMENTSTOP non-nil means stop at the start of a comment. If it is symbol `syntax-table', stop after the start of a comment or a string, or after end of a comment or a string. (parse-partial-sexp FROM TO &optional TARGETDEPTH STOPBEFORE STATE COMMENTSTOP)Vparse-sexp-ignore-comments Non-nil means `forward-sexp', etc., should treat comments as whitespace.Vparse-sexp-lookup-properties Non-nil means `forward-sexp', etc., grant `syntax-table' property. The value of this property should be either a syntax table, or a cons of the form (SYNTAXCODE . MATCHCHAR), SYNTAXCODE being the numeric syntax code, MATCHCHAR being nil or the character to match (which is relevant only for open/close type.Vwords-include-escapes Non-nil means `forward-word', etc., should treat escape chars part of words.Vmultibyte-syntax-as-symbol Non-nil means `scan-sexps' treats all multibyte characters as symbol.Vopen-paren-in-column-0-is-defun-start Non-nil means an open paren in column 0 denotes the start of a defun.Fml-if Mocklisp version of `if'.Fml-nargs Number of arguments to currently executing mocklisp function. (ml-nargs)Fml-arg Argument number N to currently executing mocklisp function. (ml-arg N &optional PROMPT)Fml-interactive True if currently executing mocklisp function was called interactively. (ml-interactive)Fml-provide-prefix-argument Evaluate second argument, using first argument as prefix arg value.Fml-prefix-argument-loop Fml-substr Return a substring of STRING, starting at index FROM and of length LENGTH. If either FROM or LENGTH is negative, the length of STRING is added to it. (ml-substr STRING FROM TO)Finsert-string Mocklisp-compatibility insert function. Like the function `insert' except that any argument that is a number is converted into a string by expressing it in decimal.Fbyte-code Function used internally in byte-compiled code. The first argument, BYTESTR, is a string of byte code; the second, VECTOR, a vector of constants; the third, MAXDEPTH, the maximum stack depth used in this function. If the third argument is incorrect, Emacs may crash. (byte-code BYTESTR VECTOR MAXDEPTH)Vbyte-code-meter A vector of vectors which holds a histogram of byte-code usage. (aref (aref byte-code-meter 0) CODE) indicates how many times the byte opcode CODE has been executed. (aref (aref byte-code-meter CODE1) CODE2), where CODE1 is not 0, indicates how many times the byte opcodes CODE1 and CODE2 have been executed in succession.Vbyte-metering-on If non-nil, keep profiling information on byte code usage. The variable byte-code-meter indicates how often each byte opcode is used. If a symbol has a property named `byte-code-meter' whose value is an integer, it is incremented each time that symbol's function is called.Fprocessp Return t if OBJECT is a process. (processp OBJECT)Fget-process Return the process named NAME, or nil if there is none. (get-process NAME)Fget-buffer-process Return the (or a) process associated with BUFFER. BUFFER may be a buffer or the name of one. (get-buffer-process BUFFER)Fdelete-process Delete PROCESS: kill it and forget about it immediately. PROCESS may be a process, a buffer, the name of a process or buffer, or nil, indicating the current buffer's process. (delete-process PROCESS)Fprocess-status Return the status of PROCESS. The returned value is one of the following symbols: run -- for a process that is running. stop -- for a process stopped but continuable. exit -- for a process that has exited. signal -- for a process that has got a fatal signal. open -- for a network stream connection that is open. closed -- for a network stream connection that is closed. nil -- if arg is a process name and no such process exists. PROCESS may be a process, a buffer, the name of a process, or nil, indicating the current buffer's process. (process-status PROCESS)Fprocess-exit-status Return the exit status of PROCESS or the signal number that killed it. If PROCESS has not yet exited or died, return 0. (process-exit-status PROCESS)Fprocess-id Return the process id of PROCESS. This is the pid of the Unix process which PROCESS uses or talks to. For a network connection, this value is nil. (process-id PROCESS)Fprocess-name Return the name of PROCESS, as a string. This is the name of the program invoked in PROCESS, possibly modified to make it unique among process names. (process-name PROCESS)Fprocess-command Return the command that was executed to start PROCESS. This is a list of strings, the first string being the program executed and the rest of the strings being the arguments given to it. For a non-child channel, this is nil. (process-command PROCESS)Fprocess-tty-name Return the name of the terminal PROCESS uses, or nil if none. This is the terminal that the process itself reads and writes on, not the name of the pty that Emacs uses to talk with that terminal. (process-tty-name PROCESS)Fset-process-buffer Set buffer associated with PROCESS to BUFFER (a buffer, or nil). (set-process-buffer PROCESS BUFFER)Fprocess-buffer Return the buffer PROCESS is associated with. Output from PROCESS is inserted in this buffer unless PROCESS has a filter. (process-buffer PROCESS)Fprocess-mark Return the marker for the end of the last output from PROCESS. (process-mark PROCESS)Fset-process-filter Give PROCESS the filter function FILTER; nil means no filter. t means stop accepting output from the process. When a process has a filter, each time it does output the entire string of output is passed to the filter. The filter gets two arguments: the process and the string of output. If the process has a filter, its buffer is not used for output. (set-process-filter PROCESS FILTER)Fprocess-filter Returns the filter function of PROCESS; nil if none. See `set-process-filter' for more info on filter functions. (process-filter PROCESS)Fset-process-sentinel Give PROCESS the sentinel SENTINEL; nil for none. The sentinel is called as a function when the process changes state. It gets two arguments: the process, and a string describing the change. (set-process-sentinel PROCESS SENTINEL)Fprocess-sentinel Return the sentinel of PROCESS; nil if none. See `set-process-sentinel' for more info on sentinels. (process-sentinel PROCESS)Fset-process-window-size Tell PROCESS that it has logical window size HEIGHT and WIDTH. (set-process-window-size PROCESS HEIGHT WIDTH)Fset-process-inherit-coding-system-flag Determine whether buffer of PROCESS will inherit coding-system. If the second argument FLAG is non-nil, then the variable `buffer-file-coding-system' of the buffer associated with PROCESS will be bound to the value of the coding system used to decode the process output. This is useful when the coding system specified for the process buffer leaves either the character code conversion or the end-of-line conversion unspecified, or if the coding system used to decode the process output is more appropriate for saving the process buffer. Binding the variable `inherit-process-coding-system' to non-nil before starting the process is an alternative way of setting the inherit flag for the process which will run. (set-process-inherit-coding-system-flag PROCESS FLAG)Fprocess-inherit-coding-system-flag Return the value of inherit-coding-system flag for PROCESS. If this flag is t, `buffer-file-coding-system' of the buffer associated with PROCESS will inherit the coding system used to decode the process output. (process-inherit-coding-system-flag PROCESS)Fprocess-kill-without-query Say no query needed if PROCESS is running when Emacs is exited. Optional second argument if non-nil says to require a query. Value is t if a query was formerly required. (process-kill-without-query PROCESS &optional VALUE)Fprocess-contact Return the contact info of PROCESS; t for a real child. For a net connection, the value is a cons cell of the form (HOST SERVICE). (process-contact PROCESS)Fprocess-connection Return the connection type of PROCESS. The value is nil for a pipe, t or `pty' for a pty, or `stream' for a socket connection. (process-connection PROCESS)Flist-processes Display a list of all processes. Any process listed as exited or signaled is actually eliminated after the listing is made. (list-processes)Fprocess-list Return a list of all processes. (process-list)Fstart-process Start a program in a subprocess. Return the process object for it. NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique. BUFFER is the buffer or (buffer-name) to associate with the process. Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify an output stream or filter function to handle the output. BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated with any buffer. Third arg is program file name. It is searched for in PATH. Remaining arguments are strings to give program as arguments.Fopen-network-stream Open a TCP connection for a service to a host. Returns a subprocess-object to represent the connection. Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it. Args are NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE. NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique. BUFFER is the buffer (or buffer-name) to associate with the process. Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify an output stream or filter function to handle the output. BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated with any buffer Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address. Fourth arg SERVICE is name of the service desired, or an integer specifying a port number to connect to. (open-network-stream NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)Faccept-process-output Allow any pending output from subprocesses to be read by Emacs. It is read into the process' buffers or given to their filter functions. Non-nil arg PROCESS means do not return until some output has been received from PROCESS. Non-nil second arg TIMEOUT and third arg TIMEOUT-MSECS are number of seconds and microseconds to wait; return after that much time whether or not there is input. Return non-nil iff we received any output before the timeout expired. (accept-process-output &optional PROCESS TIMEOUT TIMEOUT-MSECS)Fwaiting-for-user-input-p Returns non-nil if emacs is waiting for input from the user. This is intended for use by asynchronous process output filters and sentinels. (waiting-for-user-input-p)Fprocess-send-region Send current contents of region as input to PROCESS. PROCESS may be a process, a buffer, the name of a process or buffer, or nil, indicating the current buffer's process. Called from program, takes three arguments, PROCESS, START and END. If the region is more than 500 characters long, it is sent in several bunches. This may happen even for shorter regions. Output from processes can arrive in between bunches. (process-send-region PROCESS START END)Fprocess-send-string Send PROCESS the contents of STRING as input. PROCESS may be a process, a buffer, the name of a process or buffer, or nil, indicating the current buffer's process. If STRING is more than 500 characters long, it is sent in several bunches. This may happen even for shorter strings. Output from processes can arrive in between bunches. (process-send-string PROCESS STRING)Fprocess-running-child-p Return t if PROCESS has given the terminal to a child. If the operating system does not make it possible to find out, return t unconditionally. (process-running-child-p &optional PROCESS)Finterrupt-process Interrupt process PROCESS. PROCESS may be a process, a buffer, or the name of a process or buffer. nil or no arg means current buffer's process. Second arg CURRENT-GROUP non-nil means send signal to the current process-group of the process's controlling terminal rather than to the process's own process group. If the process is a shell, this means interrupt current subjob rather than the shell. If CURRENT-GROUP is `lambda', and if the shell owns the terminal, don't send the signal. (interrupt-process &optional PROCESS CURRENT-GROUP)Fkill-process Kill process PROCESS. May be process or name of one. See function `interrupt-process' for more details on usage. (kill-process &optional PROCESS CURRENT-GROUP)Fquit-process Send QUIT signal to process PROCESS. May be process or name of one. See function `interrupt-process' for more details on usage. (quit-process &optional PROCESS CURRENT-GROUP)Fstop-process Stop process PROCESS. May be process or name of one. See function `interrupt-process' for more details on usage. (stop-process &optional PROCESS CURRENT-GROUP)Fcontinue-process Continue process PROCESS. May be process or name of one. See function `interrupt-process' for more details on usage. (continue-process &optional PROCESS CURRENT-GROUP)Fsignal-process Send the process with process id PID the signal with code SIGCODE. PID must be an integer. The process need not be a child of this Emacs. SIGCODE may be an integer, or a symbol whose name is a signal name. (signal-process PID SIGCODE)Fprocess-send-eof Make PROCESS see end-of-file in its input. EOF comes after any text already sent to it. PROCESS may be a process, a buffer, the name of a process or buffer, or nil, indicating the current buffer's process. If PROCESS is a network connection, or is a process communicating through a pipe (as opposed to a pty), then you cannot send any more text to PROCESS after you call this function. (process-send-eof &optional PROCESS)Fset-process-coding-system Set coding systems of PROCESS to DECODING and ENCODING. DECODING will be used to decode subprocess output and ENCODING to encode subprocess input. (set-process-coding-system PROC &optional DECODING ENCODING)Fprocess-coding-system Return a cons of coding systems for decoding and encoding of PROCESS. (process-coding-system PROC)Vdelete-exited-processes *Non-nil means delete processes immediately when they exit. nil means don't delete them until `list-processes' is run.Vprocess-connection-type Control type of device used to communicate with subprocesses. Values are nil to use a pipe, or t or `pty' to use a pty. The value has no effect if the system has no ptys or if all ptys are busy: then a pipe is used in any case. The value takes effect when `start-process' is called.Fcall-process Call PROGRAM synchronously in separate process. The remaining arguments are optional. The program's input comes from file INFILE (nil means `/dev/null'). Insert output in BUFFER before point; t means current buffer; nil for BUFFER means discard it; 0 means discard and don't wait. BUFFER can also have the form (REAL-BUFFER STDERR-FILE); in that case, REAL-BUFFER says what to do with standard output, as above, while STDERR-FILE says what to do with standard error in the child. STDERR-FILE may be nil (discard standard error output), t (mix it with ordinary output), or a file name string. Fourth arg DISPLAY non-nil means redisplay buffer as output is inserted. Remaining arguments are strings passed as command arguments to PROGRAM. If BUFFER is 0, `call-process' returns immediately with value nil. Otherwise it waits for PROGRAM to terminate and returns a numeric exit status or a signal description string. If you quit, the process is killed with SIGINT, or SIGKILL if you quit again.Fcall-process-region Send text from START to END to a synchronous process running PROGRAM. The remaining arguments are optional. Delete the text if fourth arg DELETE is non-nil. Insert output in BUFFER before point; t means current buffer; nil for BUFFER means discard it; 0 means discard and don't wait. BUFFER can also have the form (REAL-BUFFER STDERR-FILE); in that case, REAL-BUFFER says what to do with standard output, as above, while STDERR-FILE says what to do with standard error in the child. STDERR-FILE may be nil (discard standard error output), t (mix it with ordinary output), or a file name string. Sixth arg DISPLAY non-nil means redisplay buffer as output is inserted. Remaining args are passed to PROGRAM at startup as command args. If BUFFER is nil, `call-process-region' returns immediately with value nil. Otherwise it waits for PROGRAM to terminate and returns a numeric exit status or a signal description string. If you quit, the process is killed with SIGINT, or SIGKILL if you quit again.Fgetenv-internal Return the value of environment variable VAR, as a string. VAR should be a string. Value is nil if VAR is undefined in the environment. This function consults the variable ``process-environment'' for its value. (getenv-internal VAR)Vshell-file-name *File name to load inferior shells from. Initialized from the SHELL environment variable.Vexec-path *List of directories to search programs to run in subprocesses. Each element is a string (directory name) or nil (try default directory).Vexec-directory Directory for executables for Emacs to invoke. More generally, this includes any architecture-dependent files that are built and installed from the Emacs distribution.Vdata-directory Directory of machine-independent files that come with GNU Emacs. These are files intended for Emacs to use while it runs.Vdoc-directory Directory containing the DOC file that comes with GNU Emacs. This is usually the same as data-directory.Vconfigure-info-directory For internal use by the build procedure only. This is the name of the directory in which the build procedure installed Emacs's info files; the default value for Info-default-directory-list includes this.Vtemp-file-name-pattern Pattern for making names for temporary files. This is used by `call-process-region'.Vprocess-environment List of environment variables for subprocesses to inherit. Each element should be a string of the form ENVVARNAME=VALUE. If multiple entries define the same variable, the first one always takes precedence. The environment which Emacs inherits is placed in this variable when Emacs starts.Fplay-sound Play sound SOUND. SOUND is a list of the form `(sound KEYWORD VALUE...)'. The following keywords are recognized: :file FILE.- read sound data from FILE. If FILE isn't an absolute file name, it is searched in `data-directory'. :data DATA - read sound data from string DATA. Exactly one of :file or :data must be present. :volume VOL - set volume to VOL. VOL must an integer in the range 0..100 or a float in the range 0..1.0. If not specified, don't change the volume setting of the sound device. :device DEVICE - play sound on DEVICE. If not specified, a system-dependent default device name is used. (play-sound SOUND)Ftext-properties-at Return the list of properties of the character at POSITION in OBJECT. OBJECT is the string or buffer to look for the properties in; nil means the current buffer. If POSITION is at the end of OBJECT, the value is nil. (text-properties-at POSITION &optional OBJECT)Fget-text-property Return the value of POSITION's property PROP, in OBJECT. OBJECT is optional and defaults to the current buffer. If POSITION is at the end of OBJECT, the value is nil. (get-text-property POSITION PROP &optional OBJECT)Fget-char-property Return the value of POSITION's property PROP, in OBJECT. OBJECT is optional and defaults to the current buffer. If POSITION is at the end of OBJECT, the value is nil. If OBJECT is a buffer, then overlay properties are considered as well as text properties. If OBJECT is a window, then that window's buffer is used, but window-specific overlays are considered only if they are associated with OBJECT. (get-char-property POSITION PROP &optional OBJECT)Fnext-char-property-change Return the position of next text property or overlay change. This scans characters forward from POSITION till it finds a change in some text property, or the beginning or end of an overlay, and returns the position of that. If none is found, the function returns (point-max). If the optional third argument LIMIT is non-nil, don't search past position LIMIT; return LIMIT if nothing is found before LIMIT. (next-char-property-change POSITION &optional LIMIT)Fprevious-char-property-change Return the position of previous text property or overlay change. Scans characters backward from POSITION till it finds a change in some text property, or the beginning or end of an overlay, and returns the position of that. If none is found, the function returns (point-max). If the optional third argument LIMIT is non-nil, don't search past position LIMIT; return LIMIT if nothing is found before LIMIT. (previous-char-property-change POSITION &optional LIMIT)Fnext-single-char-property-change Return the position of next text property or overlay change for a specific property. Scans characters forward from POSITION till it finds a change in the PROP property, then returns the position of the change. The optional third argument OBJECT is the string or buffer to scan. The property values are compared with `eq'. If the property is constant all the way to the end of OBJECT, return the last valid position in OBJECT. If the optional fourth argument LIMIT is non-nil, don't search past position LIMIT; return LIMIT if nothing is found before LIMIT. (next-single-char-property-change POSITION PROP &optional OBJECT LIMIT)Fprevious-single-char-property-change Return the position of previous text property or overlay change for a specific property. Scans characters backward from POSITION till it finds a change in the PROP property, then returns the position of the change. The optional third argument OBJECT is the string or buffer to scan. The property values are compared with `eq'. If the property is constant all the way to the start of OBJECT, return the first valid position in OBJECT. If the optional fourth argument LIMIT is non-nil, don't search back past position LIMIT; return LIMIT if nothing is found before LIMIT. (previous-single-char-property-change POSITION PROP &optional OBJECT LIMIT)Fnext-property-change Return the position of next property change. Scans characters forward from POSITION in OBJECT till it finds a change in some text property, then returns the position of the change. The optional second argument OBJECT is the string or buffer to scan. Return nil if the property is constant all the way to the end of OBJECT. If the value is non-nil, it is a position greater than POSITION, never equal. If the optional third argument LIMIT is non-nil, don't search past position LIMIT; return LIMIT if nothing is found before LIMIT. (next-property-change POSITION &optional OBJECT LIMIT)Fnext-single-property-change Return the position of next property change for a specific property. Scans characters forward from POSITION till it finds a change in the PROP property, then returns the position of the change. The optional third argument OBJECT is the string or buffer to scan. The property values are compared with `eq'. Return nil if the property is constant all the way to the end of OBJECT. If the value is non-nil, it is a position greater than POSITION, never equal. If the optional fourth argument LIMIT is non-nil, don't search past position LIMIT; return LIMIT if nothing is found before LIMIT. (next-single-property-change POSITION PROP &optional OBJECT LIMIT)Fprevious-property-change Return the position of previous property change. Scans characters backwards from POSITION in OBJECT till it finds a change in some text property, then returns the position of the change. The optional second argument OBJECT is the string or buffer to scan. Return nil if the property is constant all the way to the start of OBJECT. If the value is non-nil, it is a position less than POSITION, never equal. If the optional third argument LIMIT is non-nil, don't search back past position LIMIT; return LIMIT if nothing is found until LIMIT. (previous-property-change POSITION &optional OBJECT LIMIT)Fprevious-single-property-change Return the position of previous property change for a specific property. Scans characters backward from POSITION till it finds a change in the PROP property, then returns the position of the change. The optional third argument OBJECT is the string or buffer to scan. The property values are compared with `eq'. Return nil if the property is constant all the way to the start of OBJECT. If the value is non-nil, it is a position less than POSITION, never equal. If the optional fourth argument LIMIT is non-nil, don't search back past position LIMIT; return LIMIT if nothing is found until LIMIT. (previous-single-property-change POSITION PROP &optional OBJECT LIMIT)Fadd-text-properties Add properties to the text from START to END. The third argument PROPERTIES is a property list specifying the property values to add. The optional fourth argument, OBJECT, is the string or buffer containing the text. Return t if any property value actually changed, nil otherwise. (add-text-properties START END PROPERTIES &optional OBJECT)Fput-text-property Set one property of the text from START to END. The third and fourth arguments PROPERTY and VALUE specify the property to add. The optional fifth argument, OBJECT, is the string or buffer containing the text. (put-text-property START END PROPERTY VALUE &optional OBJECT)Fset-text-properties Completely replace properties of text from START to END. The third argument PROPERTIES is the new property list. The optional fourth argument, OBJECT, is the string or buffer containing the text. If OBJECT is omitted or nil, it defaults to the current buffer. If PROPERTIES is nil, the effect is to remove all properties from the designated part of OBJECT. (set-text-properties START END PROPERTIES &optional OBJECT)Fremove-text-properties Remove some properties from text from START to END. The third argument PROPERTIES is a property list whose property names specify the properties to remove. (The values stored in PROPERTIES are ignored.) The optional fourth argument, OBJECT, is the string or buffer containing the text. Return t if any property was actually removed, nil otherwise. (remove-text-properties START END PROPERTIES &optional OBJECT)Ftext-property-any Check text from START to END for property PROPERTY equalling VALUE. If so, return the position of the first character whose property PROPERTY is `eq' to VALUE. Otherwise return nil. The optional fifth argument, OBJECT, is the string or buffer containing the text. (text-property-any START END PROPERTY VALUE &optional OBJECT)Ftext-property-not-all Check text from START to END for property PROPERTY not equalling VALUE. If so, return the position of the first character whose property PROPERTY is not `eq' to VALUE. Otherwise, return nil. The optional fifth argument, OBJECT, is the string or buffer containing the text. (text-property-not-all START END PROPERTY VALUE &optional OBJECT)Vdefault-text-properties Property-list used as default values. The value of a property in this list is seen as the value for every character that does not have its own value for that property.Vinhibit-point-motion-hooks If non-nil, don't run `point-left' and `point-entered' text properties. This also inhibits the use of the `intangible' text property.Vtext-property-default-nonsticky Alist of properties vs the corresponding non-stickinesses. Each element has the form (PROPERTY . NONSTICKINESS). If a character in a buffer has PROPERTY, new text inserted adjacent to the character doesn't inherit PROPERTY if NONSTICKINESS is non-nil, inherits it if NONSTICKINESS is nil. The front-sticky and rear-nonsticky properties of the character overrides NONSTICKINESS.Fcompose-region-internal Internal use only. Compose text in the region between START and END. Optional 3rd and 4th arguments are COMPONENTS and MODIFICATION-FUNC for the composition. See `compose-region' for more detail. (compose-region-internal START END &optional COMPONENTS MOD-FUNC)Fcompose-string-internal Internal use only. Compose text between indices START and END of STRING. Optional 4th and 5th arguments are COMPONENTS and MODIFICATION-FUNC for the composition. See `compose-string' for more detail. (compose-string-internal STRING START END &optional COMPONENTS MOD-FUNC)Ffind-composition-internal Internal use only. Return information about composition at or nearest to position POS. See `find-composition' for more detail. (find-composition-internal POS LIMIT STRING DETAIL-P)Vcompose-chars-after-function Function to adjust composition of buffer text. The function is called with three arguments FROM, TO, and OBJECT. FROM and TO specify the range of text of which composition should be adjusted. OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the text. This function is called after a text with `composition' property is inserted or deleted to keep `composition' property of buffer text valid. The default value is the function `compose-chars-after'.Vcomposition-function-table Char table of patterns and functions to make a composition. Each element is nil or an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. FUNC is responsible for composing text matching the corresponding PATTERN. FUNC is called with three arguments FROM, TO, and PATTERN. See the function `compose-chars-after' for more detail. This table is looked up by the first character of a composition when the composition gets invalid after a change in a buffer.Vmouse-yank-at-point *If non-nil, mouse yank commands yank at point instead of at click.Fpopup-menu Popup the given menu and call the selected option. MENU can be a keymap, an easymenu-style menu or a list of keymaps as for `x-popup-menu'. POSITION can be a click event or ((XOFFSET YOFFSET) WINDOW) and defaults to the current mouse position. PREFIX is the prefix argument (if any) to pass to the command.Fmouse-major-mode-menu Pop up a mode-specific menu of mouse commands. Default to the Edit menu if the major mode doesn't define a menu.Fmouse-popup-menubar Pops up a menu equiavlent to the menu bar a keyboard EVENT with PREFIX. The contents are the items that would be in the menu bar whether or not it is actually displayed.Fmouse-popup-menubar-stuff Popup a menu like either `mouse-major-mode-menu' or `mouse-popup-menubar'. Use the former if the menu bar is showing, otherwise the latter.Fmouse-delete-window Delete the window you click on. Do nothing if the frame has just one window. This command must be bound to a mouse click.Fmouse-select-window Select the window clicked on; don't move point.Fmouse-tear-off-window Delete the window clicked on, and create a new frame displaying its buffer.Fmouse-delete-other-windows Delete all windows except the one you click on.Fmouse-split-window-vertically Select Emacs window mouse is on, then split it vertically in half. The window is split at the line clicked on. This command must be bound to a mouse click.Fmouse-split-window-horizontally Select Emacs window mouse is on, then split it horizontally in half. The window is split at the column clicked on. This command must be bound to a mouse click.Fmouse-drag-mode-line-1 Change the height of a window by dragging on the mode or header line. START-EVENT is the starting mouse-event of the drag action. MODE-LINE-P non-nil means a mode line is dragged.Fmouse-drag-mode-line Change the height of a window by dragging on the mode line.Fmouse-drag-header-line Change the height of a window by dragging on the header line. Windows whose header-lines are at the top of the frame cannot be resized by dragging their header-line.Fmouse-drag-vertical-line Change the width of a window by dragging on the vertical line.Fmouse-set-point Move point to the position clicked on with the mouse. This should be bound to a mouse click event type.Fmouse-region-match Return non-nil if there's an active region that was set with the mouse.Fmouse-set-region Set the region to the text dragged over, and copy to kill ring. This should be bound to a mouse drag event.Vmouse-scroll-delay *The pause between scroll steps caused by mouse drags, in seconds. If you drag the mouse beyond the edge of a window, Emacs scrolls the window to bring the text beyond that edge into view, with a delay of this many seconds between scroll steps. Scrolling stops when you move the mouse back into the window, or release the button. This variable's value may be non-integral. Setting this to zero causes Emacs to scroll as fast as it can.Vmouse-scroll-min-lines *The minimum number of lines scrolled by dragging mouse out of window. Moving the mouse out the top or bottom edge of the window begins scrolling repeatedly. The number of lines scrolled per repetition is normally equal to the number of lines beyond the window edge that the mouse has moved. However, it always scrolls at least the number of lines specified by this variable.Fmouse-scroll-subr Scroll the window WINDOW, JUMP lines at a time, until new input arrives. If OVERLAY is an overlay, let it stretch from START to the far edge of the newly visible text. Upon exit, point is at the far edge of the newly visible text.Fmouse-drag-region Set the region to the text that the mouse is dragged over. Highlight the drag area as you move the mouse. This must be bound to a button-down mouse event. In Transient Mark mode, the highlighting remains as long as the mark remains active. Otherwise, it remains until the next input event.Fmouse-skip-word Skip over word, over whitespace, or over identical punctuation. If DIR is positive skip forward; if negative, skip backward.Vmouse-region-delete-keys List of keys which shall cause the mouse region to be deleted.Fmouse-set-mark Set mark at the position clicked on with the mouse. Display cursor at that position for a second. This must be bound to a mouse click.Fmouse-kill Kill the region between point and the mouse click. The text is saved in the kill ring, as with \[kill-region].Fmouse-yank-at-click Insert the last stretch of killed text at the position clicked on. Also move point to one end of the text thus inserted (normally the end), and set mark at the beginning.. Prefix arguments are interpreted as with \[yank]. If `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil, insert at point regardless of where you click.Fmouse-kill-ring-save Copy the region between point and the mouse click in the kill ring. This does not delete the region; it acts like \[kill-ring-save].Fmouse-save-then-kill Save text to point in kill ring; the second time, kill the text. If the text between point and the mouse is the same as what's at the front of the kill ring, this deletes the text. Otherwise, it adds the text to the kill ring, like \[kill-ring-save], which prepares for a second click to delete the text. If you have selected words or lines, this command extends the selection through the word or line clicked on. If you do this again in a different position, it extends the selection again. If you do this twice in the same position, the selection is killed.Fmouse-start-secondary Set one end of the secondary selection to the position clicked on. Use \[mouse-secondary-save-then-kill] to set the other end and complete the secondary selection.Fmouse-set-secondary Set the secondary selection to the text that the mouse is dragged over. This must be bound to a mouse drag event.Fmouse-drag-secondary Set the secondary selection to the text that the mouse is dragged over. Highlight the drag area as you move the mouse. This must be bound to a button-down mouse event. The function returns a non-nil value if it creates a secondary selection.Fmouse-yank-secondary Insert the secondary selection at the position clicked on. Move point to the end of the inserted text. If `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil, insert at point regardless of where you click.Fmouse-kill-secondary Kill the text in the secondary selection. This is intended more as a keyboard command than as a mouse command but it can work as either one. The current buffer (in case of keyboard use), or the buffer clicked on, must be the one that the secondary selection is in. This requirement is to prevent accidents.Fmouse-secondary-save-then-kill Save text to point in kill ring; the second time, kill the text. You must use this in a buffer where you have recently done \[mouse-start-secondary]. If the text between where you did \[mouse-start-secondary] and where you use this command matches the text at the front of the kill ring, this command deletes the text. Otherwise, it adds the text to the kill ring, like \[kill-ring-save], which prepares for a second click with this command to delete the text. If you have already made a secondary selection in that buffer, this command extends or retracts the selection to where you click. If you do this again in a different position, it extends or retracts again. If you do this twice in the same position, it kills the selection.Vmouse-buffer-menu-maxlen *Number of buffers in one pane (submenu) of the buffer menu. If we have lots of buffers, divide them into groups of `mouse-buffer-menu-maxlen' and make a pane (or submenu) for each one.Vmouse-buffer-menu-mode-mult *Group the buffers by the major mode groups on \[mouse-buffer-menu]? This number which determines (in a hairy way) whether \[mouse-buffer-menu] will split the buffer menu by the major modes (see `mouse-buffer-menu-mode-groups') or just by menu length. Set to 1 (or even 0!) if you want to group by major mode always, and to a large number if you prefer a mixed multitude. The default is 4.Vmouse-buffer-menu-mode-groups How to group various major modes together in \[mouse-buffer-menu]. Each element has the form (REGEXP . GROUPNAME). If the major mode's name string matches REGEXP, use GROUPNAME instead.Fmouse-buffer-menu Pop up a menu of buffers for selection with the mouse. This switches buffers in the window that you clicked on, and selects that window.Fmouse-choose-completion Click on an alternative in the `*Completions*' buffer to choose it.Vx-fixed-font-alist X fonts suitable for use in Emacs.Fmouse-set-font Select an emacs font from a list of known good fonts and fontsets.Fx-get-selection Return the value of an X Windows selection. The argument TYPE (default `PRIMARY') says which selection, and the argument DATA-TYPE (default `STRING') says how to convert the data. TYPE may be `SECONDARY' or `CLIPBOARD', in addition to `PRIMARY'. DATA-TYPE is usually `STRING', but can also be one of the symbols in `selection-converter-alist', which see.Fx-get-clipboard Return text pasted to the clipboard.Fx-set-selection Make an X Windows selection of type TYPE and value DATA. The argument TYPE (default `PRIMARY') says which selection, and DATA specifies the contents. DATA may be a string, a symbol, an integer (or a cons of two integers or list of two integers). The selection may also be a cons of two markers pointing to the same buffer, or an overlay. In these cases, the selection is considered to be the text between the markers *at whatever time the selection is examined*. Thus, editing done in the buffer after you specify the selection can alter the effective value of the selection. The data may also be a vector of valid non-vector selection values. Interactively, the text of the region is used as the selection value if the prefix arg is set.Fx-get-cut-buffer Returns the value of one of the 8 X server cut-buffers. Optional arg WHICH-ONE should be a number from 0 to 7, defaulting to 0. Cut buffers are considered obsolete; you should use selections instead.Fx-set-cut-buffer Store STRING into the X server's primary cut buffer. If PUSH is non-nil, also rotate the cut buffers: this means the previous value of the primary cut buffer moves to the second cut buffer, and the second to the third, and so on (there are 8 buffers.) Cut buffers are considered obsolete; you should use selections instead.Fxselect-convert-to-class EmacsFxselect-convert-to-name emacsFscroll-bar-event-ratio Given a scroll bar event EVENT, return the scroll bar position as a ratio. The value is a cons cell (PORTION . WHOLE) containing two integers whose ratio gives the event's vertical position in the scroll bar, with 0 referring to the top and 1 to the bottom.Fscroll-bar-scale Given a pair (NUM . DENOM) and WHOLE, return (/ (* NUM WHOLE) DENOM). This is handy for scaling a position on a scroll bar into real units, like buffer positions. If SCROLL-BAR-POS is the (PORTION . WHOLE) pair from a scroll bar event, then (scroll-bar-scale SCROLL-BAR-POS (buffer-size)) is the position in the current buffer corresponding to that scroll bar position.Vscroll-bar-mode-explicit Non-nil means `set-scroll-bar-mode' should really do something. This is nil while loading `scroll-bar.el', and t afterward.Fset-scroll-bar-mode Set `scroll-bar-mode' to VALUE and put the new value into effect.Vscroll-bar-mode *Specify whether to have vertical scroll bars, and on which side. Possible values are nil (no scroll bars), `left' (scroll bars on left) and `right' (scroll bars on right). To set this variable in a Lisp program, use `set-scroll-bar-mode' to make it take real effect. Setting the variable with a customization buffer also takes effect.Fscroll-bar-mode Toggle display of vertical scroll bars on all frames. This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. With a numeric argument, if the argument is negative, turn off scroll bars; otherwise, turn on scroll bars.Ftoggle-scroll-bar Toggle whether or not the selected frame has vertical scroll bars. With arg, turn vertical scroll bars on if and only if arg is positive. The variable `scroll-bar-mode' controls which side the scroll bars are on when they are turned on; if it is nil, they go on the left.Ftoggle-horizontal-scroll-bar Toggle whether or not the selected frame has horizontal scroll bars. With arg, turn horizontal scroll bars on if and only if arg is positive. Horizontal scroll bars aren't implemented yet.Fscroll-bar-set-window-start Set the window start according to where the scroll bar is dragged. EVENT should be a scroll bar click or drag event.Fscroll-bar-drag-position Calculate new window start for drag event.Fscroll-bar-maybe-set-window-start Set the window start according to where the scroll bar is dragged. Only change window start if the new start is substantially different. EVENT should be a scroll bar click or drag event.Fscroll-bar-drag Scroll the window by dragging the scroll bar slider. If you click outside the slider, the window scrolls to bring the slider there.Fscroll-bar-scroll-down Scroll the window's top line down to the location of the scroll bar click. EVENT should be a scroll bar click.Fscroll-bar-scroll-up Scroll the line next to the scroll bar click to the top of the window. EVENT should be a scroll bar click.Vdisplay-subprocess-window If non-nil, the subprocess window is displayed whenever input is received.Vcommand-prefix-string String to insert to distinguish commands entered by user.Fsubprocess-input Handles input from a subprocess. Called by Emacs.Fsubprocess-exit Called by Emacs upon subprocess exit.Fstart-subprocess Spawns an asynchronous subprocess with output redirected to the buffer *COMMAND*. Within this buffer, use C-m to send the last line to the subprocess or to bring another line to the end.Fsubprocess-command-to-buffer Execute COMMAND and redirect output into BUFFER.Fsubprocess-command Starts asynchronous subprocess if not running and switches to its window.Fcommand-send-input If at last line of buffer, sends the current line to the spawned subprocess. Otherwise brings back current line to the last line for resubmission.Fcommand-kill-line Kills the current line. Used in command mode.Fcreate-file-buffer Create a suitably named buffer for visiting FILENAME, and return it. FILENAME (sans directory) is used unchanged if that name is free; otherwise a string <2> or <3> or ... is appended to get an unused name.Fmake-auto-save-file-name Return file name to use for auto-saves of current buffer. This function does not consider `auto-save-visited-file-name'; the caller should check that before calling this function. This is a separate function so that your `.emacs' file or the site's `site-init.el' can redefine it. See also `auto-save-file-name-p'.Fauto-save-file-name-p Return t if FILENAME can be yielded by `make-auto-save-file-name'. FILENAME should lack slashes. This is a separate function so that your `.emacs' file or the site's `site-init.el' can redefine it.Fvms-suspend-resume-hook When resuming suspended Emacs, check for file to be found. If the logical name `EMACS_FILE_NAME' is defined, `find-file' that file.Fvms-suspend-hook Don't allow suspending if logical name `DONT_SUSPEND_EMACS' is defined.Fvms-command-line-again Reprocess command line arguments. VMS specific. Command line arguments are initialized from the logical EMACS_COMMAND_ARGS which is defined by kepteditor.com. On VMS this allows attaching to a spawned Emacs and doing things like "emacs -l myfile.el -f doit"Fvms-pmail-setup Set up file assuming use by VMS Mail utility. The buffer is put into text-mode, auto-save is turned off and the following bindings are established. \[vms-pmail-save-and-exit] vms-pmail-save-and-exit \[vms-pmail-abort] vms-pmail-abort All other Emacs commands are still available.Vls-lisp-emulation *Platform to emulate: GNU (default), MacOS, MS-Windows, UNIX. Corresponding value is one of the atoms: nil, MacOS, MS-Windows, UNIX. Sets default values for: `ls-lisp-ignore-case', `ls-lisp-dirs-first', `ls-lisp-verbosity'. Need not match actual platform. Changing this option will have no effect until you restart Emacs.Vls-lisp-ignore-case *Non-nil causes ls-lisp alphabetic sorting to ignore case.Vls-lisp-dirs-first *Non-nil causes ls-lisp to sort directories first in any ordering. (Or last if it is reversed.) Follows Microsoft Windows Explorer.Vls-lisp-verbosity *A list of optional file attributes that ls-lisp should display. It should contain none or more of the symbols: links, uid, gid. Nil (or an empty list) means display none of them. Concepts come from UNIX: `links' means count of names associated with the file; `uid' means user (owner) identifier; `gid' means group identifier. If emulation is MacOS then default is nil; if emulation is MS-Windows then default is `(links)' if platform is Windows NT/2K, nil otherwise; if emulation is UNIX then default is `(links uid)'; if emulation is GNU then default is `(links uid gid)'.Vls-lisp-use-insert-directory-program *Non-nil causes ls-lisp to revert back to using `insert-directory-program'. This is useful on platforms where ls-lisp is dumped into Emacs, such as Microsoft Windows, but you would still like to use a program to list the contents of a directory.Vls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards *Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards. Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).Fls-lisp-parse-symlink This stub may be redefined to parse FILE-NAME as a symlink. It should return nil or the link target as a string.Finsert-directory Insert directory listing for FILE, formatted according to SWITCHES. Leaves point after the inserted text. SWITCHES may be a string of options, or a list of strings. Optional third arg WILDCARD means treat FILE as shell wildcard. Optional fourth arg FULL-DIRECTORY-P means file is a directory and switches do not contain `d', so that a full listing is expected. This version of the function comes from `ls-lisp.el'. If the value of `ls-lisp-use-insert-directory-program' is non-nil then it works exactly like the version from `files.el' and runs a directory listing program whose name is in the variable `insert-directory-program'; if also WILDCARD is non-nil then it runs the shell specified by `shell-file-name'. If the value of `ls-lisp-use-insert-directory-program' is nil then it runs a Lisp emulation. The Lisp emulation does not run any external programs or shells. It supports ordinary shell wildcards if `ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards' is non-nil; otherwise, it interprets wildcards as regular expressions to match file names. It does not support all `ls' switches -- those that work are: A a c i r S s t u U X g G B C R and F partly.Fls-lisp-insert-directory Insert directory listing for FILE, formatted according to SWITCHES. Leaves point after the inserted text. This is an internal function optionally called by the `ls-lisp.el' version of `insert-directory'. It is called recursively if the -R switch is used. SWITCHES is a *list* of characters. TIME-INDEX is the time index into file-attributes according to SWITCHES. WILDCARD is nil or an *Emacs regexp*. FULL-DIRECTORY-P means file is a directory and SWITCHES does not contain `d', so that a full listing is expected.Fls-lisp-column-format Insert the file names (only) in FILE-ALIST into the current buffer. Format in columns, sorted vertically, following GNU ls -C. Responds to the window width as ls should but may not!Fls-lisp-delete-matching Delete all elements matching REGEXP from LIST, return new list.Fls-lisp-string-lessp Return t if string S1 is less than string S2 in lexicographic order. Case is significant if `ls-lisp-ignore-case' is nil. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for comparison.Fls-lisp-handle-switches Return new FILE-ALIST sorted according to SWITCHES. SWITCHES is a list of characters. Default sorting is alphabetic.Fls-lisp-classify Append a character to each file name indicating the file type. Also, for regular files that are executable, append `*'. The file type indicators are `/' for directories, `@' for symbolic links, `|' for FIFOs, `=' for sockets, and nothing for regular files. [But FIFOs and sockets are not recognised.] FILEDATA has the form (filename . `file-attributes'). Its `cadr' is t for directory, string (name linked to) for symbolic link, or nil.Fls-lisp-extension Return extension of FILENAME (ignoring any version extension) FOLLOWED by null and full filename, SOLELY for full alpha sort.Fls-lisp-time-lessp Return t if time TIME0 is earlier than time TIME1.Fls-lisp-format Format one line of long ls output for file FILE-NAME. FILE-ATTR and FILE-SIZE give the file's attributes and size. SWITCHES, TIME-INDEX and NOW give the full switch list and time data.Fls-lisp-time-index Return time index into file-attributes according to ls SWITCHES list. Return nil if no time switch found.Fls-lisp-format-time Format time for file with attributes FILE-ATTR according to TIME-INDEX. Use the same method as ls to decide whether to show time-of-day or year, depending on distance between file date and NOW. All ls time options, namely c, t and u, are handled.Fconvert-standard-filename Convert a standard file's name to something suitable for the current OS. This function's standard definition is trivial; it just returns the argument. However, on some systems, the function is redefined with a definition that really does change some file names.Fdos-8+3-filename Truncate FILENAME to DOS 8+3 limits.Fmake-auto-save-file-name Return file name to use for auto-saves of current buffer. Does not consider `auto-save-visited-file-name' as that variable is checked before calling this function. You can redefine this for customization. See also `auto-save-file-name-p'.Fmode25 Changes the number of screen rows to 25.Fmode4350 Changes the number of rows to 43 or 50. Emacs always tries to set the screen height to 50 rows first. If this fails, it will try to set it to 43 rows, on the assumption that your video hardware might not support 50-line mode.Fw32-version Return the MS-Windows version numbers. The value is a list of three integers: the major and minor version numbers, and the build number.Vw32-system-shells List of strings recognized as Windows NT/9X system shells.Fw32-using-nt Return non-nil if literally running on Windows NT (i.e., not Windows 9X).Fw32-shell-name Return the name of the shell being used.Fw32-shell-dos-semantics Return t if the interactive shell being used expects msdos shell semantics.Vw32-allow-system-shell *Disable startup warning when using "system" shells.Fw32-check-shell-configuration Check the configuration of shell variables on Windows NT/9X. This function is invoked after loading the init files and processing the command line arguments. It issues a warning if the user or site has configured the shell with inappropriate settings.Vw32-valid-locales List of locale ids known to be supported.Fw32-list-locales List the name and id of all locales supported by Windows.Fmake-auto-save-file-name Return file name to use for auto-saves of current buffer. Does not consider `auto-save-visited-file-name' as that variable is checked before calling this function. You can redefine this for customization. See also `auto-save-file-name-p'.Fconvert-standard-filename Convert a standard file's name to something suitable for the current OS. This function's standard definition is trivial; it just returns the argument. However, on some systems, the function is redefined with a definition that really does change some file names.Fset-w32-system-coding-system Set the coding system used by the Windows System to CODING-SYSTEM. This is used for things like passing font names with non-ASCII characters in them to the system. For a list of possible values of CODING-SYSTEM, use \[list-coding-systems].Vw32-tty-standard-colors A list of VGA console colors, their indices and 16-bit RGB values.Fw32-add-charset-info Function to add character sets to display with Windows fonts. Creates entries in `w32-charset-info-alist'. XLFD-CHARSET is a string which will appear in the XLFD font name to identify the character set. WINDOWS-CHARSET is a symbol identifying the Windows character set this maps to. For the list of possible values, see the documentation for `w32-charset-info-alist'. CODEPAGE can be a numeric codepage that Windows uses to display the character set, t for Unicode output with no codepage translation or nil for 8 bit output with no translation.Vx-cut-buffer-max Max number of characters to put in the cut buffer.Vx-select-enable-clipboard Non-nil means cutting and pasting uses the clipboard. This is in addition to the primary selection.Fx-select-text Make TEXT the last selected text. If `x-select-enable-clipboard' is non-nil, copy the text to the system clipboard as well. Optional PUSH is ignored on Windows.Fx-get-selection-value Return the value of the current selection. Consult the selection, then the cut buffer. Treat empty strings as if they were unset.Vfile-name-buffer-file-type-alist *Alist for distinguishing text files from binary files. Each element has the form (REGEXP . TYPE), where REGEXP is matched against the file name, and TYPE is nil for text, t for binary.Ffind-buffer-file-type-coding-system Choose a coding system for a file operation. If COMMAND is `insert-file-contents', the coding system is chosen based upon the filename, the contents of `untranslated-filesystem-list' and `file-name-buffer-file-type-alist', and whether the file exists: If it matches in `untranslated-filesystem-list': If the file exists: `undecided' If the file does not exist: `undecided-unix' If it matches in `file-name-buffer-file-type-alist': If the match is t (for binary): `no-conversion' If the match is nil (for dos-text): `undecided-dos' Otherwise: If the file exists: `undecided' If the file does not exist: default-buffer-file-coding-system If COMMAND is `write-region', the coding system is chosen based upon the value of `buffer-file-coding-system' and `buffer-file-type'. If `buffer-file-coding-system' is non-nil, its value is used. If it is nil and `buffer-file-type' is t, the coding system is `no-conversion'. Otherwise, it is `undecided-dos'. The two most common situations are when DOS and Unix files are read and written, and their names do not match in `untranslated-filesystem-list' and `file-name-buffer-file-type-alist'. In these cases, the coding system initially will be `undecided'. As the file is read in the DOS case, the coding system will be changed to `undecided-dos' as CR/LFs are detected. As the file is read in the Unix case, the coding system will be changed to `undecided-unix' as LFs are detected. In both cases, `buffer-file-coding-system' will be set to the appropriate coding system, and the value of `buffer-file-coding-system' will be used when writing the file.Ffind-file-binary Visit file FILENAME and treat it as binary.Ffind-file-text Visit file FILENAME and treat it as a text file.Vuntranslated-filesystem-list List of filesystems that require no CR/LF translation when reading and writing files. Each filesystem in the list is a string naming the directory prefix corresponding to the filesystem.Funtranslated-canonical-name Return FILENAME in a canonicalized form for use with the functions dealing with untranslated filesystems.Funtranslated-file-p Return t if FILENAME is on a filesystem that does not require CR/LF translation, and nil otherwise.Fadd-untranslated-filesystem Add FILESYSTEM to the list of filesystems that do not require CR/LF translation. FILESYSTEM is a string containing the directory prefix corresponding to the filesystem. For example, for a Unix filesystem mounted on drive Z:, FILESYSTEM could be "Z:".Fremove-untranslated-filesystem Remove FILESYSTEM from the list of filesystems that do not require CR/LF translation. FILESYSTEM is a string containing the directory prefix corresponding to the filesystem. For example, for a Unix filesystem mounted on drive Z:, FILESYSTEM could be "Z:".Vdirect-print-region-use-command-dot-com *Control whether command.com is used to print on Windows 9x.Fdirect-print-region-function DOS/Windows-specific function to print the region on a printer. Writes the region to the device or file which is a value of `printer-name' (which see), unless the value of `lpr-command' indicates a specific program should be invoked.Fdirect-ps-print-region-function DOS/Windows-specific function to print the region on a PostScript printer. Writes the region to the device or file which is a value of `ps-printer-name' (which see), unless the value of `ps-lpr-command' indicates a specific program should be invoked.Fmake-display-table Return a new, empty display table.Fdisplay-table-slot Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.Fset-display-table-slot Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.Fdescribe-display-table Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.Fdescribe-current-display-table Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.Fstandard-display-8bit Display characters in the range L to H literally.Fstandard-display-default Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.Fstandard-display-ascii Display character C using printable string S.Fstandard-display-g1 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; it is meaningless for an X frame.Fstandard-display-graphic Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an X frame.Fstandard-display-underline Display character C as character UC plus underlining.Fcreate-glyph Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.Fstandard-display-european Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. With prefix argument, this command enables European character display if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles European character display. When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function in `.emacs'.Vmsdos-shells *List of shells that use `/c' instead of `-c' and a backslashed command.Vdos-codepage-setup-hook *List of functions to be called after the DOS terminal and coding systems are set up. This is the place, e.g., to set specific entries in `standard-display-table' as appropriate for your codepage, if `IT-display-table-setup' doesn't do a perfect job.Vccl-command-table Vector of CCL commands (symbols).Vccl-code-table Vector of CCL compiled codes (symbols).Vccl-extended-code-table Vector of CCL extended compiled codes (symbols).Vccl-register-table Vector of CCL registers (symbols).Vccl-arith-table Vector of CCL arithmetic/logical operators (symbols).Vccl-assign-arith-table Vector of CCL assignment operators (symbols).Vccl-program-vector Working vector of CCL codes produced by CCL compiler.Vccl-current-ic The current index for `ccl-program-vector'.Fccl-compile Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.Fccl-dump Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.Fdeclare-ccl-program Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before execution. Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.Fdefine-ccl-program Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. CCL-PROGRAM has this form: (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION CCL_MAIN_CODE [ CCL_EOF_CODE ]) BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and `write' commands. CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed. Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the semantics. CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) STATEMENT := SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL | TRANSLATE | END SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION) ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer). | integer EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG) ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1. IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute ;; CCL_BLOCK_N. BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed. LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) ;; Terminate the most inner loop. BREAK := (break) REPEAT := ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop. (repeat) ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string]) ;; (repeat)) | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string]) ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY]) ;; (read REG) ;; (repeat)) | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY]) ;; Same as: ((write integer) ;; (read REG) ;; (repeat)) | (write-read-repeat REG integer) READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1 ;; to the next byte read, and so on. (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) ;; Same as: ((read REG) ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)) | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) ;; Same as: ((read REG) ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])) | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point. | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) WRITE := ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte ;; representation. (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION) ;; (write r7)) | (write EXPRESSION) ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte ;; representation. | (write integer) ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output ;; buffer. | (write string) ;; Same as: (write string) | string ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte ;; representation. | (write REG ARRAY) ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 << ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1 ;; is the second code point of the character. | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name. CALL := (call ccl-program-name) ;; Terminate the CCL program. END := (end) ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly. REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 ARG := REG | integer OPERATOR := ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code). + | - | * | / | % ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code) | & | `|' | ^ ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code) | << | >> ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means: ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1)) | <8 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means: ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8)) ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255))) | >8 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means: ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1)) ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1))) | // ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code) | < | > | == | <= | >= | != ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character, ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means: ;; ((REG = CODE0) ;; (r7 = CODE1)) ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the ;; second code point of CHAR. | de-sjis ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding ;; Shift-JIS code, ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means: ;; ((REG = HIGH) ;; (r7 = LOW)) ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower ;; byte of SJIS. | en-sjis ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR := ;; Same meaning as C code += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as: ;; ((REG <<= 8) ;; (REG |= ARG)) | <8= ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as: ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255)) ;; (REG >>= 8)) ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as: ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG)) ;; (REG /= ARG)) | //= ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]' TRANSLATE := (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'. MAP := (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs) | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET)) | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID) MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ... MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET MAP-ID := integer Fcheck-ccl-program Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.Fccl-execute-with-args Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers. See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.Fcp-coding-system-for-codepage-1 Make coding system CODING for a DOS codepage using translation tables. MNEMONIC is a character to be displayed on mode line for the coding system. ISO-NAME is the name of the ISO-8859 charset which corresponds to this codepage. DECODER is a translation table for converting characters in the DOS codepage encoding to Emacs multibyte characters. ENCODER is a translation table for encoding Emacs multibyte characters into external DOS codepage codes.Fcp-decoding-vector-for-codepage Create a vector for decoding IBM PC characters using conversion table TABLE into an ISO-8859 character set CHARSET whose first non-ASCII character is generated by (make-char CHARSET OFFSET).Vcp437-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-1 characters into codepage 437 glyphs.Vcp850-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-1 characters into codepage 850 glyphs.Vcp851-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-7 characters into codepage 851 glyphs.Vcp852-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-2 characters into codepage 852 glyphs.Vcp855-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-5 characters into codepage 855 glyphs.Vcp857-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-3 characters into codepage 857 glyphs.Vcp860-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-1 characters into codepage 860 glyphs.Vcp861-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-1 characters into codepage 861 glyphs.Vcp862-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-8 characters into codepage 862 glyphs.Vcp863-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-1 characters into codepage 863 glyphs.Vcp864-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-6 characters into codepage 864 glyphs.Vcp720-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-6 characters into codepage 720 glyphs.Vcp865-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-1 characters into codepage 865 glyphs.Vcp866-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-5 characters into codepage 866 glyphs.Vcp869-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-7 characters into codepage 869 glyphs.Vcp737-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-7 characters into codepage 737 glyphs.Vcp770-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-4 characters into codepage 770 glyphs.Vcp773-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-4 characters into codepage 773 glyphs.Vcp774-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-4 characters into codepage 774 glyphs.Vcp775-decode-table Table for converting ISO-8859-4 characters into codepage 775 glyphs.Vcp1250-decode-table ISO-8859-2 to Windows-1250 (Central Europe) codepage decoding tableVcp1251-decode-table ISO-8859-5 to Windows-1251 (Cyrillic) codepage decoding tableVcp1253-decode-table ISO-8859-7 to Windows-1253 (Greek) codepage decoding tableVcp1257-decode-table ISO-8859-4 to Windows-1257 (Baltic) codepage decoding tableFcp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit ASCII table. The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the decoder and encoder created by this function.Fcp-codepage-decoder If CODEPAGE is the name of a supported codepage, return its decode table; otherwise return nil.Fcp-charset-for-codepage Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.Fcp-language-for-codepage Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.Fcp-offset-for-codepage Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.Fcp-supported-codepages Return an alist of supported codepages. Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match for the character set supported by that codepage. A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, is a vector, and has a charset property.Fcodepage-setup Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.Vonly-global-abbrevs *t means user plans to use global abbrevs only. This makes the commands that normally define mode-specific abbrevs define global abbrevs instead.Fabbrev-mode Toggle abbrev mode. With argument ARG, turn abbrev mode on iff ARG is positive. In abbrev mode, inserting an abbreviation causes it to expand and be replaced by its expansion.Vabbrev-mode Toggle abbrev mode. Non-nil means automatically expand abbrevs as they are inserted. This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion. Changing it with \[customize] sets the default value. Use the command `abbrev-mode' to enable or disable Abbrev mode in the current buffer.Vedit-abbrevs-map Keymap used in edit-abbrevs.Fkill-all-abbrevs Undefine all defined abbrevs.Finsert-abbrevs Insert after point a description of all defined abbrevs. Mark is set after the inserted text.Flist-abbrevs Display a list of defined abbrevs. If LOCAL is non-nil, interactively when invoked with a prefix arg, display only local, i.e. mode-specific, abbrevs. Otherwise display all abbrevs.Fabbrev-table-name Value is the name of abbrev table TABLE.Fedit-abbrevs-mode Major mode for editing the list of abbrev definitions. \{edit-abbrevs-map}Fedit-abbrevs Alter abbrev definitions by editing a list of them. Selects a buffer containing a list of abbrev definitions. You can edit them and type \\[edit-abbrevs-redefine] to redefine abbrevs according to your editing. Buffer contains a header line for each abbrev table, which is the abbrev table name in parentheses. This is followed by one line per abbrev in that table: NAME USECOUNT EXPANSION HOOK where NAME and EXPANSION are strings with quotes, USECOUNT is an integer, and HOOK is any valid function or may be omitted (it is usually omitted).Fedit-abbrevs-redefine Redefine abbrevs according to current buffer contents.Fdefine-abbrevs Define abbrevs according to current visible buffer contents. See documentation of `edit-abbrevs' for info on the format of the text you must have in the buffer. With argument, eliminate all abbrev definitions except the ones defined from the buffer now.Fread-abbrev-file Read abbrev definitions from file written with `write-abbrev-file'. Optional argument FILE is the name of the file to read; it defaults to the value of `abbrev-file-name'. Optional second argument QUIETLY non-nil means don't print anything.Fquietly-read-abbrev-file Read abbrev definitions from file written with write-abbrev-file. Optional argument FILE is the name of the file to read; it defaults to the value of `abbrev-file-name'. Does not print anything.Fwrite-abbrev-file Write all abbrev definitions to a file of Lisp code. The file written can be loaded in another session to define the same abbrevs. The argument FILE is the file name to write.Fadd-mode-abbrev Define mode-specific abbrev for last word(s) before point. Argument is how many words before point form the expansion; or zero means the region is the expansion. A negative argument means to undefine the specified abbrev. Reads the abbreviation in the minibuffer. Don't use this function in a Lisp program; use `define-abbrev' instead.Fadd-global-abbrev Define global (all modes) abbrev for last word(s) before point. The prefix argument specifies the number of words before point that form the expansion; or zero means the region is the expansion. A negative argument means to undefine the specified abbrev. This command uses the minibuffer to read the abbreviation. Don't use this function in a Lisp program; use `define-abbrev' instead.Finverse-add-mode-abbrev Define last word before point as a mode-specific abbrev. With prefix argument N, defines the Nth word before point. This command uses the minibuffer to read the expansion. Expands the abbreviation after defining it.Finverse-add-global-abbrev Define last word before point as a global (mode-independent) abbrev. With prefix argument N, defines the Nth word before point. This command uses the minibuffer to read the expansion. Expands the abbreviation after defining it.Fabbrev-prefix-mark Mark current point as the beginning of an abbrev. Abbrev to be expanded starts here rather than at beginning of word. This way, you can expand an abbrev with a prefix: insert the prefix, use this command, then insert the abbrev.Fexpand-region-abbrevs For abbrev occurrence in the region, offer to expand it. The user is asked to type y or n for each occurrence. A prefix argument means don't query; expand all abbrevs. If called from a Lisp program, arguments are START END &optional NOQUERY.VBuffer-menu-mode-map FBuffer-menu-mode Major mode for editing a list of buffers. Each line describes one of the buffers in Emacs. Letters do not insert themselves; instead, they are commands. \ \[Buffer-menu-mouse-select] -- select buffer you click on, in place of the buffer menu. \[Buffer-menu-this-window] -- select current line's buffer in place of the buffer menu. \[Buffer-menu-other-window] -- select that buffer in another window, so the buffer menu buffer remains visible in its window. \[Buffer-menu-view] -- select current line's buffer, but in view-mode. \[Buffer-menu-view-other-window] -- select that buffer in another window, in view-mode. \[Buffer-menu-switch-other-window] -- make another window display that buffer. \[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark current line's buffer to be displayed. \[Buffer-menu-select] -- select current line's buffer. Also show buffers marked with m, in other windows. \[Buffer-menu-1-window] -- select that buffer in full-frame window. \[Buffer-menu-2-window] -- select that buffer in one window, together with buffer selected before this one in another window. \[Buffer-menu-visit-tags-table] -- visit-tags-table this buffer. \[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer. \[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved, and move down. \[Buffer-menu-delete] -- mark that buffer to be deleted, and move down. \[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted, and move up. \[Buffer-menu-execute] -- delete or save marked buffers. \[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line. With prefix argument, also move up one line. \[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks. \[Buffer-menu-toggle-read-only] -- toggle read-only status of buffer on this line. \[Buffer-menu-revert] -- update the list of buffers. \[Buffer-menu-bury] -- bury the buffer listed on this line.FBuffer-menu-revert Update the list of buffers.FBuffer-menu-buffer Return buffer described by this line of buffer menu.Fbuffer-menu Make a menu of buffers so you can save, delete or select them. With argument, show only buffers that are visiting files. Type ? after invocation to get help on commands available. Type q immediately to make the buffer menu go away.Fbuffer-menu-other-window Display a list of buffers in another window. With the buffer list buffer, you can save, delete or select the buffers. With argument, show only buffers that are visiting files. Type ? after invocation to get help on commands available. Type q immediately to make the buffer menu go away.FBuffer-menu-mark Mark buffer on this line for being displayed by \\[Buffer-menu-select] command.FBuffer-menu-unmark Cancel all requested operations on buffer on this line and move down. Optional ARG means move up.FBuffer-menu-backup-unmark Move up and cancel all requested operations on buffer on line above.FBuffer-menu-delete Mark buffer on this line to be deleted by \\[Buffer-menu-execute] command. Prefix arg is how many buffers to delete. Negative arg means delete backwards.FBuffer-menu-delete-backwards Mark buffer on this line to be deleted by \\[Buffer-menu-execute] command and then move up one line. Prefix arg means move that many lines.FBuffer-menu-save Mark buffer on this line to be saved by \\[Buffer-menu-execute] command.FBuffer-menu-not-modified Mark buffer on this line as unmodified (no changes to save).FBuffer-menu-execute Save and/or delete buffers marked with \\[Buffer-menu-save] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete] commands.FBuffer-menu-select Select this line's buffer; also display buffers marked with `>'. You can mark buffers with the \\[Buffer-menu-mark] command. This command deletes and replaces all the previously existing windows in the selected frame.FBuffer-menu-visit-tags-table Visit the tags table in the buffer on this line. See `visit-tags-table'.FBuffer-menu-1-window Select this line's buffer, alone, in full frame.FBuffer-menu-mouse-select Select the buffer whose line you click on.FBuffer-menu-this-window Select this line's buffer in this window.FBuffer-menu-other-window Select this line's buffer in other window, leaving buffer menu visible.FBuffer-menu-switch-other-window Make the other window select this line's buffer. The current window remains selected.FBuffer-menu-2-window Select this line's buffer, with previous buffer in second window.FBuffer-menu-toggle-read-only Toggle read-only status of buffer on this line, perhaps via version control.FBuffer-menu-bury Bury the buffer listed on this line.FBuffer-menu-view View this line's buffer in View mode.FBuffer-menu-view-other-window View this line's buffer in View mode in another window.Flist-buffers Display a list of names of existing buffers. The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Buffer List*'. Note that buffers with names starting with spaces are omitted. Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers. The M column contains a * for buffers that are modified. The R column contains a % for buffers that are read-only.Flist-buffers-noselect Create and return a buffer with a list of names of existing buffers. The buffer is named `*Buffer List*'. Note that buffers with names starting with spaces are omitted. Non-null optional arg FILES-ONLY means mention only file buffers. The M column contains a * for buffers that are modified. The R column contains a % for buffers that are read-only.Fdefsubst Define an inline function. The syntax is just like that of `defun'.Fmake-obsolete Make the byte-compiler warn that FUNCTION is obsolete. The warning will say that NEW should be used instead. If NEW is a string, that is the `use instead' message. If provided, WHEN should be a string indicating when the function was first made obsolete, for example a date or a release number.Fmake-obsolete-variable Make the byte-compiler warn that VARIABLE is obsolete, and NEW should be used instead. If NEW is a string, then that is the `use instead' message. If provided, WHEN should be a string indicating when the variable was first made obsolete, for example a date or a release number.Fdont-compile Like `progn', but the body always runs interpreted (not compiled). If you think you need this, you're probably making a mistake somewhere.Feval-when-compile Like `progn', but evaluates the body at compile time. The result of the body appears to the compiler as a quoted constant.Feval-and-compile Like `progn', but evaluates the body at compile time and at load time.Vcustom-define-hook Hook called after defining each customize option.Fcustom-initialize-default Initialize SYMBOL with VALUE. This will do nothing if symbol already has a default binding. Otherwise, if symbol has a `saved-value' property, it will evaluate the car of that and used as the default binding for symbol. Otherwise, VALUE will be evaluated and used as the default binding for symbol.Fcustom-initialize-set Initialize SYMBOL based on VALUE. If the symbol doesn't have a default binding already, then set it using its `:set' function (or `set-default' if it has none). The value is either the value in the symbol's `saved-value' property, if any, or VALUE.Fcustom-initialize-reset Initialize SYMBOL based on VALUE. Set the symbol, using its `:set' function (or `set-default' if it has none). The value is either the symbol's current value (as obtained using the `:get' function), if any, or the value in the symbol's `saved-value' property if any, or (last of all) VALUE.Fcustom-initialize-changed Initialize SYMBOL with VALUE. Like `custom-initialize-reset', but only use the `:set' function if not using the standard setting. For the standard setting, use `set-default'.Fcustom-declare-variable Like `defcustom', but SYMBOL and DEFAULT are evaluated as normal arguments. DEFAULT should be an expression to evaluate to compute the default value, not the default value itself.Fdefcustom Declare SYMBOL as a customizable variable that defaults to VALUE. DOC is the variable documentation. Neither SYMBOL nor VALUE needs to be quoted. If SYMBOL is not already bound, initialize it to VALUE. The remaining arguments should have the form [KEYWORD VALUE]... The following keywords are meaningful: :type VALUE should be a widget type for editing the symbols value. :options VALUE should be a list of valid members of the widget type. :group VALUE should be a customization group. Add SYMBOL to that group. :initialize VALUE should be a function used to initialize the variable. It takes two arguments, the symbol and value given in the `defcustom' call. The default is `custom-initialize-reset.' :set VALUE should be a function to set the value of the symbol. It takes two arguments, the symbol to set and the value to give it. The default choice of function is `custom-set-default'. :get VALUE should be a function to extract the value of symbol. The function takes one argument, a symbol, and should return the current value for that symbol. The default choice of function is `custom-default-value'. :require VALUE should be a feature symbol. If you save a value for this option, then when your `.emacs' file loads the value, it does (require VALUE) first. :version VALUE should be a string specifying that the variable was first introduced, or its default value was changed, in Emacs version VERSION. :set-after VARIABLE Specifies that SYMBOL should be set after VARIABLE when both have been customized. Read the section about customization in the Emacs Lisp manual for more information.Fdefface Declare FACE as a customizable face that defaults to SPEC. FACE does not need to be quoted. Third argument DOC is the face documentation. If FACE has been set with `custom-set-face', set the face attributes as specified by that function, otherwise set the face attributes according to SPEC. The remaining arguments should have the form [KEYWORD VALUE]... The following KEYWORDs are defined: :group VALUE should be a customization group. Add FACE to that group. SPEC should be an alist of the form ((DISPLAY ATTS)...). The first element of SPEC where the DISPLAY matches the frame is the one that takes effect in that frame. The ATTRs in this element take effect; the other elements are ignored, on that frame. ATTS is a list of face attributes followed by their values: (ATTR VALUE ATTR VALUE...) The possible attributes are `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight', `:slant', `:underline', `:overline', `:strike-through', `:box', `:foreground', `:background', `:stipple', `:inverse-video', and `:inherit'. DISPLAY can either be the symbol t, which will match all frames, or an alist of the form ((REQ ITEM...)...). For the DISPLAY to match a FRAME, the REQ property of the frame must match one of the ITEM. The following REQ are defined: `type' (the value of `window-system') Under X, in addition to the values `window-system' can take, `motif', `lucid' and `x-toolkit' are allowed, and match when the Motif toolkit, Lucid toolkit, or any X toolkit is in use. `class' (the frame's color support) Should be one of `color', `grayscale', or `mono'. `background' (what color is used for the background text) Should be one of `light' or `dark'. Read the section about customization in the Emacs Lisp manual for more information.Fcustom-declare-group Like `defgroup', but SYMBOL is evaluated as a normal argument.Fdefgroup Declare SYMBOL as a customization group containing MEMBERS. SYMBOL does not need to be quoted. Third arg DOC is the group documentation. MEMBERS should be an alist of the form ((NAME WIDGET)...) where NAME is a symbol and WIDGET is a widget for editing that symbol. Useful widgets are `custom-variable' for editing variables, `custom-face' for edit faces, and `custom-group' for editing groups. The remaining arguments should have the form [KEYWORD VALUE]... The following KEYWORDs are defined: :group VALUE should be a customization group. Add SYMBOL to that group. :version VALUE should be a string specifying that the group was introduced in Emacs version VERSION. Read the section about customization in the Emacs Lisp manual for more information.Fcustom-add-to-group To existing GROUP add a new OPTION of type WIDGET. If there already is an entry for OPTION and WIDGET, nothing is done.Fcustom-handle-all-keywords For customization option SYMBOL, handle keyword arguments ARGS. Third argument TYPE is the custom option type.Fcustom-handle-keyword For customization option SYMBOL, handle KEYWORD with VALUE. Fourth argument TYPE is the custom option type.Fcustom-add-dependencies To the custom option SYMBOL, add dependencies specified by VALUE. VALUE should be a list of symbols. For each symbol in that list, this specifies that SYMBOL should be set after the specified symbol, if both appear in constructs like `custom-set-variables'.Fcustom-add-option To the variable SYMBOL add OPTION. If SYMBOL is a hook variable, OPTION should be a hook member. For other types variables, the effect is undefined.Fcustom-add-link To the custom option SYMBOL add the link WIDGET.Fcustom-add-version To the custom option SYMBOL add the version VERSION.Fcustom-add-load To the custom option SYMBOL add the dependency LOAD. LOAD should be either a library file name, or a feature name.Vcustom-local-buffer Non-nil, in a Customization buffer, means customize a specific buffer. If this variable is non-nil, it should be a buffer, and it means customize the local bindings of that buffer. This variable is a permanent local, and it normally has a local binding in every Customization buffer.Fcustom-set-variables Initialize variables according to user preferences. The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: (SYMBOL VALUE [NOW [REQUEST [COMMENT]]]) The unevaluated VALUE is stored as the saved value for SYMBOL. If NOW is present and non-nil, VALUE is also evaluated and bound as the default value for the SYMBOL. REQUEST is a list of features we must require for SYMBOL. COMMENT is a comment string about SYMBOL.Fcustom-set-default Default :set function for a customizable variable. Normally, this sets the default value of VARIABLE to VALUE, but if `custom-local-buffer' is non-nil, this sets the local binding in that buffer instead.Fbackquote-list*-function Like `list' but the last argument is the tail of the new list. For example (backquote-list* 'a 'b 'c) => (a b . c)Fbackquote-list*-macro Like `list' but the last argument is the tail of the new list. For example (backquote-list* 'a 'b 'c) => (a b . c)Vbackquote-backquote-symbol Symbol used to represent a backquote or nested backquote.Vbackquote-unquote-symbol Symbol used to represent an unquote inside a backquote.Vbackquote-splice-symbol Symbol used to represent a splice inside a backquote.Fbackquote Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. For example: b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.Vlisp-imenu-generic-expression Imenu generic expression for Lisp mode. See `imenu-generic-expression'.Flisp-outline-level Lisp mode `outline-level' function.Vlisp-mode-shared-map Keymap for commands shared by all sorts of Lisp modes.Vemacs-lisp-mode-map Keymap for Emacs Lisp mode. All commands in `lisp-mode-shared-map' are inherited by this map.Femacs-lisp-byte-compile Byte compile the file containing the current buffer.Femacs-lisp-byte-compile-and-load Byte-compile the current file (if it has changed), then load compiled code.Vemacs-lisp-mode-hook Hook run when entering Emacs Lisp mode.Vlisp-mode-hook Hook run when entering Lisp mode.Vlisp-interaction-mode-hook Hook run when entering Lisp Interaction mode.Femacs-lisp-mode Major mode for editing Lisp code to run in Emacs. Commands: Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. \{emacs-lisp-mode-map} Entry to this mode calls the value of `emacs-lisp-mode-hook' if that value is non-nil.Vlisp-mode-map Keymap for ordinary Lisp mode. All commands in `lisp-mode-shared-map' are inherited by this map.Flisp-mode Major mode for editing Lisp code for Lisps other than GNU Emacs Lisp. Commands: Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. \{lisp-mode-map} Note that `run-lisp' may be used either to start an inferior Lisp job or to switch back to an existing one. Entry to this mode calls the value of `lisp-mode-hook' if that value is non-nil.Flisp-eval-defun Send the current defun to the Lisp process made by \[run-lisp].Vlisp-interaction-mode-map Keymap for Lisp Interaction mode. All commands in `lisp-mode-shared-map' are inherited by this map.Flisp-interaction-mode Major mode for typing and evaluating Lisp forms. Like Lisp mode except that \[eval-print-last-sexp] evals the Lisp expression before point, and prints its value into the buffer, advancing point. Note that printing is controled by `eval-expression-print-length' and `eval-expression-print-level'. Commands: Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. Paragraphs are separated only by blank lines. Semicolons start comments. \{lisp-interaction-mode-map} Entry to this mode calls the value of `lisp-interaction-mode-hook' if that value is non-nil.Feval-print-last-sexp Evaluate sexp before point; print value into current buffer. Note that printing the result is controlled by the variables `eval-expression-print-length' and `eval-expression-print-level', which see.Flast-sexp-setup-props Set up text properties for the output of `eval-last-sexp-1'. BEG and END are the start and end of the output in current-buffer. VALUE is the Lisp value printed, ALT1 and ALT2 are strings for the alternative printed representations that can be displayed.Flast-sexp-toggle-display Toggle between abbreviated and unabbreviated printed representations.Feval-last-sexp-1 Evaluate sexp before point; print value in minibuffer. With argument, print output into current buffer.Feval-last-sexp Evaluate sexp before point; print value in minibuffer. Interactively, with prefix argument, print output into current buffer.Feval-defun-1 Change defvar into defconst within FORM. Likewise for other constructs as necessary.Feval-defun-2 Evaluate defun that point is in or before. The value is displayed in the minibuffer. If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar', then reset the variable using the initial value expression even if the variable already has some other value. (Normally `defvar' does not change the variable's value if it already has a value.) With argument, insert value in current buffer after the defun. Return the result of evaluation.Feval-defun Evaluate the top-level form containing point, or after point. If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom', evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value expression even if the variable already has some other value. (Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there already is one.) With a prefix argument, instrument the code for Edebug. If acting on a `defun' for FUNCTION, and the function was instrumented, `Edebug: FUNCTION' is printed in the minibuffer. If not instrumented, just FUNCTION is printed. If not acting on a `defun', the result of evaluation is displayed in the minibuffer. This display is controlled by the variables `eval-expression-print-length' and `eval-expression-print-level', which see.Vlisp-indent-offset If non-nil, indent second line of expressions that many more columns.Flisp-indent-line Indent current line as Lisp code. With argument, indent any additional lines of the same expression rigidly along with this one.Fcalculate-lisp-indent Return appropriate indentation for current line as Lisp code. In usual case returns an integer: the column to indent to. If the value is nil, that means don't change the indentation because the line starts inside a string. The value can also be a list of the form (COLUMN CONTAINING-SEXP-START). This means that following lines at the same level of indentation should not necessarily be indented the same as this line. Then COLUMN is the column to indent to, and CONTAINING-SEXP-START is the buffer position of the start of the containing expression.Vlisp-body-indent Number of columns to indent the second line of a `(def...)' form.Findent-sexp Indent each line of the list starting just after point. If optional arg ENDPOS is given, indent each line, stopping when ENDPOS is encountered.Flisp-indent-region Indent every line whose first char is between START and END inclusive.Flisp-fill-paragraph Like \[fill-paragraph], but handle Emacs Lisp comments. If any of the current line is a comment, fill the comment or the paragraph of it that point is in, preserving the comment's indentation and initial semicolons.Findent-code-rigidly Indent all lines of code, starting in the region, sideways by ARG columns. Does not affect lines starting inside comments or strings, assuming that the start of the region is not inside them. Called from a program, takes args START, END, COLUMNS and NOCHANGE-REGEXP. The last is a regexp which, if matched at the beginning of a line, means don't indent that line.Vdefun-prompt-regexp *If non-nil, a regexp to ignore before the character that starts a defun. This is only necessary if the opening paren or brace is not in column 0. See function `beginning-of-defun'. Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.Vparens-require-spaces Non-nil means `insert-parentheses' should insert whitespace as needed.Vforward-sexp-function If non-nil, `forward-sexp' delegates to this function. Should take the same arguments and behave similarly to `forward-sexp'.Fforward-sexp Move forward across one balanced expression (sexp). With ARG, do it that many times. Negative arg -N means move backward across N balanced expressions.Fbackward-sexp Move backward across one balanced expression (sexp). With ARG, do it that many times. Negative arg -N means move forward across N balanced expressions.Fmark-sexp Set mark ARG sexps from point. The place mark goes is the same place \[forward-sexp] would move to with the same argument.Fforward-list Move forward across one balanced group of parentheses. With ARG, do it that many times. Negative arg -N means move backward across N groups of parentheses.Fbackward-list Move backward across one balanced group of parentheses. With ARG, do it that many times. Negative arg -N means move forward across N groups of parentheses.Fdown-list Move forward down one level of parentheses. With ARG, do this that many times. A negative argument means move backward but still go down a level.Fbackward-up-list Move backward out of one level of parentheses. With ARG, do this that many times. A negative argument means move forward but still to a less deep spot.Fup-list Move forward out of one level of parentheses. With ARG, do this that many times. A negative argument means move backward but still to a less deep spot.Fkill-sexp Kill the sexp (balanced expression) following the cursor. With ARG, kill that many sexps after the cursor. Negative arg -N means kill N sexps before the cursor.Fbackward-kill-sexp Kill the sexp (balanced expression) preceding the cursor. With ARG, kill that many sexps before the cursor. Negative arg -N means kill N sexps after the cursor.Vbeginning-of-defun-function If non-nil, function for `beginning-of-defun-raw' to call. This is used to find the beginning of the defun instead of using the normal recipe (see `beginning-of-defun'). Major modes can define this if defining `defun-prompt-regexp' is not sufficient to handle the mode's needs. The function should go to the line on which the current defun starts, and return non-nil, or should return nil if it can't find the beginning.Fbeginning-of-defun Move backward to the beginning of a defun. With ARG, do it that many times. Negative arg -N means move forward to Nth following beginning of defun. Returns t unless search stops due to beginning or end of buffer. Normally a defun starts when there is a char with open-parenthesis syntax at the beginning of a line. If `defun-prompt-regexp' is non-nil, then a string which matches that regexp may precede the open-parenthesis, and point ends up at the beginning of the line. If variable `beginning-of-defun-function' is non-nil, its value is called as a function to find the defun's beginning.Fbeginning-of-defun-raw Move point to the character that starts a defun. This is identical to function `beginning-of-defun', except that point does not move to the beginning of the line when `defun-prompt-regexp' is non-nil. If variable `beginning-of-defun-function' is non-nil, its value is called as a function to find the defun's beginning.Vend-of-defun-function If non-nil, function for function `end-of-defun' to call. This is used to find the end of the defun instead of using the normal recipe (see `end-of-defun'). Major modes can define this if the normal method is not appropriate.Fend-of-defun Move forward to next end of defun. With argument, do it that many times. Negative argument -N means move back to Nth preceding end of defun. An end of a defun occurs right after the close-parenthesis that matches the open-parenthesis that starts a defun; see function `beginning-of-defun'. If variable `end-of-defun-function' is non-nil, its value is called as a function to find the defun's end.Fmark-defun Put mark at end of this defun, point at beginning. The defun marked is the one that contains point or follows point.Fnarrow-to-defun Make text outside current defun invisible. The defun visible is the one that contains point or follows point. Optional ARG is ignored.Finsert-parentheses Enclose following ARG sexps in parentheses. Leave point after open-paren. A negative ARG encloses the preceding ARG sexps instead. No argument is equivalent to zero: just insert `()' and leave point between. If `parens-require-spaces' is non-nil, this command also inserts a space before and after, depending on the surrounding characters.Fmove-past-close-and-reindent Move past next `)', delete indentation before it, then indent after it.Fcheck-parens Check for unbalanced parentheses in the current buffer. More accurately, check the narrowed part of the buffer for unbalanced expressions ("sexps") in general. This is done according to the current syntax table and will find unbalanced brackets or quotes as appropriate. (See Info node `(emacs)Lists and Sexps'.) If imbalance is found, an error is signalled and point is left at the first unbalanced character.Flisp-complete-symbol Perform completion on Lisp symbol preceding point. Compare that symbol against the known Lisp symbols. When called from a program, optional arg PREDICATE is a predicate determining which symbols are considered, e.g. `commandp'. If PREDICATE is nil, the context determines which symbols are considered. If the symbol starts just after an open-parenthesis, only symbols with function definitions are considered. Otherwise, all symbols with function definitions, values or properties are considered.Vfacemenu-keybindings Alist of interesting faces and keybindings. Each element is itself a list: the car is the name of the face, the next element is the key to use as a keyboard equivalent of the menu item; the binding is made in `facemenu-keymap'. The faces specifically mentioned in this list are put at the top of the menu, in the order specified. All other faces which are defined, except for those in `facemenu-unlisted-faces', are listed after them, but get no keyboard equivalents. If you change this variable after loading facemenu.el, you will need to call `facemenu-update' to make it take effect.Vfacemenu-new-faces-at-end *Where in the menu to insert newly-created faces. This should be nil to put them at the top of the menu, or t to put them just before "Other" at the end.Vfacemenu-unlisted-faces *List of faces not to include in the Face menu. Each element may be either a symbol, which is the name of a face, or a string, which is a regular expression to be matched against face names. Matching faces will not be added to the menu. You can set this list before loading facemenu.el, or add a face to it before creating that face if you do not want it to be listed. If you change the variable so as to eliminate faces that have already been added to the menu, call `facemenu-update' to recalculate the menu contents. If this variable is t, no faces will be added to the menu. This is useful for temporarily turning off the feature that automatically adds faces to the menu when they are created.Vfacemenu-face-menu Menu keymap for faces.Vfacemenu-foreground-menu Menu keymap for foreground colors.Vfacemenu-background-menu Menu keymap for background colors.Vfacemenu-special-menu Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.Vfacemenu-justification-menu Submenu for text justification commands.Vfacemenu-indentation-menu Submenu for indentation commands.Vfacemenu-menu Facemenu top-level menu keymap.Vfacemenu-keymap Keymap for face-changing commands. `Facemenu-update' fills in the keymap according to the bindings requested in `facemenu-keybindings'.Vfacemenu-add-face-function Function called at beginning of text to change or nil. This function is passed the FACE to set and END of text to change, and must return a string which is inserted. It may set `facemenu-end-add-face'.Vfacemenu-end-add-face String to insert or function called at end of text to change or nil. This function is passed the FACE to set, and must return a string which is inserted.Vfacemenu-remove-face-function When non-nil, this is a function called to remove faces. This function is passed the START and END of text to change. May also be t meaning to use `facemenu-add-face-function'.Vfacemenu-color-alist Alist of colors, used for completion. If null, `facemenu-read-color' will set it.Ffacemenu-update Add or update the "Face" menu in the menu bar. You can call this to update things if you change any of the menu configuration variables.Ffacemenu-set-face Add FACE to the region or next character typed. It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that will not show through at all will be removed. Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer. In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face. Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character to insert cancels the specification.Ffacemenu-set-foreground Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed. The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character cancels the request.Ffacemenu-set-background Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed. The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created). If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character cancels the request.Ffacemenu-set-face-from-menu Set the FACE of the region or next character typed. This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use is the menu item's name. In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face. Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character to insert cancels the specification.Ffacemenu-set-invisible Make the region invisible. This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with `facemenu-remove-special'.Ffacemenu-set-intangible Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with `facemenu-remove-special'.Ffacemenu-set-read-only Make the region unmodifiable. This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with `facemenu-remove-special'.Ffacemenu-remove-face-props Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.Ffacemenu-remove-all Remove all text properties from the region.Ffacemenu-remove-special Remove all the "special" text properties from the region. These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.Flist-text-properties-at Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION.Ffacemenu-read-color Read a color using the minibuffer.Flist-colors-display Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of colors that the current display can handle.Ffacemenu-color-equal Return t if colors A and B are the same color. A and B should be strings naming colors. This function queries the display system to find out what the color names mean. It returns nil if the colors differ or if it can't determine the correct answer.Ffacemenu-add-face Add FACE to text between START and END. If START is nil or START to END is empty, add FACE to next typed character instead. For each section of that region that has a different face property, FACE will be consed onto it, and other faces that are completely hidden by that will be removed from the list. If `facemenu-add-face-function' and maybe `facemenu-end-add-face' are non-`nil' they are used to set the face information. As a special case, if FACE is `default', then the region is left with NO face text property. Otherwise, selecting the default face would not have any effect. See `facemenu-remove-face-function'.Ffacemenu-active-faces Return from FACE-LIST those faces that would be used for display. This means each face attribute is not specified in a face earlier in FACE-LIST and such a face is therefore active when used to display text. If the optional argument FRAME is given, use the faces in that frame; otherwise use the selected frame. If t, then the global, non-frame faces are used.Ffacemenu-get-face Make sure FACE exists. If not, create it and add it to the appropriate menu. Return the SYMBOL. If a window system is in use, and this function creates a face named `fg:color', then it sets the foreground to that color. Likewise, `bg:color' means to set the background. In either case, if the color is undefined, no color is set and a warning is issued.Ffacemenu-add-new-face Add a FACE to the appropriate Face menu. Automatically called when a new face is created.Ffacemenu-complete-face-list Return list of all faces that look different. Starts with given ALIST of faces, and adds elements only if they display differently from any face already on the list. The faces on ALIST will end up at the end of the returned list, in reverse order.Ffacemenu-iterate Apply FUNC to each element of LIST until one returns non-nil. Returns the non-nil value it found, or nil if all were nil.Vface-font-selection-order *A list specifying how face font selection chooses fonts. Each of the four symbols `:width', `:height', `:weight', and `:slant' must appear once in the list, and the list must not contain any other elements. Font selection tries to find a best matching font for those face attributes first that appear first in the list. For example, if `:slant' appears before `:height', font selection first tries to find a font with a suitable slant, even if this results in a font height that isn't optimal.Vface-font-family-alternatives *Alist of alternative font family names. Each element has the form (FAMILY ALTERNATIVE1 ALTERNATIVE2 ...). If fonts of family FAMILY can't be loaded, try ALTERNATIVE1, then ALTERNATIVE2 etc.Vface-font-registry-alternatives *Alist of alternative font registry names. Each element has the form (REGISTRY ALTERNATIVE1 ALTERNATIVE2 ...). If fonts of registry REGISTRY can be loaded, font selection tries to find a best matching font among all fonts of registry REGISTRY, ALTERNATIVE1, ALTERNATIVE2, and etc.Fface-list Return a list of all defined face names.Fmake-face Define a new face with name FACE, a symbol. NO-INIT-FROM-RESOURCES non-nil means don't initialize frame-local variants of FACE from X resources. (X resources recognized are found in the global variable `face-x-resources'.) If FACE is already known as a face, leave it unmodified. Value is FACE.Fmake-empty-face Define a new, empty face with name FACE. If the face already exists, it is left unmodified. Value is FACE.Fcopy-face Define a face just like OLD-FACE, with name NEW-FACE. If NEW-FACE already exists as a face, it is modified to be like OLD-FACE. If it doesn't already exist, it is created. If the optional argument FRAME is given as a frame, NEW-FACE is changed on FRAME only. If FRAME is t, the frame-independent default specification for OLD-FACE is copied to NEW-FACE. If FRAME is nil, copying is done for the frame-independent defaults and for each existing frame. If the optional fourth argument NEW-FRAME is given, copy the information from face OLD-FACE on frame FRAME to NEW-FACE on frame NEW-FRAME.Finternal-find-face Retrieve the face named NAME. Return nil if there is no such face. If the optional argument FRAME is given, this gets the face NAME for that frame; otherwise, it uses the selected frame. If FRAME is the symbol t, then the global, non-frame face is returned. If NAME is already a face, it is simply returned. This function is defined for compatibility with Emacs 20.2. It should not be used anymore.Finternal-get-face Retrieve the face named NAME; error if there is none. If the optional argument FRAME is given, this gets the face NAME for that frame; otherwise, it uses the selected frame. If FRAME is the symbol t, then the global, non-frame face is returned. If NAME is already a face, it is simply returned. This function is defined for compatibility with Emacs 20.2. It should not be used anymore.Ffacep Return non-nil if FACE is a face name.Fcheck-face Signal an error if FACE doesn't name a face. Value is FACE.Fface-id Return the internal ID of face with name FACE. If optional argument FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.Fface-equal Non-nil if faces FACE1 and FACE2 are equal. Faces are considered equal if all their attributes are equal. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-differs-from-default-p Non-nil if FACE displays differently from the default face. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. A face is considered to be ``the same'' as the default face if it is actually specified in the same way (equal attributes) or if it is fully-unspecified, and thus inherits the attributes of any face it is displayed on top of.Fface-nontrivial-p True if face FACE has some non-nil attribute. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Vface-x-resources *List of X resources and classes for face attributes. Each element has the form (ATTRIBUTE ENTRY1 ENTRY2...) where ATTRIBUTE is the name of a face attribute, and each ENTRY is a cons of the form (RESOURCE . CLASS) with RESOURCE being the resource and CLASS being the X resource class for the attribute.Fset-face-attribute-from-resource Set FACE's ATTRIBUTE from X resource RESOURCE, class CLASS on FRAME. Value is the attribute value specified by the resource, or nil if not present. This function displays a message if the resource specifies an invalid attribute.Fset-face-attributes-from-resources Set attributes of FACE from X resources for FRAME.Fmake-face-x-resource-internal Fill frame-local FACE on FRAME from X resources. FRAME nil or not specified means do it for all frames.Fface-name Return the name of face FACE.Fface-attribute Return the value of FACE's ATTRIBUTE on FRAME. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-foreground Return the foreground color name of FACE, or nil if unspecified. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-background Return the background color name of FACE, or nil if unspecified. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-stipple Return the stipple pixmap name of FACE, or nil if unspecified. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-underline-p Return non-nil if FACE is underlined. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-inverse-video-p Return non-nil if FACE is in inverse video on FRAME. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-bold-p Return non-nil if the font of FACE is bold on FRAME. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Use `face-attribute' for finer control.Fface-italic-p Return non-nil if the font of FACE is italic on FRAME. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. Use `face-attribute' for finer control.Fface-documentation Get the documentation string for FACE.Fset-face-documentation Set the documentation string for FACE to STRING.Fset-face-attribute Set attributes of FACE on FRAME from ARGS. FRAME nil means change attributes on all frames. FRAME t means change the default for new frames (this is done automatically each time an attribute is changed on all frames). ARGS must come in pairs ATTRIBUTE VALUE. ATTRIBUTE must be a valid face attribute name. All attributes can be set to `unspecified'; this fact is not further mentioned below. The following attributes are recognized: `:family' VALUE must be a string specifying the font family, e.g. ``courier'', or a fontset alias name. If a font family is specified, wild-cards `*' and `?' are allowed. `:width' VALUE specifies the relative proportionate width of the font to use. It must be one of the symbols `ultra-condensed', `extra-condensed', `condensed', `semi-condensed', `normal', `semi-expanded', `expanded', `extra-expanded', or `ultra-expanded'. `:height' VALUE must be either an integer specifying the height of the font to use in 1/10 pt, a floating point number specifying the amount by which to scale any underlying face, or a function, which is called with the old height (from the underlying face), and should return the new height. `:weight' VALUE specifies the weight of the font to use. It must be one of the symbols `ultra-bold', `extra-bold', `bold', `semi-bold', `normal', `semi-light', `light', `extra-light', `ultra-light'. `:slant' VALUE specifies the slant of the font to use. It must be one of the symbols `italic', `oblique', `normal', `reverse-italic', or `reverse-oblique'. `:foreground', `:background' VALUE must be a color name, a string. `:underline' VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be underlined. If VALUE is t, underline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a string, underline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't underline. `:overline' VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be overlined. If VALUE is t, overline with foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a string, overline with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't overline. `:strike-through' VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be drawn with a line striking through them. If VALUE is t, use the foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a string, strike-through with that color. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't strike through. `:box' VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should have a box drawn around them. If VALUE is nil, explicitly don't draw boxes. If VALUE is t, draw a box with lines of width 1 in the foreground color of the face. If VALUE is a string, the string must be a color name, and the box is drawn in that color with a line width of 1. Otherwise, VALUE must be a property list of the form `(:line-width WIDTH :color COLOR :style STYLE)'. If a keyword/value pair is missing from the property list, a default value will be used for the value, as specified below. WIDTH specifies the width of the lines to draw; it defaults to 1. If WIDTH is negative, the absolute value is the width of the lines, and draw top/bottom lines inside the characters area, not around it. COLOR is the name of the color to draw in, default is the foreground color of the face for simple boxes, and the background color of the face for 3D boxes. STYLE specifies whether a 3D box should be draw. If STYLE is `released-button', draw a box looking like a released 3D button. If STYLE is `pressed-button' draw a box that appears like a pressed button. If STYLE is nil, the default if the property list doesn't contain a style specification, draw a 2D box. `:inverse-video' VALUE specifies whether characters in FACE should be displayed in inverse video. VALUE must be one of t or nil. `:stipple' If VALUE is a string, it must be the name of a file of pixmap data. The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are searched. Alternatively, VALUE may be a list of the form (WIDTH HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA is a string containing the raw bits of the bitmap. VALUE nil means explicitly don't use a stipple pattern. For convenience, attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight', and `:slant' may also be set in one step from an X font name: `:font' Set font-related face attributes from VALUE. VALUE must be a valid XLFD font name. If it is a font name pattern, the first matching font will be used. For compatibility with Emacs 20, keywords `:bold' and `:italic' can be used to specify that a bold or italic font should be used. VALUE must be t or nil in that case. A value of `unspecified' is not allowed. `:inherit' VALUE is the name of a face from which to inherit attributes, or a list of face names. Attributes from inherited faces are merged into the face like an underlying face would be, with higher priority than underlying faces.Fmake-face-bold Make the font of FACE be bold, if possible. FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. Argument NOERROR is ignored and retained for compatibility. Use `set-face-attribute' for finer control of the font weight.Fmake-face-unbold Make the font of FACE be non-bold, if possible. FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. Argument NOERROR is ignored and retained for compatibility.Fmake-face-italic Make the font of FACE be italic, if possible. FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. Argument NOERROR is ignored and retained for compatibility. Use `set-face-attribute' for finer control of the font slant.Fmake-face-unitalic Make the font of FACE be non-italic, if possible. FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. Argument NOERROR is ignored and retained for compatibility.Fmake-face-bold-italic Make the font of FACE be bold and italic, if possible. FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. Argument NOERROR is ignored and retained for compatibility. Use `set-face-attribute' for finer control of font weight and slant.Fset-face-font Change font-related attributes of FACE to those of FONT (a string). FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. This sets the attributes `:family', `:width', `:height', `:weight', and `:slant'. When called interactively, prompt for the face and font.Fset-face-background Change the background color of face FACE to COLOR (a string). FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. When called interactively, prompt for the face and color.Fset-face-foreground Change the foreground color of face FACE to COLOR (a string). FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. When called interactively, prompt for the face and color.Fset-face-stipple Change the stipple pixmap of face FACE to STIPPLE. FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. STIPPLE should be a string, the name of a file of pixmap data. The directories listed in the `x-bitmap-file-path' variable are searched. Alternatively, STIPPLE may be a list of the form (WIDTH HEIGHT DATA) where WIDTH and HEIGHT are the size in pixels, and DATA is a string, containing the raw bits of the bitmap.Fset-face-underline Specify whether face FACE is underlined. UNDERLINE nil means FACE explicitly doesn't underline. UNDERLINE non-nil means FACE explicitly does underlining with the same of the foreground color. If UNDERLINE is a string, underline with the color named UNDERLINE. FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. Use `set-face-attribute' to ``unspecify'' underlining.Fset-face-underline-p Specify whether face FACE is underlined. UNDERLINE-P nil means FACE explicitly doesn't underline. UNDERLINE-P non-nil means FACE explicitly does underlining. FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. Use `set-face-attribute' to ``unspecify'' underlining.Fset-face-inverse-video-p Specify whether face FACE is in inverse video. INVERSE-VIDEO-P non-nil means FACE displays explicitly in inverse video. INVERSE-VIDEO-P nil means FACE explicitly is not in inverse video. FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. Use `set-face-attribute' to ``unspecify'' the inverse video attribute.Fset-face-bold-p Specify whether face FACE is bold. BOLD-P non-nil means FACE should explicitly display bold. BOLD-P nil means FACE should explicitly display non-bold. FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. Use `set-face-attribute' or `modify-face' for finer control.Fset-face-italic-p Specify whether face FACE is italic. ITALIC-P non-nil means FACE should explicitly display italic. ITALIC-P nil means FACE should explicitly display non-italic. FRAME nil or not specified means change face on all frames. Use `set-face-attribute' or `modify-face' for finer control.Finvert-face Swap the foreground and background colors of FACE. If FRAME is omitted or nil, it means change face on all frames. If FACE specifies neither foreground nor background color, set its foreground and background to the background and foreground of the default face. Value is FACE.Fread-face-name Read and return a face symbol, prompting with PROMPT. Value is a symbol naming a known face.Fface-valid-attribute-values Return valid values for face attribute ATTRIBUTE. The optional argument FRAME is used to determine available fonts and colors. If it is nil or not specified, the selected frame is used. Value is an alist of (NAME . VALUE) if ATTRIBUTE expects a value out of a set of discrete values. Value is `integerp' if ATTRIBUTE expects an integer value.Vface-attribute-name-alist An alist of descriptive names for face attributes. Each element has the form (ATTRIBUTE-NAME . DESCRIPTION) where ATTRIBUTE-NAME is a face attribute name (a keyword symbol), and DESCRIPTION is a descriptive name for ATTRIBUTE-NAME.Fface-descriptive-attribute-name Return a descriptive name for ATTRIBUTE.Fface-read-string Interactively read a face attribute string value. FACE is the face whose attribute is read. If non-nil, DEFAULT is the default string to return if no new value is entered. NAME is a descriptive name of the attribute for prompting. COMPLETION-ALIST is an alist of valid values, if non-nil. Entering nothing accepts the default string DEFAULT. Value is the new attribute value.Fface-read-integer Interactively read an integer face attribute value. FACE is the face whose attribute is read. DEFAULT is the default value to return if no new value is entered. NAME is a descriptive name of the attribute for prompting. Value is the new attribute value.Fread-face-attribute Interactively read a new value for FACE's ATTRIBUTE. Optional argument FRAME nil or unspecified means read an attribute value of a global face. Value is the new attribute value.Fread-face-font Read the name of a font for FACE on FRAME. If optional argument FRAME Is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.Fread-all-face-attributes Interactively read all attributes for FACE. If optional argument FRAME Is nil or omitted, use the selected frame. Value is a property list of attribute names and new values.Fmodify-face Modify attributes of faces interactively. If optional argument FRAME is nil or omitted, modify the face used for newly created frame, i.e. the global face. For non-interactive use, `set-face-attribute' is preferred. When called from elisp, if FACE is nil, all arguments but FRAME are ignored and the face and its settings are obtained by querying the user.Fread-face-and-attribute Read face name and face attribute value. ATTRIBUTE is the attribute whose new value is read. FRAME nil or unspecified means read attribute value of global face. Value is a list (FACE NEW-VALUE) where FACE is the face read (a symbol), and NEW-VALUE is value read.Vlist-faces-sample-text *Text string to display as the sample text for `list-faces-display'.Flist-faces-display List all faces, using the same sample text in each. The sample text is a string that comes from the variable `list-faces-sample-text'.Fdescribe-face Display the properties of face FACE on FRAME. If the optional argument FRAME is given, report on face FACE in that frame. If FRAME is t, report on the defaults for face FACE (for new frames). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Fface-attr-construct Return a defface-style attribute list for FACE on FRAME. Value is a property list of pairs ATTRIBUTE VALUE for all specified face attributes of FACE where ATTRIBUTE is the attribute name and VALUE is the specified value of that attribute.Fface-spec-set-match-display Non-nil if DISPLAY matches FRAME. DISPLAY is part of a spec such as can be used in `defface'. If FRAME is nil, the current FRAME is used.Fface-spec-choose Choose the proper attributes for FRAME, out of SPEC. If SPEC is nil, return nil.Fface-spec-reset-face Reset all attributes of FACE on FRAME to unspecified.Fface-spec-set Set FACE's attributes according to the first matching entry in SPEC. FRAME is the frame whose frame-local face is set. FRAME nil means do it on all frames. See `defface' for information about SPEC. If SPEC is nil, do nothing.Fface-attr-match-p Return t if attributes of FACE match values in plist ATTRS. Optional parameter FRAME is the frame whose definition of FACE is used. If nil or omitted, use the selected frame.Fface-spec-match-p Return t if FACE, on FRAME, matches what SPEC says it should look like.Fface-default-spec Return the default face-spec for FACE, ignoring any user customization. If there is no default for FACE, return nil.Fface-user-default-spec Return the user's customized face-spec for FACE, or the default if none. If there is neither a user setting nor a default for FACE, return nil.Fdefined-colors Return a list of colors supported for a particular frame. The argument FRAME specifies which frame to try. The value may be different for frames on different display types. If FRAME doesn't support colors, the value is nil.Fcolor-defined-p Return non-nil if color COLOR is supported on frame FRAME. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. If COLOR is the symbol `unspecified' or one of the strings "unspecified-fg" or "unspecified-bg", the value is nil.Fcolor-values Return a description of the color named COLOR on frame FRAME. The value is a list of integer RGB values--(RED GREEN BLUE). These values appear to range from 0 65535; white is (65535 65535 65535). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame. If FRAME cannot display COLOR, the value is nil. If COLOR is the symbol `unspecified' or one of the strings "unspecified-fg" or "unspecified-bg", the value is nil.Fdisplay-color-p Return t if DISPLAY supports color. The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about. DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string). If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.Fdisplay-grayscale-p Return non-nil if frames on DISPLAY can display shades of gray.Vframe-background-mode *The brightness of the background. Set this to the symbol `dark' if your background color is dark, `light' if your background is light, or nil (default) if you want Emacs to examine the brightness for you. Don't set this variable with `setq'; this won't have the expected effect.Fframe-set-background-mode Set up display-dependent faces on FRAME. Display-dependent faces are those which have different definitions according to the `background-mode' and `display-type' frame parameters.Fx-handle-named-frame-geometry Add geometry parameters for a named frame to parameter list PARAMETERS. Value is the new parameter list.Fx-handle-reverse-video Handle the reverse-video frame parameter and X resource. `x-create-frame' does not handle this one.Fx-create-frame-with-faces Create a frame from optional frame parameters PARAMETERS. Parameters not specified by PARAMETERS are taken from `default-frame-alist'. If PARAMETERS specify a frame name, handle X geometry resources for that name. If either PARAMETERS or `default-frame-alist' contains a `reverse' parameter, or the X resource ``reverseVideo'' is present, handle that. Value is the new frame created.Fface-set-after-frame-default Set frame-local faces of FRAME from face specs and resources. Initialize colors of certain faces from frame parameters.Ftty-handle-reverse-video Handle the reverse-video frame parameter for terminal frames.Ftty-create-frame-with-faces Create a frame from optional frame parameters PARAMETERS. Parameters not specified by PARAMETERS are taken from `default-frame-alist'. If either PARAMETERS or `default-frame-alist' contains a `reverse' parameter, handle that. Value is the new frame created.Fx-resolve-font-name Return a font name matching PATTERN. All wildcards in PATTERN are instantiated. If PATTERN is nil, return the name of the frame's base font, which never contains wildcards. Given optional arguments FACE and FRAME, return a font which is also the same size as FACE on FRAME, or fail.Fx-make-font-bold Given an X font specification, make a bold version of it. If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-demibold Given an X font specification, make a demibold version of it. If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-unbold Given an X font specification, make a non-bold version of it. If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-italic Given an X font specification, make an italic version of it. If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-oblique Given an X font specification, make an oblique version of it. If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-unitalic Given an X font specification, make a non-italic version of it. If that can't be done, return nil.Fx-make-font-bold-italic Given an X font specification, make a bold and italic version of it. If that can't be done, return nil.Vdelete-auto-save-files *Non-nil means delete auto-save file when a buffer is saved or killed. Note that auto-save file will not be deleted if the buffer is killed when it has unsaved changes.Vdirectory-abbrev-alist *Alist of abbreviations for file directories. A list of elements of the form (FROM . TO), each meaning to replace FROM with TO when it appears in a directory name. This replacement is done when setting up the default directory of a newly visited file. *Every* FROM string should start with `^'. Do not use `~' in the TO strings. They should be ordinary absolute directory names. Use this feature when you have directories which you normally refer to via absolute symbolic links. Make TO the name of the link, and FROM the name it is linked to.Vmake-backup-files *Non-nil means make a backup of a file the first time it is saved. This can be done by renaming the file or by copying. Renaming means that Emacs renames the existing file so that it is a backup file, then writes the buffer into a new file. Any other names that the old file had will now refer to the backup file. The new file is owned by you and its group is defaulted. Copying means that Emacs copies the existing file into the backup file, then writes the buffer on top of the existing file. Any other names that the old file had will now refer to the new (edited) file. The file's owner and group are unchanged. The choice of renaming or copying is controlled by the variables `backup-by-copying', `backup-by-copying-when-linked', `backup-by-copying-when-mismatch' and `backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch'. See also `backup-inhibited'.Vbackup-inhibited Non-nil means don't make a backup, regardless of the other parameters. This variable is intended for use by making it local to a buffer. But it is local only if you make it local.Vbackup-by-copying *Non-nil means always use copying to create backup files. See documentation of variable `make-backup-files'.Vbackup-by-copying-when-linked *Non-nil means use copying to create backups for files with multiple names. This causes the alternate names to refer to the latest version as edited. This variable is relevant only if `backup-by-copying' is nil.Vbackup-by-copying-when-mismatch *Non-nil means create backups by copying if this preserves owner or group. Renaming may still be used (subject to control of other variables) when it would not result in changing the owner or group of the file; that is, for files which are owned by you and whose group matches the default for a new file created there by you. This variable is relevant only if `backup-by-copying' is nil.Vbackup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch *Non-nil means create backups by copying to preserve a privileged owner. Renaming may still be used (subject to control of other variables) when it would not result in changing the owner of the file or if the owner has a user id greater than the value of this variable. This is useful when low-numbered uid's are used for special system users (such as root) that must maintain ownership of certain files. This variable is relevant only if `backup-by-copying' and `backup-by-copying-when-mismatch' are nil.Fnormal-backup-enable-predicate Default `backup-enable-predicate' function. Checks for files in `temporary-file-directory' or `small-temporary-file-directory'.Vbackup-enable-predicate Predicate that looks at a file name and decides whether to make backups. Called with an absolute file name as argument, it returns t to enable backup.Vbuffer-offer-save *Non-nil in a buffer means always offer to save buffer on exit. Do so even if the buffer is not visiting a file. Automatically local in all buffers.Vfind-file-existing-other-name *Non-nil means find a file under alternative names, in existing buffers. This means if any existing buffer is visiting the file you want under another name, you get the existing buffer instead of a new buffer.Vfind-file-visit-truename *Non-nil means visit a file under its truename. The truename of a file is found by chasing all links both at the file level and at the levels of the containing directories.Vrevert-without-query *Specify which files should be reverted without query. The value is a list of regular expressions. If the file name matches one of these regular expressions, then `revert-buffer' reverts the file without querying if the file has changed on disk and you have not edited the buffer.Vbuffer-file-number The device number and file number of the file visited in the current buffer. The value is a list of the form (FILENUM DEVNUM). This pair of numbers uniquely identifies the file. If the buffer is visiting a new file, the value is nil.Vbuffer-file-numbers-unique Non-nil means that buffer-file-number uniquely identifies files.Vtemporary-file-directory The directory for writing temporary files.Vsmall-temporary-file-directory The directory for writing small temporary files. If non-nil, this directory is used instead of `temporary-file-directory' by programs that create small temporary files. This is for systems that have fast storage with limited space, such as a RAM disk.Vnull-device The system null device.Vfile-name-invalid-regexp Regexp recognizing file names which aren't allowed by the filesystem.Vfile-precious-flag *Non-nil means protect against I/O errors while saving files. Some modes set this non-nil in particular buffers. This feature works by writing the new contents into a temporary file and then renaming the temporary file to replace the original. In this way, any I/O error in writing leaves the original untouched, and there is never any instant where the file is nonexistent. Note that this feature forces backups to be made by copying. Yet, at the same time, saving a precious file breaks any hard links between it and other files.Vversion-control *Control use of version numbers for backup files. t means make numeric backup versions unconditionally. nil means make them for files that have some already. `never' means do not make them.Vdired-kept-versions *When cleaning directory, number of versions to keep.Vdelete-old-versions *If t, delete excess backup versions silently. If nil, ask confirmation. Any other value prevents any trimming.Vkept-old-versions *Number of oldest versions to keep when a new numbered backup is made.Vkept-new-versions *Number of newest versions to keep when a new numbered backup is made. Includes the new backup. Must be > 0Vrequire-final-newline *Value of t says silently ensure a file ends in a newline when it is saved. Non-nil but not t says ask user whether to add a newline when there isn't one. nil means don't add newlines.Vauto-save-default *Non-nil says by default do auto-saving of every file-visiting buffer.Vauto-save-visited-file-name *Non-nil says auto-save a buffer in the file it is visiting, when practical. Normally auto-save files are written under other names.Vauto-save-file-name-transforms *Transforms to apply to buffer file name before making auto-save file name. Each transform is a list (REGEXP REPLACEMENT): REGEXP is a regular expression to match against the file name. If it matches, `replace-match' is used to replace the matching part with REPLACEMENT. All the transforms in the list are tried, in the order they are listed. When one transform applies, its result is final; no further transforms are tried. The default value is set up to put the auto-save file into the temporary directory (see the variable `temporary-file-directory') for editing a remote file.Vsave-abbrevs *Non-nil means save word abbrevs too when files are saved. If `silently', don't ask the user before saving. Loading an abbrev file sets this to t.Vfind-file-run-dired *Non-nil means allow `find-file' to visit directories. To visit the directory, `find-file' runs `find-directory-functions'.Vfind-directory-functions *List of functions to try in sequence to visit a directory. Each function is called with the directory name as the sole argument and should return either a buffer or nil.Vfind-file-not-found-hooks List of functions to be called for `find-file' on nonexistent file. These functions are called as soon as the error is detected. Variable `buffer-file-name' is already set up. The functions are called in the order given until one of them returns non-nil.Vfind-file-hooks List of functions to be called after a buffer is loaded from a file. The buffer's local variables (if any) will have been processed before the functions are called.Vwrite-file-hooks List of functions to be called before writing out a buffer to a file. If one of them returns non-nil, the file is considered already written and the rest are not called. These hooks are considered to pertain to the visited file. So any buffer-local binding of `write-file-hooks' is discarded if you change the visited file name with \[set-visited-file-name]. Don't make this variable buffer-local; instead, use `local-write-file-hooks'. See also `write-contents-hooks'.Vlocal-write-file-hooks Just like `write-file-hooks', except intended for per-buffer use. The functions in this list are called before the ones in `write-file-hooks'. This variable is meant to be used for hooks that have to do with a particular visited file. Therefore, it is a permanent local, so that changing the major mode does not clear it. However, calling `set-visited-file-name' does clear it.Vwrite-contents-hooks List of functions to be called before writing out a buffer to a file. If one of them returns non-nil, the file is considered already written and the rest are not called. This variable is meant to be used for hooks that pertain to the buffer's contents, not to the particular visited file; thus, `set-visited-file-name' does not clear this variable; but changing the major mode does clear it. This variable automatically becomes buffer-local whenever it is set. If you use `add-hook' to add elements to the list, use nil for the LOCAL argument. See also `write-file-hooks'.Venable-local-variables *Control use of local variables in files you visit. The value can be t, nil or something else. A value of t means file local variables specifications are obeyed; nil means they are ignored; anything else means query. This variable also controls use of major modes specified in a -*- line. The command \[normal-mode], when used interactively, always obeys file local variable specifications and the -*- line, and ignores this variable.Vlocal-enable-local-variables Like `enable-local-variables' but meant for buffer-local bindings. The meaningful values are nil and non-nil. The default is non-nil. If a major mode sets this to nil, buffer-locally, then any local variables list in the file will be ignored. This variable does not affect the use of major modes specified in a -*- line.Venable-local-eval *Control processing of the "variable" `eval' in a file's local variables. The value can be t, nil or something else. A value of t means obey `eval' variables; nil means ignore them; anything else means query. The command \[normal-mode] always obeys local-variables lists and ignores this variable.Vview-read-only *Non-nil means buffers visiting files read-only, do it in view mode.Fange-ftp-completion-hook-function Provides support for ange-ftp host name completion. Runs the usual ange-ftp hook, but only for completion operations.Fconvert-standard-filename Convert a standard file's name to something suitable for the current OS. This function's standard definition is trivial; it just returns the argument. However, on some systems, the function is redefined with a definition that really does change some file names to canonicalize certain patterns and to guarantee valid names.Fpwd Show the current default directory.Vcd-path Value of the CDPATH environment variable, as a list. Not actually set up until the first time you use it.Fparse-colon-path Explode a colon-separated search path into a list of directory names. (For values of `colon' equal to `path-separator'.)Fcd-absolute Change current directory to given absolute file name DIR.Fcd Make DIR become the current buffer's default directory. If your environment includes a `CDPATH' variable, try each one of that colon-separated list of directories when resolving a relative directory name.Fload-file Load the Lisp file named FILE.Fload-library Load the library named LIBRARY. This is an interface to the function `load'.Ffile-local-copy Copy the file FILE into a temporary file on this machine. Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly accessible.Ffile-truename Return the truename of FILENAME, which should be absolute. The truename of a file name is found by chasing symbolic links both at the level of the file and at the level of the directories containing it, until no links are left at any level. The arguments COUNTER and PREV-DIRS are used only in recursive calls. Do not specify them in other calls.Ffile-chase-links Chase links in FILENAME until a name that is not a link. Does not examine containing directories for links, unlike `file-truename'.Fswitch-to-buffer-other-window Select buffer BUFFER in another window. Optional second arg NORECORD non-nil means do not put this buffer at the front of the list of recently selected ones. This uses the function `display-buffer' as a subroutine; see its documentation for additional customization information.Fswitch-to-buffer-other-frame Switch to buffer BUFFER in another frame. Optional second arg NORECORD non-nil means do not put this buffer at the front of the list of recently selected ones. This uses the function `display-buffer' as a subroutine; see its documentation for additional customization information.Ffind-file Edit file FILENAME. Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none already exists. Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp, expand wildcards (if any) and visit multiple files. Wildcard expansion can be suppressed by setting `find-file-wildcards'.Ffind-file-other-window Edit file FILENAME, in another window. May create a new window, or reuse an existing one. See the function `display-buffer'. Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp, expand wildcards (if any) and visit multiple files.Ffind-file-other-frame Edit file FILENAME, in another frame. May create a new frame, or reuse an existing one. See the function `display-buffer'. Interactively, or if WILDCARDS is non-nil in a call from Lisp, expand wildcards (if any) and visit multiple files.Ffind-file-read-only Edit file FILENAME but don't allow changes. Like `find-file' but marks buffer as read-only. Use \[toggle-read-only] to permit editing.Ffind-file-read-only-other-window Edit file FILENAME in another window but don't allow changes. Like \[find-file-other-window] but marks buffer as read-only. Use \[toggle-read-only] to permit editing.Ffind-file-read-only-other-frame Edit file FILENAME in another frame but don't allow changes. Like \[find-file-other-frame] but marks buffer as read-only. Use \[toggle-read-only] to permit editing.Ffind-alternate-file-other-window Find file FILENAME as a replacement for the file in the next window. This command does not select that window.Ffind-alternate-file Find file FILENAME, select its buffer, kill previous buffer. If the current buffer now contains an empty file that you just visited (presumably by mistake), use this command to visit the file you really want.Fcreate-file-buffer Create a suitably named buffer for visiting FILENAME, and return it. FILENAME (sans directory) is used unchanged if that name is free; otherwise a string <2> or <3> or ... is appended to get an unused name.Fgenerate-new-buffer Create and return a buffer with a name based on NAME. Choose the buffer's name using `generate-new-buffer-name'.Vautomount-dir-prefix Regexp to match the automounter prefix in a directory name.Vabbreviated-home-dir The user's homedir abbreviated according to `directory-abbrev-alist'.Fabbreviate-file-name Return a version of FILENAME shortened using `directory-abbrev-alist'. This also substitutes "~" for the user's home directory. Type \[describe-variable] directory-abbrev-alist RET for more information.Vfind-file-not-true-dirname-list *List of logical names for which visiting shouldn't save the true dirname. On VMS, when you visit a file using a logical name that searches a path, you may or may not want the visited file name to record the specific directory where the file was found. If you *do not* want that, add the logical name to this list as a string.Ffind-buffer-visiting Return the buffer visiting file FILENAME (a string). This is like `get-file-buffer', except that it checks for any buffer visiting the same file, possibly under a different name. If there is no such live buffer, return nil.Vfind-file-wildcards *Non-nil means file-visiting commands should handle wildcards. For example, if you specify `*.c', that would visit all the files whose names match the pattern.Vfind-file-suppress-same-file-warnings *Non-nil means suppress warning messages for symlinked files. When nil, Emacs prints a warning when visiting a file that is already visited, but with a different name. Setting this option to t suppresses this warning.Ffind-file-noselect Read file FILENAME into a buffer and return the buffer. If a buffer exists visiting FILENAME, return that one, but verify that the file has not changed since visited or saved. The buffer is not selected, just returned to the caller. Optional first arg NOWARN non-nil means suppress any warning messages. Optional second arg RAWFILE non-nil means the file is read literally. Optional third arg WILDCARDS non-nil means do wildcard processing and visit all the matching files. When wildcards are actually used and expanded, the value is a list of buffers that are visiting the various files.Finsert-file-contents-literally Like `insert-file-contents', but only reads in the file literally. A buffer may be modified in several ways after reading into the buffer, to Emacs features such as format decoding, character code conversion, `find-file-hooks', automatic uncompression, etc. This function ensures that none of these modifications will take place.Finsert-file-literally Insert contents of file FILENAME into buffer after point with no conversion. This function is meant for the user to run interactively. Don't call it from programs! Use `insert-file-contents-literally' instead. (Its calling sequence is different; see its documentation).Vfind-file-literally Non-nil if this buffer was made by `find-file-literally' or equivalent. This is a permanent local.Ffind-file-literally Visit file FILENAME with no conversion of any kind. Format conversion and character code conversion are both disabled, and multibyte characters are disabled in the resulting buffer. The major mode used is Fundamental mode regardless of the file name, and local variable specifications in the file are ignored. Automatic uncompression and adding a newline at the end of the file due to `require-final-newline' is also disabled. You cannot absolutely rely on this function to result in visiting the file literally. If Emacs already has a buffer which is visiting the file, you get the existing buffer, regardless of whether it was created literally or not. In a Lisp program, if you want to be sure of accessing a file's contents literally, you should create a temporary buffer and then read the file contents into it using `insert-file-contents-literally'.Fafter-find-file Called after finding a file and by the default revert function. Sets buffer mode, parses local variables. Optional args ERROR, WARN, and NOAUTO: ERROR non-nil means there was an error in reading the file. WARN non-nil means warn if there exists an auto-save file more recent than the visited file. NOAUTO means don't mess with auto-save mode. Fourth arg AFTER-FIND-FILE-FROM-REVERT-BUFFER non-nil means this call was from `revert-buffer'. Fifth arg NOMODES non-nil means don't alter the file's modes. Finishes by calling the functions in `find-file-hooks' unless NOMODES is non-nil.Fnormal-mode Choose the major mode for this buffer automatically. Also sets up any specified local variables of the file. Uses the visited file name, the -*- line, and the local variables spec. This function is called automatically from `find-file'. In that case, we may set up the file-specified mode and local variables, depending on the value of `enable-local-variables': if it is t, we do; if it is nil, we don't; otherwise, we query. In addition, if `local-enable-local-variables' is nil, we do not set local variables (though we do notice a mode specified with -*-.) `enable-local-variables' is ignored if you run `normal-mode' interactively, or from Lisp without specifying the optional argument FIND-FILE; in that case, this function acts as if `enable-local-variables' were t.Vauto-mode-alist Alist of filename patterns vs corresponding major mode functions. Each element looks like (REGEXP . FUNCTION) or (REGEXP FUNCTION NON-NIL). (NON-NIL stands for anything that is not nil; the value does not matter.) Visiting a file whose name matches REGEXP specifies FUNCTION as the mode function to use. FUNCTION will be called, unless it is nil. If the element has the form (REGEXP FUNCTION NON-NIL), then after calling FUNCTION (if it's not nil), we delete the suffix that matched REGEXP and search the list again for another match.Vinterpreter-mode-alist Alist mapping interpreter names to major modes. This alist applies to files whose first line starts with `#!'. Each element looks like (INTERPRETER . MODE). The car of each element is compared with the name of the interpreter specified in the first line. If it matches, mode MODE is selected.Vinhibit-first-line-modes-regexps List of regexps; if one matches a file name, don't look for `-*-'.Vinhibit-first-line-modes-suffixes List of regexps for what to ignore, for `inhibit-first-line-modes-regexps'. When checking `inhibit-first-line-modes-regexps', we first discard from the end of the file name anything that matches one of these regexps.Vauto-mode-interpreter-regexp Regular expression matching interpreters, for file mode determination. This regular expression is matched against the first line of a file to determine the file's mode in `set-auto-mode' when Emacs can't deduce a mode from the file's name. If it matches, the file is assumed to be interpreted by the interpreter matched by the second group of the regular expression. The mode is then determined as the mode associated with that interpreter in `interpreter-mode-alist'.Fset-auto-mode Select major mode appropriate for current buffer. This checks for a -*- mode tag in the buffer's text, compares the filename against the entries in `auto-mode-alist', or checks the interpreter that runs this file against `interpreter-mode-alist'. It does not check for the `mode:' local variable in the Local Variables section of the file; for that, use `hack-local-variables'. If `enable-local-variables' is nil, this function does not check for a -*- mode tag. If the optional argument JUST-FROM-FILE-NAME is non-nil, then we do not set anything but the major mode, and we don't even do that unless it would come from the file name.Fhack-local-variables-prop-line Set local variables specified in the -*- line. Ignore any specification for `mode:' and `coding:'; `set-auto-mode' should already have handled `mode:', `set-auto-coding' should already have handled `coding:'.Vhack-local-variables-hook Normal hook run after processing a file's local variables specs. Major modes can use this to examine user-specified local variables in order to initialize other data structure based on them.Fhack-local-variables Parse and put into effect this buffer's local variables spec. If MODE-ONLY is non-nil, all we do is check whether the major mode is specified, returning t if it is specified.Vignored-local-variables Variables to be ignored in a file's local variable spec.Frisky-local-variable-p Non-nil if SYM could be dangerous as a file-local variable with value VAL.Fhack-one-local-variable "Set" one variable in a local variables spec. A few patterns are specified so that any name which matches one is considered risky.Vchange-major-mode-with-file-name *Non-nil means \[write-file] should set the major mode from the file name. However, the mode will not be changed if (1) a local variables list or the `-*-' line specifies a major mode, or (2) the current major mode is a "special" mode, not suitable for ordinary files, or (3) the new file name does not particularly specify any mode.Fset-visited-file-name Change name of file visited in current buffer to FILENAME. The next time the buffer is saved it will go in the newly specified file. nil or empty string as argument means make buffer not be visiting any file. Remember to delete the initial contents of the minibuffer if you wish to pass an empty string as the argument. The optional second argument NO-QUERY, if non-nil, inhibits asking for confirmation in the case where another buffer is already visiting FILENAME. The optional third argument ALONG-WITH-FILE, if non-nil, means that the old visited file has been renamed to the new name FILENAME.Fwrite-file Write current buffer into file FILENAME. This makes the buffer visit that file, and marks it as not modified. If you specify just a directory name as FILENAME, that means to use the default file name but in that directory. You can also yank the default file name into the minibuffer to edit it, using M-n. If the buffer is not already visiting a file, the default file name for the output file is the buffer name. If optional second arg CONFIRM is non-nil, this function asks for confirmation before overwriting an existing file. Interactively, confirmation is required unless you supply a prefix argument.Fbackup-buffer Make a backup of the disk file visited by the current buffer, if appropriate. This is normally done before saving the buffer the first time. If the value is non-nil, it is the result of `file-modes' on the original file; this means that the caller, after saving the buffer, should change the modes of the new file to agree with the old modes. A backup may be done by renaming or by copying; see documentation of variable `make-backup-files'. If it's done by renaming, then the file is no longer accessible under its old name.Ffile-name-sans-versions Return file NAME sans backup versions or strings. This is a separate procedure so your site-init or startup file can redefine it. If the optional argument KEEP-BACKUP-VERSION is non-nil, we do not remove backup version numbers, only true file version numbers.Ffile-ownership-preserved-p Return t if deleting FILE and rewriting it would preserve the owner.Ffile-name-sans-extension Return FILENAME sans final "extension". The extension, in a file name, is the part that follows the last `.'.Ffile-name-extension Return FILENAME's final "extension". The extension, in a file name, is the part that follows the last `.'. Return nil for extensionless file names such as `foo'. Return the empty string for file names such as `foo.'. If PERIOD is non-nil, then the returned value includes the period that delimits the extension, and if FILENAME has no extension, the value is "".Vmake-backup-file-name-function A function to use instead of the default `make-backup-file-name'. A value of nil gives the default `make-backup-file-name' behaviour. This could be buffer-local to do something special for specific files. If you define it, you may need to change `backup-file-name-p' and `file-name-sans-versions' too. See also `backup-directory-alist'.Vbackup-directory-alist Alist of filename patterns and backup directory names. Each element looks like (REGEXP . DIRECTORY). Backups of files with names matching REGEXP will be made in DIRECTORY. DIRECTORY may be relative or absolute. If it is absolute, so that all matching files are backed up into the same directory, the file names in this directory will be the full name of the file backed up with all directory separators changed to `!' to prevent clashes. This will not work correctly if your filesystem truncates the resulting name. For the common case of all backups going into one directory, the alist should contain a single element pairing "." with the appropriate directory name. If this variable is nil, or it fails to match a filename, the backup is made in the original file's directory. On MS-DOS filesystems without long names this variable is always ignored.Fmake-backup-file-name Create the non-numeric backup file name for FILE. Normally this will just be the file's name with `~' appended. Customization hooks are provided as follows. If the variable `make-backup-file-name-function' is non-nil, its value should be a function which will be called with FILE as its argument; the resulting name is used. Otherwise a match for FILE is sought in `backup-directory-alist'; see the documentation of that variable. If the directory for the backup doesn't exist, it is created.Fmake-backup-file-name-1 Subroutine of `make-backup-file-name' and `find-backup-file-name'.Fbackup-file-name-p Return non-nil if FILE is a backup file name (numeric or not). This is a separate function so you can redefine it for customization. You may need to redefine `file-name-sans-versions' as well.Fbackup-extract-version Given the name of a numeric backup file, FN, return the backup number. Uses the free variable `backup-extract-version-start', whose value should be the index in the name where the version number begins.Ffind-backup-file-name Find a file name for a backup file FN, and suggestions for deletions. Value is a list whose car is the name for the backup file and whose cdr is a list of old versions to consider deleting now. If the value is nil, don't make a backup. Uses `backup-directory-alist' in the same way as does `make-backup-file-name'.Ffile-nlinks Return number of names file FILENAME has.Ffile-relative-name Convert FILENAME to be relative to DIRECTORY (default: `default-directory'). This function returns a relative file name which is equivalent to FILENAME when used with that default directory as the default. If this is impossible (which can happen on MSDOS and Windows when the file name and directory use different drive names) then it returns FILENAME.Fsave-buffer Save current buffer in visited file if modified. Versions described below. By default, makes the previous version into a backup file if previously requested or if this is the first save. With 1 \[universal-argument], marks this version to become a backup when the next save is done. With 2 \[universal-argument]'s, unconditionally makes the previous version into a backup file. With 3 \[universal-argument]'s, marks this version to become a backup when the next save is done, and unconditionally makes the previous version into a backup file. With argument of 0, never make the previous version into a backup file. If a file's name is FOO, the names of its numbered backup versions are FOO.~i~ for various integers i. A non-numbered backup file is called FOO~. Numeric backups (rather than FOO~) will be made if value of `version-control' is not the atom `never' and either there are already numeric versions of the file being backed up, or `version-control' is non-nil. We don't want excessive versions piling up, so there are variables `kept-old-versions', which tells Emacs how many oldest versions to keep, and `kept-new-versions', which tells how many newest versions to keep. Defaults are 2 old versions and 2 new. `dired-kept-versions' controls dired's clean-directory (.) command. If `delete-old-versions' is nil, system will query user before trimming versions. Otherwise it does it silently. If `vc-make-backup-files' is nil, which is the default, no backup files are made for files managed by version control. (This is because the version control system itself records previous versions.) See the subroutine `basic-save-buffer' for more information.Fdelete-auto-save-file-if-necessary Delete auto-save file for current buffer if `delete-auto-save-files' is t. Normally delete only if the file was written by this Emacs since the last real save, but optional arg FORCE non-nil means delete anyway.Vauto-save-hook Normal hook run just before auto-saving.Vafter-save-hook Normal hook that is run after a buffer is saved to its file.Vsave-buffer-coding-system If non-nil, use this coding system for saving the buffer. More precisely, use this coding system in place of the value of `buffer-file-coding-system', when saving the buffer. Calling `write-region' for any purpose other than saving the buffer will still use `buffer-file-coding-system'; this variable has no effect in such cases.Fbasic-save-buffer Save the current buffer in its visited file, if it has been modified. The hooks `write-contents-hooks', `local-write-file-hooks' and `write-file-hooks' get a chance to do the job of saving; if they do not, then the buffer is saved in the visited file file in the usual way. After saving the buffer, this function runs `after-save-hook'.Fsave-some-buffers Save some modified file-visiting buffers. Asks user about each one. Optional argument (the prefix) non-nil means save all with no questions. Optional second argument PRED determines which buffers are considered: If PRED is nil, all the file-visiting buffers are considered. If PRED is t, then certain non-file buffers will also be considered. If PRED is a zero-argument function, it indicates for each buffer whether to consider it or not when called with that buffer current.Fnot-modified Mark current buffer as unmodified, not needing to be saved. With prefix arg, mark buffer as modified, so \[save-buffer] will save. It is not a good idea to use this function in Lisp programs, because it prints a message in the minibuffer. Instead, use `set-buffer-modified-p'.Ftoggle-read-only Change whether this buffer is visiting its file read-only. With arg, set read-only iff arg is positive. If visiting file read-only and `view-read-only' is non-nil, enter view mode.Finsert-file Insert contents of file FILENAME into buffer after point. Set mark after the inserted text. This function is meant for the user to run interactively. Don't call it from programs! Use `insert-file-contents' instead. (Its calling sequence is different; see its documentation).Fappend-to-file Append the contents of the region to the end of file FILENAME. When called from a function, expects three arguments, START, END and FILENAME. START and END are buffer positions saying what text to write.Ffile-newest-backup Return most recent backup file for FILENAME or nil if no backups exist.Frename-uniquely Rename current buffer to a similar name not already taken. This function is useful for creating multiple shell process buffers or multiple mail buffers, etc.Fmake-directory Create the directory DIR and any nonexistent parent dirs. Interactively, the default choice of directory to create is the current default directory for file names. That is useful when you have visited a file in a nonexistent directory. Noninteractively, the second (optional) argument PARENTS says whether to create parent directories if they don't exist.Vrevert-buffer-function Function to use to revert this buffer, or nil to do the default. The function receives two arguments IGNORE-AUTO and NOCONFIRM, which are the arguments that `revert-buffer' received.Vrevert-buffer-insert-file-contents-function Function to use to insert contents when reverting this buffer. Gets two args, first the nominal file name to use, and second, t if reading the auto-save file. The function you specify is responsible for updating (or preserving) point.Vbefore-revert-hook Normal hook for `revert-buffer' to run before reverting. If `revert-buffer-function' is used to override the normal revert mechanism, this hook is not used.Vafter-revert-hook Normal hook for `revert-buffer' to run after reverting. Note that the hook value that it runs is the value that was in effect before reverting; that makes a difference if you have buffer-local hook functions. If `revert-buffer-function' is used to override the normal revert mechanism, this hook is not used.Frevert-buffer Replace current buffer text with the text of the visited file on disk. This undoes all changes since the file was visited or saved. With a prefix argument, offer to revert from latest auto-save file, if that is more recent than the visited file. This command also works for special buffers that contain text which doesn't come from a file, but reflects some other data base instead: for example, Dired buffers and buffer-list buffers. In these cases, it reconstructs the buffer contents from the appropriate data base. When called from Lisp, the first argument is IGNORE-AUTO; only offer to revert from the auto-save file when this is nil. Note that the sense of this argument is the reverse of the prefix argument, for the sake of backward compatibility. IGNORE-AUTO is optional, defaulting to nil. Optional second argument NOCONFIRM means don't ask for confirmation at all. (The local variable `revert-without-query', if non-nil, prevents confirmation.) Optional third argument PRESERVE-MODES non-nil means don't alter the files modes. Normally we reinitialize them using `normal-mode'. If the value of `revert-buffer-function' is non-nil, it is called to do all the work for this command. Otherwise, the hooks `before-revert-hook' and `after-revert-hook' are run at the beginning and the end, and if `revert-buffer-insert-file-contents-function' is non-nil, it is called instead of rereading visited file contents.Frecover-file Visit file FILE, but get contents from its last auto-save file.Frecover-session Recover auto save files from a previous Emacs session. This command first displays a Dired buffer showing you the previous sessions that you could recover from. To choose one, move point to the proper line and then type C-c C-c. Then you'll be asked about a number of files to recover.Frecover-session-finish Choose one saved session to recover auto-save files from. This command is used in the special Dired buffer created by \[recover-session].Fkill-some-buffers For each buffer in LIST, ask whether to kill it. LIST defaults to all existing live buffers.Fauto-save-mode Toggle auto-saving of contents of current buffer. With prefix argument ARG, turn auto-saving on if positive, else off.Frename-auto-save-file Adjust current buffer's auto save file name for current conditions. Also rename any existing auto save file, if it was made in this session.Fmake-auto-save-file-name Return file name to use for auto-saves of current buffer. Does not consider `auto-save-visited-file-name' as that variable is checked before calling this function. You can redefine this for customization. See also `auto-save-file-name-p'.Fauto-save-file-name-p Return non-nil if FILENAME can be yielded by `make-auto-save-file-name'. FILENAME should lack slashes. You can redefine this for customization.Fwildcard-to-regexp Given a shell file name pattern WILDCARD, return an equivalent regexp. The generated regexp will match a filename iff the filename matches that wildcard according to shell rules. Only wildcards known by `sh' are supported.Vlist-directory-brief-switches *Switches for `list-directory' to pass to `ls' for brief listing.Vlist-directory-verbose-switches *Switches for `list-directory' to pass to `ls' for verbose listing.Ffile-expand-wildcards Expand wildcard pattern PATTERN. This returns a list of file names which match the pattern. If PATTERN is written as an absolute relative file name, the values are absolute also. If PATTERN is written as a relative file name, it is interpreted relative to the current default directory, `default-directory'. The file names returned are normally also relative to the current default directory. However, if FULL is non-nil, they are absolute.Flist-directory Display a list of files in or matching DIRNAME, a la `ls'. DIRNAME is globbed by the shell if necessary. Prefix arg (second arg if noninteractive) means supply -l switch to `ls'. Actions controlled by variables `list-directory-brief-switches' and `list-directory-verbose-switches'.Fshell-quote-wildcard-pattern Quote characters special to the shell in PATTERN, leave wildcards alone. PATTERN is assumed to represent a file-name wildcard suitable for the underlying filesystem. For Unix and GNU/Linux, the characters from the set [ \t\n;<>&|()#$] are quoted with a backslash; for DOS/Windows, all the parts of the pattern which don't include wildcard characters are quoted with double quotes. Existing quote characters in PATTERN are left alone, so you can pass PATTERN that already quotes some of the special characters.Vinsert-directory-program Absolute or relative name of the `ls' program used by `insert-directory'.Finsert-directory Insert directory listing for FILE, formatted according to SWITCHES. Leaves point after the inserted text. SWITCHES may be a string of options, or a list of strings. Optional third arg WILDCARD means treat FILE as shell wildcard. Optional fourth arg FULL-DIRECTORY-P means file is a directory and switches do not contain `d', so that a full listing is expected. This works by running a directory listing program whose name is in the variable `insert-directory-program'. If WILDCARD, it also runs the shell specified by `shell-file-name'.Finsert-directory-safely Insert directory listing for FILE, formatted according to SWITCHES. Like `insert-directory', but if FILE does not exist, it inserts a message to that effect instead of signaling an error.Vkill-emacs-query-functions Functions to call with no arguments to query about killing Emacs. If any of these functions returns nil, killing Emacs is cancelled. `save-buffers-kill-emacs' (\[save-buffers-kill-emacs]) calls these functions, but `kill-emacs', the low level primitive, does not. See also `kill-emacs-hook'.Vconfirm-kill-emacs How to ask for confirmation when leaving Emacs. If nil, the default, don't ask at all. If the value is non-nil, it should be a predicate function such as `yes-or-no-p'.Fsave-buffers-kill-emacs Offer to save each buffer, then kill this Emacs process. With prefix arg, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.Vpi The value of Pi (3.1415926...)Ve The value of e (2.7182818...)Vdegrees-to-radians Degrees to radian conversion constantVradians-to-degrees Radian to degree conversion constantFdegrees-to-radians Convert ARG from degrees to radians.Fradians-to-degrees Convert ARG from radians to degrees.Vformat-alist List of information about understood file formats. Elements are of the form (NAME DOC-STR REGEXP FROM-FN TO-FN MODIFY MODE-FN). NAME is a symbol, which is stored in `buffer-file-format'. DOC-STR should be a single line providing more information about the format. It is currently unused, but in the future will be shown to the user if they ask for more information. REGEXP is a regular expression to match against the beginning of the file; it should match only files in that format. Use nil to avoid matching at all for formats for which this isn't appropriate to require explicit encoding/decoding. FROM-FN is called to decode files in that format; it gets two args, BEGIN and END, and can make any modifications it likes, returning the new end. It must make sure that the beginning of the file no longer matches REGEXP, or else it will get called again. Alternatively, FROM-FN can be a string, which specifies a shell command (including options) to be used as a filter to perform the conversion. TO-FN is called to encode a region into that format; it is passed three arguments: BEGIN, END, and BUFFER. BUFFER is the original buffer that the data being written came from, which the function could use, for example, to find the values of local variables. TO-FN should either return a list of annotations like `write-region-annotate-functions', or modify the region and return the new end. Alternatively, TO-FN can be a string, which specifies a shell command (including options) to be used as a filter to perform the conversion. MODIFY, if non-nil, means the TO-FN wants to modify the region. If nil, TO-FN will not make any changes but will instead return a list of annotations. MODE-FN, if specified, is called when visiting a file with that format. It is called with a single positive argument, on the assumption that it turns on some Emacs mode.Fformat-encode-run-method Translate using function or shell script METHOD the text from FROM to TO. If METHOD is a string, it is a shell command; otherwise, it should be a Lisp function. BUFFER should be the buffer that the output originally came from.Fformat-decode-run-method Decode using function or shell script METHOD the text from FROM to TO. If METHOD is a string, it is a shell command; otherwise, it should be a Lisp function. Decoding is done for the given BUFFER.Fformat-annotate-function Return annotations for writing region as FORMAT. FORMAT is a symbol naming one of the formats defined in `format-alist', it must be a single symbol, not a list like `buffer-file-format'. FROM and TO delimit the region to be operated on in the current buffer. ORIG-BUF is the original buffer that the data came from. FORMAT-COUNT is an integer specifying how many times this function has been called in the process of decoding ORIG-BUF. This function works like a function on `write-region-annotate-functions': it either returns a list of annotations, or returns with a different buffer current, which contains the modified text to write. In the latter case, this function's value is nil. For most purposes, consider using `format-encode-region' instead.Fformat-decode Decode text from any known FORMAT. FORMAT is a symbol appearing in `format-alist' or a list of such symbols, or nil, in which case this function tries to guess the format of the data by matching against the regular expressions in `format-alist'. After a match is found and the region decoded, the alist is searched again from the beginning for another match. Second arg LENGTH is the number of characters following point to operate on. If optional third arg VISIT-FLAG is true, set `buffer-file-format' to the list of formats used, and call any mode functions defined for those formats. Returns the new length of the decoded region. For most purposes, consider using `format-decode-region' instead.Fformat-decode-buffer Translate the buffer from some FORMAT. If the format is not specified, this function attempts to guess. `buffer-file-format' is set to the format used, and any mode-functions for the format are called.Fformat-decode-region Decode the region from some format. Arg FORMAT is optional; if omitted the format will be determined by looking for identifying regular expressions at the beginning of the region.Fformat-encode-buffer Translate the buffer into FORMAT. FORMAT defaults to `buffer-file-format'. It is a symbol naming one of the formats defined in `format-alist', or a list of such symbols.Fformat-encode-region Translate the region into some FORMAT. FORMAT defaults to `buffer-file-format', it is a symbol naming one of the formats defined in `format-alist', or a list of such symbols.Fformat-write-file Write current buffer into file FILENAME using some FORMAT. Makes buffer visit that file and sets the format as the default for future saves. If the buffer is already visiting a file, you can specify a directory name as FILENAME, to write a file of the same old name in that directory.Fformat-find-file Find the file FILENAME using data format FORMAT. If FORMAT is nil then do not do any format conversion.Fformat-insert-file Insert the contents of file FILENAME using data format FORMAT. If FORMAT is nil then do not do any format conversion. The optional third and fourth arguments BEG and END specify the part of the file to read. The return value is like the value of `insert-file-contents': a list (ABSOLUTE-FILE-NAME . SIZE).Fformat-read Read and return the name of a format. Return value is a list, like `buffer-file-format'; it may be nil. Formats are defined in `format-alist'. Optional arg is the PROMPT to use.Fformat-replace-strings Do multiple replacements on the buffer. ALIST is a list of (from . to) pairs, which should be proper arguments to `search-forward' and `replace-match' respectively. Optional 2nd arg REVERSE, if non-nil, means the pairs are (to . from), so that you can use the same list in both directions if it contains only literal strings. Optional args BEG and END specify a region of the buffer on which to operate.Fformat-delq-cons Remove the given CONS from LIST by side effect and return the new LIST. Since CONS could be the first element of LIST, write `(setq foo (format-delq-cons element foo))' to be sure of changing the value of `foo'.Fformat-make-relatively-unique Delete common elements of lists A and B, return as pair. Compares using `equal'.Fformat-common-tail Given two lists that have a common tail, return it. Compares with `equal', and returns the part of A that is equal to the equivalent part of B. If even the last items of the two are not equal, returns nil.Fformat-proper-list-p Return t if LIST is a proper list. A proper list is a list ending with a nil cdr, not with an atom Fformat-reorder Arrange ITEMS to following partial ORDER. Elements of ITEMS equal to elements of ORDER will be rearranged to follow the ORDER. Unmatched items will go last.Fformat-deannotate-region Translate annotations in the region into text properties. This sets text properties between FROM to TO as directed by the TRANSLATIONS and NEXT-FN arguments. NEXT-FN is a function that searches forward from point for an annotation. It should return a list of 4 elements: (BEGIN END NAME POSITIVE). BEGIN and END are buffer positions bounding the annotation, NAME is the name searched for in TRANSLATIONS, and POSITIVE should be non-nil if this annotation marks the beginning of a region with some property, or nil if it ends the region. NEXT-FN should return nil if there are no annotations after point. The basic format of the TRANSLATIONS argument is described in the documentation for the `format-annotate-region' function. There are some additional things to keep in mind for decoding, though: When an annotation is found, the TRANSLATIONS list is searched for a text-property name and value that corresponds to that annotation. If the text-property has several annotations associated with it, it will be used only if the other annotations are also in effect at that point. The first match found whose annotations are all present is used. The text property thus determined is set to the value over the region between the opening and closing annotations. However, if the text-property name has a non-nil `format-list-valued' property, then the value will be consed onto the surrounding value of the property, rather than replacing that value. There are some special symbols that can be used in the "property" slot of the TRANSLATIONS list: PARAMETER and FUNCTION (spelled in uppercase). Annotations listed under the pseudo-property PARAMETER are considered to be arguments of the immediately surrounding annotation; the text between the opening and closing parameter annotations is deleted from the buffer but saved as a string. The surrounding annotation should be listed under the pseudo-property FUNCTION. Instead of inserting a text-property for this annotation, the function listed in the VALUE slot is called to make whatever changes are appropriate. The function's first two arguments are the START and END locations, and the rest of the arguments are any PARAMETERs found in that region. Any annotations that are found by NEXT-FN but not defined by TRANSLATIONS are saved as values of the `unknown' text-property (which is list-valued). The TRANSLATIONS list should usually contain an entry of the form (unknown (nil format-annotate-value)) to write these unknown annotations back into the file.Fformat-subtract-regions Remove from the regions in MINUend the regions in SUBTRAhend. A region is a dotted pair (from . to). Both parameters are lists of regions. Each list must contain nonoverlapping, noncontiguous regions, in descending order. The result is also nonoverlapping, noncontiguous, and in descending order. The first element of MINUEND can have a cdr of nil, indicating that the end of that region is not yet known.Fformat-property-increment-region Over the region between FROM and TO increment property PROP by amount DELTA. DELTA may be negative. If property PROP is nil anywhere in the region, it is treated as though it were DEFAULT.Fformat-insert-annotations Apply list of annotations to buffer as `write-region' would. Inserts each element of the given LIST of buffer annotations at its appropriate place. Use second arg OFFSET if the annotations' locations are not relative to the beginning of the buffer: annotations will be inserted at their location-OFFSET+1 (ie, the offset is treated as the character number of the first character in the buffer).Fformat-annotate-value Return OLD and NEW as a (close . open) annotation pair. Useful as a default function for TRANSLATIONS alist when the value of the text property is the name of the annotation that you want to use, as it is for the `unknown' text property.Fformat-annotate-region Generate annotations for text properties in the region. Searches for changes between FROM and TO, and describes them with a list of annotations as defined by alist TRANSLATIONS and FORMAT-FN. IGNORE lists text properties not to consider; any text properties that are neither ignored nor listed in TRANSLATIONS are warned about. If you actually want to modify the region, give the return value of this function to `format-insert-annotations'. Format of the TRANSLATIONS argument: Each element is a list whose car is a PROPERTY, and the following elements are VALUES of that property followed by the names of zero or more ANNOTATIONS. Whenever the property takes on that value, the annotations (as formatted by FORMAT-FN) are inserted into the file. When the property stops having that value, the matching negated annotation will be inserted (it may actually be closed earlier and reopened, if necessary, to keep proper nesting). If the property's value is a list, then each element of the list is dealt with separately. If a VALUE is numeric, then it is assumed that there is a single annotation and each occurrence of it increments the value of the property by that number. Thus, given the entry (left-margin (4 "indent")), if the left margin changes from 4 to 12, two annotations will be generated. If the VALUE is nil, then instead of annotations, a function should be specified. This function is used as a default: it is called for all transitions not explicitly listed in the table. The function is called with two arguments, the OLD and NEW values of the property. It should return lists of annotations like `format-annotate-location' does. The same structure can be used in reverse for reading files.Fformat-annotate-location Return annotation(s) needed at location LOC. This includes any properties that change between LOC-1 and LOC. If ALL is true, don't look at previous location, but generate annotations for all non-nil properties. Third argument IGNORE is a list of text-properties not to consider. Use the TRANSLATIONS alist. Return value is a vector of 3 elements: 1. List of names of the annotations to close 2. List of the names of annotations to open. 3. List of properties that were ignored or couldn't be annotated.Fformat-annotate-single-property-change Return annotations for property PROP changing from OLD to NEW. These are searched for in the translations alist TRANS. If NEW does not appear in the list, but there is a default function, then that function is called. Annotations to open and to close are returned as a dotted pair.Fformat-annotate-atomic-property-change Internal function annotate a single property change. PROP-ALIST is the relevant segment of a TRANSLATIONS list. OLD and NEW are the values.Vframe-creation-function Window-system dependent function to call to create a new frame. The window system startup file should set this to its frame creation function, which should take an alist of parameters as its argument.Vinitial-frame-alist *Alist of frame parameters for creating the initial X window frame. You can set this in your `.emacs' file; for example, (setq initial-frame-alist '((top . 1) (left . 1) (width . 80) (height . 55))) Parameters specified here supersede the values given in `default-frame-alist'. If the value calls for a frame without a minibuffer, and you have not created a minibuffer frame on your own, one is created according to `minibuffer-frame-alist'. You can specify geometry-related options for just the initial frame by setting this variable in your `.emacs' file; however, they won't take effect until Emacs reads `.emacs', which happens after first creating the frame. If you want the frame to have the proper geometry as soon as it appears, you need to use this three-step process: * Specify X resources to give the geometry you want. * Set `default-frame-alist' to override these options so that they don't affect subsequent frames. * Set `initial-frame-alist' in a way that matches the X resources, to override what you put in `default-frame-alist'.Vminibuffer-frame-alist *Alist of frame parameters for initially creating a minibuffer frame. You can set this in your `.emacs' file; for example, (setq minibuffer-frame-alist '((top . 1) (left . 1) (width . 80) (height . 2))) Parameters specified here supersede the values given in `default-frame-alist', for a minibuffer frame.Vpop-up-frame-alist *Alist of frame parameters used when creating pop-up frames. Pop-up frames are used for completions, help, and the like. This variable can be set in your init file, like this: (setq pop-up-frame-alist '((width . 80) (height . 20))) These supersede the values given in `default-frame-alist', for pop-up frames.Vspecial-display-frame-alist *Alist of frame parameters used when creating special frames. Special frames are used for buffers whose names are in `special-display-buffer-names' and for buffers whose names match one of the regular expressions in `special-display-regexps'. This variable can be set in your init file, like this: (setq special-display-frame-alist '((width . 80) (height . 20))) These supersede the values given in `default-frame-alist'.Fspecial-display-popup-frame Display BUFFER in its own frame, reusing an existing window if any. Return the window chosen. Currently we do not insist on selecting the window within its frame. If ARGS is an alist, use it as a list of frame parameter specs. If ARGS is a list whose car is a symbol, use (car ARGS) as a function to do the work. Pass it BUFFER as first arg, and (cdr ARGS) gives the rest of the args.Fhandle-delete-frame Handle delete-frame events from the X server.Fframe-initialize Create an initial frame if necessary.Vframe-notice-user-settings Non-nil means function `frame-notice-user-settings' wasn't run yet.Fframe-notice-user-settings Act on user's init file settings of frame parameters. React to settings of `default-frame-alist', `initial-frame-alist' there.Fget-other-frame Return some frame other than the current frame. Create one if necessary. Note that the minibuffer frame, if separate, is not considered (see `next-frame').Fnext-multiframe-window Select the next window, regardless of which frame it is on.Fprevious-multiframe-window Select the previous window, regardless of which frame it is on.Fmake-frame-on-display Make a frame on display DISPLAY. The optional second argument PARAMETERS specifies additional frame parameters.Fmake-frame-command Make a new frame, and select it if the terminal displays only one frame.Vbefore-make-frame-hook Functions to run before a frame is created.Vafter-make-frame-functions Functions to run after a frame is created. The functions are run with one arg, the newly created frame.Vafter-setting-font-hook Functions to run after a frame's font has been changed.Fmake-frame Return a newly created frame displaying the current buffer. Optional argument PARAMETERS is an alist of parameters for the new frame. Each element of PARAMETERS should have the form (NAME . VALUE), for example: (name . STRING) The frame should be named STRING. (width . NUMBER) The frame should be NUMBER characters in width. (height . NUMBER) The frame should be NUMBER text lines high. You cannot specify either `width' or `height', you must use neither or both. (minibuffer . t) The frame should have a minibuffer. (minibuffer . nil) The frame should have no minibuffer. (minibuffer . only) The frame should contain only a minibuffer. (minibuffer . WINDOW) The frame should use WINDOW as its minibuffer window. Before the frame is created (via `frame-creation-function'), functions on the hook `before-make-frame-hook' are run. After the frame is created, functions on `after-make-frame-functions' are run with one arg, the newly created frame.Ffiltered-frame-list Return a list of all live frames which satisfy PREDICATE.Fminibuffer-frame-list Return a list of all frames with their own minibuffers.Fframes-on-display-list Return a list of all frames on DISPLAY. DISPLAY is a name of a display, a string of the form HOST:SERVER.SCREEN. If DISPLAY is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected frame's display.Fframep-on-display Return the type of frames on DISPLAY. DISPLAY may be a display name or a frame. If it is a frame, its type is returned. If DISPLAY is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected frame's display. All frames on a given display are of the same type.Fframe-remove-geometry-params Return the parameter list PARAM-LIST, but with geometry specs removed. This deletes all bindings in PARAM-LIST for `top', `left', `width', `height', `user-size' and `user-position' parameters. Emacs uses this to avoid overriding explicit moves and resizings from the user during startup.Vfocus-follows-mouse *Non-nil if window system changes focus when you move the mouse.Fselect-frame-set-input-focus Select FRAME, raise it, and set input focus, if possible.Fother-frame Select the ARG'th different visible frame on current display, and raise it. All frames are arranged in a cyclic order. This command selects the frame ARG steps away in that order. A negative ARG moves in the opposite order.Fselect-frame-by-name Select the frame on the current terminal whose name is NAME and raise it. If there is no frame by that name, signal an error.Fcurrent-frame-configuration Return a list describing the positions and states of all frames. Its car is `frame-configuration'. Each element of the cdr is a list of the form (FRAME ALIST WINDOW-CONFIG), where FRAME is a frame object, ALIST is an association list specifying some of FRAME's parameters, and WINDOW-CONFIG is a window configuration object for FRAME.Fset-frame-configuration Restore the frames to the state described by CONFIGURATION. Each frame listed in CONFIGURATION has its position, size, window configuration, and other parameters set as specified in CONFIGURATION. Ordinarily, this function deletes all existing frames not listed in CONFIGURATION. But if optional second argument NODELETE is given and non-nil, the unwanted frames are iconified instead.Fframe-height Return number of lines available for display on FRAME. If FRAME is omitted, describe the currently selected frame.Fframe-width Return number of columns available for display on FRAME. If FRAME is omitted, describe the currently selected frame.Fset-frame-font Set the font of the selected frame to FONT-NAME. When called interactively, prompt for the name of the font to use. To get the frame's current default font, use `frame-parameters'.Fset-background-color Set the background color of the selected frame to COLOR-NAME. When called interactively, prompt for the name of the color to use. To get the frame's current background color, use `frame-parameters'.Fset-foreground-color Set the foreground color of the selected frame to COLOR-NAME. When called interactively, prompt for the name of the color to use. To get the frame's current foreground color, use `frame-parameters'.Fset-cursor-color Set the text cursor color of the selected frame to COLOR-NAME. When called interactively, prompt for the name of the color to use. To get the frame's current cursor color, use `frame-parameters'.Fset-mouse-color Set the color of the mouse pointer of the selected frame to COLOR-NAME. When called interactively, prompt for the name of the color to use. To get the frame's current mouse color, use `frame-parameters'.Fset-border-color Set the color of the border of the selected frame to COLOR-NAME. When called interactively, prompt for the name of the color to use. To get the frame's current border color, use `frame-parameters'.Fauto-raise-mode Toggle whether or not the selected frame should auto-raise. With arg, turn auto-raise mode on if and only if arg is positive. Note that this controls Emacs's own auto-raise feature. Some window managers allow you to enable auto-raise for certain windows. You can use that for Emacs windows if you wish, but if you do, that is beyond the control of Emacs and this command has no effect on it.Fauto-lower-mode Toggle whether or not the selected frame should auto-lower. With arg, turn auto-lower mode on if and only if arg is positive. Note that this controls Emacs's own auto-lower feature. Some window managers allow you to enable auto-lower for certain windows. You can use that for Emacs windows if you wish, but if you do, that is beyond the control of Emacs and this command has no effect on it.Fset-frame-name Set the name of the selected frame to NAME. When called interactively, prompt for the name of the frame. The frame name is displayed on the modeline if the terminal displays only one frame, otherwise the name is displayed on the frame's caption bar.Fdisplay-mouse-p Return non-nil if DISPLAY has a mouse available. DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected frame's display).Fdisplay-popup-menus-p Return non-nil if popup menus are supported on DISPLAY. DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected frame's display). Support for popup menus requires that the mouse be available.Fdisplay-graphic-p Return non-nil if DISPLAY is a graphic display. Graphical displays are those which are capable of displaying several frames and several different fonts at once. This is true for displays that use a window system such as X, and false for text-only terminals. DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected frame's display).Fdisplay-images-p Return non-nil if DISPLAY can display images. DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected frame's display).Fdisplay-selections-p Return non-nil if DISPLAY supports selections. A selection is a way to transfer text or other data between programs via special system buffers called `selection' or `cut buffer' or `clipboard'. DISPLAY can be a display name, a frame, or nil (meaning the selected frame's display).Fdisplay-screens Return the number of screens associated with DISPLAY.Fdisplay-pixel-height Return the height of DISPLAY's screen in pixels. For character terminals, each character counts as a single pixel.Fdisplay-pixel-width Return the width of DISPLAY's screen in pixels. For character terminals, each character counts as a single pixel.Fdisplay-mm-height Return the height of DISPLAY's screen in millimeters. If the information is unavailable, value is nil.Fdisplay-mm-width Return the width of DISPLAY's screen in millimeters. If the information is unavailable, value is nil.Fdisplay-backing-store Return the backing store capability of DISPLAY's screen. The value may be `always', `when-mapped', `not-useful', or nil if the question is inapplicable to a certain kind of display.Fdisplay-save-under Return non-nil if DISPLAY's screen supports the SaveUnder feature.Fdisplay-planes Return the number of planes supported by DISPLAY.Fdisplay-color-cells Return the number of color cells supported by DISPLAY.Fdisplay-visual-class Returns the visual class of DISPLAY. The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale', `static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.Fset-screen-width Obsolete function to change the size of the screen to COLS columns. Optional second arg non-nil means that redisplay should use COLS columns but that the idea of the actual width of the frame should not be changed. This function is provided only for compatibility with Emacs 18; new code should use `set-frame-width instead'.Fset-screen-height Obsolete function to change the height of the screen to LINES lines. Optional second arg non-nil means that redisplay should use LINES lines but that the idea of the actual height of the screen should not be changed. This function is provided only for compatibility with Emacs 18; new code should use `set-frame-height' instead.Fdelete-other-frames Delete all frames except FRAME. If FRAME uses another frame's minibuffer, the minibuffer frame is left untouched. FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.Vshow-trailing-whitespace *Non-nil means highlight trailing whitespace in face `trailing-whitespace'. Setting this variable makes it local to the current buffer.Vautomatic-hscrolling *Allow or disallow automatic scrolling windows horizontally. If non-nil, windows are automatically scrolled horizontally to make point visible.Vblink-cursor-delay *Seconds of idle time after which cursor starts to blink.Vblink-cursor-interval *Length of cursor blink interval in seconds.Vblink-cursor-idle-timer Timer started after `blink-cursor-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time. The function `blink-cursor-start' is called when the timer fires.Vblink-cursor-timer Timer started from `blink-cursor-start'. This timer calls `blink-cursor' every `blink-cursor-interval' seconds.Vblink-cursor-mode Non-nil means blinking cursor is active.Fblink-cursor-mode Toggle blinking cursor mode. With a numeric argument, turn blinking cursor mode on iff ARG is positive. When blinking cursor mode is enabled, the cursor of the selected window blinks.Vblink-cursor *Non-nil means blinking cursor mode is active.Fblink-cursor-start Timer function called from the timer `blink-cursor-idle-timer'. This starts the timer `blink-cursor-timer', which makes the cursor blink if appropriate. It also arranges to cancel that timer when the next command starts, by installing a pre-command hook.Fblink-cursor-timer-function Timer function of timer `blink-cursor-timer'.Fblink-cursor-end Stop cursor blinking. This is installed as a pre-command hook by `blink-cursor-start'. When run, it cancels the timer `blink-cursor-timer' and removes itself as a pre-command hook.Vdisplay-hourglass *Non-nil means show an hourglass pointer when running under a window system.Vhourglass-delay *Seconds to wait before displaying an hourglass pointer.Vcursor-in-non-selected-windows *Non-nil means show a hollow box cursor in non-selected-windows. If nil, don't show a cursor except in the selected window. Use Custom to set this variable to get the display updated.Vhelp-map Keymap for characters following the Help key.Vhelp-mode-map Keymap for help mode.Ffinder-by-keyword Find packages matching a given keyword.Vhelp-xref-stack A stack of ways by which to return to help buffers after following xrefs. Used by `help-follow' and `help-xref-go-back'. An element looks like (POSITION FUNCTION ARGS...), where POSITION is `(POINT . BUFFER-NAME)'. To use the element, do (apply FUNCTION ARGS) then goto the point in the named buffer.Vhelp-xref-stack-item An item for `help-follow' in this buffer to push onto `help-xref-stack'. The format is (FUNCTION ARGS...).Vhelp-mode-hook Hook run by `help-mode'.Fhelp-mode Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it. Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'. Commands: \{help-mode-map}Fhelp-quit Just exit from the Help command's command loop.Fhelp-with-tutorial Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial. If there is a tutorial version written in the language of the selected language environment, that version is used. If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected. With arg, you are asked to choose which language.Fstring-key-binding Value is the binding of KEY in a string. If KEY is an event on a string, and that string has a `local-map' or `keymap' property, return the binding of KEY in the string's keymap.Fdescribe-key-briefly Print the name of the function KEY invokes. KEY is a string. If INSERT (the prefix arg) is non-nil, insert the message in the buffer.Vhelp-return-method What to do to "exit" the help buffer. This is a list (WINDOW . t) delete the selected window, go to WINDOW. (WINDOW . quit-window) do quit-window, then select WINDOW. (WINDOW BUF START POINT) display BUF at START, POINT, then select WINDOW.Fprint-help-return-message Display or return message saying how to restore windows after help command. Computes a message and applies the optional argument FUNCTION to it. If FUNCTION is nil, applies `message' to it, thus printing it.Fdescribe-key Display documentation of the function invoked by KEY. KEY is a string.Fdescribe-mode Display documentation of current major mode and minor modes. The major mode description comes first, followed by the minor modes, each on a separate page. For this to work correctly for a minor mode, the mode's indicator variable (listed in `minor-mode-alist') must also be a function whose documentation describes the minor mode.Fdescribe-distribution Display info on how to obtain the latest version of GNU Emacs.Fdescribe-copying Display info on how you may redistribute copies of GNU Emacs.Fdescribe-project Display info on the GNU project.Fdescribe-no-warranty Display info on all the kinds of warranty Emacs does NOT have.Fdescribe-prefix-bindings Describe the bindings of the prefix used to reach this command. The prefix described consists of all but the last event of the key sequence that ran this command.Fview-emacs-news Display info on recent changes to Emacs. With numeric argument, display information on correspondingly older changes.Fview-order-manuals Display the Emacs ORDERS file.Fview-emacs-FAQ Display the Emacs Frequently Asked Questions (FAQ) file.Fview-emacs-problems Display info on known problems with Emacs and possible workarounds.Fview-lossage Display last 100 input keystrokes. To record all your input on a file, use `open-dribble-file'.Fhelp-for-help-doc You have typed %THIS-KEY%, the help character. Type a Help option: (Use SPC or DEL to scroll through this text. Type \\[help-quit] to exit the Help command.) a command-apropos. Give a substring, and see a list of commands (functions interactively callable) that contain that substring. See also the apropos command. b describe-bindings. Display table of all key bindings. c describe-key-briefly. Type a command key sequence; it prints the function name that sequence runs. C describe-coding-system. This describes either a specific coding system (if you type its name) or the coding systems currently in use (if you type just RET). f describe-function. Type a function name and get documentation of it. C-f Info-goto-emacs-command-node. Type a function name; it takes you to the Info node for that command. i info. The info documentation reader. I describe-input-method. Describe a specific input method (if you type its name) or the current input method (if you type just RET). C-i info-lookup-symbol. Display the definition of a specific symbol as found in the manual for the language this buffer is written in. k describe-key. Type a command key sequence; it displays the full documentation. C-k Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node. Type a command key sequence; it takes you to the Info node for the command bound to that key. l view-lossage. Show last 100 characters you typed. L describe-language-environment. This describes either a specific language environment (if you type its name) or the current language environment (if you type just RET). m describe-mode. Print documentation of current minor modes, and the current major mode, including their special commands. n view-emacs-news. Display news of recent Emacs changes. p finder-by-keyword. Find packages matching a given topic keyword. s describe-syntax. Display contents of syntax table, plus explanations. t help-with-tutorial. Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial. v describe-variable. Type name of a variable; it displays the variable's documentation and value. w where-is. Type command name; it prints which keystrokes invoke that command. F Display the frequently asked questions file. h Display the HELLO file which illustrates various scripts. C-c Display Emacs copying permission (General Public License). C-d Display Emacs ordering information. C-n Display news of recent Emacs changes. C-p Display information about the GNU project. C-w Display information on absence of warranty for GNU Emacs.Fhelp-for-help Help command.Ffunction-called-at-point Return a function around point or else called by the list containing point. If that doesn't give a function, return nil.Vsymbol-file-load-history-loaded Non-nil means we have loaded the file `fns-VERSION.el' in `exec-directory'. That file records the part of `load-history' for preloaded files, which is cleared out before dumping to make Emacs smaller.Fload-symbol-file-load-history Load the file `fns-VERSION.el' in `exec-directory' if not already done. That file records the part of `load-history' for preloaded files, which is cleared out before dumping to make Emacs smaller.Fsymbol-file Return the input source from which FUNCTION was loaded. The value is normally a string that was passed to `load': either an absolute file name, or a library name (with no directory name and no `.el' or `.elc' at the end). It can also be nil, if the definition is not associated with any file.Fdescribe-function Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).Fvariable-at-point Return the bound variable symbol found around point. Return 0 if there is no such symbol.Fhelp-xref-on-pp Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.Fdescribe-variable Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol). Returns the documentation as a string, also. If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER (default to the current buffer), it is displayed along with the global value.Fdescribe-bindings Show a list of all defined keys, and their definitions. We put that list in a buffer, and display the buffer. The optional argument PREFIX, if non-nil, should be a key sequence; then we display only bindings that start with that prefix. The optional argument BUFFER specifies which buffer's bindings to display (default, the current buffer).Fwhere-is Print message listing key sequences that invoke the command DEFINITION. Argument is a command definition, usually a symbol with a function definition. If INSERT (the prefix arg) is non-nil, insert the message in the buffer.Flocate-library Show the precise file name of Emacs library LIBRARY. This command searches the directories in `load-path' like `M-x load-library' to find the file that `M-x load-library RET LIBRARY RET' would load. Optional second arg NOSUFFIX non-nil means don't add suffixes `.elc' or `.el' to the specified name LIBRARY. If the optional third arg PATH is specified, that list of directories is used instead of `load-path'. When called from a program, the file name is normaly returned as a string. When run interactively, the argument INTERACTIVE-CALL is t, and the file name is displayed in the echo area.Vhelp-highlight-p *If non-nil, `help-make-xrefs' highlight cross-references. Under a window system it highlights them with face defined by `help-highlight-face'.Vhelp-highlight-face Face used by `help-make-xrefs' to highlight cross-references. Must be previously-defined.Vhelp-back-label Label to use by `help-make-xrefs' for the go-back reference.Vhelp-xref-symbol-regexp Regexp matching doc string references to symbols. The words preceding the quoted symbol can be used in doc strings to distinguish references to variables, functions and symbols.Vhelp-xref-mule-regexp Regexp matching doc string references to MULE-related keywords. It is usually nil, and is temporarily bound to an appropriate regexp when help commands related to multilingual environment (e.g., `describe-coding-system') are invoked.Vhelp-xref-info-regexp Regexp matching doc string references to an Info node.Fhelp-setup-xref Invoked from commands using the "*Help*" buffer to install some xref info. ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of items for help buffer "back" buttons is cleared.Vhelp-xref-following Non-nil when following a help cross-reference.Fhelp-make-xrefs Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER. Find cross-reference information in a buffer and, if `help-highlight-p' is non-nil, highlight it with face defined by `help-highlight-face'; activate such cross references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also cross-reference information related to multilingual environment (e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for that.Fhelp-xref-button Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched. MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched regexp. FUNCTION is a function to invoke when the button is activated, applied to DATA. DATA may be a single value or a list. See `help-make-xrefs'. If optional arg HELP-ECHO is supplied, it is used as a help string.Fhelp-insert-xref-button Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it. FUNCTION is a function to invoke when the button is activated, applied to DATA. DATA may be a single value or a list. See `help-make-xrefs'. If optional arg HELP-ECHO is supplied, it is used as a help string.Fhelp-xref-interned Follow a hyperlink which appeared to be an arbitrary interned SYMBOL. Both variable and function documentation are extracted into a single help buffer.Fhelp-xref-mode Do a `describe-mode' for the specified BUFFER.Fhelp-follow-mouse Follow the cross-reference that you click on.Fhelp-xref-go-back From BUFFER, go back to previous help buffer text using `help-xref-stack'.Fhelp-go-back Invoke the [back] button (if any) in the Help mode buffer.Fhelp-follow Follow cross-reference at POS, defaulting to point. For the cross-reference format, see `help-make-xrefs'.Fhelp-next-ref Find the next help cross-reference in the buffer.Fhelp-previous-ref Find the previous help cross-reference in the buffer.Vtemp-buffer-max-height *Maximum height of a window displaying a temporary buffer. This is the maximum height (in text lines) which `resize-temp-buffer-window' will give to a window displaying a temporary buffer. It can also be a function which will be called with the object corresponding to the buffer to be displayed as argument and should return an integer positive number.Vtemp-buffer-resize-mode Non-nil if Temp-Buffer-Resize mode is enabled. See the command `temp-buffer-resize-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `temp-buffer-resize-mode'.Ftemp-buffer-resize-mode Toggle the mode which makes windows smaller for temporary buffers. With prefix argument ARG, turn the resizing of windows displaying temporary buffers on if ARG is positive or off otherwise. This makes the window the right height for its contents, but never more than `temp-buffer-max-height' nor less than `window-min-height'. This applies to `help', `apropos' and `completion' buffers, and some others.Vtemp-buffer-resize-mode-hook Hook run at the end of function `temp-buffer-resize-mode'.Fresize-temp-buffer-window Resize the current window to fit its contents. Will not make it higher than `temp-buffer-max-height' nor smaller than `window-min-height'. Do nothing if it is the only window on its frame, if it is not as wide as the frame or if some of the window's contents are scrolled out of view.Vstandard-indent *Default number of columns for margin-changing functions to indent.Vindent-line-function Function to indent current line.Vtab-always-indent *Controls the operation of the TAB key. If t, hitting TAB always just indents the current line. If nil, hitting TAB indents the current line if point is at the left margin or in the line's indentation, otherwise it insert a `real' tab character.Findent-according-to-mode Indent line in proper way for current major mode.Findent-for-tab-command Indent line in proper way for current major mode or insert a tab. Depending on `tab-always-indent', either insert a tab or indent. If initial point was within line's indentation, position after the indentation. Else stay at same point in text. The function actually called to indent is determined by the value of `indent-line-function'.Findent-rigidly Indent all lines starting in the region sideways by ARG columns. Called from a program, takes three arguments, START, END and ARG. You can remove all indentation from a region by giving a large negative ARG.Findent-line-to Indent current line to COLUMN. This function removes or adds spaces and tabs at beginning of line only if necessary. It leaves point at end of indentation.Fcurrent-left-margin Return the left margin to use for this line. This is the value of the buffer-local variable `left-margin' plus the value of the `left-margin' text-property at the start of the line.Fmove-to-left-margin Move to the left margin of the current line. With optional argument, move forward N-1 lines first. The column moved to is the one given by the `current-left-margin' function. If the line's indentation appears to be wrong, and this command is called interactively or with optional argument FORCE, it will be fixed.Findent-to-left-margin Indent current line to the column given by `current-left-margin'.Fdelete-to-left-margin Remove left margin indentation from a region. This deletes to the column given by `current-left-margin'. In no case will it delete non-whitespace. Args FROM and TO are optional; default is the whole buffer.Fset-left-margin Set the left margin of the region to WIDTH. If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fill the region to fit the new margin.Fset-right-margin Set the right margin of the region to WIDTH. If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fill the region to fit the new margin.Falter-text-property Programmatically change value of a text-property. For each region between FROM and TO that has a single value for PROPERTY, apply FUNCTION to that value and sets the property to the function's result. Optional fifth argument OBJECT specifies the string or buffer to operate on.Fincrease-left-margin Increase or decrease the left-margin of the region. With no prefix argument, this adds `standard-indent' of indentation. A prefix arg (optional third arg INC noninteractively) specifies the amount to change the margin by, in characters. If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fill the region to fit the new margin.Fdecrease-left-margin Make the left margin of the region smaller. With no prefix argument, decrease the indentation by `standard-indent'. A prefix arg (optional third arg INC noninteractively) specifies the amount to change the margin by, in characters. If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fill the region to fit the new margin.Fincrease-right-margin Increase the right-margin of the region. With no prefix argument, increase the right margin by `standard-indent'. A prefix arg (optional third arg INC noninteractively) specifies the amount to change the margin by, in characters. A negative argument decreases the right margin width. If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fill the region to fit the new margin.Fdecrease-right-margin Make the right margin of the region smaller. With no prefix argument, decrease the right margin by `standard-indent'. A prefix arg (optional third arg INC noninteractively) specifies the amount of width to remove, in characters. A negative argument increases the right margin width. If `auto-fill-mode' is active, re-fills region to fit in new margin.Fbeginning-of-line-text Move to the beginning of the text on this line. With optional argument, move forward N-1 lines first. From the beginning of the line, moves past the left-margin indentation, the fill-prefix, and any indentation used for centering or right-justifying the line, but does not move past any whitespace that was explicitly inserted (such as a tab used to indent the first line of a paragraph).Vindent-region-function Short cut function to indent region using `indent-according-to-mode'. A value of nil means really run `indent-according-to-mode' on each line.Findent-region Indent each nonblank line in the region. With prefix no argument, indent each line using `indent-according-to-mode', or use `indent-region-function' to do the whole region if that's non-nil. If there is a fill prefix, make each line start with the fill prefix. With argument COLUMN, indent each line to that column. When you call this from a program, START and END specify the region to indent, and COLUMN specifies the indentation column. If COLUMN is nil, then indent each line according to the mode.Findent-relative-maybe Indent a new line like previous nonblank line. If the previous nonblank line has no indent points beyond the column point starts at, this command does nothing. See also `indent-relative'.Findent-relative Space out to under next indent point in previous nonblank line. An indent point is a non-whitespace character following whitespace. The following line shows the indentation points in this line. ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ ^ If the previous nonblank line has no indent points beyond the column point starts at, `tab-to-tab-stop' is done instead, unless this command is invoked with a numeric argument, in which case it does nothing. See also `indent-relative-maybe'.Vtab-stop-list *List of tab stop positions used by `tab-to-tab-stop'. This should be a list of integers, ordered from smallest to largest.Vedit-tab-stops-map Keymap used in `edit-tab-stops'.Vedit-tab-stops-buffer Buffer whose tab stops are being edited--in case the variable `tab-stop-list' is local in that buffer.Fedit-tab-stops Edit the tab stops used by `tab-to-tab-stop'. Creates a buffer *Tab Stops* containing text describing the tab stops. A colon indicates a column where there is a tab stop. You can add or remove colons and then do \\[edit-tab-stops-note-changes] to make changes take effect.Fedit-tab-stops-note-changes Put edited tab stops into effect.Ftab-to-tab-stop Insert spaces or tabs to next defined tab-stop column. The variable `tab-stop-list' is a list of columns at which there are tab stops. Use \[edit-tab-stops] to edit them interactively.Fmove-to-tab-stop Move point to next defined tab-stop column. The variable `tab-stop-list' is a list of columns at which there are tab stops. Use \[edit-tab-stops] to edit them interactively.Vsearch-exit-option *Non-nil means random control characters terminate incremental search.Vsearch-slow-window-lines *Number of lines in slow search display windows. These are the short windows used during incremental search on slow terminals. Negative means put the slow search window at the top (normally it's at bottom) and the value is minus the number of lines.Vsearch-slow-speed *Highest terminal speed at which to use "slow" style incremental search. This is the style where a one-line window is created to show the line that the search has reached.Vsearch-upper-case *If non-nil, upper case chars disable case fold searching. That is, upper and lower case chars must match exactly. This applies no matter where the chars come from, but does not apply to chars in regexps that are prefixed with `\'. If this value is `not-yanks', yanked text is always downcased.Vsearch-nonincremental-instead *If non-nil, do a nonincremental search instead if exiting immediately. Actually, `isearch-edit-string' is called to let you enter the search string, and RET terminates editing and does a nonincremental search.Vsearch-whitespace-regexp *If non-nil, regular expression to match a sequence of whitespace chars. This applies to regular expression incremental search. You might want to use something like "[ \t\r\n]+" instead. In the Customization buffer, that is `[' followed by a space, a tab, a carriage return (control-M), a newline, and `]+'.Vsearch-highlight *Non-nil means incremental search highlights the current match.Vsearch-invisible If t incremental search can match hidden text. nil means don't match invisible text. If the value is `open', if the text matched is made invisible by an overlay having an `invisible' property and that overlay has a property `isearch-open-invisible', then incremental search will show the contents. (This applies when using `outline.el' and `hideshow.el'.)Visearch-hide-immediately If non-nil, re-hide an invisible match right away. This variable makes a difference when `search-invisible' is set to `open'. It means that after search makes some invisible text visible to show the match, it makes the text invisible again when the match moves. Ordinarily the text becomes invisible again at the end of the search.Visearch-mode-hook Function(s) to call after starting up an incremental search.Visearch-mode-end-hook Function(s) to call after terminating an incremental search.Vsearch-ring List of search string sequences.Vregexp-search-ring List of regular expression search string sequences.Vsearch-ring-max *Maximum length of search ring before oldest elements are thrown away.Vregexp-search-ring-max *Maximum length of regexp search ring before oldest elements are thrown away.Vsearch-ring-yank-pointer Index in `search-ring' of last string reused. nil if none yet.Vregexp-search-ring-yank-pointer Index in `regexp-search-ring' of last string reused. nil if none yet.Vsearch-ring-update *Non-nil if advancing or retreating in the search ring should cause search. Default value, nil, means edit the string instead.Visearch-mode-map Keymap for `isearch-mode'.Vminibuffer-local-isearch-map Keymap for editing isearch strings in the minibuffer.Fisearch-forward Do incremental search forward. With a prefix argument, do an incremental regular expression search instead. \ As you type characters, they add to the search string and are found. The following non-printing keys are bound in `isearch-mode-map'. Type \[isearch-delete-char] to cancel characters from end of search string. Type \[isearch-exit] to exit, leaving point at location found. Type LFD (C-j) to match end of line. Type \[isearch-repeat-forward] to search again forward, \[isearch-repeat-backward] to search again backward. Type \[isearch-yank-word] to yank word from buffer onto end of search string and search for it. Type \[isearch-yank-line] to yank rest of line onto end of search string and search for it. Type \[isearch-yank-kill] to yank last killed text onto end of search string and search for it. Type \[isearch-quote-char] to quote control character to search for it. \[isearch-abort] while searching or when search has failed cancels input back to what has been found successfully. \[isearch-abort] when search is successful aborts and moves point to starting point. Type \[isearch-toggle-case-fold] to toggle search case-sensitivity. Type \[isearch-toggle-regexp] to toggle regular-expression mode. Type \[isearch-edit-string] to edit the search string in the minibuffer. Also supported is a search ring of the previous 16 search strings. Type \[isearch-ring-advance] to search for the next item in the search ring. Type \[isearch-ring-retreat] to search for the previous item in the search ring. Type \[isearch-complete] to complete the search string using the search ring. If an input method is turned on in the current buffer, that input method is also active while you are typing characters to search. To toggle the input method, type \[isearch-toggle-input-method]. It also toggles the input method in the current buffer. To use a different input method for searching, type \[isearch-toggle-specified-input-method], and specify an input method you want to use. The above keys, bound in `isearch-mode-map', are often controlled by options; do M-x apropos on search-.* to find them. Other control and meta characters terminate the search and are then executed normally (depending on `search-exit-option'). Likewise for function keys and mouse button events. If this function is called non-interactively, it does not return to the calling function until the search is done.Fisearch-forward-regexp Do incremental search forward for regular expression. With a prefix argument, do a regular string search instead. Like ordinary incremental search except that your input is treated as a regexp. See \[isearch-forward] for more info.Fisearch-backward Do incremental search backward. With a prefix argument, do a regular expression search instead. See \[isearch-forward] for more information.Fisearch-backward-regexp Do incremental search backward for regular expression. With a prefix argument, do a regular string search instead. Like ordinary incremental search except that your input is treated as a regexp. See \[isearch-forward] for more info.Fisearch-mode Start isearch minor mode. Called by `isearch-forward', etc. \{isearch-mode-map}Fisearch-update-ring Add STRING to the beginning of the search ring. REGEXP says which ring to use.Fisearch-exit Exit search normally. However, if this is the first command after starting incremental search and `search-nonincremental-instead' is non-nil, do a nonincremental search instead via `isearch-edit-string'.Fisearch-edit-string Edit the search string in the minibuffer. The following additional command keys are active while editing. \ \[exit-minibuffer] to resume incremental searching with the edited string. \[isearch-nonincremental-exit-minibuffer] to do one nonincremental search. \[isearch-forward-exit-minibuffer] to resume isearching forward. \[isearch-reverse-exit-minibuffer] to resume isearching backward. \[isearch-ring-advance-edit] to replace the search string with the next item in the search ring. \[isearch-ring-retreat-edit] to replace the search string with the previous item in the search ring. \[isearch-complete-edit] to complete the search string using the search ring. \ If first char entered is \[isearch-yank-word], then do word search instead.Fisearch-cancel Terminate the search and go back to the starting point.Fisearch-abort Abort incremental search mode if searching is successful, signaling quit. Otherwise, revert to previous successful search and continue searching. Use `isearch-exit' to quit without signaling.Fisearch-repeat-forward Repeat incremental search forwards.Fisearch-repeat-backward Repeat incremental search backwards.Fisearch-toggle-regexp Toggle regexp searching on or off.Fisearch-toggle-case-fold Toggle case folding in searching on or off.Fisearch-delete-char Discard last input item and move point back. If no previous match was done, just beep.Fisearch-yank-string Pull STRING into search string.Fisearch-yank-kill Pull string from kill ring into search string.Fisearch-yank-x-selection Pull current X selection into search string.Fisearch-mouse-2 Handle mouse-2 in Isearch mode. For a click in the echo area, invoke `isearch-yank-x-selection'. Otherwise invoke whatever mouse-2 is bound to outside of Isearch.Fisearch-yank-word Pull next word from buffer into search string.Fisearch-yank-line Pull rest of line from buffer into search string.Fisearch-*-char Handle * and ? specially in regexps.Fisearch-|-char If in regexp search, jump to the barrier.Fisearch-other-meta-char Exit the search normally and reread this key sequence. But only if `search-exit-option' is non-nil, the default. If it is the symbol `edit', the search string is edited in the minibuffer and the meta character is unread so that it applies to editing the string.Fisearch-quote-char Quote special characters for incremental search.Fisearch-return-char Convert return into newline for incremental search. Obsolete.Fisearch-printing-char Add this ordinary printing character to the search string and search.Fisearch-whitespace-chars Match all whitespace chars, if in regexp mode. If you want to search for just a space, type \[quoted-insert] SPC.Fisearch-ring-advance Advance to the next search string in the ring.Fisearch-ring-retreat Retreat to the previous search string in the ring.Fisearch-ring-advance-edit Insert the next element of the search history into the minibuffer. With prefix arg N, insert the Nth element.Fisearch-ring-retreat-edit Insert the previous element of the search history into the minibuffer. With prefix arg N, insert the Nth element.Fisearch-complete Complete the search string from the strings on the search ring. The completed string is then editable in the minibuffer. If there is no completion possible, say so and continue searching.Fisearch-complete-edit Same as `isearch-complete' except in the minibuffer.Fisearch-intersects-p Return t if regions START0..END0 and START1..END1 intersect.Fisearch-range-invisible Return t if all the text from BEG to END is invisible.Fisearch-no-upper-case-p Return t if there are no upper case chars in STRING. If REGEXP-FLAG is non-nil, disregard letters preceded by `\' (but not `\\') since they have special meaning in a regexp.Visearch-lazy-highlight *Controls the lazy-highlighting during incremental searches. When non-nil, all text in the buffer matching the current search string is highlighted lazily (see `isearch-lazy-highlight-initial-delay' and `isearch-lazy-highlight-interval').Visearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup *Controls whether to remove extra highlighting after a search. If this is nil, extra highlighting can be "manually" removed with \[isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup].Visearch-lazy-highlight-initial-delay *Seconds to wait before beginning to lazily highlight all matches.Visearch-lazy-highlight-interval *Seconds between lazily highlighting successive matches.Visearch-lazy-highlight-max-at-a-time *Maximum matches to highlight at a time (for `isearch-lazy-highlight'). Larger values may reduce isearch's responsiveness to user input; smaller values make matches highlight slowly. A value of nil means highlight all matches.Fisearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup Stop lazy highlighting and remove extra highlighting from current buffer. FORCE non-nil means do it whether or not `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is nil. This function is called when exiting an incremental search if `isearch-lazy-highlight-cleanup' is non-nil.Fisearch-lazy-highlight-new-loop Cleanup any previous `isearch-lazy-highlight' loop and begin a new one. This happens when `isearch-update' is invoked (which can cause the search string to change or the window to scroll).Fisearch-lazy-highlight-search Search ahead for the next or previous match, for lazy highlighting. Attempt to do the search exactly the way the pending isearch would.Fisearch-lazy-highlight-update Update highlighting of other matches for current search.Fisearch-resume Resume an incremental search. SEARCH is the string or regexp searched for. REGEXP non-nil means the resumed search was a regexp search. WORD non-nil means resume a word search. FORWARD non-nil means resume a forward search. MESSAGE is the echo-area message recorded for the search resumed. CASE-FOLD non-nil means the search was case-insensitive.F5x5 Play 5x5. The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping squares you must fill the grid. 5x5 keyboard bindings are: \<5x5-mode-map> Flip \[5x5-flip-current] Move up \[5x5-up] Move down \[5x5-down] Move left \[5x5-left] Move right \[5x5-right] Start new game \[5x5-new-game] New game with random grid \[5x5-randomize] Random cracker \[5x5-crack-randomly] Mutate current cracker \[5x5-crack-mutating-current] Mutate best cracker \[5x5-crack-mutating-best] Mutate xor cracker \[5x5-crack-xor-mutate] Quit current game \[5x5-quit-game]F5x5-crack-randomly Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.F5x5-crack-mutating-current Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.F5x5-crack-mutating-best Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.F5x5-crack-xor-mutate Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then mutating the result.F5x5-crack Attempt to find a solution for 5x5. 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.Fada-add-extensions Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files. Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these extensions. SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file nameFada-mode Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code. Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.) Indent line '\[ada-tab]' Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\[newline-and-indent]' Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\[ada-format-paramlist]' Indent all lines in region '\[ada-indent-region]' Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\[ada-adjust-case-region]' Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]' Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\[fill-paragraph]' Next func/proc/task '\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\[ada-previous-procedure]' Next package '\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\[ada-previous-package]' Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\[ada-move-to-start]' Goto end of current block '\[ada-move-to-end]' Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including: Start a comment '\[indent-for-comment]' Comment region '\[comment-region]' Uncomment region '\[ada-uncomment-region]' Continue comment on next line '\[indent-new-comment-line]' If you use imenu.el: Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\[imenu]' If you use find-file.el: Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\[ff-find-other-file]' or '\[ff-mouse-find-other-file] Switch to other file in other window '\[ada-ff-other-window]' or '\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window] If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs. If you use ada-xref.el: Goto declaration: '\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier or '\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier Complete identifier: '\[ada-complete-identifier]'.Fada-header Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.Vadd-log-full-name *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.Vadd-log-mailing-address *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers. This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.Fprompt-for-change-log-name Prompt for a change log name.Ffind-change-log Find a change log file for \[add-change-log-entry] and return the name. Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use. If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'. If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog' (or whatever we use on this operating system). If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current directory and its successive parents for a file so named. Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the current buffer to the complete file name. Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.Fadd-change-log-entry Find change log file and add an entry for today. Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site. Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'. Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window. Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front; never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together' otherwise affects whether a new entry is created. Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if non-nil, otherwise in local time.Fadd-change-log-entry-other-window Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today. Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user name and site. Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log. If nil, use `change-log-default-name'. Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'.Fchange-log-mode Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode. Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74. New log entries are usually made with \[add-change-log-entry] or \[add-change-log-entry-other-window]. Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page. Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.Vadd-log-lisp-like-modes *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.Vadd-log-c-like-modes *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.Vadd-log-tex-like-modes *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.Fadd-log-current-defun Return name of function definition point is in, or nil. Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX ("functions" are chapters, sections, ...), Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl. Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and `add-log-current-defun-function' Has a preference of looking backwards.Fchange-log-merge Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer. Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on the appropriate motion commands). Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and old-style time formats for entries are supported.Fchange-log-redate Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format.Vad-redefinition-action *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation. Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated. In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard', `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be interpreted as `error'.Vad-default-compilation-action *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation. A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.Fad-add-advice Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS. If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice will be overwritten with the new one. If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id will clear the cache.Fdefadvice Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol). The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...) [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM] BODY... ) FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised. CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'. NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice. POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first', see also `ad-add-advice'. ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'. All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings. DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice. INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used. BODY ::= Any s-expression. Semantics of the various flags: `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion). `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'. `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting advised function should be compiled. `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used during activation until somebody enables it. `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled. `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved. Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file during preloading. See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation.Falign Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules. BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each rule's `separate' attribute). If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their `separate' attribute set. RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details on the format of these lists.Falign-regexp Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer. BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options. For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to align them so that the opening parentheses would line up: Fred (123) 456-7890 Alice (123) 456-7890 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890 Joe (123) 456-7890 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it using a REGEXP like "(". All you would have to do is to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression.Falign-entire Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section. BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have been used to align that section.Falign-current Call `align' on the current alignment section. This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have been used to align that section.Falign-highlight-rule Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified. BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text to be colored.Falign-unhighlight-rule Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.Falign-newline-and-indent A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.Fange-ftp-reread-dir Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache. The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.Fanimate-string Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation. The characters start at randomly chosen places, and all slide in parallel to their final positions, passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones. If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally in the current window.Fanimate-sequence Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer. Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.Fanimate-birthday-present Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer.Fansi-color-for-comint-mode-on Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.Fansi-color-process-output Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties. Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'. The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark. This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.Fantlr-show-makefile-rules Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory. If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode', the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for \[yank]. This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar inheritance and provides a value for the "-glib" option if necessary. Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of the rules. If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.Fantlr-mode Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files. \{antlr-mode-map}Fantlr-set-tabs Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'. Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.Vappt-issue-message *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer. To be detected, the diary entry must have the time as the first thing on a line.Vappt-message-warning-time *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.Vappt-audible *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.Vappt-visible *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.Vappt-display-mode-line *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.Vappt-msg-window *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.Vappt-display-duration *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.Vappt-display-diary *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen. This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.Fappt-add Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG. The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.Fappt-delete Delete an appointment from the list of appointments.Fappt-make-list Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer. The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be put in the appointments list. 02/23/89 12:00pm lunch Wednesday 10:00am group meeting We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received. They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for.Fapropos-mode Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands. \{apropos-mode-map}Fapropos-variable Show user variables that match REGEXP. With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show normal variables.Fapropos-command Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP. With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show noninteractive functions. If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.Fapropos Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP. With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.Fapropos-value Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP. With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks at the function and at the names and values of properties. Returns list of symbols and values found.Fapropos-documentation Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP. With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key bindings. Returns list of symbols and documentation found.Farchive-mode Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way. You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. Letters no longer insert themselves. Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer; or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer. If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the archive. \{archive-mode-map}Farray-mode Major mode for editing arrays. Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are NOT recognized as integers or real numbers. The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer. TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time. Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion, but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one. Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables. The variables are: Variables you assign: array-max-row: The number of rows in the array. array-max-column: The number of columns in the array. array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer. array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters. array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore row numbers in the buffer. Variables which are calculated: array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line. array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row. The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may take a numeric prefix argument): * \\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column. * \[array-backward-column] Move backward one column. * \[array-next-row] Move down one row. * \[array-previous-row] Move up one row. * \[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right. * \[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left. * \[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below. * \[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above. * \[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right. * \[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left. * \[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below. * \[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above. \[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column between that of point and mark. \[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column. \[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell. \[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array. \[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array. \[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and newlines inside rows) \[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables. Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.Fartist-mode Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive. Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard. How to quit artist mode Type \[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode. How to submit a bug report Type \[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report. Drawing with the mouse: mouse-2 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described below). mouse-1 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies or pastes: Operation Not shifted Shifted -------------------------------------------------------------- Pen fill-char at point line from last point to new point -------------------------------------------------------------- Line Line in any direction Straight line -------------------------------------------------------------- Rectangle Rectangle Square -------------------------------------------------------------- Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines -------------------------------------------------------------- Ellipses Ellipses Circles -------------------------------------------------------------- Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite) -------------------------------------------------------------- Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray -------------------------------------------------------------- Erase Erase character Erase rectangle -------------------------------------------------------------- Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected lines -------------------------------------------------------------- Cut Cut rectangle Cut square -------------------------------------------------------------- Copy Copy rectangle Copy square -------------------------------------------------------------- Paste Paste Paste -------------------------------------------------------------- Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill -------------------------------------------------------------- * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically or diagonally. * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing poly-lines. * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while overwrite means the opposite. * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'. * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square. * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows. See below under ``Arrows'' for more info. * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation. In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you are currently drawing something. * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite some time to fill. mouse-3 Erases character under pointer shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle Settings Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines Erase char Sets the character used when erasing Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed) Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes. Drawing with keys \[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following: For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \[artist-key-set-point] to set last point) When erase characters: toggles erasing When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square When pasting: Pastes \[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw Move around with \[artist-next-line], \[artist-previous-line], \[artist-forward-char] and \[artist-backward-char]. \[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling \[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing \[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing \[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding \[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings \[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes Arrows \[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning of the line/poly-line \[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end of the line/poly-line Selecting operation There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations: \[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines \[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines \[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles \[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares \[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines \[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines \[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses \[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles \[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru) \[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite) \[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can \[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can \[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters \[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles \[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines \[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines \[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles \[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles \[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting \[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling Variables This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info, see the documentation for the variables (type \[describe-variable] RET). artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not artist-first-char What to set at first/second point... artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area artist-spray-chars The spray-``color'' artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color'' Hooks When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called. When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called. Keymap summary \{artist-mode-map}Fasm-mode Major mode for editing typical assembler code. Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings: \[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop. \[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop. \[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop. \[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments. The character used for making comments is set by the variable `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\;'). Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook', which is called near the beginning of mode initialization. Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization. Special commands: \{asm-mode-map} Vauto-show-mode Obsolete.Fauto-show-mode This command is obsolete.Vautoarg-mode Toggle Autoarg mode on or off. See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.Fautoarg-mode Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally. With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. \ In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer. Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \[autoarg-terminate] is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off. For example: `6 9 \[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'. `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer. `6 9 \[autoarg-terminate] \[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and then invokes the normal binding of \[autoarg-terminate]. `C-u \[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \[autoarg-terminate] four times. \{autoarg-mode-map}Vautoarg-kp-mode Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off. See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.Fautoarg-kp-mode Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally. With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. \ This is similar to \[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1' &c to supply digit arguments. \{autoarg-kp-mode-map}Fautoconf-mode Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files.Fauto-insert Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil. Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.Fdefine-auto-insert Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'. Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION, or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.Vauto-insert-mode Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled. See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.Fauto-insert-mode Toggle Auto-insert mode. With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on). When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.Fupdate-file-autoloads Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file' (which FILE might bind in its local variables).Fupdate-autoloads-from-directories Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones. This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work.Fbatch-update-autoloads Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode. Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments.Vauto-revert-mode *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active. Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode' instead.Vglobal-auto-revert-mode When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change. Set this variable using \[customize] only. Otherwise, use the command `global-auto-revert-mode'.Fauto-revert-mode Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes. With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive. This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer. Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.Fturn-on-auto-revert-mode Turn on Auto-Revert Mode. This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)Fglobal-auto-revert-mode Revert any buffer when file on disk change. With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive. This is a minor mode that affects all buffers. Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.Vmouse-avoidance-mode Activate mouse avoidance mode. See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.Fmouse-avoidance-mode Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE. MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate', `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'. If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish' modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'. Effects of the different modes: * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress. * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close, and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way. * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse a random distance & direction. * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion. * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'. * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too. Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised. (see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of "too close", and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for definition of "random distance".)Fawk-mode Major mode for editing AWK code. This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table. Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'.Fbackquote Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build. The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in. For example: b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted.Fbattery Display battery status information in the echo area. The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.Fdisplay-battery Display battery status information in the mode line. The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'. The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval' seconds.Fbibtex-mode Major mode for editing BibTeX files. To submit a problem report, enter \[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. General information on working with BibTeX mode: You should use commands as \[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using \[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry with command \[bibtex-clean-entry]. Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \[bibtex-clean-entry]. For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode. Special information: A command such as \[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry. The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX. Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT]. \[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one. \[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely. \[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the current field. \[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field. \[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default "" or {}. The command \[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of bibtex-entry-format. Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format. Use \[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field. Use \[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field. The following may be of interest as well: Functions: bibtex-entry bibtex-kill-entry bibtex-yank-pop bibtex-pop-previous bibtex-pop-next bibtex-complete-string bibtex-complete-key bibtex-print-help-message bibtex-generate-autokey bibtex-beginning-of-entry bibtex-end-of-entry bibtex-reposition-window bibtex-mark-entry bibtex-ispell-abstract bibtex-ispell-entry bibtex-narrow-to-entry bibtex-sort-buffer bibtex-validate bibtex-count bibtex-fill-entry bibtex-reformat bibtex-convert-alien Variables: bibtex-field-delimiters bibtex-include-OPTcrossref bibtex-include-OPTkey bibtex-user-optional-fields bibtex-entry-format bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries bibtex-entry-field-alist bibtex-predefined-strings bibtex-string-files --------------------------------------------------------- Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is non-nil. \{bibtex-mode-map}Fblackbox Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4. What is blackbox? Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower your score. Overview of play: \To play blackbox, type \[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is four. The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor movement keys. To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC. The result will be determined and the playfield updated. You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the box and pressing \[bb-romp]. When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct, press \[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'. Details: There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box: Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the ray went in, and the other where it came out. Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are denoted by the letter `R'. Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are denoted by the letter `H'. The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by example. As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball. The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as described under "Detour" above. Note that the entrance and exit points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the ray. Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety degree deflection it causes. 1 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O - - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O - 2 3 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point it was sent in. This can happen in several ways: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately emerging from the box. A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - - H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of a reflection.Vbookmark-map Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions. It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark functions have a binding in this keymap.Fbookmark-set Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file. If name is nil, then the user will be prompted. With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will "push" the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time, but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most recent one. To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's yank successive words. Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer (as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the name of the file being visited. Use \[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name, and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from the list of bookmarks.)Fbookmark-jump Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about this. If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.Fbookmark-relocate Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer). This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed after a bookmark was set in it.Fbookmark-insert-location Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.Fbookmark-rename Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name. If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW. If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp. While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark name.Fbookmark-insert Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about this.Fbookmark-delete Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list. Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will not be deleted. Defaults to the "current" bookmark (that is, the one most recently used in this file, if any). Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer, probably because we were called from there.Fbookmark-write Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer). Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.Fbookmark-save Save currently defined bookmarks. Saves by default in the file defined by the variable `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE (second argument). If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the user will be interactively queried for a file to save in. When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use `bookmark-load', \[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable `bookmark-default-file'.Fbookmark-load Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format). Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages while loading. If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it explicitly. If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get unique numeric suffixes "<2>", "<3>", ... following the same method buffers use to resolve name collisions.Fbookmark-bmenu-list Display a list of existing bookmarks. The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'. The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.Fbookmark-menu-insert Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK. You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about this. Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the "-menu-" in its name).Fbookmark-menu-jump Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file). You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about this. Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the "-menu-" in its name).Fbookmark-menu-locate Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK. (This is not the same as the contents of that file). Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the "-menu-" in its name).Fbookmark-menu-rename Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME. If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME. If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and prompts for NEWNAME. If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp. While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark name. Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the "-menu-" in its name).Fbookmark-menu-delete Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list. Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will not be deleted. Defaults to the "current" bookmark (that is, the one most recently used in this file, if any). Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the "-menu-" in its name).Vbrowse-url-browser-function *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser. This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and `browse-url-of-file' commands. If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs (REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last regexp should probably be "." to specify a default browser.Vbrowse-url-new-window-flag *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers. Passing an interactive argument to \[browse-url], or specific browser commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.Vbrowse-url-netscape-display *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.Vbrowse-url-save-file *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file. Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.Vbrowse-url-generic-program *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.Fbrowse-url-of-file Ask a WWW browser to display FILE. Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.Fbrowse-url-of-buffer Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER. Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is narrowed.Fbrowse-url-of-dired-file In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.Fbrowse-url-of-region Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.Fbrowse-url Ask a WWW browser to load URL. Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.Fbrowse-url-at-point Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point. Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.Fbrowse-url-at-mouse Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse. The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.Fbrowse-url-netscape Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL. Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape. When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.Fbrowse-url-gnome-moz Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'. Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed. When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.Fbrowse-url-mosaic Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the program is invoked according to the variable `browse-url-mosaic-program'. When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.Vbrowse-url-grail Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'. Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.Fbrowse-url-grail Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL. Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the variable `browse-url-grail'.Fbrowse-url-cci Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL. Default to the URL around or before point. This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'. When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.Fbrowse-url-iximosaic Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL. Default to the URL around or before point.Fbrowse-url-w3 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL. Default to the URL around or before point. When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.Fbrowse-url-w3-gnudoit Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser. The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.Fbrowse-url-lynx-xterm Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program' with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.Fbrowse-url-lynx-emacs Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL. Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run a new Lynx process in a new buffer. When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window, otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.Fbrowse-url-mmm Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL. Default to the URL around or before point.Fbrowse-url-mail Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs. Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the current one. When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'. When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.Fbrowse-url-generic Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL. Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which don't offer a form of remote control.Fbrowse-url-kde Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL. Default to the URL around or before point.Fbruce Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.Fsnarf-bruces Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'.Fbs-cycle-next Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling. The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.Fbs-cycle-previous Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling. The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.Fbs-customize Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.Fbs-show Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list. \ There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for manipulating buffer list and buffers itself. User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer by \[bs-select] or [SPC] Type \[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection. Type \[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available. With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly name of buffer configuration.Fbyte-force-recompile Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file. Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.Fbyte-recompile-directory Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation. This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file. Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also. If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled. But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user, for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means don't ask and compile the file anyway. A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory. If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file.Fbyte-compile-file Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code. The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME. With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling. The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors.Fcompile-defun Compile and evaluate the current top-level form. Print the result in the minibuffer. With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form.Fbyte-compile If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition. If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.Fdisplay-call-tree Display a call graph of a specified file. This lists which functions have been called, what functions called them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as all functions called by those functions. The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq, cons, etc.). The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called (that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be invoked interactively.Fbatch-byte-compile Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line. Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; it won't work in an interactive Emacs. Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously. For example, invoke "emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el"Fbatch-byte-recompile-directory Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line. Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion. For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.Flist-yahrzeit-dates List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR. When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken from the cursor position.Fcalculator Run the Emacs calculator. See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.Vcalendar-week-start-day *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins. 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.Vcalendar-offset *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window. 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left, +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off the screen.Vview-diary-entries-initially *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry. The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed, if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.Vnumber-of-diary-entries *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially. This variable affects the diary display when the command \[diary] is used, or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current day's and the next day's entries will be displayed. The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday, display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only Saturday's entries on Saturday. This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the number of days of diary entries displayed.Vmark-diary-entries-in-calendar *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window. The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.Vcalendar-remove-frame-by-deleting *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed. If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.Vview-calendar-holidays-initially *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry. The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed.Vmark-holidays-in-calendar *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window. The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.Vall-hebrew-calendar-holidays *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar. This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars. If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.Vall-christian-calendar-holidays *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar. This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars. If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian calendar.Vall-islamic-calendar-holidays *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar. This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars. If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic calendar.Vcalendar-load-hook *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded. This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.Vinitial-calendar-window-hook *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened. The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.Vtoday-visible-calendar-hook *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible. This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose: (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date) It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker'; a function is also provided for this: (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today) The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of functions called when the calendar function was called when the current date is not visible in the window. Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the functions that move by days and weeks.Vtoday-invisible-calendar-hook *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible. The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of functions called when the calendar function was called when the current date is visible in the window. Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the functions that move by days and weeks.Vcalendar-move-hook *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar. For example, (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1))) redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.Vdiary-file *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept. The file's entries are lines in any of the forms MONTH/DAY MONTH/DAY/YEAR MONTHNAME DAY MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR DAYNAME at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits. If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year. DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week. MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY, MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year, respectively. The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are DAY/MONTH DAY/MONTH/YEAR DAY MONTHNAME DAY MONTHNAME YEAR DAYNAME To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute `american-calendar' in the calendar. A diary entry can be preceded by the character `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar window but will appear in a diary window. Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with either a TAB or one or more spaces. Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary entries (in the default American style): 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!! &1/1. Happy New Year! 10/22 Ruth's birthday. 21: Payday Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend. 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!! &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd. mar 16 Dad's birthday April 15, 1989 Income tax due. &* 15 time cards due. If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the single diary entry 02/11/1989 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative' 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if used with more than one day's entries displayed. Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation causes the diary entry "Vacation" to appear from November 1 through November 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary', `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date', `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date', `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date', `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset', `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh', and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details. Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation for these functions for details. Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.Vdiary-nonmarking-symbol *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.Vhebrew-diary-entry-symbol *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.Vislamic-diary-entry-symbol *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.Vdiary-include-string *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries. See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.Vsexp-diary-entry-symbol *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'. See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.Vabbreviated-calendar-year *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD. For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars. If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.Veuropean-calendar-style *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays. If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1, 1990. The accepted European date styles are DAY/MONTH DAY/MONTH/YEAR DAY MONTHNAME DAY MONTHNAME YEAR DAYNAME Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three characters with or without a period.Vamerican-date-diary-pattern *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used. See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.Veuropean-date-diary-pattern *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used. See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.Veuropean-calendar-display-form *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style. See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.Vamerican-calendar-display-form *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style. See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.Vprint-diary-entries-hook *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared. The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.Vlist-diary-entries-hook *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries. It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file. A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines of the form #include "filename" This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are obeyed. You can change the "#include" to some other string by changing the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files' as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'. For example, you could use (setq list-diary-entries-hook '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries)) (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display) in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into lexicographic order.Vdiary-hook *List of functions called after the display of the diary. Can be used for appointment notification.Vdiary-display-hook *List of functions that handle the display of the diary. If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no diary display. Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR) STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with holidays), or produce hard copy output. A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.Vnongregorian-diary-listing-hook *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files. As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries' and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions describes the style of such diary entries.Vmark-diary-entries-hook *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar. A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines of the form #include "filename" This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are obeyed. You can change the "#include" to some other string by changing the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.Vnongregorian-diary-marking-hook *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files. As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries' and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions describes the style of such diary entries.Vdiary-list-include-blanks *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries. Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they are holidays.Vholidays-in-diary-buffer *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display. The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.Vgeneral-holidays *General holidays. Default value is for the United States. See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.Voriental-holidays *Oriental holidays. See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.Vlocal-holidays *Local holidays. See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.Vother-holidays *User defined holidays. See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.Vhebrew-holidays *Jewish holidays. See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.Vchristian-holidays *Christian holidays. See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.Vislamic-holidays *Islamic holidays. See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.Vsolar-holidays *Sun-related holidays. See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.Vcalendar-setup The frame set up of the calendar. The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate, dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with any other value the current frame is used.Fcalendar Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays. The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'.Vc-mode-syntax-table Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.Vc++-mode-syntax-table Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.Vobjc-mode-syntax-table Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.Vjava-mode-syntax-table Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.Vidl-mode-syntax-table Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.Vpike-mode-syntax-table Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.Fc-mode Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code. To submit a problem report, enter `\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\[c-version]'. The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Key bindings: \{c-mode-map}Fc++-mode Major mode for editing C++ code. To submit a problem report, enter `\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message. To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\[c-version]'. The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Key bindings: \{c++-mode-map}Fobjc-mode Major mode for editing Objective C code. To submit a problem report, enter `\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message. To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\[c-version]'. The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Key bindings: \{objc-mode-map}Fjava-mode Major mode for editing Java code. To submit a problem report, enter `\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message. To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\[c-version]'. The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically sets the "java" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'. Key bindings: \{java-mode-map}Fidl-mode Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code. To submit a problem report, enter `\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message. To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\[c-version]'. The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Key bindings: \{idl-mode-map}Fpike-mode Major mode for editing Pike code. To submit a problem report, enter `\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message. To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\[c-version]'. The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Key bindings: \{pike-mode-map}Fc-set-style Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles. STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable for details of setting up styles. The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current style name. If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style' will be reassigned. Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it.Fc-add-style Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one. STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is an association list describing the style and must be of the form: ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...]) See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE, VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.Fc-set-offset Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'. SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used and exists only for compatibility reasons.Vc-emacs-features A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using. There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current supported list, along with the values for this variable: XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit) Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit) Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list: `infodock'.Fccl-compile Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.Fccl-dump Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.Fdeclare-ccl-program Declare NAME as a name of CCL program. This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But, now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before execution. Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.Fdefine-ccl-program Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM. CCL-PROGRAM has this form: (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION CCL_MAIN_CODE [ CCL_EOF_CODE ]) BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and `write' commands. CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed. Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the semantics. CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) STATEMENT := SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL | TRANSLATE | END SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION) ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer). | integer EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG) ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1. IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute ;; CCL_BLOCK_N. BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed. LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) ;; Terminate the most inner loop. BREAK := (break) REPEAT := ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop. (repeat) ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string]) ;; (repeat)) | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string]) ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY]) ;; (read REG) ;; (repeat)) | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY]) ;; Same as: ((write integer) ;; (read REG) ;; (repeat)) | (write-read-repeat REG integer) READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1 ;; to the next byte read, and so on. (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) ;; Same as: ((read REG) ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)) | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1) ;; Same as: ((read REG) ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])) | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]) ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point. | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) WRITE := ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte ;; representation. (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...]) ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION) ;; (write r7)) | (write EXPRESSION) ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte ;; representation. | (write integer) ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output ;; buffer. | (write string) ;; Same as: (write string) | string ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte ;; representation. | (write REG ARRAY) ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 << ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1 ;; is the second code point of the character. | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1) ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name. CALL := (call ccl-program-name) ;; Terminate the CCL program. END := (end) ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly. REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 ARG := REG | integer OPERATOR := ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code). + | - | * | / | % ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code) | & | `|' | ^ ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code) | << | >> ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means: ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1)) | <8 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means: ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8)) ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255))) | >8 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means: ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1)) ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1))) | // ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code) | < | > | == | <= | >= | != ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character, ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means: ;; ((REG = CODE0) ;; (r7 = CODE1)) ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the ;; second code point of CHAR. | de-sjis ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding ;; Shift-JIS code, ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means: ;; ((REG = HIGH) ;; (r7 = LOW)) ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower ;; byte of SJIS. | en-sjis ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR := ;; Same meaning as C code += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as: ;; ((REG <<= 8) ;; (REG |= ARG)) | <8= ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as: ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255)) ;; (REG >>= 8)) ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as: ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG)) ;; (REG /= ARG)) | //= ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]' TRANSLATE := (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint)) ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'. MAP := (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs) | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET)) | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID) MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ... MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET MAP-ID := integer Fcheck-ccl-program Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM. If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil. If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied, register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.Fccl-execute-with-args Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args. The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers. See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.Fcheckdoc Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors. The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which the users will view as each check is completed.Fcheckdoc-interactive Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors. Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.Fcheckdoc-message-interactive Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors. Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings. Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.Fcheckdoc-eval-current-buffer Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer. Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue spacing are all verified.Fcheckdoc-current-buffer Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces. With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES), store all errors found in a warnings buffer, otherwise stop after the first error.Fcheckdoc-start Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors. Only documentation strings are checked. Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into a separate buffer.Fcheckdoc-continue Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.Fcheckdoc-comments Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error if there is one.Fcheckdoc-rogue-spaces Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error if there is one. Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.Fcheckdoc-message-text Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text. Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.Fcheckdoc-eval-defun Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation. Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.Fcheckdoc-defun Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point. Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead. If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white space at the end of each line.Fcheckdoc-ispell Check the style and spelling of everything interactively. Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'Fcheckdoc-ispell-current-buffer Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'Fcheckdoc-ispell-interactive Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively. Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'Fcheckdoc-ispell-message-interactive Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'Fcheckdoc-ispell-message-text Check the style and spelling of message text interactively. Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'Fcheckdoc-ispell-start Check the style and spelling of the current buffer. Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'Fcheckdoc-ispell-continue Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point. Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'Fcheckdoc-ispell-comments Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments. Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'Fcheckdoc-ispell-defun Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell. Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on. Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'Fcheckdoc-minor-mode Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings. With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive. In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is bound to \ \[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include checking of documentation strings. \{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}Fdecode-hz-region Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region. Return the length of resulting text.Fdecode-hz-buffer Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.Fencode-hz-region Encode the text in the current region to HZ. Return the length of resulting text.Fencode-hz-buffer Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.Frepeat-matching-complex-command Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN. Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for editing and the result is evaluated.Flist-command-history List history of commands typed to minibuffer. The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list. The buffer is left in Command History mode.Fcommand-history Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer. The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'. The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil. Use \\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line. Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent. \{command-history-map} This command always recompiles the Command History listing and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.Vcustom-print-functions This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing. Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the printer proceeds to the next function on the list. This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.Fc-macro-expand Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor. Normally display output in temp buffer, but prefix arg means replace the region with it. `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use. Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include') if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil. Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST. For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.Frun-scheme Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*. If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer. With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)Fcp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit ASCII table. The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-, DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the decoder and encoder created by this function.Fcp-charset-for-codepage Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE. CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.Fcp-language-for-codepage Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE. CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.Fcp-offset-for-codepage Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE. CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string.Fcp-supported-codepages Return an alist of supported codepages. Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match for the character set supported by that codepage. A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists, is a vector, and has a charset property.Fcodepage-setup Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE. These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal.Fmake-comint-in-buffer Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM. If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s. PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.Fmake-comint Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.Fcomint-run Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it. The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s. The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer. See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.Fcomint-redirect-send-command Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.Fcomint-redirect-send-command-to-process Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER. With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer. If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.Fcomint-redirect-results-list Send COMMAND to current process. Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.Fcomint-redirect-results-list-from-process Send COMMAND to PROCESS. Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP. REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.Fcompare-windows Compare text in current window with text in next window. Compares the text starting at point in each window, moving over text in each one as far as they match. This command pushes the mark in each window at the prior location of point in that window. If both windows display the same buffer, the mark is pushed twice in that buffer: first in the other window, then in the selected window. A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped. If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored.Vcompilation-mode-hook *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').Vcompilation-window-height *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.Vcompilation-process-setup-function *Function to call to customize the compilation process. This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used while processing the output of the compilation process.Vcompilation-buffer-name-function Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer. The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the compilation buffer. It should return a string. nil means compute the name with `(concat "*" (downcase major-mode) "*")'.Vcompilation-finish-function Function to call when a compilation process finishes. It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string describing how the process finished.Vcompilation-finish-functions Functions to call when a compilation process finishes. Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string describing how the process finished.Vcompilation-ask-about-save *Non-nil means \[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling. Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.Vcompilation-search-path *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages. Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories. nil as an element means to try the default directory.Fcompile Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'. Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'. You can then use the command \[next-error] to find the next error message and move to the source code that caused it. Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts. To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \[rename-buffer]. Then start the next one. The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that to a function that generates a unique name.Fgrep Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines where grep found matches. This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can easily repeat a grep command. A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history list is empty).Fgrep-find Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS. Collect output in a buffer. While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \[next-error] command to find the text that grep hits refer to. This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can easily repeat a find command.Fcompilation-mode Major mode for compilation log buffers. \To visit the source for a line-numbered error, move point to the error message line and type \[compile-goto-error]. To kill the compilation, type \[kill-compilation]. Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see).Fcompilation-shell-minor-mode Toggle compilation shell minor mode. With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. See `compilation-mode'. Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'.Fcompilation-minor-mode Toggle compilation minor mode. With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive. See `compilation-mode'. Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'.Fnext-error Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code. If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already, the message buffer is checked for new ones. A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move; negative means move back to previous error messages. Just \[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer and start at the first error. \[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from the \[compile] and \[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type \[next-error] in that buffer. Once \[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages, it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode. See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas.Vpartial-completion-mode Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled. See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.Fpartial-completion-mode Toggle Partial Completion mode. With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive. When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names. For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other command begins with that sequence of characters, and \[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters. Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted specially in \[find-file]. For example, \[find-file] RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'. See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'.Fdynamic-completion-mode Enable dynamic word-completion.Vreference-point-alist Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points. A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and `make-composition'. Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows: 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left | | 1:tc or top-center | | 2:tr or top-right | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left | | 7:bc or bottom-center 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to be added. For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points): +-------+--+ <--- new ascent | | | | global| | | glyph | | -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change) +----+--*--+ | | new | | |glyph| +----+-----+ <--- new descent Fcompose-region Compose characters in the current region. When called from a program, expects these four arguments. First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers) specifying the region. Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead of the text in the region. If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters. If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th elements with previously composed N glyphs. A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more detail. Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of text in the composition.Fdecompose-region Decompose text in the current region. When called from a program, expects two arguments, positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.Fcompose-string Compose characters in string STRING. The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all the characters in it. Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of STRING respectively. Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function `compose-region' for more detail. Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of text in the composition.Fdecompose-string Return STRING where `composition' property is removed.Fcompose-chars Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed. For relative composition, arguments are characters. For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules. A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more detail.Ffind-composition Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS. If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list of FROM, TO, and VALID-P. FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition' property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid. If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT. If no composition is found, return nil. Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a composition in; nil means the current buffer. If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS, RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH. COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P. RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil. If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters and composition rules as described in `compose-region'. MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition. WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen.Fcompose-chars-after Compose characters in current buffer after position POS. It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return nil. FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value is: nil -- if no characters were composed. CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed. Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text. Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string. This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'.Fcompose-last-chars Compose last characters. The argument is a parameterized event of the form (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS), where N is the number of characters before point to compose, COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region' (which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called, and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters. This function is intended to be used from input methods. The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS) after a sequence character events.Fdecompose-composite-char Convert CHAR to string. This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and earlier. If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted to string, list of CHAR, or vector of CHAR respectively. Optional 3rd arg WITH-COMPOSITION-RULE is ignored.Fcookie Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end.Fcookie-insert Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end.Fcookie-snarf Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings. Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.Fshuffle-vector Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)Fcopyright-update Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the copyright, if any, are updated as well.Fcopyright Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.Fcperl-mode Major mode for editing Perl code. Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. Tab indents for Perl code. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [], sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by default.) You can always quote (with \[quoted-insert]) the left "paren" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special, since most the time you mean "less". Cperl mode tries to guess whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical. Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'. You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens look for active mark and "embrace" a region if possible.' CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs: if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do, for, foreach, formy and foreachmy. and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.) The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space following "if" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if () } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that, typing \[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a new line between the braces (if you typed \[cperl-linefeed] in a POD directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted). If CPerl decides that you want to insert "English" style construct like bite if angry; it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword' to nil.) \[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like foreach (@lines) {print; print} and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \[newline-and-indent], see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'. Use \[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form if (A) { B } into B if A; \{cperl-mode-map} Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode (even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl (see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'), setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by consequent \[cperl-electric-backspace]. If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands \[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \[cperl-info-on-command] to access it. These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings' (in turn affected by `cperl-hairy'). Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style help is available on \[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or man via menu. It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time. This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the menu, or via \[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'. Use \[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region span the needed amount of lines. Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify', `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only. Variables controlling indentation style: `cperl-tab-always-indent' Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line, regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments' Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent. `cperl-auto-newline' Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following \[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace. Insertion after colons requires both this variable and `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set. `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons. Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting. `cperl-indent-level' Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation of the line on which the open-brace appears. `cperl-continued-statement-offset' Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation. `cperl-continued-brace-offset' Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'. `cperl-brace-offset' Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset' An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started this far to the right of the actual line indentation. `cperl-label-offset' Extra indentation for line that is a label. `cperl-min-label-indent' Minimal indentation for line that is a label. Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are `cperl-indent-level' 5 8 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the corresponding variables. Use \[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use \[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values (both available from menu). If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in column 0 is indented on `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'. Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook' with no args. DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu) or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems', `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.Fcpp-highlight-buffer Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals. This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting. A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.Fcpp-parse-edit Edit display information for cpp conditionals.Vcrisp-mode Track status of CRiSP emulation mode. A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t indicates CRiSP mode is enabled. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.Fcrisp-mode Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode. With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.Fcompleting-read-multiple Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion. By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a single prompt, optionally using completion. Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be specified as 'alice,bob,eve'. The default value for the separator character is the value of `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'. Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve'. Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'. The return value of this function is a list of the read strings. See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments: PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD.Fcustomize-set-value Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.Fcustomize-set-variable Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.Fcustomize-save-variable Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions. If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used. The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member. If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value. If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value. If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.Fcustomize Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options. User options are structured into "groups". Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.Fcustomize-group Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.Fcustomize-group-other-window Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.Fcustomize-option Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.Fcustomize-changed-options Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself. This includes new user option variables and faces, and new customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default values have changed since the previous major Emacs release. With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that version.Fcustomize-option-other-window Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable. Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.Fcustomize-face Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil. If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces.Fcustomize-face-other-window Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window.Fcustomize-customized Customize all user options set since the last save in this session.Fcustomize-saved Customize all already saved user options.Fcustomize-apropos Customize all user options matching REGEXP. If ALL is `options', include only options. If ALL is `faces', include only faces. If ALL is `groups', include only groups. If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not user-settable, as well as faces and groups.Fcustomize-apropos-options Customize all user options matching REGEXP. With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable.Fcustomize-apropos-faces Customize all user faces matching REGEXP.Fcustomize-apropos-groups Customize all user groups matching REGEXP.Fcustom-buffer-create Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing that option.Fcustom-buffer-create-other-window Create a buffer containing OPTIONS. Optional NAME is the name of the buffer. OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing that option.Fcustomize-browse Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.Vcustom-file File used for storing customization information. The default is nil, which means to use your init file as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file, you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect. When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file (usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.Fcustomize-save-customized Save all user options which have been set in this session.Fcustom-save-all Save all customizations in `custom-file'.Fcustom-menu-create Create menu for customization group SYMBOL. The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.Fcustomize-menu-create Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL. If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu. Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'. The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.Fcustom-declare-face Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument.Fcustom-set-faces Initialize faces according to user preferences. The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form: (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]]) SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE. If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC. COMMENT is a string comment about FACE. See `defface' for the format of SPEC.Fcvs-status-mode Mode used for cvs status output.Fcwarn-mode Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions. Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and C++ modes are included. With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive.Fturn-on-cwarn-mode Turn on CWarn mode. This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example: (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)Fglobal-cwarn-mode Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers. With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.Fcyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.Fcyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.Fstandard-display-cyrillic-translit Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration. For readability, the table is slightly different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'. The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using; that affects the choice of transliterations slightly. Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'. If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration. If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.Fdabbrev-completion Completion on current word. Like \[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer and presents suggestions for completion. With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the completions. If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u), then it searches *all* buffers. With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list if there is a suitable one already.Fdabbrev-expand Expand previous word "dynamically". Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix. If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'. A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct* possibility. A negative argument says search forward. If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion with the next possible expansion not yet tried. The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the direction of search to backward if set non-nil. See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \[dabbrev-completion].Fdcl-mode Major mode for editing DCL-files. This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and dcl-block-end-regexp.) Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block. Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented. Data lines are not indented. Key bindings: \{dcl-mode-map} Commands not usually bound to keys: \[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options \[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options \[dcl-save-option] Save any option \[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: dcl-basic-offset Extra indentation within blocks. dcl-continuation-offset Extra indentation for continued lines. dcl-margin-offset Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE. dcl-margin-label-offset Indentation for a label. dcl-comment-line-regexp Lines matching this regexp will not be indented. dcl-block-begin-regexp dcl-block-end-regexp Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively, a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation. Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables make it possible to define other places to indent. Set to nil to disable this feature. dcl-calc-command-indent-function Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines. Two such functions are included in the package: dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple dcl-calc-command-indent-hang dcl-calc-cont-indent-function Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines. One such function is included in the package: dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default) dcl-tab-always-indent If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line. If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left margin. dcl-electric-characters Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is typed. dcl-electric-reindent-regexps Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize which words trigger electric indentation. dcl-tempo-comma dcl-tempo-left-paren dcl-tempo-right-paren These variables control the look of expanded templates. dcl-imenu-generic-expression Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements. dcl-imenu-label-labels dcl-imenu-label-goto dcl-imenu-label-gosub dcl-imenu-label-call Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu. Loading this package calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. The following example uses the default values for all variables: $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches $! dcl-comment-line-regexp) $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset. $ i = 1 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines. $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset: $ label: $ if i.eq.1 $ then $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp... $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset $ text = "This " + - ! is a continued line "lined up with the command line" $ type sys$input Data lines are not indented at all. $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp $ endif $ Fdebug Enter debugger. To return, type \`\[debugger-continue]'. Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals of the evaluator. You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.Fdebug-on-entry Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called. If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION, which must be written in Lisp, not predefined. Use \[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command. Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.Fcancel-debug-on-entry Undo effect of \[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION. If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions.Fdecipher Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.Fdecipher-mode Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers. Lower-case letters enter plaintext. Upper-case letters are commands. The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot modify it. The most useful commands are: \ \[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency \[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter \[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it) \[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint) \[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)Fdelimit-columns-customize Customization of `columns' group.Fdelimit-columns-region Prettify all columns in a text region. START and END delimits the text region.Fdelimit-columns-rectangle Prettify all columns in a text rectangle. START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.Fdelphi-mode Major mode for editing Delphi code. \ \[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code. \[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file. \[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment. \[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line. M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region. Customization: `delphi-indent-level' (default 3) Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block. `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0) Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements. `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0) Extra indentation for case statement labels. `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t) Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t) Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the blank line. `delphi-search-path' (default .) Directories to search when finding external units. `delphi-verbose' (default nil) If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user. Coloring: `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face) Face used to color delphi comments. `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face) Face used to color delphi strings. `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face) Face used to color delphi keywords. `delphi-other-face' (default nil) Face used to color everything else. Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with no args, if that value is non-nil.Vdelete-selection-mode Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled. See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.Fdelete-selection-mode Toggle Delete Selection mode. With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is positive. When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of any selection.Fdefine-derived-mode Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode. The arguments to this command are as follow: CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode. PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode'). NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. "Hypertext") DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one, the function will attempt to invent something useful. BODY: forms to execute just before running the hooks for the new mode. Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode: (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode "LaTeX-Thesis") You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map' without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty, and DOCSTRING is generated by default. On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil: (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode "Article" "Major mode for editing technical articles." (setq case-fold-search nil)) Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.Fderived-mode-init-mode-variables Initialise variables for a new MODE. Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged the first time the mode is used.Fdesktop-read Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies. This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.Fdesktop-load-default Load the `default' start-up library manually. Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file to provide correct modes for autoloaded files.Findian-to-devanagari Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters. If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is.Fdevanagari-to-indian Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters. If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is.Findian-to-devanagari-region Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters. When called from a program, expects two arguments, positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.Fdevanagari-to-indian-region Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters. When called from a program, expects two arguments, positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.Findian-to-devanagari-string Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters.Fchar-to-glyph-devanagari Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs. Ligatures and special rules are processed.Fdevanagari-decompose-string Decompose Devanagari string STRFdevanagari-compose-from-is13194-region Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters.Fdevanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters.Fdiary Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date. If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for execution in a `.emacs' file.Fdiary-mail-entries Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days. If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'. You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job. For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that all relevant variables are set, as done here. #!/bin/sh # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder emacs -batch \ -eval "(setq diary-mail-days 3 \ european-calendar-style t \ diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\" )" \ -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry: 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh to run it every morning at 1am.Vdiff-switches *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.Vdiff-command *The command to use to run diff.Fdiff Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files. Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD. With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.Fdiff-backup Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.Fdiff-mode Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs. Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent) normal diffs. When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.Fdiff-minor-mode Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs. \{diff-minor-mode-map}Vdired-listing-switches *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option. May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l'; may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.Vdired-chown-program Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').Vdired-ls-F-marks-symlinks *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links. Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix). Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t. Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can always set this variable to t.Vdired-trivial-filenames *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory. A value of nil means move to the subdir line. A value of t means move to first file.Vdired-keep-marker-rename *Controls marking of renamed files. If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed. If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not) are afterward marked with that character.Vdired-keep-marker-copy *Controls marking of copied files. If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were. If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.Vdired-keep-marker-hardlink *Controls marking of newly made hard links. If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.Vdired-keep-marker-symlink *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links. If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked. If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.Vdired-dwim-target *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory. This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window, use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer. The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.Vdired-copy-preserve-time *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy. (This works on only some systems.)Fdired "Edit" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it. Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used. (Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.) Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for. \You can move around in it with the usual commands. You can flag files for deletion with \[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then delete them by typing \[dired-do-flagged-delete]. Type \[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info. If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.Fdired-other-window "Edit" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.Fdired-other-frame "Edit" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.Fdired-noselect Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it.Fdired-diff Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'. FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by \[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \[dired-mark] command.) The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'. With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES, which is options for `diff'.Fdired-backup-diff Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa. Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups. If this file is a backup, diff it with its original. The backup file is the first file given to `diff'. With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'.Fdired-do-chmod Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files. This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed.Fdired-do-chgrp Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files.Fdired-do-chown Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files.Fdired-do-print Print the marked (or next ARG) files. Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and `lpr-switches' as default.Fdired-do-shell-command Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files. If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given, the next ARG files are used. Just \[universal-argument] means the current file. The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate. If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer. Normally the command is run on each file individually. However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run just once with the entire file list substituted there. If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run on each file individually but with the filename substituted there instead of at the end of the command. No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no telling what files the command may have changed. Type \[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files. The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir. In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument.Fdired-do-kill-lines Kill all marked lines (not the files). With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line. (A negative argument kills lines before the current line.) To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter).Fdired-do-compress Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files.Fdired-do-byte-compile Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.Fdired-do-load Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files.Fdired-do-redisplay Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files. If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case, a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing.Fdired-create-directory Create a directory called DIRECTORY.Fdired-do-copy Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file. This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying. When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory, and new copies of these files are made in that directory with the same names that the files currently have. The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value of `dired-dwim-target', which see.Fdired-do-symlink Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory and new symbolic links are made in that directory with the same names that the files currently have. The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value of `dired-dwim-target', which see.Fdired-do-hardlink Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name. When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory and new hard links are made in that directory with the same names that the files currently have. The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value of `dired-dwim-target', which see.Fdired-do-rename Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files. When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name. When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory. The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value of `dired-dwim-target', which see.Fdired-do-rename-regexp Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current file if none are marked. As each match is found, the user must type a character saying what to do with it. For directions, type \[help-command] at that time. NEWNAME may contain \=\ or \& as in `query-replace-regexp'. REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used. With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name. Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed.Fdired-do-copy-regexp Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.Fdired-do-hardlink-regexp Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.Fdired-do-symlink-regexp Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME. See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info.Fdired-upcase Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case.Fdired-downcase Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case.Fdired-maybe-insert-subdir Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. If it is already present, just move to it (type \[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh), else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing. You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at this subdirectory. This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.Fdired-insert-subdir Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer. If it is already present, overwrites previous entry, else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done). With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing. You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at this subdirectory. This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output.Fdired-prev-subdir Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level. When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line.Fdired-goto-subdir Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer. Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil. The next char is either \n, or \r if DIR is hidden.Fdired-mark-subdir-files Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory. If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in.Fdired-kill-subdir Remove all lines of current subdirectory. Lower levels are unaffected.Fdired-tree-up Go up ARG levels in the dired tree.Fdired-tree-down Go down in the dired tree.Fdired-hide-subdir Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory. Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor. Use \[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories.Fdired-hide-all Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines. If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again. Use \[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory.Fdired-do-search Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP. Stops when a match is found. To continue searching for next match, use command \[tags-loop-continue].Fdired-do-query-replace-regexp Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files. Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. If you exit (\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace with the command \[tags-loop-continue].Fdired-show-file-type Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command. If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead.Fdired-jump Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer. If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line. If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line. In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired buffer and try again.Fdirtrack Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt. The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'. You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'. If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output. You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to `comint-output-filter-functions'. Fdisassemble Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER. OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself (a lambda expression or a compiled-function object). If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.Fmake-display-table Return a new, empty display table.Fdisplay-table-slot Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT. SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol). Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.Fset-display-table-slot Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE. SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol). Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control', `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.Fdescribe-display-table Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.Fdescribe-current-display-table Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.Fstandard-display-8bit Display characters in the range L to H literally.Fstandard-display-default Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.Fstandard-display-ascii Display character C using printable string S.Fstandard-display-g1 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set. This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters; it is meaningless for an X frame.Fstandard-display-graphic Display character C as character GC in graphics character set. This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an X frame.Fstandard-display-underline Display character C as character UC plus underlining.Fcreate-glyph Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.Fstandard-display-european Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters. This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'. With prefix argument, this command enables European character display if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles European character display. When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the ASCII codes for apostrophe and space. Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function in `.emacs'.Fdissociated-press Dissociate the text of the current buffer. Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*, which is redisplayed each time text is added to it. Every so often the user must say whether to continue. If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity. If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity. Default is 2.Fdoctor Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.Vdouble-mode Toggle Double mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `double-mode'.Fdouble-mode Toggle Double mode. With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive. When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details.Fdunnet Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.Fgnus-earcon-display Play sounds in message buffers.Fdefine-minor-mode Define a new minor mode MODE. This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map, toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook. DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command. Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable. Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on. Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap. If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap' in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument. The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are used (see below). BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated. It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks. BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments. The following keyword arguments are supported: :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'. :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local. :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument. :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument.Feasy-mmode-define-global-mode Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE. TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer. KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments: :group to specify the custom group.Feasy-mmode-define-keymap Return a keymap built from bindings BS. BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'. Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'. Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map. ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.Feasy-mmode-defsyntax Define variable ST as a syntax-table. CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).Feasy-menu-define Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU. The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL. The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs :filter FUNCTION FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual menu displayed. :visible INCLUDE INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'. :active ENABLE ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection whenever this expression's value is non-nil. The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items. A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE] NAME is a string--the menu item name. CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen. ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever this expression's value is non-nil. Alternatively, a menu item may have the form: [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ] Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below. :keys KEYS KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item. This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used. :key-sequence KEYS KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this menu item. This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no keyboard equivalent. :active ENABLE ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection whenever this expression's value is non-nil. :included INCLUDE INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this expression has a non-nil value. :suffix FORM FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME. :style STYLE STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are defined: toggle: A checkbox. Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not. radio: A radio button. Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not. button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the menu bar itself. anything else means an ordinary menu item. :selected SELECTED SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected whenever this expression's value is non-nil. :help HELP HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item. A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed as a solid horizontal line. A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu.Feasy-menu-create-menu Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS. MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.Feasy-menu-change Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS. PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that should contain a submenu named NAME. ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'. These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu. If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one. If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu. Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter, to implement dynamic menus.Febnf-customize Customization for ebnf group.Febnf-print-buffer Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending it to the printer. More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.Febnf-print-region Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region. Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.Febnf-spool-buffer Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer. Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local buffer to be sent to the printer later. Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.Febnf-spool-region Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally. Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.Febnf-eps-buffer Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file. Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. The EPS file name has the following form: .eps is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. The default value is "ebnf--". is the production name. The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. For example, the production name "A/B + C" is mapped to "A_B_+_C" and the EPS file name used is "ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps". WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.Febnf-eps-region Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file. Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file. The EPS file name has the following form: .eps is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'. The default value is "ebnf--". is the production name. The production name is mapped to form a valid file name. For example, the production name "A/B + C" is mapped to "A_B_+_C" and the EPS file name used is "ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps". WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file.Febnf-syntax-buffer Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer.Febnf-syntax-region Does a syntatic analysis of a region.Febnf-setup Return the current ebnf2ps setup.Febnf-insert-style Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.Febnf-merge-style Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.Febnf-apply-style Set STYLE to current style. It returns the old style symbol.Febnf-reset-style Reset current style. It returns the old style symbol.Febnf-push-style Push the current style and set STYLE to current style. It returns the old style symbol.Febnf-pop-style Pop a style and set it to current style. It returns the old style symbol.Febrowse-tree-mode Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers. Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree. Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands. File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures. E.g.\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from. Tree mode key bindings: \{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}Febrowse-electric-choose-tree Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.Febrowse-tags-complete-symbol Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point. A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match. A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with completion.Febrowse-tags-loop-continue Repeat last operation on files in tree. FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time. TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.Febrowse-tags-query-replace Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree. With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.Febrowse-tags-search-member-use Search for call sites of a member. If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member. Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer. Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that looks like a function call to the member.Febrowse-back-in-position-stack Move backward in the position stack. Prefix arg ARG says how much.Febrowse-forward-in-position-stack Move forward in the position stack. Prefix arg ARG says how much.Febrowse-electric-position-menu List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.Febrowse-save-tree Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.Febrowse-save-tree-as Write the current tree data structure to a file. Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive. Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.Febrowse-statistics Display statistics for a class tree.Felectric-buffer-list Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers. Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer listing with menuoid buffer selection. If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted. To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are much like those of buffer-menu-mode. Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil. \{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}FElectric-command-history-redo-expression Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result. With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.Vedebug-all-defs *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug. This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'. You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with (make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.Vedebug-all-forms *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug. This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer. Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.Fdef-edebug-spec Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC. Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol (naming a function), or a list.Fedebug-eval-top-level-form Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro. This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug. Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is, or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point.Fediff-files Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.Fediff-files3 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.Fediff-buffers Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.Fediff-buffers3 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.Fediff-directories Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that can be used to filter out certain file names.Fediff-directory-revisions Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions. The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.Fediff-directories3 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that can be used to filter out certain file names.Fediff-merge-directories Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that can be used to filter out certain file names.Fediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors. Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that can be used to filter out certain file names.Fediff-merge-directory-revisions Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions. The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.Fediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors. The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.Fediff-windows-wordwise Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise. With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as follows: If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.Fediff-windows-linewise Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise. With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as follows: If WIND-A is nil, use selected window. If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.Fediff-regions-wordwise Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.Fediff-regions-linewise Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers. Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance. Each region is enlarged to contain full lines. This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.Fediff-merge-files Merge two files without ancestor.Fediff-merge-files-with-ancestor Merge two files with ancestor.Fediff-merge-buffers Merge buffers without ancestor.Fediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor Merge buffers with ancestor.Fediff-merge-revisions Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file. The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current buffer.Fediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor. The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current buffer.Frun-ediff-from-cvs-buffer Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file. First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'.Fediff-patch-file Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME. If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer and don't ask the user. If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.Fediff-patch-buffer Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME. Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer. With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file. With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.Fediff-revision Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file. The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt. Default: the file visited by the current buffer. Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.Fediff-version Return string describing the version of Ediff. When called interactively, displays the version.Fediff-documentation Display Ediff's manual. With optional NODE, goes to that node.Fediff-show-registry Display Ediff's registry.Fediff-toggle-multiframe Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back. To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function', which see.Fediff-toggle-use-toolbar Enable or disable Ediff toolbar. Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars. To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.Vedmacro-eight-bits *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact. Default nil means to write characters above \177 in octal notation.Fedit-kbd-macro Edit a keyboard macro. At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro. Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by its command name. With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.Fedit-last-kbd-macro Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.Fedit-named-kbd-macro Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.Fread-kbd-macro Read the region as a keyboard macro definition. The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., "M-x abc RET". See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details. Leading/trailing "C-x (" and "C-x )" in the text are allowed and ignored. The resulting macro is installed as the "current" keyboard macro. In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro. The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector. Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.Fformat-kbd-macro Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string. This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'. Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments. If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted or nil, use a compact 80-column format.Fedt-set-scroll-margins Set scroll margins. Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window. Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.Fedt-emulation-on Turn on EDT Emulation.Fwith-electric-help Pop up an "electric" help buffer. The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT. THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to the buffer specified by BUFFER. If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. After THUNK has been called, this function "electrically" pops up a window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil. If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things. When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit.Veldoc-mode *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point. For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area. This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained from the documentation string if possible. If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring instead. This variable is buffer-local.Veldoc-minor-mode-string *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.Feldoc-mode *Enable or disable eldoc mode. See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details. If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition of the mode. If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable the mode, respectively.Fturn-on-eldoc-mode Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation).Felide-head Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'. The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show an elided material again. This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks.Felint-initialize Initialize elint.Felp-instrument-function Instrument FUNSYM for profiling. FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.Felp-instrument-list Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'. Use optional LIST if provided instead.Felp-instrument-package Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX. For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following: \[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RETFelp-results Display current profiling results. If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are displayed.Freport-emacs-bug Report a bug in GNU Emacs. Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.Femerge-files Run Emerge on two files.Femerge-files-with-ancestor Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.Femerge-buffers Run Emerge on two buffers.Femerge-buffers-with-ancestor Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.Femerge-revisions Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.Femerge-revisions-with-ancestor Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.Fencoded-kbd-mode Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode. With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive. You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command \[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode automatically. In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by \[set-keyboard-coding-system].Fenriched-mode Minor mode for editing text/enriched files. These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard text/enriched format. Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'. More information about Enriched mode is available in the file etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory. Commands: \\{enriched-mode-map}Feshell-mode Emacs shell interactive mode. \{eshell-mode-map}Feshell-test Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected.Feshell Create an interactive Eshell buffer. The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix argument ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created).Feshell-command Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND. With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.Feshell-command-result Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result. The result might be any Lisp object. If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned corresponding to a successful execution.Feshell-report-bug Report a bug in Eshell. Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer. Please include any configuration details that might be involved.Vtags-file-name *File name of tags table. To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient. If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'. Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.Vtags-case-fold-search *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive. A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive. Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.Vtags-table-list *List of file names of tags tables to search. An element that is a directory means the file "TAGS" in that directory. To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient. If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'. Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.Vtags-compression-info-list *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used. An empty string means search the non-compressed file. These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated (i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function `auto-compression-mode').Vtags-add-tables *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list. t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list). Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).Vfind-tag-hook *Hook to be run by \[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'. The value in the buffer in which \[find-tag] is done is used, not the value in the buffer \[find-tag] goes to.Vfind-tag-default-function *A function of no arguments used by \[find-tag] to pick a default tag. If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode' has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used. Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.Fvisit-tags-table Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE. FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program. A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory. Normally \[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'. With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead. When you find a tag with \[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags file the tag was in.Ftags-table-files Return a list of files in the current tags table. Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually without directory names.Ffind-tag-noselect Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there, but does not select the buffer. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point. If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or just \[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed onto a ring and may be popped back to with \[pop-tag-mark]. Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.Ffind-tag Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or just \[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed onto a ring and may be popped back to with \[pop-tag-mark]. Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.Ffind-tag-other-window Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or just \[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed onto a ring and may be popped back to with \[pop-tag-mark]. Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.Ffind-tag-other-frame Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME. Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point. If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or just \[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp. A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed onto a ring and may be popped back to with \[pop-tag-mark]. Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.Ffind-tag-regexp Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP. Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there. If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or just \[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to. If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window. A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed onto a ring and may be popped back to with \[pop-tag-mark]. Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command. See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.Fpop-tag-mark Pop back to where \[find-tag] was last invoked. This is distinct from invoking \[find-tag] with a negative argument since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from where they were found.Fnext-file Select next file among files in current tags table. A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files. Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings. Value is nil if the file was already visited; if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.Ftags-loop-continue Continue last \[tags-search] or \[tags-query-replace] command. Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the argument is passed to `next-file', which see). Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.Ftags-search Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP. Stops when a match is found. To continue searching for next match, use command \[tags-loop-continue]. See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.Ftags-query-replace `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table. Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches. If you exit (\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace with the command \[tags-loop-continue]. See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.Flist-tags Display list of tags in file FILE. This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables. FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a directory specification.Ftags-apropos Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.Fselect-tags-table Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used. The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list'; see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.Fcomplete-tag Perform tags completion on the text around point. Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default for \[find-tag] (which see).Fethio-sera-to-fidel-region Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL. The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary language. If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion even if the buffer is read-only. See also the descriptions of the variables `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.Fethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL. The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary language. If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the buffer is read-only. See also the descriptions of the variables `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.Fethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode. If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.Fethio-sera-to-fidel-mail Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news. If the buffer contains the markers "" and "", convert the segments between them into FIDEL. If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'.Fethio-sera-to-fidel-marker Convert the regions surrounded by "" and "" from SERA to FIDEL. Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'. The markers "" and "" themselves are not deleted.Fethio-fidel-to-sera-region Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format. The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the primary language. If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the buffer is read-only. See also the descriptions of the variables `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.Fethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format. The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary. If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the primary language. If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the buffer is read-only. See also the descriptions of the variables `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question', `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.Fethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode. If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter.Fethio-fidel-to-sera-mail Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news. If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character, 1) insert the string "" at the beginning of the body, 2) insert "" at the end of the body, and 3) convert the body into SERA. The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too.Fethio-fidel-to-sera-marker Convert the regions surrounded by "" and "" from FIDEL to SERA. The markers "" and "" themselves are not deleted.Fethio-modify-vowel Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.Fethio-replace-space Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region. In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should be 1, 2, or 3. If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space. If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces. If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator. The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region.Fethio-input-special-character Allow the user to input special characters.Fethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command. Each command is always surrounded by braces.Fethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.Fethio-fidel-to-java-buffer Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences. Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode. If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f]. Otherwise, [0-9A-F].Fethio-java-to-fidel-buffer Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.Fethio-find-file Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix.Fethio-write-file Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.Feudc-set-server Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL. Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default server for future sessions.Feudc-get-email Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.Feudc-get-phone Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.Feudc-expand-inline Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point. The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line. The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the individual inline query words with directory attribute names. After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point. If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer. `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE. Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match, see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'Feudc-query-form Display a form to query the directory server. If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.Feudc-load-eudc Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client. This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.Feudc-display-generic-binary Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.Feudc-display-url Display URL and make it clickable.Feudc-display-sound Display a button to play the sound DATA.Feudc-display-jpeg-inline Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.Feudc-display-jpeg-as-button Display a button for the JPEG DATA.Feudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb Insert record at point into the BBDB database. This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.Feudc-try-bbdb-insert Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.Feudc-edit-hotlist Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.Fexecutable-find Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name. Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'.Fexecutable-set-magic Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT. The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix', `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made executable.Fexecutable-self-display Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command. The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.Fexecutable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p Make file executable according to umask if not already executable. If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing file modes.Fexpand-add-abbrevs Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE. ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG). ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace. EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages to generate such functions. ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the beginning of the expanded text. If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and `expand-jump-to-next-slot'. If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.Fexpand-jump-to-previous-slot Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion. This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.Fexpand-jump-to-next-slot Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion. This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.Ff90-mode Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format. \[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line. \[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly. \[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram. Type `? or `\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords. Key definitions: \{f90-mode-map} Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: f90-do-indent Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) f90-if-indent Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3) f90-type-indent Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3) f90-program-indent Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks. (default 2) f90-continuation-indent Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5) f90-comment-region String inserted by \[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in region. (default "!!!$") f90-indented-comment-re Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code. (default "!") f90-directive-comment-re Regexp of comment-like directive like "!HPF\\$", not to be indented. (default "!hpf\\$") f90-break-delimiters Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken. (default "[-+*/><=,% \t]") f90-break-before-delimiters Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters. (default t) f90-beginning-ampersand Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t) f90-smart-end From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start. Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink) f90-auto-keyword-case Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil) The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word. f90-leave-line-no Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil) f90-keywords-re List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc. Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.Vfacemenu-face-menu Menu keymap for faces.Vfacemenu-foreground-menu Menu keymap for foreground colors.Vfacemenu-background-menu Menu keymap for background colors.Vfacemenu-special-menu Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.Vfacemenu-justification-menu Submenu for text justification commands.Vfacemenu-indentation-menu Submenu for indentation commands.Vfacemenu-menu Facemenu top-level menu keymap.Ffacemenu-set-face Add FACE to the region or next character typed. It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that will not show through at all will be removed. Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer. In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face. Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character to insert cancels the specification.Ffacemenu-set-foreground Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed. The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created). If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character cancels the request.Ffacemenu-set-background Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed. The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created). If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character cancels the request.Ffacemenu-set-face-from-menu Set the FACE of the region or next character typed. This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use is the menu item's name. In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face. Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before typing a character to insert cancels the specification.Ffacemenu-set-invisible Make the region invisible. This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with `facemenu-remove-special'.Ffacemenu-set-intangible Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it. This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with `facemenu-remove-special'.Ffacemenu-set-read-only Make the region unmodifiable. This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with `facemenu-remove-special'.Ffacemenu-remove-face-props Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties.Ffacemenu-remove-all Remove all text properties from the region.Ffacemenu-remove-special Remove all the "special" text properties from the region. These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'.Flist-text-properties-at Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION.Ffacemenu-read-color Read a color using the minibuffer.Flist-colors-display Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like. If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list of colors that the current display can handle.Ffast-lock-mode Toggle Fast Lock mode. With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode) If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using. Font Lock caches may be saved: - When you save the file's buffer. - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer. - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers. Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'. See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'. Use \[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad. Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general, see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'. For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events', `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'.Fturn-on-fast-lock Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode.Ffeedmail-send-it Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package. This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.Ffeedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts.Ffeedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt. This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.Ffeedmail-run-the-queue Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out. Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly backup file names and the like).Ffeedmail-queue-reminder Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages. Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed internally by feedmail): after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode) after-queue (a message has just been queued) after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory) after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages) WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders, you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil.Fffap-next Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap. Optional argument BACK says to search backwards. Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary. Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards, double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards. Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'.Ffind-file-at-point Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point. If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL. With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'. If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed. See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt', and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'. See for latest version.Fffap-menu Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer. Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'. The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.Fffap-at-mouse Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click. Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found. Return value: * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it) * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns * otherwise, nilFdired-at-point Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.Fffap-bindings Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.Ffile-cache-minibuffer-complete Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache. Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument, the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution (directories) is done.Vfind-ls-option *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing. This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output. LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.Vfind-grep-options *Option to grep to be as silent as possible. On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it. On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.Ffind-dired Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output. The command run (after changing into DIR) is find . \( ARGS \) -ls except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use as the final argument.Ffind-name-dired Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN, and run dired on those files. PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted. The command run (after changing into DIR) is find . -name 'PATTERN' -lsFfind-grep-dired Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output. The command run (after changing into DIR) is find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \; -ls Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options.Fff-get-other-file Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'. If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.Fff-find-other-file Find the header or source file corresponding to this file. Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file. If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window. If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines. Variables of interest include: - `ff-case-fold-search' Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search'). If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil. - `ff-always-in-other-window' If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'. - `ff-ignore-include' If non-nil, ignores #include lines. - `ff-always-try-to-create' If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found. - `ff-quiet-mode' If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched. - `ff-special-constructs' A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for extracting the filename from that construct. - `ff-other-file-alist' Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension. - `ff-search-directories' List of directories searched through with each extension specified in `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension. - `ff-pre-find-hooks' List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts. - `ff-pre-load-hooks' List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded. - `ff-post-load-hooks' List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded. - `ff-not-found-hooks' List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found. - `ff-file-created-hooks' List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.Fff-mouse-find-other-file Visit the file you click on.Fff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window Visit the file you click on in another window.Ffind-function-noselect Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION. Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected. If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.Ffind-function Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point. Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if it is one of the current buffers. The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.Ffind-function-other-window Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point. See `find-function' for more details.Ffind-function-other-frame Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point. See `find-function' for more details.Ffind-variable-noselect Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL. Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected. The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.Ffind-variable Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point. Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if it is one of the current buffers. The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'. See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.Ffind-variable-other-window Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point. See `find-variable' for more details.Ffind-variable-other-frame Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point. See `find-variable' for more details.Ffind-function-on-key Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string. Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer.Ffind-function-at-point Find directly the function at point in the other window.Ffind-variable-at-point Find directly the function at point in the other window.Ffind-function-setup-keys Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.Ffind-lisp-find-dired Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.Ffind-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories Find all subdirectories of DIR.Ffind-lisp-find-dired-filter Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP.Ffinder-list-keywords Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.Ffinder-commentary Display FILE's commentary section. FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.Ffinder-by-keyword Find packages matching a given keyword.Fenable-flow-control Toggle flow control handling. When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\, and C-q as C-^. With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.Fenable-flow-control-on Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types. Use `(enable-flow-control-on "vt100" "h19")' to enable flow control on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled, you must type C-\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^ to get the effect of a C-q.Vflyspell-mode-line-string *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active. Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.Fflyspell-prog-mode Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.Fflyspell-mode Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking. Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words. The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words. With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode. With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive. Bindings: \[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell). \[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word. \[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words. Hooks: flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered. Remark: `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'. Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance consider adding: (add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex)))) in your .emacs file. flyspell-region checks all words inside a region. flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer.Fflyspell-mode-off Turn Flyspell mode off.Fflyspell-region Flyspell text between BEG and END.Fflyspell-buffer Flyspell whole buffer.Fturn-on-follow-mode Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.Fturn-off-follow-mode Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.Ffollow-mode Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window. The feeling of a "virtual window" has been accomplished by the use of two major techniques: * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer. This means that whenever one window is moved, all the others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.) * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor movement commands. Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your mileage may vary). To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands `\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used. Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other. If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly. (This is the default.) When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook' is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called. Keys specific to Follow mode: \{follow-mode-map}Ffollow-delete-other-windows-and-split Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode. Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text in the selected window. All other windows, in the current frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the two windows always will display two successive pages. (If one window is moved, the other one will follow.) If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative, the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is selected if the original window is the first one in the frame. To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key: (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)Ffont-lock-mode Toggle Font Lock mode. With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font Lock on. (Font Lock is also known as "syntax highlighting".) When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it: - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face'; - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face'; - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'. To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \[customize-face]. You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock) Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs: (global-font-lock-mode t) There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer. When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'. For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs: (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t) To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can use `font-lock-add-keywords'. To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer size, you can use \[font-lock-fontify-buffer]. To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused syntactic change on other lines, you can use \[font-lock-fontify-block]. See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook.Fturn-on-font-lock Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it).Ffont-lock-add-keywords Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end of the current highlighting list. For example: (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode '(("\\\=<\\(FIXME\\):" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend) ("\\\=<\\(and\\|or\\|not\\)\\\=>" . font-lock-keyword-face))) adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords. When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid subtle problems due to details of the implementation. Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g., see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types', `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'.Ffont-lock-remove-keywords Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE. MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode' or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer. When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid subtle problems due to details of the implementation.Vglobal-font-lock-mode Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled. See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.Fglobal-font-lock-mode Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer. With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive. Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on.Ffont-lock-fontify-buffer Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would.Fcreate-fontset-from-fontset-spec Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC. FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format: FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ... Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas. Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward compatibility. If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil. It returns a name of the created fontset.Ffootnote-mode Toggle footnote minor mode. \ key binding --- ------- \[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes \[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote \[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote \[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style \[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message \[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote Fforms-mode Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form. Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode: TAB forms-next-field TAB C-c TAB forms-next-field C-c < forms-first-record < C-c > forms-last-record > C-c ? describe-mode ? C-c C-k forms-delete-record C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q C-c C-o forms-insert-record C-c C-l forms-jump-record l C-c C-n forms-next-record n C-c C-p forms-prev-record p C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r C-c C-s forms-search-forward s C-c C-x forms-exit x Fforms-find-file Visit a file in Forms mode.Fforms-find-file-other-window Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.Vfortran-tab-mode-default *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode. A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control. A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked with a character in column 6.Ffortran-mode Major mode for editing Fortran code. \[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly. DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE. Type ;? or ;\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords. Key definitions: \{fortran-mode-map} Variables controlling indentation style and extra features: `comment-start' If you want to use comments starting with `!', set this to the string "!". `fortran-do-indent' Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3) `fortran-if-indent' Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3) `fortran-structure-indent' Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks. (default 3) `fortran-continuation-indent' Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5) `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0) `fortran-comment-indent-style' nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments, fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (for TAB format continuation style). relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the indentation for a line of code. (default 'fixed) `fortran-comment-indent-char' Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for full-line comment indentation. (default " ") `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6) `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9) `fortran-line-number-indent' Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching column 5. (default 1) `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do' Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible "continue" statements. (default nil) `fortran-blink-matching-if' Non-nil causes \[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE] statement. (default nil) `fortran-continuation-string' Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation line. (default "$") `fortran-comment-region' String inserted by \[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in region. (default "c$$$") `fortran-electric-line-number' Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column as typed. (default t) `fortran-break-before-delimiters' Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters. (default t) Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.Ffortune-add-fortune Add STRING to a fortune file FILE. Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.Ffortune-from-region Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file. Interactively, if called with a prefix argument, read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.Ffortune-compile Compile fortune file. If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.Ffortune-to-signature Create signature from output of the fortune program. If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix and choose the directory as the fortune-file.Ffortune Display a fortune cookie. If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from, otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix and choose the directory as the fortune-file.Fdefine-generic-mode Create a new generic mode with NAME. Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION) NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new function. COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character, a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively. Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters. KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string. FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist' AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'. These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode' is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed. FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup. See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.Fgeneric-mode Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files. (Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.) To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'. Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.Fglasses-mode Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable. When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.Fgnus-slave-no-server Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server.Fgnus-no-server Read network news. If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use. As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server.Fgnus-slave Read news as a slave.Fgnus-other-frame Pop up a frame to read news.Fgnus Read network news. If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.Fgnus-unplugged Start Gnus unplugged.Fgnus-plugged Start Gnus plugged.Fgnus-agentize Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader. The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the last form in your `.gnus.el' file: (gnus-agentize) This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method', and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers.Fgnus-agent-batch-fetch Start Gnus and fetch session.Fgnus-article-prepare-display Make the current buffer look like a nice article.Fgnus-audio-play Play a sound FILE through the speaker.Fgnus-jog-cache Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache. Usage: $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cacheFgnus-cache-generate-active Generate the cache active file.Fgnus-cache-generate-nov-databases Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.Fgnus-fetch-group Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP. Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.Fgnus-fetch-group-other-frame Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.Fgnus-batch-score Run batched scoring. Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-scoreFgnus-mailing-list-mode Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands. \{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}Fgnus-group-split-setup Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy. Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with group parameters. If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook. A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy, unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See gnus-group-split-fancy for details.Fgnus-group-split-update Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL). If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup.Fgnus-group-split Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information. gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods.Fgnus-group-split-fancy Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail. It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT (: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL) GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all existing groups are considered. if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned, otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be returned. For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT clauses will be generated. If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list, as the last element of a '| SPLIT. For example, given the following group parameters: nnml:mail.bar: ((to-address . "bar@femail.com") (split-regexp . ".*@femail\\.com")) nnml:mail.foo: ((to-list . "foo@nowhere.gov") (extra-aliases "foo@localhost" "foo-redist@home") (split-exclude "bugs-foo" "rambling-foo") (admin-address . "foo-request@nowhere.gov")) nnml:mail.others: ((split-spec . catch-all)) Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil "mail.misc") returns: (| (& (any "\\(bar@femail\\.com\\|.*@femail\\.com\\)" "mail.bar") (any "\\(foo@nowhere\\.gov\\|foo@localhost\\|foo-redist@home\\)" - "bugs-foo" - "rambling-foo" "mail.foo")) "mail.others")Fgnus-change-server Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER. Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server.Fgnus-msg-mail Start editing a mail message to be sent. Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the Gcc: header for archiving purposes.Fgnus-mule-add-group Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM. All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target. If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr part is ignored. This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist' rather than using this function.Fgnus-batch-brew-soup Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line. Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions for matching on group names. For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as groups with "emacs" in the name, you could say something like: $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml ".*emacs.*" Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet.Fgnus-update-format Update the format specification near point.Fgnus-unload Unload all Gnus features. (For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble.Fgnus-declare-backend Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend.Fgnus-add-configuration Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.Fgomoku Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs. If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it. If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used. If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for. You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal. You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting \\[gomoku-human-plays]. Use \[describe-mode] for more info.Fgoto-address-at-mouse Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse. Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click.Fgoto-address-at-point Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point. Send mail to address at point. See documentation for `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found there, then load the URL at or before point.Fgoto-address Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer. Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL or to send e-mail. By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET. Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).Fgs-load-image Load a PS image for display on FRAME. SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of the form "WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID". Value is non-nil if successful.Fgdb Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory for your debugger.Fsdb Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory for your debugger.Fdbx Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory for your debugger.Fxdb Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory for your debugger. You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.Fperldb Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*. The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory for your debugger.Fpdb Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'. The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory and source-file directory for your debugger.Fjdb Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named "*gud*" if no initial class is given or "*gud-*" if there is. If the "-classpath" switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and it's value.Fhandwrite Turns the buffer into a "handwritten" document. The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt' and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output. Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12) handwrite-fontsize (default 11) handwrite-numlines (default 60) handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)Fhanoi Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.Fhanoi-unix Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version. Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT. Repent before ring 31 moves.Fhanoi-unix-64 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock. This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need to be updated.Vthree-step-help *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps. The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and window listing and describing the options. A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \[help-command] \[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.FHelper-describe-bindings Describe local key bindings of current mode.FHelper-help Provide help for current mode.Fhexl-mode \A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format. This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'. This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format using the function `hexlify-buffer'. Each line in the buffer has an "address" (displayed in hexadecimal) representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values. If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as periods. If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be in hexl format. A sample format: HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---------------- 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region.. Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \[hexl-backward-char], \[hexl-forward-char], \[hexl-next-line], and \[hexl-previous-line] to move the cursor left, right, down, and up). Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \[hexl-beginning-of-line], \[hexl-end-of-line], \[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are also supported. There are several ways to change text in hexl mode: ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer. \[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation. \[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF) into the buffer at the current point. \[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377) into the buffer at the current point. \[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255) into the buffer at the current point. \[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode. Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands will actually convert it back to binary format while saving. You can use \[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode. \[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.Fhexl-find-file Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode. Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists.Fhexlify-buffer Convert a binary buffer to hexl format. This discards the buffer's undo information.Vhi-lock-mode Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.Fhi-lock-mode Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns. If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a "Regexp Highlighting" submenu is added to the "Edit" menu. The commands in the submenu, which can be called interactively, are: \[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. \[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE. (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.) \[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE. \[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer. \[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns] Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will be read the next time file is loaded or when the \[hi-lock-find-patterns] command is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords. (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \[hi-lock-find-patterns], any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. \[hi-lock-find-patterns] Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]). When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form: Hi-lock: FOO where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords already present. The patterns must start before position (number of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.Fhi-lock-line-face-buffer Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE. Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. \Use \[next-history-element] and \[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. (See info node `Minibuffer History')Fhi-lock-face-buffer Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE. Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces. \Use \[next-history-element] and \[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item. (See info node `Minibuffer History')Fhi-lock-face-phrase-buffer Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE. Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial lower-case letters made case insensitive.Fhi-lock-unface-buffer Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock. Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.) \Use \[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp. (See info node `Minibuffer History'.)Fhi-lock-write-interactive-patterns Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point. Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.Vhide-ifdef-mode Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.Fhide-ifdef-mode Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one. With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect how the hiding is done: hide-ifdef-env An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env' is used. hide-ifdef-define-alist An association list of defined symbol lists. Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env' and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env' from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'. hide-ifdef-lines Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and #endif lines when hiding. hide-ifdef-initially Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode is activated. hide-ifdef-read-only Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding. After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value. \{hide-ifdef-mode-map}Vhide-ifdef-initially *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.Vhide-ifdef-read-only *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.Vhide-ifdef-lines *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.Vhs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.Vhs-special-modes-alist *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes. Each element has the form (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC). If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks and comments, respectively for major mode MODE. START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is defined as text surrounded by START and END. As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'. For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead. See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC. If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing whitespace. Case does not matter.Fhs-minor-mode Toggle hideshow minor mode. With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow commands and the hideshow commands are enabled. The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block', `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'. Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands. Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'. Key bindings: \{hs-minor-mode-map}Fhighlight-changes-remove-highlight Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END. This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.Fhighlight-changes-mode Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode. Without an argument: If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active or passive state as determined by the variable `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active and passive state. With an argument ARG: If ARG is positive, set state to active; If ARG is zero, set state to passive; If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely. Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face. Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are not displayed in a different face. Functions: \[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change \[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change \[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this buffer with the contents of a file \[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region \[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different "ages" of changes through various faces. Hook variables: `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode. `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode.Fhighlight-changes-next-change Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.Fhighlight-changes-previous-change Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.Fhighlight-changes-rotate-faces Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode. Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain shown in the last face in the list. You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the buffer to be saved): (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)Fhighlight-compare-with-file Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences. The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file, and must not be read-only. If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when this function is called interactively. If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted. If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property changes are made, so \[highlight-changes-next-change] and \[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.Fglobal-highlight-changes Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode. When called interactively: - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode - if called with a negative prefix turn it off When called from a program: - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode - otherwise just turn it on When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned on for future "suitable" buffers (and for "suitable" existing buffers if variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil). "Suitability" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'.Vhippie-expand-try-functions-list The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'. To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of, or insert functions in this list.Vhippie-expand-verbose *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.Vhippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.Vhippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.Vhippie-expand-no-restriction *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.Vhippie-expand-max-buffers *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched. If nil, all buffers are searched.Vhippie-expand-ignore-buffers *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current). Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes (as atoms)Vhippie-expand-only-buffers *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current). Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes (as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.Fhippie-expand Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods. The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible expansions. With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next function in this list. With a negative argument or just \[universal-argument], undoes the expansion.Fmake-hippie-expand-function Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'. Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.Fhl-line-mode Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window. With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.Vglobal-hl-line-mode Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled. See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.Fglobal-hl-line-mode Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer. With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive. Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on.Fholidays Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month. If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.Flist-holidays Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive). The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists. The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.Fturn-on-hscroll This function is obsolete. Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.Fhscroll-mode This function is obsolete. Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.Fhscroll-global-mode This function is obsolete. Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil. Also see `automatic-hscrolling'.Ficomplete-mode Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session. With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive.Ficomplete-minibuffer-setup Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion. Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'.Ficon-mode Major mode for editing Icon code. Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets. Tab indents for Icon code. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. \{icon-mode-map} Variables controlling indentation style: icon-tab-always-indent Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line, regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. icon-auto-newline Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces inserted in Icon code. icon-indent-level Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block. The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation of the line on which the open-brace appears. icon-continued-statement-offset Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the then-clause of an if or body of a while. icon-continued-brace-offset Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'. icon-brace-offset Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. icon-brace-imaginary-offset An open brace following other text is treated as if it were this far to the right of the start of its line. Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.Fidlwave-shell Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'. If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL. If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer. When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame' is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in separate frames. The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'. The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'. See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'. (Type \[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)Fidlwave-mode Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files. The main features of this mode are 1. Indentation and Formatting -------------------------- Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents. TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line. To start a continuation line, use \[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator. Comments are indented as follows: `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged. `;;' Indent like the surrounding code `;' Indent to a minimum column. The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed. Use \[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be retained. Use \[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended). To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the entire buffer with \[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \[indent-region] (`indent-region'). 2. Routine Info ------------ IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \[idlwave-routine-info]. \[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module. These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under this shell. Use \[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this information, which is also used for completion (see item 4). 3. Online IDL Help --------------- \[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files. 4. Completion ---------- \[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword). Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or upper case. 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations -------------------------------- Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates. The abbreviations start generally with a `\`. Some examples \pr PROCEDURE template \fu FUNCTION template \c CASE statement template \sw SWITCH statement template \f FOR loop template \r REPEAT Loop template \w WHILE loop template \i IF statement template \elif IF-ELSE statement template \b BEGIN For a full list, use \[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below. \[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with \[idlwave-doc-modification]. 6. Automatic Case Conversion ------------------------- The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'. 7. Automatic END completion ------------------------ If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc. 8. Hooks ----- Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'. Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'. 9. Documentation and Customization ------------------------------- Info documentation for this package is available. Use \[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work). For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'. IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'. 10.Keybindings ----------- Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode. If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \[describe-key] followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does. \{idlwave-mode-map}Fielm Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions. Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.Fimage-type-from-data Determine the image type from image data DATA. Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot be determined.Fimage-type-from-file-header Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes. Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot be determined.Fimage-type-available-p Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available. Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.Fcreate-image Create an image. FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data. Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name, use its file extension as image type. Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data. Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image, like, e.g. `:mask MASK'. Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.Fput-image Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer. IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'. IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it. POS may be an integer or marker. AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' means display it in the right marginal area.Finsert-image Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point. IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it. AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin' means display it in the right marginal area.Fremove-images Remove images between START and END in BUFFER. Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'. BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.Ffind-image Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications. SPECS is a list of image specifications. Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is satisfied. The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'.Fdefimage Define SYMBOL as an image. SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional documentation string. Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type, e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a string containing the actual image data. The first image specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to define SYMBOL. Example: (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file "~/test1.xpm") (:type xbm :file "~/test1.xbm")))Vimage-file-name-extensions *A list of image-file filename extensions. Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files, in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'. See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the variable is set using \[customize].Vimage-file-name-regexps *List of regexps matching image-file filenames. Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files, in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'. See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the variable is set using \[customize].Fimage-file-name-regexp Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.Finsert-image-file Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer. Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for the command `insert-file-contents'.Vauto-image-file-mode Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled. See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.Fauto-image-file-mode Toggle visiting of image files as images. With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. Image files are those whose name has an extension in `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in `image-file-name-regexps'.Vimenu-sort-function *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu. Affects only the mouse index menu. Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster). The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found in the buffer. Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting. The function should take two arguments and return t if the first element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells; (NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.Vimenu-generic-expression The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index. If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to create a buffer index. The value should be an alist with elements that look like this: (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX) or like this: (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...) with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'. MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the entries are not nested. REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions, etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information. INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu. The variable is buffer-local. The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be used to alter the syntax table for the search. For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the characters which normally have "symbol" syntax "word" syntax during matching.Vimenu-create-index-function The function to use for creating a buffer index. It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index of the current buffer as an alist. Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION). Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...). A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST). The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t if it is a sub-alist. This function is called within a `save-excursion'. The variable is buffer-local.Vimenu-prev-index-position-function Function for finding the next index position. If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the file. The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index. This variable is local in all buffers.Vimenu-extract-index-name-function Function for extracting the index item name, given a position. This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function' finds a position for an index item, with point at that position. It should return the name for that index item. This variable is local in all buffers.Vimenu-name-lookup-function Function to compare string with index item. This function will be called with two strings, and should return non-nil if they match. If nil, comparison is done with `string='. Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons, such as "begins with" or "name matches and number of arguments match". This variable is local in all buffers.Vimenu-default-goto-function The default function called when selecting an Imenu item. The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.Fimenu-add-to-menubar Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer. NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item. See the command `imenu' for more information.Fimenu-add-menubar-index Add an Imenu "Index" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer. A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.Fimenu Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu. INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index' for more information.Vinferior-lisp-filter-regexp *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history. Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword (as in :a, :c, etc.)Vinferior-lisp-program *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.Vinferior-lisp-load-command *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file. This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps. The string "(progn (load \"%s\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\n" produces cosmetically superior output for this application, but it works only in Common Lisp.Vinferior-lisp-prompt Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode. Defaults to "^[^> \n]*>+:? *", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl, and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the Inferior Lisp buffer. This variable is only used if the variable `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil. More precise choices: Lucid Common Lisp: "^\\(>\\|\\(->\\)+\\) *" franz: "^\\(->\\|<[0-9]*>:\\) *" kcl: "^>+ *" This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.Vinferior-lisp-mode-hook *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.Finferior-lisp Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'. If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch to that buffer. With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run). (Type \[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)Finfo-other-window Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.Finfo Enter Info, the documentation browser. Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine; the default is the top-level directory of Info. Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form `(FILENAME)NODENAME'. In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read a file name from the minibuffer. The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'. The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir' in all the directories in that path.Finfo-standalone Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader. Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename] In standalone mode, \\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.FInfo-directory Go to the Info directory node.FInfo-goto-emacs-command-node Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND. The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.FInfo-goto-emacs-key-command-node Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY. KEY is a string. Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read. The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.FInfo-speedbar-browser Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser. This will add a speedbar major display mode.Finfo-lookup-reset Throw away all cached data. This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the system.Finfo-lookup-symbol Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual. When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the one found at point. With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered.Finfo-lookup-file Display the documentation of a file. When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default file name is the one found at point. With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered.Finfo-complete-symbol Perform completion on symbol preceding point.Finfo-complete-file Perform completion on file preceding point.FInfo-tagify Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.FInfo-split Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles. Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node. To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which should be saved in place of the original visited file. The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.FInfo-validate Check current buffer for validity as an Info file. Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.Fbatch-info-validate Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line. Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion. Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously. For example, invoke "emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info"Fisearch-toggle-specified-input-method Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.Fisearch-toggle-input-method Toggle input method in interactive search.Fiso-accents-mode Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter. This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1. When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys (`, ', ", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter. You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language with the command `iso-accents-customize'. Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla, ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash). ~t gives an Icelandic thorn. "s gives German sharp s. /a gives a with ring. /e gives an a-e ligature. ~< and ~> give guillemots. ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark. ~? gives an inverted question mark. With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode, and a negative argument disables it.Fiso-spanish Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1. The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').Fiso-german Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1. The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').Fiso-iso2tex Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences. The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').Fiso-tex2iso Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').Fiso-gtex2iso Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters. The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').Fiso-iso2gtex Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').Fiso-iso2duden Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences. The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB. Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').Fiso-iso2sgml Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities. The entities used are from "ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN". Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').Fiso-sgml2iso Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters. The entities used are from "ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN". Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').Fiso-cvt-read-only Warn that format is read-only.Fiso-cvt-write-only Warn that format is write-only.Fiso-cvt-define-menu Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats.Vxemacsp Non nil if using XEmacs.Vversion18p Non nil if using emacs version 18.Vversion20p Non nil if using emacs version 20.Vispell-personal-dictionary *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil. If nil, the default personal dictionary, "~/.ispell_DICTNAME" is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.Vispell-local-dictionary-alist *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions. See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.Vispell-dictionary-alist An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters. Each element of this list is also a list: (DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET) DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary', nil means the default dictionary. CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a word. NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS. OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word, otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the regular expression "[']" for OTHERCHARS. Then "they're" and "Steven's" are parsed as single words including the "'" character, but "Stevens'" does not include the quote character as part of the word. If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string. Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here. MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word. Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any single word. ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell subprocess. EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts can be encoded as \"a, a\", "a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option. The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode, but the dictionary can control the extended character mode. Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this. CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters. Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).Vispell-menu-map Key map for ispell menu.Vispell-menu-xemacs Spelling menu for XEmacs. If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set, and added as a submenu of the "Edit" menu.Vispell-skip-region-alist Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check. The alist key must be a regular expression. Valid forms include: (KEY) - just skip the key. (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol. (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string. (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.Vispell-tex-skip-alists *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode. First list is used raw. Second list has key placed inside \begin{}. Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected for skipping in latex mode.Fispell-word Check spelling of word under or before the cursor. If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections in a window allowing you to choose one. If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word' is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word (rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word. When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed. With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil), resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region. Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see). This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \[ispell-change-dictionary] or \[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process. return values: nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted. 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions. "word" word corrected from word list. ("word" arg) word is hand entered. quit spell session exited.Fispell-pdict-save Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified. If so, ask if it needs to be saved.Fispell-help Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered. Selections are: DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer. SPC: Accept word this time. `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary. `a': Accept word for this session. `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'. `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked. `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked. `?': Show these commands. `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point. `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits the aborted check to be completed later. `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process). `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay. `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first. `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word. `C-l': redraws screen `C-r': recursive edit `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frameFispell-kill-ispell Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one). With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.Fispell-change-dictionary Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process. A new one will be started as soon as necessary. By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is. With prefix argument, set the default dictionary.Fispell-region Interactively check a region for spelling errors. Return nil if spell session is quit, otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed.Fispell-comments-and-strings Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.Fispell-buffer Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.Fispell-continue Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.Fispell-complete-word Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words') If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character sequence inside of a word. Standard ispell choices are then available.Fispell-complete-word-interior-frag Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.Fispell Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors. If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer. Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries available on the net.Fispell-minor-mode Toggle Ispell minor mode. With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive. In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled. All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read them into the running ispell process, type \[ispell-word] SPC.Fispell-message Check the spelling of a mail message or news post. Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field. Don't check included messages. To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway, use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.) The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer. To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines in your .emacs file: (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message) (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message) You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression: (function (lambda () (local-set-key "\C-ci" 'ispell-message)))Viswitchb-mode Toggle Iswitchb mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.Fiswitchb-read-buffer Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'. Return the name of a buffer selected. PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list. If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected.Fiswitchb-default-keybindings Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'. Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer. Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'.Fiswitchb-buffer Switch to another buffer. The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible in another frame. For details of keybindings, do `\[describe-function] iswitchb'.Fiswitchb-buffer-other-window Switch to another buffer and show it in another window. The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. For details of keybindings, do `\[describe-function] iswitchb'.Fiswitchb-display-buffer Display a buffer in another window but don't select it. The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. For details of keybindings, do `\[describe-function] iswitchb'.Fiswitchb-buffer-other-frame Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame. The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. For details of keybindings, do `\[describe-function] iswitchb'.Fiswitchb-mode Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode. With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See `iswitchb' for details.Fjapanese-katakana Convert argument to Katakana and return that. The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are necessary to represent OBJ.Fjapanese-hiragana Convert argument to Hiragana and return that. The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.Fjapanese-hankaku Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that. The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy. Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.Fjapanese-zenkaku Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that. The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type. The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.Fjapanese-katakana-region Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars. Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.Fjapanese-hiragana-region Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.Fjapanese-hankaku-region Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars. `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.Fjapanese-zenkaku-region Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars. `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208' `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'. Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.Fread-hiragana-string Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.Fjit-lock-register Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer. FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region that needs to be (re)fontified. If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful.Vauto-compression-mode Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled. See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.Fauto-compression-mode Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression. With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off. Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on).Fwith-auto-compression-mode Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled.Fkinsoku Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing. LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before. `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<' respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or shorter. `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in the context of text formatting.Vkkc-after-update-conversion-functions Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method. With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer positions that contains the current selection.Fkkc-region Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string. Users can select a desirable conversion interactively. When called from a program, expects two arguments, positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region. When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion, and the return value is the length of the conversion.Vdefault-korean-keyboard *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method. "" for 2, "3" for 3.Flm-test-run Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.Flm Start or resume an Lm game. If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it. Here is the relation between prefix args and game options: prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game --------------------------------------------------------------------- none / 1 | yes | no 2 | yes | yes 3 | no | yes 4 | no | no You start by moving to a square and typing \[lm-start-robot], if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start. Use \[describe-mode] for more info.Flao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string. Only the first syllable is transcribed. The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable, LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it. Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.Flao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.Flao-composition-function Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO. The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text to compose. The return value is number of composed characters.Vlatin1-display Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets. This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets', if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.Flatin1-display Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS. See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'.Flazy-lock-mode Toggle Lazy Lock mode. With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by: (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode) When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways: - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil. This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow for large buffers. - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil. This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll. Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling. - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil. This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too slow to keep up with your typing. - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil. This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines. - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil. This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification. Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any event, to refontify some lines you can use \[font-lock-fontify-block]. Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded. If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'.Fturn-on-lazy-lock Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode.Vledit-save-files *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.Vledit-go-to-lisp-string *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.Vledit-go-to-liszt-string *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.Fledit-mode \Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job. Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands: \[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point for later transmission to Lisp job. \[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job. \[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text. \[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job and transmit saved text. \{ledit-mode-map} To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode, do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)Flife Run Conway's Life simulation. The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between generations (this defaults to 1).Funload-feature Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads. If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE is nil, raise an error.Flocate Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer. With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run.Flocate-with-filter Run the locate command with a filter. The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search.Flog-edit Setup a buffer to enter a log message. \The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'. If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run. Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \[kill-region]. Once you're done editing the message, pressing \[log-edit-done] will call `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit. LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names). If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.Flog-view-mode Major mode for browsing CVS log output.Vprinter-name *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing. (Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.) On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil. On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to "". Typical non-default settings would be "LPT1" to "LPT3" for parallel printers, or "COM1" to "COM4" or "AUX" for serial printers, or "//hostname/printer" for a shared network printer. You can also set it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to "NUL".Vlpr-switches *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program. It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit switch on this list. See `lpr-command'.Vlpr-command *Name of program for printing a file. On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'. The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last argument.Flpr-buffer Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers. See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' for customization of the printer command.Fprint-buffer Paginate and print buffer contents. The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' for further customization of the printer command.Flpr-region Print region contents without pagination or page headers. See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' for customization of the printer command.Fprint-region Paginate and print the region contents. The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate. If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate. `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program. Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination. See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command' for further customization of the printer command.Fphases-of-moon Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month. If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year. This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.Fm4-mode A major mode to edit m4 macro files. \{m4-mode-map} Fname-last-kbd-macro Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined. Argument SYMBOL is the name to define. The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string. Such a "function" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.Finsert-kbd-macro Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code. Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on (this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively). This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global bindings. To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs', use this command, and then save the file.Fkbd-macro-query Query user during kbd macro execution. With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands each time the macro executes. Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro. Your options are: \ \[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next. \[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next. \[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now. \[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again. \[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.Fapply-macro-to-region-lines For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning of the line, and run the last keyboard macro. When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM. The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to execute. This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular. For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use `\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section. Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry looked like this: { "foo", foo_data, foo_function }, { "bar", bar_data, bar_function }, { "baz", baz_data, baz_function }, You could enter the names in this format: foo bar baz and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry: \C-x ( \M-d { "\C-y", \C-y_data, \C-y_function }, \C-x ) and then select the region of un-tablified names and use `\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names. Fmail-extract-address-components Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address. Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than one recipients, all but the first is ignored. ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address. (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid consing a string.)Fwhat-domain Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.Fmail-hist-define-keys Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.Vmail-hist-keep-history *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.Fmail-hist-put-headers-into-history Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history. Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the message. This function normally would be called when the message is sent.Vmail-use-rfc822 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses. Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and often correct parser.Fmail-quote-printable Convert a string to the "quoted printable" Q encoding. If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.Fmail-unquote-printable Undo the "quoted printable" encoding. If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.Fmail-unquote-printable-region Undo the "quoted printable" encoding in buffer from BEG to END. If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil, we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.Fmail-fetch-field Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME. The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message. If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME. If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between. If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.Fmail-abbrevs-setup Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.Fbuild-mail-abbrevs Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'. By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.Fdefine-mail-abbrev Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION. If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.Vmail-complete-style *Specifies how \[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes. If `nil', they contain just the return address like: king@grassland.com If `parens', they look like: king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) If `angles', they look like: Elvis Parsley Fexpand-mail-aliases Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END. If interactive, expand in header fields. Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and their `Resent-' variants. Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be removed from alias expansions.Fdefine-mail-alias Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION. This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION. Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas. If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces if it is quoted with double-quotes.Fmail-complete Perform completion on header field or word preceding point. Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any.Fmakefile-mode Major mode for editing Makefiles. This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'. \{makefile-mode-map} In the browser, use the following keys: \{makefile-browser-map} Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables: makefile-browser-buffer-name: Name of the macro- and target browser buffer. makefile-target-colon: The string that gets appended to all target names inserted by `makefile-insert-target'. ":" or "::" are quite common values. makefile-macro-assign: The string that gets appended to all macro names inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'. The normal value should be " = ", since this is what standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you might prefer to use " += " or " := " . makefile-tab-after-target-colon: If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the target colon, then set this to a non-nil value. makefile-browser-leftmost-column: Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark. makefile-browser-cursor-column: Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves up or down in the browser. makefile-browser-selected-mark: String used to mark selected entries in the browser. makefile-browser-unselected-mark: String used to mark unselected entries in the browser. makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p: If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor will automagically advance to the next line after an item has been selected in the browser. makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p: If this variable is set to a non-nil value then `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise filenames are omitted. makefile-cleanup-continuations-p: If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace. This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving the backslash itself intact. IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when "it seems necessary". makefile-browser-hook: A function or list of functions to be called just before the browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer. makefile-special-targets-list: List of special targets. You will be offered to complete on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'. at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.Fmake-command-summary Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*. Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.Fman Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer. This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately. To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the `Man-switches' variable, which see.Fman-follow Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.Vmessage-from-style *Specifies how "From" headers look. If nil, they contain just the return address like: king@grassland.com If `parens', they look like: king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) If `angles', they look like: Elvis Parsley Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.Vmessage-signature-separator Regexp matching the signature separator.Vmessage-user-organization-file *Local news organization file.Vmessage-send-mail-function Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the variable `mail-header-separator'. Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default), `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail', `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'. See also `send-mail-function'.Vmessage-citation-line-function *Function called to insert the "Whomever writes:" line.Vmessage-yank-prefix *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.Vmessage-cite-function *Function for citing an original message. Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and `message-cite-original-without-signature'. Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.Vmessage-indent-citation-function *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer. This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.Vmessage-signature *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer. If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead. If a function, the result from the function will be used instead. If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.Vmessage-signature-file *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer. Ignored if the named file doesn't exist. If nil, don't insert a signature.Fmessage-mode Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent. Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\ C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit' C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup) C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply) C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text). C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature). C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file). C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any). C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked). C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark). C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region). C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature). C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body). C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME). M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).Fmessage-mail Start editing a mail message to be sent. OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs.Fmessage-news Start editing a news article to be sent.Fmessage-reply Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.Fmessage-wide-reply Make a "wide" reply to the message in the current buffer.Fmessage-followup Follow up to the message in the current buffer. If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.Fmessage-cancel-news Cancel an article you posted. If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.Fmessage-supersede Start composing a message to supersede the current message. This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes header line with the old Message-ID.Fmessage-recover Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.Fmessage-forward Forward the current message via mail. Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail. Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.Fmessage-insinuate-rmail Let RMAIL uses message to forward.Fmessage-resend Resend the current article to ADDRESS.Fmessage-bounce Re-mail the current message. This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to you.Fmessage-mail-other-window Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.Fmessage-mail-other-frame Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.Fmessage-news-other-window Start editing a news article to be sent.Fmessage-news-other-frame Start editing a news article to be sent.Fbold-region Bold all nonblank characters in the region. Works by overstriking characters. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on.Funbold-region Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on.Fmetafont-mode Major mode for editing Metafont sources. Special commands: \{meta-mode-map} Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.Fmetapost-mode Major mode for editing MetaPost sources. Special commands: \{meta-mode-map} Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'.Fmetamail-interpret-header Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer. Its body part is not interpreted at all.Fmetamail-interpret-body Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer. Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not redisplayed as output is inserted. Its header part is not interpreted at all.Fmetamail-buffer Process current buffer through `metamail'. Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil means current). Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not redisplayed as output is inserted.Fmetamail-region Process current region through 'metamail'. Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1). Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil means current). Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not redisplayed as output is inserted.Fmh-smail Compose and send mail with the MH mail system. This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end to the MH mail system. See documentation of `\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.Fmh-smail-batch Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system. This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail buffer. Users should use `\[mh-smail]' to compose mail.Fmh-smail-other-window Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system. This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end to the MH mail system. See documentation of `\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail.Fmh-letter-mode Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\ When you have finished composing, type \[mh-send-letter] to send the message using the MH mail handling system. See the documentation for \[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME messages. \{mh-letter-mode-map} Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses): mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil) If non-nil, \[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying the yanked message. mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t) If non-nil, \[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message. If `body', just yank the body (no header). If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked. If there is a region, this variable is ignored. mh-ins-buf-prefix ("> ") String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is inserted in a draft letter. mh-signature-file-name ("~/.signature") File to be inserted into message by \[mh-insert-signature]. This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'.Fmh-rmail Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder. This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end to the MH mail system.Fmh-version Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system.Vmh-mime-content-types Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \[mh-edit-mhn].Fclean-buffer-list Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently. The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general', `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names', `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names', `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'. While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its lifetime, i.e., its "age" when it will be purged.Fmidnight-delay-set Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'. Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay') to its second argument TM.Vminibuffer-electric-default-mode Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled. See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.Fminibuffer-electric-default-mode Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the default indication. With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.Fconvert-mocklisp-buffer Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run.Fmm-inline-partial Show the partial part of HANDLE. This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains the entire message. If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.Fmm-uu-dissect Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.Fmm-uu-test Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff.Fmodula-2-mode This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2. All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c followed by the first character of the construct. \ \[m2-begin] begin \[m2-case] case \[m2-definition] definition \[m2-else] else \[m2-for] for \[m2-header] header \[m2-if] if \[m2-module] module \[m2-loop] loop \[m2-or] or \[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with \[m2-record] record \[m2-stdio] stdio \[m2-type] type \[m2-until] until \[m2-var] var \[m2-while] while \[m2-export] export \[m2-import] import \[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \[m2-end-comment] end-comment \[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \[m2-toggle] toggle \[m2-compile] compile \[m2-next-error] next-error \[m2-link] link `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation. `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program. `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.Fmorse-region Convert all text in a given region to morse code.Funmorse-region Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.Fmouse-sel-mode Toggle Mouse Sel mode. With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on). When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways: - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it. - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well. - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words. Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols. Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps. Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace. Triple-clicking selects lines. Quad-clicking selects paragraphs. - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection. Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly, mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and interprogram-paste-function to nil. - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil). - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it. - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection. - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the primary selection and region.Fmpuz Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.Vmsb-mode Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled. See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.Fmsb-mode Toggle Msb mode. With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive. This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a different buffer menu using the function `msb'.Flist-character-sets Display a list of all character sets. The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number for internal Emacs use. The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence of characters in the charset for buffer and string by one to four hexadecimal digits. `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127. `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255. The D column contains a dimension of this character set. The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set. The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's to use for designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems. With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, but still shows the full information.Fread-charset Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list' or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable `non-iso-charset-alist'. Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT. DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value. INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially. See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed meanings of these arguments.Flist-charset-chars Display a list of characters in the specified character set.Fdescribe-character-set Display information about character set CHARSET.Fdescribe-char-after Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer. POS defaults to point. The information includes character code, charset and code points in it, syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file, which font is being used for displaying the character.Fdescribe-coding-system Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.Fdescribe-current-coding-system-briefly Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area. The format is "F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]", where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order at the place of `..': `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer) Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system' eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system' Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'. eol-type of `terminal-coding-system' `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any) `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any) `default-buffer-file-coding-system' eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system' `default-process-coding-system' for read eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read `default-process-coding-system' for write eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'Fdescribe-current-coding-system Display coding systems currently used, in detail.Flist-coding-systems Display a list of all coding systems. This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system. With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic, but still contains full information about each coding system.Flist-coding-categories Display a list of all coding categories.Fdescribe-font Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME.Fdescribe-fontset Display information of FONTSET. This shows which font is used for which character(s).Flist-fontsets Display a list of all fontsets. This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset. With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset; see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.Flist-input-methods Display information about all input methods.Fmule-diag Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule). This shows various information related to the current multilingual environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems, character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window system which uses fontsets).Fdump-charsets Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'. The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'.Fdump-codings Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'. The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'.Fstring-to-sequence Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING. TYPE should be `list' or `vector'.Fstring-to-list Return a list of characters in STRING.Fstring-to-vector Return a vector of characters in STRING.Fstore-substring Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.Ftruncate-string-to-width Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN. The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR. If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.Fnested-alist-p Return t if OBJ is a nested alist. Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form (KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST). You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ can be a string, a vector, or a list.Fset-nested-alist Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST. Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ is considered. Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq longer than KEYSEQ. See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.Flookup-nested-alist Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition. Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ. Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key. The returned value is normally a nested alist of which car part is the entry for KEYSEQ. If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes to reach a leaf in ALIST. Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil even if ALIST is not deep enough.Fcoding-system-eol-type-mnemonic Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM.Fcoding-system-post-read-conversion Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property.Fcoding-system-pre-write-conversion Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property.Fcoding-system-translation-table-for-decode Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property.Fcoding-system-translation-table-for-encode Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property.Fcoding-system-equal Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical. Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal or one is an alias of the other.Fdetect-coding-with-priority Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST. PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding coding systems ordered by priority.Fdetect-coding-with-language-environment Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV. The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the language environment LANG-ENV.Vmouse-wheel-mode Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled. See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.Fmouse-wheel-mode Toggle mouse wheel support. With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.Fmwheel-install Enable mouse wheel support.Ftraceroute Run traceroute program for TARGET.Fping Ping HOST. If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting `ping-program-options'.Fipconfig Run ipconfig program.Fnetstat Run netstat program.Farp Run the arp program.Froute Run the route program.Fnslookup-host Lookup the DNS information for HOST.Fnslookup Run nslookup program.Fdig Run dig program.Fftp Run ftp program.Ffinger Finger USER on HOST.Fwhois Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable. If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.Fnetwork-connection-to-service Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.Fnetwork-connection Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.Vcomment-column *Column to indent right-margin comments to. Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer. Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.Vcomment-start *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.Vcomment-start-skip *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body. If there are any \(...\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin at the place matched by the close of the first pair.Vcomment-end-skip Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.Vcomment-end *String to insert to end a new comment. Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.Vcomment-indent-function Function to compute desired indentation for a comment. This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired column indentation or nil. If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.Vcomment-style *Style to be used for `comment-region'. See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.Vcomment-padding Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text. Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string of the corresponding number of spaces. Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text makes the comment easier to read. Default is " ". nil means 0.Vcomment-multi-line *Non-nil means \[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter. This is obsolete because you might as well use \[newline-and-indent].Fcomment-indent-default Default for `comment-indent-function'.Fcomment-indent Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment. If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any.Fcomment-set-column Set the comment column based on point. With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column. With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line. With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment and then align or create a comment on this line at that column.Fcomment-kill Kill the comment on this line, if any. With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one.Funcomment-region Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region. The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the comment markers.Fcomment-region Comment or uncomment each line in the region. With just \[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END. Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters. If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead. By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line, even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'. The strings used as comment starts are built from `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'.Fcomment-dwim Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean). If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which case it calls `uncomment-region'). Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it. Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'. Else, call `comment-indent'.Fcomment-indent-new-line Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one. This indents the body of the continued comment under the previous comment line. This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line, starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line. If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \[newline-and-indent]. If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column or comment indentation. The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true, unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil.Fnndoc-add-type Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions. If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that symbol in the alist.Fnnfolder-generate-active-file Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups. This command does not work if you use short group names.Fnnkiboze-generate-groups "Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups". Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups.Fnnml-generate-nov-databases Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.Fnnsoup-pack-replies Make an outbound package of SOUP replies.Fnnsoup-set-variables Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail.Fnnsoup-revert-variables Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods.Vdisabled-command-hook Function to call to handle disabled commands. If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.Fenable-command Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on. The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply to future sessions.Fdisable-command Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on. The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply to future sessions.Fnroff-mode Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format. \{nroff-mode-map} Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'. Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.Foctave-help Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files. Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files specified by `octave-help-files'. If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion.Finferior-octave Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'. This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'. Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer. The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup. Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.Foctave-mode Major mode for editing Octave code. This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with Font Lock mode on terminals that support it). Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which is why you need this mode!). The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete source and binaries for several popular systems are available. Type \[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords. Keybindings =========== \{octave-mode-map} Variables you can use to customize Octave mode ============================================== octave-auto-indent Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space. Default is nil. octave-auto-newline Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon. Default is nil. octave-blink-matching-block Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space, newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t. octave-block-offset Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures. Default is 2. octave-continuation-offset Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines. Default is 4. octave-continuation-string String used for Octave continuation lines. Default is a backslash. octave-mode-startup-message Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message. Default is t. octave-send-echo-input Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a command to the inferior Octave process. octave-send-line-auto-forward Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after sending a line to the inferior Octave process. octave-send-echo-input Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process. Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'. To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the following lines to your `.emacs' file: (autoload 'octave-mode "octave-mod" nil t) (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '("\\.m$" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist)) To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features, add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well: (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook (lambda () (abbrev-mode 1) (auto-fill-mode 1) (if (eq window-system 'x) (font-lock-mode 1)))) To submit a problem report, enter \[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information already added. You just need to add a description of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.Flist-options Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation. It is now better to use Customize instead.Fedit-options Edit a list of Emacs user option values. Selects a buffer containing such a list, in which there are commands to set the option values. Type \[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands. The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete.Foutline-mode Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display. Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings, two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines. Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...). Commands:\ \[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings \[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading \[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings \[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level \[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading \[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings). \[show-all] make everything in buffer visible. The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line. They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading. \[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible. \[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible. \[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible. No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down. With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down. \[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible. \[show-entry] make it visible. \[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible. The subheadings remain visible. \[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible. The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading. A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level. Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.Foutline-minor-mode Toggle Outline minor mode. With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.Vshow-paren-mode Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled. See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.Fshow-paren-mode Toggle Show Paren mode. With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on). When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.Fpascal-mode Major mode for editing Pascal code. \ TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. \[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code \[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point. Other useful functions are: \[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function. \[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end; \[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *) \[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments. \[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \[pascal-comment-area]. \[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function. \[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function. \[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer. \[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline). Variables controlling indentation/edit style: pascal-indent-level (default 3) Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block. pascal-case-indent (default 2) Indentation for case statements. pascal-auto-newline (default nil) Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation mark after an end. pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t) Non-nil means nested functions are indented. pascal-tab-always-indent (default t) Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line, regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. pascal-auto-endcomments (default t) Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces. pascal-auto-lineup (default t) List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done. See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and pascal-separator-keywords. Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with no args, if that value is non-nil.Fpc-bindings-mode Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility. The keys affected are: Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward. C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would). M-Backspace does undo. Home and End move to beginning and end of line C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer. C-Escape does list-buffers.Fpc-selection-mode Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style. This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions which modify the status of the mark. The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark. The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind. C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark. S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind. M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark. S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before turning pc-selection-mode on. C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark. S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind. HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark. S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind. With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead. END moves to end of line, disabling the mark. S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind. With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead. PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark. S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind. S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region'). S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank'). C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill'). In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el but before calling pc-selection-mode): F6 other-window DELETE delete-char C-DELETE kill-line M-DELETE kill-word C-M-DELETE kill-sexp C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word M-BACKSPACE undoVpc-selection-mode Toggle PC Selection mode. Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style, and cursor movement commands. This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode. You must modify via \[customize] for this variable to have an effect.Fpcomplete/cvs Completion rules for the `cvs' command.Fpcomplete/gzip Completion for `gzip'.Fpcomplete/bzip2 Completion for `bzip2'.Fpcomplete/make Completion for GNU `make'.Fpcomplete/tar Completion for the GNU tar utility.Fpcomplete/kill Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.Fpcomplete/umount Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.Fpcomplete/mount Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.Fpcomplete/rpm Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command. These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find. You can use \[eshell-report-bug] to do so.Fpcomplete/cd Completion for `cd'.Fpcomplete/rmdir Completion for `rmdir'.Fpcomplete/rm Completion for `rm'.Fpcomplete/xargs Completion for `xargs'.Fpcomplete/which Completion for `which'.Fpcomplete/chown Completion for the `chown' command.Fpcomplete/chgrp Completion for the `chgrp' command.Fpcomplete Support extensible programmable completion. To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).Fpcomplete-reverse If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.Fpcomplete-expand-and-complete Expand the textual value of the current argument. This will modify the current buffer.Fpcomplete-continue Complete without reference to any cycling completions.Fpcomplete-expand Expand the textual value of the current argument. This will modify the current buffer.Fpcomplete-help Display any help information relative to the current argument.Fpcomplete-list Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.Fpcomplete-comint-setup Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete. COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.Fpcomplete-shell-setup Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete.Fcvs-checkout Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR. Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window, and run `cvs-mode' on it. With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.Fcvs-quickdir Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs. With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use. A prefix arg >8 (ex: \[universal-argument] \[universal-argument]), prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer. FLAGS is ignored.Fcvs-examine Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY. That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc. Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. A prefix arg >8 (ex: \[universal-argument] \[universal-argument]), prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.Fcvs-update Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY. Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. A prefix arg >8 (ex: \[universal-argument] \[universal-argument]), prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.Fcvs-status Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY. Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it. With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use. A prefix arg >8 (ex: \[universal-argument] \[universal-argument]), prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer. Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.Vcvs-dired-action The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory. Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.Vcvs-dired-use-hook Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS. NIL means never do it. ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the command that prompted the opening of the directory. Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.Fcvs-dired-noselect Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory. The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'.Fperl-mode Major mode for editing Perl code. Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets. Tab indents for Perl code. Comments are delimited with # ... \n. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. \{perl-mode-map} Variables controlling indentation style: perl-tab-always-indent Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line, regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. perl-tab-to-comment Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment. perl-nochange Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented. perl-indent-level Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block. The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation of the line on which the open-brace appears. perl-continued-statement-offset Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the then-clause of an if or body of a while. perl-continued-brace-offset Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement. This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'. perl-brace-offset Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace. perl-brace-imaginary-offset An open brace following other text is treated as if it were this far to the right of the start of its line. perl-label-offset Extra indentation for line that is a label. Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.Fpicture-mode Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used. Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion afterwards settable by these commands: C-c < Move left after insertion. C-c > Move right after insertion. C-c ^ Move up after insertion. C-c . Move down after insertion. C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion. C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion. C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion. C-c \ Move southeast (se) after insertion. C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion. C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion. C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion. C-u C-c \ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion. The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer with these commands: \[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line. \[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line. \[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character. \[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required. \[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required. C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion. C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion. Return Move to beginning of next line. You can edit tabular text with these commands: M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character. `Indents' relative to a previous line. Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list. C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line. With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value. See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars which defines "interesting character". You can manually change the tab stop list with command \[edit-tab-stops]. You can manipulate text with these commands: C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving. C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d. \[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them. \[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared text is saved in the kill ring. \[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line. You can manipulate rectangles with these commands: C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it. C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register. C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point. C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register. C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point. \[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register. \[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands commands if invoked soon enough. You can return to the previous mode with: C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument. Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil. Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but they are not defaultly assigned to keys.Fpong Play pong and waste time. This is an implementation of the classical game pong. Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent. pong-mode keybindings:\ \{pong-mode-map}Fpp Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object. Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible. Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).Fpp-eval-expression Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer. If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list in the variable `values'.Fpp-eval-last-sexp Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see). With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer. Ignores leading comment characters.Fprolog-mode Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs. Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments. Commands: \{prolog-mode-map} Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook' if that value is non-nil.Frun-prolog Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.Vbdf-directory-list *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files. The default value is '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf").Vps-multibyte-buffer *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling. Valid values are: nil This is the value to use the default settings which is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII and Latin characters. The default setting can be changed by setting the variable `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently. The initial value of this variable is `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see documentation). `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese or Korean PostScript printer and want to print buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present, it was not tested the Korean characters printing. If you have a korean PostScript printer, please, test it. `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution Format) is a format used for distributing X's font source file. BDF fonts are included in `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to use this value, be sure to have installed `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for documentation of this variable). `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1 characters. This is convenient when you want or need to use both latin and non-latin characters on the same buffer. See `ps-font-family', `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'. Any other value is treated as nil.Fps-mule-prepare-ascii-font Setup special ASCII font for STRING. STRING should contain only ASCII characters.Fps-mule-plot-string Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO. It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset. Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. Returns the value: (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of the sequence.Fps-mule-plot-composition Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO. It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same composition. Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color. Returns the value: (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH) Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of the sequence.Fps-mule-initialize Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters.Fps-mule-encode-header-string Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG. FONTTAG should be a string "/h0" or "/h1".Fps-mule-header-string-charsets Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings.Fps-mule-begin-job Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO. This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not.Vps-paper-type *Specify the size of paper to format for. Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.Fps-print-customize Customization of ps-print group.Fps-print-buffer Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with that name.Fps-print-buffer-with-faces Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer. Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.Fps-print-region Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.Fps-print-region-with-faces Generate and print a PostScript image of the region. Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.Fps-spool-buffer Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local buffer to be sent to the printer later. Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.Fps-spool-buffer-with-faces Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer. Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.Fps-spool-region Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region. Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.Fps-spool-region-with-faces Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally. Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system, so it has a way to determine color values. Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.Fps-despool Send the spooled PostScript to the printer. Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer. Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with that name.Fps-line-lengths Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the current ps-print setup. Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf "%3d %s ", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | headFps-nb-pages-buffer Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights. The table depends on the current ps-print setup.Fps-nb-pages-region Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights. The table depends on the current ps-print setup.Fps-setup Return the current PostScript-generation setup.Fps-extend-face-list Extend face in ALIST-SYM. If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'. See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.Fps-extend-face Extend face in ALIST-SYM. If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides. If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist'; otherwise, it should be an alist symbol. The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form: (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...) FACE-NAME is a face name symbol. FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the foreground and background colors respectively. EXTENSION is one of the following symbols: bold - use bold font. italic - use italic font. underline - put a line under text. strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text. overline - like underline, but the line is over the text. shadow - text will have a shadow. box - text will be surrounded by a box. outline - print characters as hollow outlines. If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.Fquail-title Return the title of the current Quail package.Fquail-use-package Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME. The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package. This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running `quail-activate', which see.Fquail-define-package Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE. TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package. Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT, CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST, UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE. GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area. If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown with the currently selected translation being highlighted. If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is shown. If it is nil, the current key is shown. DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form \=\ in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a string. For instance, the form \=\ is replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a list of candidates. TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding command to be called. FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the first candidate when the same key is entered later. DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is selected automatically without allowing users to select another translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set to t. KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail. SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless this package defines no translations for single character keys. CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys. Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII characters to represent Vietnamese characters. MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of key "..ABCD" but have translations of "..AB" and "CD..", break the key at "..AB" and start translation of "CD..". Hangul packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we break the key just at "..ABC" and start translation of "D..". OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which covers Quail translation region. UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update the current translation region according to a new translation data. By default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation for it) is inserted. CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding command to be called. If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as non-Quail commands.Fquail-set-keyboard-layout Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE. Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what you type is correctly handled.Fquail-show-keyboard-layout Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE. The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected keyboard type.Fquail-define-rules Define translation rules of the current Quail package. Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION. KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function. If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate for the translation. In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, it is used to handle KEY. The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently the following annotation types are supported. append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should be appended to the rules of the current Quail package. face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in candidate list. advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is selected. The function is called with one argument, the selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is inserted. no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not generated for the following translations.Fquail-install-map Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package. Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for which to install MAP. The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.Fquail-install-decode-map Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package. Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for which to install MAP. The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.Fquail-defrule Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package. KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated. TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, a function, or a cons. It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY. If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation. If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate for the translation. If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function, the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'. In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY. If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map, it is used to handle KEY. Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the current Quail package. Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.Fquail-defrule-internal Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP. If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them. Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map. Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.Fquail-update-leim-list-file Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME. DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods; normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory of the Emacs source tree. It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME, and update the file "leim-list.el" in DIRNAME. When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of each directory.Vquickurl-reread-hook-postfix Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list. To make use of this do something like: (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix) in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).Fquickurl Insert an URL based on LOOKUP. If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current buffer, this default action can be modifed via `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.Fquickurl-ask Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.Fquickurl-add-url Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD. See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination is decided.Fquickurl-browse-url Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP. If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current buffer, this default action can be modifed via `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.Fquickurl-browse-url-ask Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.Fquickurl-edit-urls Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.Fquickurl-list-mode A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list. The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are: \{quickurl-list-mode-map}Fquickurl-list Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.Fremote-compile Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER. See \[compile].Fre-builder Call up the RE Builder for the current window.Frecentf-save-list Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'.Frecentf-edit-list Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list.Frecentf-cleanup Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'.Frecentf-open-files Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list. The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies which buffer to use for the interaction.Frecentf-open-more-files Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu.Vrecentf-mode Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled. See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.Frecentf-mode Toggle recentf mode. With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off. Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled. When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that were operated on recently.Fmove-to-column-force Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line. If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by spaces and tab. As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to the desired column only if the line is long enough.Fdelete-rectangle Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle. The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region ends. When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be deleted.Fdelete-extract-rectangle Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle. When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be deleted.Fextract-rectangle Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END. Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.Fkill-rectangle Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one. When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program. With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be deleted.Fyank-rectangle Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.Finsert-rectangle Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. RECTANGLE should be a list of strings. After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner and point is at the lower right corner.Fopen-rectangle Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right. The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks, but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle. When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text on the right side of the rectangle.Fdelete-whitespace-rectangle Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line. The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted. When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.Fstring-rectangle Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line. The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width. Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.Fstring-insert-rectangle Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right. When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END. The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion. This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.Fclear-rectangle Blank out the region-rectangle. The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks. When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END. With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the rectangle which were empty.Frefill-mode Toggle Refill minor mode. With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive. When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause refilling if they would cause auto-filling.Fturn-on-reftex Turn on RefTeX mode.Freftex-mode Minor mode with distinct support for \label, \ref and \cite in LaTeX. \A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing capabilities is available with `\[reftex-toc]'. Labels can be created with `\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\[reftex-reference]'. When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a \ref macro. Citations can be made with `\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX database. The selected citation is inserted as a \cite macro. Index entries can be made with `\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point or the current selection. More general index entries are created with `\[reftex-index]'. `\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index. Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature. Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format. You can view this information with `\[reftex-info]'. \{reftex-mode-map} Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu on the menu bar. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------Freftex-citation Make a citation using BibTeX database files. After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with bibtex entries (taken from the \bibliography command) and offers the matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer. If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned. FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format. When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\cite' command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'. The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'. Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'. While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible. `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.Freftex-index-phrases-mode Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document. This buffer was created with RefTeX. To insert new phrases, use - `C-c \' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word - `\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer. To index phrases use one of: \[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase \[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg) \[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases \[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases \[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \[reftex-index-sort-phrases]. To display information about the phrase at point, use \[reftex-index-phrases-info]. For more information see the RefTeX User Manual. Here are all local bindings. \{reftex-index-phrases-map}Fregexp-opt Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS. Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps, quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct. The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp: (let ((open (if PAREN "\\(" "")) (close (if PAREN "\\)" ""))) (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS "\\|") close)) If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded by \=\< and \>.Fregexp-opt-depth Return the depth of REGEXP. This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions) in REGEXP.Frepeat Repeat most recently executed command. With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use the prefix arg that was used before (if any). This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor. If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.Freporter-submit-bug-report Begin submitting a bug report via email. ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers, you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function). Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer, and point is left after the salutation. VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state' for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is left after that text. This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p' is non-nil. This function does not send a message; it uses the given information to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send (or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.Freposition-window Make the current definition and/or comment visible. Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the visibility of comments that precede it. Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied. If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get as much of the comment onscreen as possible. Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of the comment lines. If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).Fresume-suspend-hook Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes.Fring-p Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.Fmake-ring Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.Frlogin Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS. INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain other arguments for `rlogin'. Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection. Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' (or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs). If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists, a new buffer with a different connection will be made. When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use. The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to run. It can be a relative or absolute path. The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in INPUT-ARGS. If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory. If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory. This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine share the same files via NFS. This is the default. If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the variable.Vrmail-dont-reply-to-names *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages. A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.Vrmail-default-dont-reply-to-names A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default value is the user's name.) It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.Vrmail-ignored-headers *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide. This variable is used for reformatting the message header, which normally happens once for each message, when you view the message for the first time in Rmail. To make a change in this variable take effect for a message that you have already viewed, go to that message and type \[rmail-toggle-header] twice.Vrmail-displayed-headers *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display. If nil, display all header fields except those matched by `rmail-ignored-headers'.Vrmail-retry-ignored-headers *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.Vrmail-highlighted-headers *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight. A value of nil means don't highlight. See also `rmail-highlight-face'.Vrmail-highlight-face *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.Vrmail-delete-after-output *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.Vrmail-primary-inbox-list *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'. `nil' means the default, which is ("/usr/spool/mail/$USER") (the name varies depending on the operating system, and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).Vrmail-mail-new-frame *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.Vrmail-secondary-file-directory *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.Vrmail-secondary-file-regexp *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.Vrmail-confirm-expunge *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.Vrmail-mode-hook List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.Vrmail-get-new-mail-hook List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.Vrmail-show-message-hook List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.Vrmail-quit-hook List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.Vrmail-delete-message-hook List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message. When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is still the current message in the Rmail buffer.Vrmail-file-coding-system Coding system used in RMAIL file. This is set to nil by default.Vrmail-enable-mime *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature. If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message. If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message until a user explicitly requires it.Vrmail-show-mime-function Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file. This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. It is called with no argument.Vrmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded. This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil. It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer is the outgoing mail buffer.Vrmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent. This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer is the outgoing mail buffer.Vrmail-search-mime-message-function Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message. This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.Vrmail-search-mime-header-function Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message. This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil. It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression, LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.Vrmail-mime-feature Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail. When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this feature is required with `require'.Vrmail-decode-mime-charset *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification. If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification, the message is decoded as normal way. If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.Vrmail-mime-charset-pattern Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message. The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.Frmail Read and edit incoming mail. Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file) and edits that file in RMAIL Mode. Type \[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands. May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file. Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer. If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.Frmail-mode Rmail Mode is used by \\[rmail] for editing Rmail files. All normal editing commands are turned off. Instead, these commands are available: \[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \[beginning-of-buffer]). \[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message. \[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message. \[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message. \[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message. \[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not. \[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not. \[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file. \[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file. \[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file. \[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in. \[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted. \[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted. \[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages till a deleted message is found. \[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail. \[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages. \[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file. \[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer. \[save-buffer] Save without expunging. \[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file. \[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \[mail-other-window]). \[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before. \[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields. \[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message. \[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user. \[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it). \[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it). \[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line. \[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file. \[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line. \[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message. \[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label (label defaults to last one specified). Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted. Any other label is present only if you add it with \[rmail-add-label]. \[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label \[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message. \[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s). \[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s). \[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s). \[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s). \[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.Frmail-input Run Rmail on file FILENAME.Frmail-set-pop-password Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server.Frmail-edit-current-message Edit the contents of this message.Frmail-add-label Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message. Completion is performed over known labels when reading.Frmail-kill-label Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message. Completion is performed over known labels when reading.Frmail-previous-labeled-message Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS. LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels.Frmail-next-labeled-message Show next message with one of the labels LABELS. LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names. If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used. With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels.Fset-rmail-inbox-list Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME. You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas. If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list.Vrmail-output-file-alist *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files. This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP). The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer. NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use, or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns a file name as a string.Frmail-output-to-rmail-file Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME. If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created. If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs buffer visiting that file. If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it. The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file', which is updated to the name you use in this command. A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message.Vrmail-fields-not-to-output *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.Frmail-output Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME. A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count. When called from lisp code, N may be omitted. If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages will be appended with their original headers. The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file', which is updated to the name you use in this command. The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message. The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS.Frmail-output-body-to-file Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME. FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message.Frmail-sort-by-date Sort messages of current Rmail file by date. If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.Frmail-sort-by-subject Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject. If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.Frmail-sort-by-author Sort messages of current Rmail file by author. If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.Frmail-sort-by-recipient Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient. If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.Frmail-sort-by-correspondent Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent. If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.Frmail-sort-by-lines Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines. If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.Frmail-sort-by-labels Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels. If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order. KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels.Vrmail-summary-scroll-between-messages *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.Vrmail-summary-line-count-flag *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.Frmail-summary Display a summary of all messages, one line per message.Frmail-summary-by-labels Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS. LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas.Frmail-summary-by-recipients Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS. Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers; but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given), only look in the To and From fields. RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas.Frmail-summary-by-regexp Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP. If the regular expression is found in the header of the message (including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line), Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary.Frmail-summary-by-topic Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT. Normally checks the Subject field of headers; but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given), look in the whole message. SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas.Frmail-summary-by-senders Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS. SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas.Vrmail-summary-line-decoder *Function to decode summary-line. By default, `identity' is set.Vrmail-user-mail-address-regexp *Regexp matching user mail addresses. If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender, the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail. If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address' are used to exclude yourself as correspondent. Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails sent by you under different user names. Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses. Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.Fnews-post-news Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted. Type \[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands. If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work.Frot13-other-window Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window. The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected. To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded in rot 13. See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.Ftoggle-rot13-mode Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window.Vresize-minibuffer-mode *This variable is obsolete.Vresize-minibuffer-window-max-height *This variable is obsolete.Vresize-minibuffer-window-exactly *This variable is obsolete.Vresize-minibuffer-frame *This variable is obsolete.Vresize-minibuffer-frame-max-height *This variable is obsolete.Vresize-minibuffer-frame-exactly *This variable is obsolete.Fresize-minibuffer-mode This function is obsolete.Frx-to-string Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM. FORM is a regular expression in sexp form. NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.Frx Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string. See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time. The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp notation. STRING matches string STRING literally. CHAR matches character CHAR literally. `not-newline' matches any character except a newline. . `anything' matches any character `(any SET)' matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string. Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings. '(in SET)' like `any'. `(not (any SET))' matches any character not in SET `line-start' matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line in the text being matched `line-end' is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line `string-start' matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the string being matched against. `string-end' matches the empty string, but only at the end of the string being matched against. `buffer-start' matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the buffer being matched against. `buffer-end' matches the empty string, but only at the end of the buffer being matched against. `point' matches the empty string, but only at point. `word-start' matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a word. `word-end' matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word. `word-boundary' matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a word. `(not word-boundary)' matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a word. `digit' matches 0 through 9. `control' matches ASCII control characters. `hex-digit' matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F. `blank' matches space and tab only. `graphic' matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars, space, and DEL. `printing' matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars and DEL. `alphanumeric' matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters, it matches anything that has word syntax.) `letter' matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters, it matches anything that has word syntax.) `ascii' matches ASCII (unibyte) characters. `nonascii' matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters. `lower' matches anything lower-case. `upper' matches anything upper-case. `punctuation' matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters, it matches anything that has non-word syntax.) `space' matches anything that has whitespace syntax. `word' matches anything that has word syntax. `(syntax SYNTAX)' matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one of the following symbols. `whitespace' (\s- in string notation) `punctuation' (\s.) `word' (\sw) `symbol' (\s_) `open-parenthesis' (\s() `close-parenthesis' (\s)) `expression-prefix' (\s') `string-quote' (\s") `paired-delimiter' (\s$) `escape' (\s\) `character-quote' (\s/) `comment-start' (\s<) `comment-end' (\s>) `(not (syntax SYNTAX))' matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX. `(category CATEGORY)' matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols. `consonant' (\c0 in string notation) `base-vowel' (\c1) `upper-diacritical-mark' (\c2) `lower-diacritical-mark' (\c3) `tone-mark' (\c4) `symbol' (\c5) `digit' (\c6) `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\c7) `vowel-sign' (\c8) `semivowel-lower' (\c9) `not-at-end-of-line' (\c<) `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\c>) `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\cA) `chinse-two-byte' (\cC) `greek-two-byte' (\cG) `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\cH) `indian-tow-byte' (\cI) `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\cK) `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\cN) `cyrillic-two-byte' (\cY) `ascii' (\ca) `arabic' (\cb) `chinese' (\cc) `ethiopic' (\ce) `greek' (\cg) `korean' (\ch) `indian' (\ci) `japanese' (\cj) `japanese-katakana' (\ck) `latin' (\cl) `lao' (\co) `tibetan' (\cq) `japanese-roman' (\cr) `thai' (\ct) `vietnamese' (\cv) `hebrew' (\cw) `cyrillic' (\cy) `can-break' (\c|) `(not (category CATEGORY))' matches a character that has not category CATEGORY. `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc. `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end', `match-beginning', and `match-string'. `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' another name for `submatch'. `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)' matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting regular expression. `(minimal-match SEXP)' produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching zero or more occurrances of something are "greedy" in that they match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible. `(maximal-match SEXP)' produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default. `(zero-or-more SEXP)' matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches. `(0+ SEXP)' like `zero-or-more'. `(* SEXP)' like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. `(*? SEXP)' like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. `(one-or-more SEXP)' matches one or more occurrences of A. `(1+ SEXP)' like `one-or-more'. `(+ SEXP)' like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp. `(+? SEXP)' like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. `(zero-or-one SEXP)' matches zero or one occurrences of A. `(optional SEXP)' like `zero-or-one'. `(? SEXP)' like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp. `(?? SEXP)' like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp. `(repeat N SEXP)' matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches. `(repeat N M SEXP)' matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches. `(eval FORM)' evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string, `regexp-quote' it. `(regexp REGEXP)' include REGEXP in string notation in the result.Fscheme-mode Major mode for editing Scheme code. Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact with the Scheme process start with "xscheme-" if you use the MIT Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \[run-scheme] to start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package. Commands: Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. \{scheme-mode-map} Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook' if that value is non-nil.Fdsssl-mode Major mode for editing DSSSL code. Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'. Commands: Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments. \{scheme-mode-map} Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if that variable's value is a string.Fgnus-score-mode Mode for editing Gnus score files. This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode. \{gnus-score-mode-map}Fscribe-mode Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source. Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added. \{scribe-mode-map} Interesting variables: scribe-fancy-paragraphs Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation. scribe-electric-quote Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context. scribe-electric-parenthesis Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{') automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form.Vscroll-all-mode Control/track scroll locking. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.Fscroll-all-mode Toggle Scroll-All minor mode. With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise. When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.Vmail-from-style *Specifies how "From:" fields look. If `nil', they contain just the return address like: king@grassland.com If `parens', they look like: king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley) If `angles', they look like: Elvis Parsley If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field derived from the envelope-from address. In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address' to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.Vmail-specify-envelope-from *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail. The value used to specify it is whatever is found in `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback. On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a privileged operation.Vmail-self-blind *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent. This is done when the message is initialized, so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.Vmail-interactive *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors. nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.Vmail-yank-ignored-headers *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.Vsend-mail-function Function to call to send the current buffer as mail. The headers should be delimited by a line which is not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line, that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'. This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.Vmail-header-separator *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.Vmail-archive-file-name *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none. This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.Vmail-default-reply-to *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages. If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable when you first send mail.Vmail-alias-file *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'. This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs. This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.Vmail-personal-alias-file *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file. This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by the `Mail' or `mailx' program. This file need not actually exist.Vmail-signature *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized. If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'. If a string, that string is inserted. (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \n\n-- \n, which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.) Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated and should insert whatever you want to insert.Fmail-mode Major mode for editing mail to be sent. Like Text Mode but with these additional commands: \[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't): \[mail-to] move to To: \[mail-subject] move to Subject: \[mail-cc] move to CC: \[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To: \[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text). \[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file). \[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail). \[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked). \[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC). Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).Vsendmail-coding-system *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system' and `default-sendmail-coding-system', but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'. See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.Vdefault-sendmail-coding-system Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail. This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil. This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment. User should not set this variable manually, instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment. See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.Fmail Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase). When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected. The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil. Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the end; see the variable `mail-signature'. \ While editing message, type \[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit. Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode to move to message header fields: \{mail-mode-map} If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted when the message is initialized. If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string); a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted. If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name is inserted. The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is initialized. It can add more default fields to the message. When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer. The second through fifth arguments, TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil the initial contents of those header fields. These arguments should not have final newlines. The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an original message being replied to, or else an action of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original. Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything. The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS); when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS. This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.Fmail-other-window Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.Fmail-other-frame Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.Fserver-start Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes. This starts a server communications subprocess through which client "editors" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job. To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs distribution as your standard "editor". Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess.Fsgml-mode Major mode for editing SGML documents. Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /. Keys <, &, SPC within <>, " and ' can be electric depending on `sgml-quick-keys'. An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region. If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in your `.emacs' file. Use \[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser. Do \[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. Do \[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do. \{sgml-mode-map}Fhtml-mode Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents. This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use \[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on which this is based. Do \[describe-variable] html- SPC and \[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables. To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you can also view with a browser to see what happens: A Title Describing Contents should be on every page. Pages can have

Very Major Headlines

through
Very Minor Headlines
Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.

Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are ignored unless the text is 

preformatted.
Text can be marked as bold, italic or underlined using the normal M-g or Edit/Text Properties/Face commands. Pages can have named points and can link other points to them with see also somename. In the same way see also URL where URL is a filename relative to current directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'. Images in many formats can be inlined with . If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `''. To work around that, do: (eval-after-load "sgml-mode" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil)) \{html-mode-map}Fsh-mode Major mode for editing shell scripts. This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax, as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned. Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed. This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to shell-specific features. The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book. The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax: \[sh-case] case statement \[sh-for] for loop \[sh-function] function definition \[sh-if] if statement \[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n \[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop \[sh-repeat] repeat loop \[sh-select] select loop \[sh-until] until loop \[sh-while] while loop For sh and rc shells indentation commands are: \[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation. \[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation. \[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line would indent to the way it currently is. \[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the buffer indents as it currently is indented. \[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab. \[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one. \[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands. \[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands. \[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number. \[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell. \[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document. {, (, [, ', ", ` Unless quoted with \, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', "", ``. If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate. If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \[executable-interpret] with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.Flist-load-path-shadows Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files. This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a message is displayed indicating that the later file is "hidden" by the earlier. For example, suppose `load-path' is set to ("/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp" "/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp") and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of: (require 'XXX), (autoload .... "XXX"), (load-library "XXX") etc. The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless the second is loaded explicitly via load-file). When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution. Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new emacs version). This function performs these checks and flags all possible shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc (or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa. When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'.Fshadow-define-cluster Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME. This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites in the cluster.Fshadow-define-literal-group Declare a single file to be shared between sites. It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').Fshadow-define-regexp-group Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts. Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see `shadow-define-cluster').Fshadow-initialize Set up file shadowing.Vshell-dumb-shell-regexp Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell arguments.Fshell Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*'). Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER. If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell. If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER. Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name', or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable, or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL. If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell discards input when it starts up.) The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'. See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the shell, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before \[shell]. You can also specify this with \[set-buffer-process-coding-system] in the shell buffer, after you start the shell. The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and `default-process-coding-system'. The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable, its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell. Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell. (Type \[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)Fsimula-mode Major mode for editing SIMULA code. \{simula-mode-map} Variables controlling indentation style: simula-tab-always-indent Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line, regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used. simula-indent-level Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block. simula-substatement-offset Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE. simula-continued-statement-offset 3 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement, e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple- line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation with respect to the previous line of the statement. simula-label-offset -4711 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation. simula-if-indent '(0 . 0) Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF. Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF. simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0) Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation. simula-electric-indent nil If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line' will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented. simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed. Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook with no arguments, if that value is non-nil Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not at all.Vskeleton-filter Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.Fdefine-skeleton Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton. DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name, which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect. INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'.Fskeleton-proxy-new Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in \[edit-abbrevs] buffer: "" command-name). When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.Fskeleton-proxy Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert'). Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert'). If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once. This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in \[edit-abbrevs] buffer: "" command-name). When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.Fskeleton-insert Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely. With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point (`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive. If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton. An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions. But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C. The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element. SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions. If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are: \n go to next line and indent according to mode _ interesting point, interregion here > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode @ add position to `skeleton-positions' & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify') resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled nil skipped After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text. Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a non-empty string. \[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a ".. %s .." it is formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string. Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects. Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above. Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are available: str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR then: insert previously read string once more help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil' input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'.Fskeleton-pair-insert-maybe Insert the character you type ARG times. With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'. Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed. Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character such as backslash. If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.Fsmerge-mode Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program. \{smerge-mode-map}Fsmiley-region Display textual smileys as images. START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them.Fsmtpmail-send-queued-mail Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.Fsnake Play the Snake game. Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border. Eating dots causes the snake to get longer. snake-mode keybindings: \ \[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake \[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game \[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game \[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left \[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right \[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up \[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down Fsnmp-mode Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs. Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. Tab indents for C code. Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. \{snmp-mode-map} Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then `snmp-mode-hook'.Fsnmpv2-mode Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs. Expression and list commands understand all C brackets. Tab indents for C code. Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. \{snmp-mode-map} Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.Vcalendar-time-display-form *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted. A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form, and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings. For example, the form '(24-hours ":" minutes (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")")) would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.Vcalendar-latitude *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New York City. This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.Vcalendar-longitude *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees. The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New York City. This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.Vcalendar-location-name *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'. For example, "New York City". Default value is just the latitude, longitude pair. This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.Fsunrise-sunset Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds. If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date. If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time. This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file.Fsolar-equinoxes-solstices *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window. Requires floating point.Fsolitaire Play Solitaire. To play Solitaire, type \[solitaire]. \ Move around the board using the cursor keys. Move stones using \[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key. Undo moves using \[solitaire-undo]. Check for possible moves using \[solitaire-do-check]. (The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically check after each move or undo) What is Solitaire? I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play: Initially, the board will look similar to this: Le Solitaire ============ o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o . o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last one in the middle of the board if you're cool. A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like this: o o . Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second, which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o That's all. Here's the board after two moves: o o o . o o o o . o o o o o . o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o Pick your favourite shortcuts: \{solitaire-mode-map}Fsort-subr General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them. Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN. We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be contiguous. Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key. If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key. The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects the sort order. The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr. NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record. It moves point to the start of the next record. It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records. The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr is called. ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record. It should move point to the end of the record. STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key. It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or else the key is the substring between the values of point after STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key starts at the beginning of the record. ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key. ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the same as ENDRECFUN.Fsort-lines Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. Called from a program, there are three arguments: REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects the sort order.Fsort-paragraphs Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. Called from a program, there are three arguments: REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects the sort order.Fsort-pages Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order. Called from a program, there are three arguments: REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort). The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects the sort order.Fsort-numeric-fields Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line. Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region, which may begin with "0x" or "0" for hexadecimal and octal values. Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base. With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.Fsort-fields Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line. Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up. With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right. Called from a program, there are three arguments: FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort. The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects the sort order.Fsort-regexp-fields Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY. RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted. For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be "^.*$" KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP) is to be used for sorting. If it is "\\digit" then the digit'th "\\(...\\)" match field from RECORD-REGEXP is used. If it is "\\&" then the whole record is used. Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record. If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored. With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order. The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects the sort order. For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line starting with the letter "f", RECORD-REGEXP would be "^.*$" and KEY would be "\\=\"Fsort-columns Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns. For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in. The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on. A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order. The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects the sort order. Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs, because tabs could be split across the specified columns and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible, it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs. Use \[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.Freverse-region Reverse the order of lines in a region. From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.Fspeedbar-frame-mode Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off. nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is supported at a time. `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame. `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.Fspeedbar-get-focus Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame. If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.Fspell-buffer Check spelling of every word in the buffer. For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences. If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word as its "correct" spelling; then the query replace is skipped.Fspell-word Check spelling of word at or before point. If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it.Fspell-region Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region. Used in a program, applies from START to END. DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked: for example, "word".Fspell-string Check spelling of string supplied as argument.Fspook Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.Fsnarf-spooks Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.Fsql-help Show short help for the SQL modes. Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi. Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter: PostGres: \[sql-postgres] MySQL: \[sql-mysql] Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported: Solid: \[sql-solid] Oracle: \[sql-oracle] Informix: \[sql-informix] Sybase: \[sql-sybase] Ingres: \[sql-ingres] Microsoft: \[sql-ms] Interbase: \[sql-interbase] But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these. Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc. If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in `sql-mode' by calling \[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be anything. The name of the major mode is SQL. In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer.Fsql-mode Major mode to edit SQL. You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using \[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this. See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers. \{sql-mode-map} Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'. When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This will be the buffer \[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this SQLi buffer is killed, \[sql-send-region] is no longer able to determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the value of `sql-buffer' using \[sql-set-sqli-buffer]. For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see `sql-interactive-mode'.Fsql-oracle Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process. If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'. Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list `sql-oracle-options'. The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the process, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before \[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \[set-buffer-process-coding-system] in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and `default-process-coding-system'. (Type \[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)Fsql-sybase Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process. If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'. Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'. The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the process, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before \[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \[set-buffer-process-coding-system] in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and `default-process-coding-system'. (Type \[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)Fsql-informix Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process. If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'. Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the process, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before \[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \[set-buffer-process-coding-system] in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and `default-process-coding-system'. (Type \[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)Fsql-mysql Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process. Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software. If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'. Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'. The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the process, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before \[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \[set-buffer-process-coding-system] in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and `default-process-coding-system'. (Type \[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)Fsql-solid Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process. If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'. Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as defaults, if set. The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the process, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before \[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \[set-buffer-process-coding-system] in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and `default-process-coding-system'. (Type \[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)Fsql-ingres Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process. If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'. Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses the variable `sql-database' as default, if set. The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the process, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before \[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \[set-buffer-process-coding-system] in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and `default-process-coding-system'. (Type \[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)Fsql-ms Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process. If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'. Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server' as defaults, if set. The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the process, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before \[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \[set-buffer-process-coding-system] in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and `default-process-coding-system'. (Type \[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)Fsql-postgres Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process. If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'. Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list `sql-postgres-options'. The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the process, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before \[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \[set-buffer-process-coding-system] in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M, your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help, Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this: (setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions '(comint-strip-ctrl-m))) (Type \[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)Fsql-interbase Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process. If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'. Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as defaults, if set. The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the process, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before \[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \[set-buffer-process-coding-system] in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and `default-process-coding-system'. (Type \[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)Fsql-db2 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process. If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process. If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'. Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not automatic login. The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending input. See `sql-interactive-mode'. If you use \[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after advice. See the elisp manual for more information. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the process, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before \[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \[set-buffer-process-coding-system] in the SQL buffer, after you start the process. The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and `default-process-coding-system'. (Type \[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)Vstrokes-mode Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled. Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize or M-x strokes-mode.Fstrokes-global-set-stroke Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND. Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.Fstrokes-read-stroke Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being entered in the strokes buffer if the variable `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil. Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the strokeFstrokes-read-complex-stroke Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke. Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading. Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and then complete the stroke with button3. Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the strokeFstrokes-do-stroke Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command. This must be bound to a mouse event.Fstrokes-do-complex-stroke Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command. This must be bound to a mouse event.Fstrokes-describe-stroke Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.Fstrokes-help Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package.Fstrokes-load-user-strokes Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.Fstrokes-list-strokes Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP. With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically by command name. If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.Fstrokes-mode Toggle strokes being enabled. With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true. Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor mode in all buffers when activated. By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define new strokes with > M-x global-set-stroke To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your strokes with > M-x strokes-encode-buffer > M-x strokes-decode-bufferFstrokes-decode-buffer Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs. Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer. Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.Fstrokes-compose-complex-stroke Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.Fstudlify-region Studlify-case the regionFstudlify-word Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argumentFsc-cite-original Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation. This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\[sc-describe]' for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the original message but it does require a few things: 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer. 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the reply buffer. 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the original message. 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers. 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited. For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.Funtabify Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns. Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.Ftabify Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible. A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs when this can be done without changing the column they end at. Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark. The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.Ftalk-connect Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.Ftar-mode Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents. You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands. Letters no longer insert themselves. Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer; or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer. Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk. If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it. See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'. \{tar-mode-map}Ftcl-mode Major mode for editing Tcl code. Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets. Tab indents for Tcl code. Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back. Variables controlling indentation style: tcl-indent-level Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block. tcl-continued-indent-level Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command. Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable documentation for details): tcl-tab-always-indent Controls action of TAB key. tcl-auto-newline Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets, and semicolons inserted in Tcl code. tcl-electric-hash-style Controls action of `#' key. tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector. This variable is only used in Emacs 19. tcl-use-smart-word-finder If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current word when looking up help on a Tcl command. Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions already exist. Commands: \{tcl-mode-map}Finferior-tcl Run inferior Tcl process. Prefix arg means enter program name interactively. See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.Ftcl-help-on-word Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point. Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.Ftelnet Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*' where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties', falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'. Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.Frsh Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string). Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'. Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.Fmake-term Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM. The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s. If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.Fterm Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.Fansi-term Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.Fterminal-emulator Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS. ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT. BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program, and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that program as keyboard input. Interactively, BUFFER defaults to "*terminal*" and PROGRAM and ARGS are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell. WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height. To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it), type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command. Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram. This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'. `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator. Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information: terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing, terminal-redisplay-interval. This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the subprocess started.Ftetris Play the Tetris game. Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so as to form complete rows. tetris-mode keybindings: \ \[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris \[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game \[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game \[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left \[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right \[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise \[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise \[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area Vtex-shell-file-name *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.Vtex-directory *Directory in which temporary files are written. You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it and you don't try to apply \[tex-region] or \[tex-buffer] when there are `\input' commands with relative directories.Vtex-first-line-header-regexp Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include. If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string; if it matches the first line of the file, `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.Vtex-main-file *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file. The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file' if the variable is non-nil.Vtex-offer-save *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \[tex-file] is run.Vtex-run-command *Command used to run TeX subjob. TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. See the documentation of that variable.Vlatex-run-command *Command used to run LaTeX subjob. LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. See the documentation of that variable.Vslitex-run-command *Command used to run SliTeX subjob. SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string. See the documentation of that variable.Vtex-start-options-string *TeX options to use when running TeX. These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option. See the documentation of `tex-command'.Vlatex-block-names *User defined LaTeX block names. Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.Vtex-bibtex-command *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data. If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.Vtex-dvi-print-command *Command used by \[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.Vtex-alt-dvi-print-command *Command used by \[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file. If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want; for example, (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command '(format "lpr -P%s" (read-string "Use printer: "))) would tell \[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to use.Vtex-dvi-view-command *Command used by \[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file. If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name; otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end. This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the window system being used. For example, (setq tex-dvi-view-command (if (eq window-system 'x) "xdvi" "dvi2tty * | cat -s")) would tell \[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty otherwise.Vtex-show-queue-command *Command used by \[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue. Should show the queue(s) that \[tex-print] puts jobs on.Vtex-default-mode *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX. This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands. Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.Vtex-open-quote *String inserted by typing \[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.Vtex-close-quote *String inserted by typing \[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.Ftex-mode Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX. Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode', `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined, such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode' says which mode to use.Fplain-tex-mode Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX. Makes $ and } display the characters they match. Makes " insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts " only after a \. Use \[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a "header" copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.), running TeX under a special subshell. \[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. \[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. \[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. \[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. \[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. Use \[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing mismatched $'s or braces. Special commands: \{plain-tex-mode-map} Mode variables: tex-run-command Command string used by \[tex-region] or \[tex-buffer]. tex-directory Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs run by \[tex-region] or \[tex-buffer]. tex-dvi-print-command Command string used by \[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. tex-alt-dvi-print-command Alternative command string used by \[tex-print] (when given a prefix argument) to print a .dvi file. tex-dvi-view-command Command string used by \[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. tex-show-queue-command Command string used by \[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue that \[tex-print] put your job on. Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.Flatex-mode Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX. Makes $ and } display the characters they match. Makes " insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts " only after a \. Use \[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble copied from the top of the file (containing \documentstyle, etc.), running LaTeX under a special subshell. \[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. \[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. \[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. \[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. \[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. Use \[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing mismatched $'s or braces. Special commands: \{latex-mode-map} Mode variables: latex-run-command Command string used by \[tex-region] or \[tex-buffer]. tex-directory Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs run by \[tex-region] or \[tex-buffer]. tex-dvi-print-command Command string used by \[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. tex-alt-dvi-print-command Alternative command string used by \[tex-print] (when given a prefix argument) to print a .dvi file. tex-dvi-view-command Command string used by \[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. tex-show-queue-command Command string used by \[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue that \[tex-print] put your job on. Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.Fslitex-mode Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX. Makes $ and } display the characters they match. Makes " insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation, and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts " only after a \. Use \[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble copied from the top of the file (containing \documentstyle, etc.), running SliTeX under a special subshell. \[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer. \[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file. \[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these. \[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these. \[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer. Use \[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing mismatched $'s or braces. Special commands: \{slitex-mode-map} Mode variables: slitex-run-command Command string used by \[tex-region] or \[tex-buffer]. tex-directory Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs run by \[tex-region] or \[tex-buffer]. tex-dvi-print-command Command string used by \[tex-print] to print a .dvi file. tex-alt-dvi-print-command Alternative command string used by \[tex-print] (when given a prefix argument) to print a .dvi file. tex-dvi-view-command Command string used by \[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file. tex-show-queue-command Command string used by \[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue that \[tex-print] put your job on. Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.Ftexinfo-format-buffer Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file. The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file name specified in the @setfilename command. Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and Info-split to do these manually.Ftexinfo-format-region Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format. This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info. The command is bound to \[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.Ftexi2info Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file. The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file names specified in the @setfilename command. This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original Texinfo source buffer is not changed. Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually.Vtexinfo-open-quote *String inserted by typing \[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.Vtexinfo-close-quote *String inserted by typing \[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.Ftexinfo-mode Major mode for editing Texinfo files. It has these extra commands: \{texinfo-mode-map} These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals and also to be turned into Info files with \[makeinfo-buffer] or the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and modified version of TeX input format. Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like, use \[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region. You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \[texinfo-show-structure]. This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like. These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window. In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and use \[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot in the Texinfo file. In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with \[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \[up-list] to move forward past the closing brace. Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or updating menus and node pointers. These functions * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node, * insert or update the menu for a section, and * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file. Here are the functions: texinfo-update-node \[texinfo-update-node] texinfo-every-node-update \[texinfo-every-node-update] texinfo-sequential-node-update texinfo-make-menu \[texinfo-make-menu] texinfo-all-menus-update \[texinfo-all-menus-update] texinfo-master-menu texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p) The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to which menu descriptions are indented. Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs in the region. To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an `@chapter' or `@section' line. If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and be the first node in the file. Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.Fthai-compose-region Compose Thai characters in the region. When called from a program, expects two arguments, positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.Fthai-compose-string Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.Fthai-compose-buffer Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.Fthai-composition-function Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO. The text matches the regular expression PATTERN. Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text to compose. The return value is number of composed characters.Fforward-thing Move forward to the end of the next THING.Fbounds-of-thing-at-point Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point. THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a symbol as a valid THING. The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions of the textual entity that was found.Fthing-at-point Return the THING at point. THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want. Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url', `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others. See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a symbol as a valid THING.Ftibetan-char-p Check if char CH is Tibetan character. Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.Ftibetan-tibetan-to-transcription Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.Ftibetan-transcription-to-tibetan Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string. The returned string has no composition information.Ftibetan-compose-string Compose Tibetan string STR.Ftibetan-compose-region Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.Ftibetan-decompose-region Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO. This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences.Ftibetan-decompose-string Decompose Tibetan string STR. This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences.Ftibetan-decompose-buffer Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components. See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.Ftibetan-compose-buffer Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer. See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.Ftildify-region Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END. See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration parameters. This function performs no refilling of the changed text.Ftildify-buffer Add hard spaces in the current buffer. See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration parameters. This function performs no refilling of the changed text.Vdisplay-time-day-and-date *Non-nil means \[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.Fdisplay-time Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. This display updates automatically every minute. If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.Vdisplay-time-mode Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled. See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.Fdisplay-time-mode Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines. With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive. When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute. If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.Fdate-to-time Convert DATE into time.Fsafe-date-to-time Parse DATE and return a time structure. If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned.Ftime-stamp Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer. A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file: (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp) Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and look like one of the following: Time-stamp: <> Time-stamp: " " The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes: Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea> The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil. The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end', `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the template.Ftime-stamp-toggle-active Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \[time-stamp] updates a buffer. With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.Ftimeclock-modeline-display Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline. If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating. With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display (non-nil means on).Ftimeclock-in Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog. With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg (non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time this function is called within a day. PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in' interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to discover the name of the project.Ftimeclock-out Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog. If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was begun during the last time segment. REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out' interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to discover the reason.Ftimeclock-status-string Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.Ftimeclock-change Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out. With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were working on.Ftimeclock-query-out Ask the user before clocking out. This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'.Ftimeclock-reread-log Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes. Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.Ftimeclock-workday-remaining-string Return a string representing the amount of time left today. Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today. See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of "relative to today".Ftimeclock-workday-elapsed-string Return a string representing the amount of time worked today. Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.Ftimeclock-when-to-leave-string Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today. This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time. This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is non-nil.Fcancel-timer Remove TIMER from the list of active timers.Fcancel-function-timers Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION.Frun-at-time Perform an action at time TIME. Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. TIME should be a string like "11:23pm", nil meaning now, a number of seconds from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT) meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT. REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number. The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.Frun-with-timer Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds. Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil. SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers. The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.Fadd-timeout Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT. If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds. This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'.Frun-with-idle-timer Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds. The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS. SECS may be an integer or a floating point number. If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle). This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'.Fwith-timeout Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up. If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one. The call should look like: (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...) The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time); if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not be detected.Ftitdic-convert Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package. Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which the generated Quail package is saved.Fbatch-titdic-convert Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line. Use this from the command line, with `-batch'; it won't work in an interactive Emacs. For example, invoke "emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit" to generate Quail package file "xxx.el" from TIT dictionary file "XXX.tit". To get complete usage, invoke "emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h".Ftmm-menubar Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'. X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar; we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.Ftmm-menubar-mouse Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar. This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse. See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.Ftmm-prompt Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap. Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements in the menu in two ways: *) via history mechanism from minibuffer; *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown. The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably. MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a keymap or an alist of alists. DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice. Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.Ftodo-add-category Add new category CAT to the TODO list.Ftodo-add-item-non-interactively Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY.Ftodo-insert-item Insert new TODO list entry. With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current category.Ftodo-top-priorities List top priorities for each category. Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'. If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted between each category.Ftodo-print Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'. If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted between each category. Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'.Ftodo-mode Major mode for editing TODO lists. \{todo-mode-map}Ftodo-cp Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary.Ftodo-show Show TODO list.Vtool-bar-mode Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled. See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.Ftool-bar-mode Toggle use of the tool bar. With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive. See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for conveniently adding tool bar items.Ftool-bar-add-item Add an item to the tool bar. ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right. ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally ICON.xbm, using `find-image'. Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this function.Ftool-bar-add-item-from-menu Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP. The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'. MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'. PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding. Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this function.Ftooltip-mode Mode for tooltip display. With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive.Vtooltip-mode Toggle tooltip-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.Ftpu-edt-on Turn on TPU/edt emulation.Ftpu-set-scroll-margins Set scroll margins.Ftpu-set-cursor-free Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen.Ftpu-set-cursor-bound Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text.Ftq-create Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS. PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected to a tcp server on another machine.Vtrace-buffer *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.Ftrace-function Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER. For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead.Ftrace-function-background Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER. For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing the window or buffer configuration at all.F2C-two-columns Split current window vertically for two-column editing. When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current buffer in two-column minor mode (see \[describe-mode] ). Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer. When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer first and the associated buffer to its right.F2C-associate-buffer Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode. Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by accepting the proposed default buffer. (See \[describe-mode] .)F2C-split Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode. Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both columns remain untouched in the first buffer. This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.: First column's text sSs Second column's text \___/\ / \ 5 character Separator You type M-5 \[2C-split] with the point here. (See \[describe-mode] .)Vtype-break-mode Toggle typing break mode. See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.Vtype-break-interval *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.Vtype-break-good-rest-interval *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest. When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a "good" rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later. If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.Vtype-break-keystroke-threshold *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break. This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX). The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil, then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has elapsed, the user will always be queried. The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks will occur; only scheduled ones will. Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them. The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.Ftype-break-mode Enable or disable typing-break mode. This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default. When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely. A negative prefix argument disables this mode. No argument or any non-negative argument enables it. The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or reset the keystroke counter. If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter. The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the `type-break-schedule' command. If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether or not to continue. The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to approximate good values for this. There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include: `type-break-mode-line-message-mode' `type-break-time-warning-intervals' `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals' `type-break-warning-repeat' `type-break-warning-countdown-string' `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type' There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin a typing break occur. They include: `type-break-query-mode' `type-break-query-function' `type-break-query-interval' Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.Ftype-break Take a typing break. During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in `type-break-demo-functions' is run. After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled as per the function `type-break-schedule'.Ftype-break-statistics Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer. This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.Ftype-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks. If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate average typing speed.) From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold' based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of the computed maximum threshold. When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be used to override the default assumption about average word length and the fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold. FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.Funderline-region Underline all nonblank characters in the region. Works by overstriking underscores. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on.Fununderline-region Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region. Called from program, takes two arguments START and END which specify the range to operate on.Fundigestify-rmail-message Break up a digest message into its constituent messages. Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages.Funforward-rmail-message Extract a forwarded message from the containing message. This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message following the containing message.Fbatch-unrmail Convert Rmail files to system inbox format. Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments. For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name is made by adding `.mail' at the end. For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.Funrmail Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE.Fask-user-about-lock Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT. This function has a choice of three things to do: do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT)) to refrain from editing the file return t (grab the lock on the file) return nil (edit the file even though it is locked). You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives in any way you like.Fask-user-about-supersession-threat Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do. This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)), in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made. You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do. The buffer in question is current when this function is called.Fuudecode-decode-region-external Uudecode region between START and END using external program. If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.Fuudecode-decode-region Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program. If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.Vvc-checkout-hook *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file. See `run-hooks'.Vvc-checkin-hook *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done. See `run-hooks'.Vvc-before-checkin-hook *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in. See `run-hooks'.Fwith-vc-file Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY. Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed. FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by somebody else, signal error.Fedit-vc-file Edit FILE under version control, executing body. Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY. This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it. However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer.Fvc-do-command Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors. Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present, that is inserted into the command line before the filename.Fvc-next-action Do the next logical version control operation on the current file. If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked, it will operate on the file in the current line. If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted lock steals will raise an error. A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use. For RCS and SCCS files: If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version control. If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out a writable and locked file ready for editing. If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not, it performs a revert. If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards. If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given the option to steal the lock. For CVS files: If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version control. This does a "cvs add", but no "cvs commit". If the file is added but not committed, it is committed. If your working file is changed, but the repository file is unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained. If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to merge in the changes into your working copy.Fvc-register Register the current file into a version control system. With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment. The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the first backend that could register the file is used.Fvc-diff Display diffs between file versions. Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two version designators specifying which versions to compare. The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to saving the buffer.Fvc-version-other-window Visit version REV of the current file in another window. If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'. If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.Fvc-insert-headers Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system. Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.Fvc-merge Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file. This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes from the current branch. See Info node `Merging'.Fvc-resolve-conflicts Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer. The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers.Fvc-directory Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR. See Info node `VC Dired Mode'. With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing.Fvc-create-snapshot Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME. For each registered file, the version level of its latest version becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files are checked out in that new branch.Fvc-retrieve-snapshot Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME. If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions. If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are allowed and simply skipped).Fvc-print-log List the change log of the current buffer in a window.Fvc-revert-buffer Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on. This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer changes found in the master file; use \[universal-argument] \[vc-next-action] to do so.Fvc-cancel-version Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file. A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards.Fvc-switch-backend Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE. FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it. By default, this command cycles through the registered backends. To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.Fvc-transfer-file Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND. If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend (i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend. (If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)Fvc-rename-file Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise.Fvc-update-change-log Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs. Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default directory. With prefix arg of \[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file. With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate. From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which log entries should be gathered.Fvc-annotate Display the edit history of the current file using colours. This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past; everything that is older than that is shown in blue. With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer displays and annotates that version instead of the current version (type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then, you are prompted for a stretch factor for the time scale. This makes the color range cover a time span longer or shorter than the default of one year. For example, a factor of 0.1 means that the range from red to blue stands for the past 36 days only, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue. Customization variables: `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.Vvc-rcs-master-templates *Where to look for RCS master files. For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.Vvc-sccs-master-templates *Where to look for SCCS master files. For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.Fvc-sccs-search-project-dir Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory. Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not find any project directory.Fvhdl-mode Major mode for editing VHDL code. Usage: ------ - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing `\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left empty. They can be queried again by `\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'. Typing `\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION). Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline. Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\[vhdl-electric-space]'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var. Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric' (see CUSTOMIZATION). - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\[vhdl-template-header]'. A file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'. - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are: ;; --> " : " [ --> ( -- --> comment ;;; --> " := " [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code .. --> " => " ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line ,, --> " <= " ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment == --> " == " '' --> \" - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case. Re-typing `\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions. This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts). Typing `\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type "std" and `\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with "std"). Typing `\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop. - COMMENTS: `--' puts a single comment. `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments. `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a comment in between. `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out following lines. `\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out, uncomments a region if already commented out. You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals, variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil. Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills multi-line comments. - INDENTATION: `\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'. `\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region (`\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of tabs. `\[tabify]' and `\[untabify]' allow to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa. - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns inline comments for a group of lines, and `\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region. Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil. `\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated. - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be copied (`\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual parameters, and as a test bench (menu). A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened (`\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'. Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'. See customization group `vhdl-port'. - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION. - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu). - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu. - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil. In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'. - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see variable `vhdl-project-alist'). The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar. In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu. - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be specified. - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu (e.g. add "(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)" to your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the current directory for VHDL source files. - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command, destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable `vhdl-compiler-options'. An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command (menu, `\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists. The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'. - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS, Math Packages. - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu) or buffer (`\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'. - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil. Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil. Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually. Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only highlighted if written in lower case. Code between "translate_off" and "translate_on" pragmas is highlighted using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil. All colors can be customized by command `\[customize-face]'. For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group `paren-showing' (`\[customize-group]'). - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'. - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable `vhdl-hideshow-menu'). - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers. - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize' menu entry or `\[customize-option]' (`\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the INSTALL file). - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions ".vhd" and ".vhdl" are automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension ".xxx", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'): (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '("\\.xxx\\'" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)) - HINTS: - Type `\[keyboard-quit] \[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs. Maintenance: ------------ To submit a bug report, enter `\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode. Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case. Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to . The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases. The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above mailing lists by sending an email to . VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page , where the latest version and release notes can be found. Bugs and Limitations: --------------------- - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow. - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS). - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs. - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs. - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers does not work under XEmacs. The VHDL Mode Maintainers Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby Key bindings: ------------- \{vhdl-mode-map}Fvi-mode Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor. The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely, the "cross product" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs. This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands. It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input (`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode. Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using) is "input" mode as far as vi is concerned. To get back into vi from "input" mode, you must issue this command again. Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key. Major differences between this mode and real vi : * Limitations and unsupported features - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are not supported. - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints. - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature. * Modifications - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary, pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'. Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching. - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed for undoing a repeated change command. - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too. - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen. * Extensions - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros. - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs. - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g. `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def', `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy. - Use \[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly. Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.Fviet-encode-viscii-char Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.Fviet-decode-viqr-region Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters. When called from a program, expects two arguments, positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.Fviet-decode-viqr-buffer Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters.Fviet-encode-viqr-region Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics. When called from a program, expects two arguments, positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.Fviet-encode-viqr-buffer Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.Vview-mode Non-nil if View mode is enabled. Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the functions that enable or disable view mode.Fview-file View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer. Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.Fview-file-other-window View FILE in View mode in another window. Return that window to its previous buffer when done. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer. Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.Fview-file-other-frame View FILE in View mode in another frame. Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer. Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.Fview-buffer View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer. Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.Fview-buffer-other-window View BUFFER in View mode in another window. Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer. Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.Fview-buffer-other-frame View BUFFER in View mode in another frame. Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil. Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer. Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward. For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'. Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.Fview-mode Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it. With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive. Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands (among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is read-only. \ The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix arguments. Page commands default to "page size" lines which is almost a whole window full, or number of lines set by \[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to and set "half page size" lines which initially is half a window full. Search commands default to a repeat count of one. H, h, ? This message. Digits provide prefix arguments. \[negative-argument] negative prefix argument. \[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer. > move to the end of buffer. \[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window. SPC scroll forward "page size" lines. With prefix scroll forward prefix lines. DEL scroll backward "page size" lines. With prefix scroll backward prefix lines. \[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets "page size" to prefix. \[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets "page size" to prefix. \[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward "half page size" lines. With prefix, sets "half page size" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much. \[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward "half page size" lines. With prefix, sets "half page size" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much. RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s). y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s). \[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward. Use this to view a changing file. \[what-line] prints the current line number. \[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer. \[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line). . set the mark. x exchanges point and mark. \[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring. Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end. \[point-to-register] save current position in character register. ' go to position saved in character register. s do forward incremental search. r do reverse incremental search. \[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page. ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp. ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer. \ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page. \[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression. p searches backward for last regular expression. \[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state. \[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode. \[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it. \[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable. \[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state. \[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer. \[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer. The effect of \[View-leave] , \[View-quit] and \[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame (\[view-file], \[view-file-other-window], \[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame, View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \[View-leave] , \[View-quit] and \[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer. Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.Fview-mode-enter Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments. If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist `view-return-to-alist'. Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'. It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'. RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO). WINDOW is a window used for viewing. OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing. OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of: 1) nil Do nothing. 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame. 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW. 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW. For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing. This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.FView-exit-and-edit Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.Fvip-mode Turn on VIP emulation of VI.Ftoggle-viper-mode Toggle Viper on/off. If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.Fviper-mode Turn on Viper emulation of Vi.Fwebjump Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist. See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the hotlist. Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke .Vwhich-function-mode Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled. See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.Fwhich-function-mode Toggle Which Function mode, globally. When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes. With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive, and off otherwise.Fwhitespace-toggle-leading-check Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer.Fwhitespace-toggle-trailing-check Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer.Fwhitespace-toggle-indent-check Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer.Fwhitespace-toggle-spacetab-check Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer.Fwhitespace-toggle-ateol-check Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer.Fwhitespace-buffer Find five different types of white spaces in buffer. These are: 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS). 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file and: 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument.Fwhitespace-region Check the region for whitespace errors.Fwhitespace-cleanup Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems. Use \[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the whitespace problems.Fwhitespace-cleanup-region Whitespace cleanup on the region.Vwhitespace-global-mode Toggle global Whitespace mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode' (which see).Fwhitespace-global-mode Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers. With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive. When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'.Fwhitespace-write-file-hook The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when whitespace check is enabled.Fwhitespace-describe A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them. The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code. 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file). 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file). 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be replaced with TABS). 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that). 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line. Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline. Modeline will show a W:! to denote a particular type of whitespace, where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of: e - End-of-Line whitespace. i - Indentation whitespace. l - Leading whitespace. s - Space followed by Tab. t - Trailing whitespace. If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a !. (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost always they default to 8.) Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or even print it. Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them to set smarttab.) All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and merge problems. whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any whitespaces during the process of your editing).Fwidget-browse-at Browse the widget under point.Fwidget-browse Create a widget browser for WIDGET.Fwidget-browse-other-window Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.Fwidget-minor-mode Togle minor mode for traversing widgets. With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive.Fwidget-prompt-value Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT. The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.Fwidget-create Create widget of TYPE. The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.Fwidget-delete Delete WIDGET.Fwindmove-left Select the window to the left of the current one. With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, "left" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.Fwindmove-up Select the window above the current one. With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, "up" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.Fwindmove-right Select the window to the right of the current one. With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, "right" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.Fwindmove-down Select the window below the current one. With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, "down" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for negative ARG) of the current window. If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.Fwindmove-default-keybindings Set up default keybindings for `windmove'.Vwinner-mode Toggle winner-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.Fwinner-mode Toggle Winner mode. With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive.Fwoman Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program). The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode. Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory). Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.Fwoman-dired-find-file In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.Fwoman-find-file Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME. Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given. When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier. No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the `woman' command for further details.Fwordstar-mode Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings. BUGS: - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help) are not implemented - Options for search and replace - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work Emacs-like. The key bindings are: C-a backward-word C-b fill-paragraph C-c scroll-up-line C-d forward-char C-e previous-line C-f forward-word C-g delete-char C-h backward-char C-i indent-for-tab-command C-j help-for-help C-k ordstar-C-k-map C-l ws-repeat-search C-n open-line C-p quoted-insert C-r scroll-down-line C-s backward-char C-t kill-word C-u keyboard-quit C-v overwrite-mode C-w scroll-down C-x next-line C-y kill-complete-line C-z scroll-up C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9 C-k b ws-begin-block C-k c ws-copy-block C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs C-k f find-file C-k h ws-show-markers C-k i ws-indent-block C-k k ws-end-block C-k p ws-print-block C-k q kill-emacs C-k r insert-file C-k s save-some-buffers C-k t ws-mark-word C-k u ws-exdent-block C-k C-u keyboard-quit C-k v ws-move-block C-k w ws-write-block C-k x kill-emacs C-k y ws-delete-block C-o c wordstar-center-line C-o b switch-to-buffer C-o j justify-current-line C-o k kill-buffer C-o l list-buffers C-o m auto-fill-mode C-o r set-fill-column C-o C-u keyboard-quit C-o wd delete-other-windows C-o wh split-window-horizontally C-o wo other-window C-o wv split-window-vertically C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9 C-q a ws-query-replace C-q b ws-to-block-begin C-q c end-of-buffer C-q d end-of-line C-q f ws-search C-q k ws-to-block-end C-q l ws-undo C-q p ws-last-cursorp C-q r beginning-of-buffer C-q C-u keyboard-quit C-q w ws-last-error C-q y ws-kill-eol C-q DEL ws-kill-bol Fxterm-mouse-mode Toggle XTerm mouse mode. With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive. Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.Fyow Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it.Finsert-zippyism Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point.Fapropos-zippy Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP. If called interactively, display a list of matches.Fpsychoanalyze-pinhead Zippy goes to the analyst.Fzone Zone out, completely.Fzone-mode-update-serial-hook Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modifiedFzone-mode A mode for editing DNS zone files. Zone-mode does two things: - automatically update the serial number for a zone when saving the file - fontificationFmake-mode-line-mouse-map Return a keymap with single entry for mouse key MOUSE on the mode line. MOUSE is defined to run function FUNCTION with no args in the buffer corresponding to the mode line clicked.Fmode-line-toggle-read-only Like `toggle-read-only', for the mode-line.Fmode-line-toggle-modified Toggle the buffer-modified flag from the mode-line.Fmode-line-widen Widen a buffer from the mode-line.Fmode-line-abbrev-mode Turn off `abbrev-mode' from the mode-line.Fmode-line-auto-fill-mode Turn off `auto-fill-mode' from the mode-line.Vmode-line-coding-system-map Local keymap for the coding-system part of the mode line.Vmode-line-mule-info Mode-line control for displaying information of multilingual environment. Normally it displays current input method (if any activated) and mnemonics of the following coding systems: coding system for saving or writing the current buffer coding system for keyboard input (if Emacs is running on terminal) coding system for terminal output (if Emacs is running on terminal)Vmode-line-buffer-identification Mode-line control for identifying the buffer being displayed. Its default value is ("%12b"). Major modes that edit things other than ordinary files may change this (e.g. Info, Dired,...)Vmode-line-process Mode-line control for displaying info on process status. Normally nil in most modes, since there is no process to display.Vmode-line-modified Mode-line control for displaying whether current buffer is modified.Vmode-line-buffer-identification-keymap Keymap for what is displayed by `mode-line-buffer-identification'.Vmode-line-minor-mode-keymap Keymap for what is displayed by `mode-line-mode-name'.Vmode-line-mode-menu-keymap Keymap for mode operations menu in the mode line.Fmode-line-unbury-buffer Switch to the last buffer in the buffer list that is not hidden.Fmode-line-bury-buffer Like bury-buffer, but temporarily select EVENT's window.Fmode-line-other-buffer Switch to the most recently selected buffer other than the current one.Vmode-line-mode-menu Menu of mode operations in the mode line.Fmode-line-mode-name Return a string to display in the mode line for the current mode name.Fbound-and-true-p Return the value of symbol VAR if it is bound, else nil.Fpropertized-buffer-identification Return a list suitable for `mode-line-buffer-identification'. FMT is a format specifier such as "%12b". This function adds text properties for face, help-echo, and local-map to it.Vminor-mode-alist Alist saying how to show minor modes in the mode line. Each element looks like (VARIABLE STRING); STRING is included in the mode line iff VARIABLE's value is non-nil. Actually, STRING need not be a string; any possible mode-line element is okay. See `mode-line-format'.Fcomplete-symbol Perform tags completion on the text around point. Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table. The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default for \[find-tag] (which see). With a prefix argument, this command does completion within the collection of symbols listed in the index of the manual for the language you are using.Vmode-specific-map Keymap for characters following C-c.Fmap-y-or-n-p Ask a series of boolean questions. Takes args PROMPTER ACTOR LIST, and optional args HELP and ACTION-ALIST. LIST is a list of objects, or a function of no arguments to return the next object or nil. If PROMPTER is a string, the prompt is (format PROMPTER OBJECT). If not a string, PROMPTER is a function of one arg (an object from LIST), which returns a string to be used as the prompt for that object. If the return value is not a string, it may be nil to ignore the object or non-nil to act on the object without asking the user. ACTOR is a function of one arg (an object from LIST), which gets called with each object that the user answers `yes' for. If HELP is given, it is a list (OBJECT OBJECTS ACTION), where OBJECT is a string giving the singular noun for an elt of LIST; OBJECTS is the plural noun for elts of LIST, and ACTION is a transitive verb describing ACTOR. The default is ("object" "objects" "act on"). At the prompts, the user may enter y, Y, or SPC to act on that object; n, N, or DEL to skip that object; ! to act on all following objects; ESC or q to exit (skip all following objects); . (period) to act on the current object and then exit; or \[help-command] to get help. If ACTION-ALIST is given, it is an alist (KEY FUNCTION HELP) of extra keys that will be accepted. KEY is a character; FUNCTION is a function of one arg (an object from LIST); HELP is a string. When the user hits KEY, FUNCTION is called. If it returns non-nil, the object is considered "acted upon", and the next object from LIST is processed. If it returns nil, the prompt is repeated for the same object. Final optional argument NO-CURSOR-IN-ECHO-AREA non-nil says not to set `cursor-in-echo-area' while prompting. This function uses `query-replace-map' to define the standard responses, but not all of the responses which `query-replace' understands are meaningful here. Returns the number of actions taken.Fread-envvar-name Read environment variable name, prompting with PROMPT. Optional second arg MUSTMATCH, if non-nil, means require existing envvar name. If it is also not t, RET does not exit if it does non-null completion.Fsetenv Set the value of the environment variable named VARIABLE to VALUE. VARIABLE should be a string. VALUE is optional; if not provided or is `nil', the environment variable VARIABLE will be removed. Interactively, a prefix argument means to unset the variable. Interactively, the current value (if any) of the variable appears at the front of the history list when you type in the new value. This function works by modifying `process-environment'.Fgetenv Get the value of environment variable VARIABLE. VARIABLE should be a string. Value is nil if VARIABLE is undefined in the environment. Otherwise, value is a string. This function consults the variable `process-environment' for its value.Vmule-version Version number and name of this version of MULE (multilingual environment).Vmule-version-date Distribution date of this version of MULE (multilingual environment).Fload-with-code-conversion Execute a file of Lisp code named FILE whose absolute name is FULLNAME. The file contents are decoded before evaluation if necessary. If optional second arg NOERROR is non-nil, report no error if FILE doesn't exist. Print messages at start and end of loading unless optional third arg NOMESSAGE is non-nil. Return t if file exists.Fcharset-quoted-standard-p Return t if OBJ is a quoted symbol, and is the name of a standard charset.Fcharsetp T if OBJECT is a charset.Fcharset-info Return a vector of information of CHARSET. The elements of the vector are: CHARSET-ID, BYTES, DIMENSION, CHARS, WIDTH, DIRECTION, LEADING-CODE-BASE, LEADING-CODE-EXT, ISO-FINAL-CHAR, ISO-GRAPHIC-PLANE, REVERSE-CHARSET, SHORT-NAME, LONG-NAME, DESCRIPTION, PLIST, where CHARSET-ID (integer) is the identification number of the charset. BYTES (integer) is the length of multi-byte form of a character in the charset: one of 1, 2, 3, and 4. DIMENSION (integer) is the number of bytes to represent a character of the charset: 1 or 2. CHARS (integer) is the number of characters in a dimension: 94 or 96. WIDTH (integer) is the number of columns a character in the charset occupies on the screen: one of 0, 1, and 2. DIRECTION (integer) is the rendering direction of characters in the charset when rendering. If 0, render from left to right, else render from right to left. LEADING-CODE-BASE (integer) is the base leading-code for the charset. LEADING-CODE-EXT (integer) is the extended leading-code for the charset. All charsets of less than 0xA0 has the value 0. ISO-FINAL-CHAR (character) is the final character of the corresponding ISO 2022 charset. If the charset is not assigned any final character, the value is -1. ISO-GRAPHIC-PLANE (integer) is the graphic plane to be invoked while encoding to variants of ISO 2022 coding system, one of the following: 0/graphic-plane-left(GL), 1/graphic-plane-right(GR). If the charset is not assigned any final character, the value is -1. REVERSE-CHARSET (integer) is the charset which differs only in LEFT-TO-RIGHT value from the charset. If there's no such a charset, the value is -1. SHORT-NAME (string) is the short name to refer to the charset. LONG-NAME (string) is the long name to refer to the charset DESCRIPTION (string) is the description string of the charset. PLIST (property list) may contain any type of information a user want to put and get by functions `put-charset-property' and `get-charset-property' respectively.Fcharset-id Return charset identification number of CHARSET.Fcharset-bytes Return bytes of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fcharset-dimension Return dimension of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fcharset-chars Return character numbers contained in a dimension of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fcharset-width Return width (how many column occupied on a screen) of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fcharset-direction Return direction of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fcharset-iso-final-char Return final char of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fcharset-iso-graphic-plane Return graphic plane of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fcharset-reverse-charset Return reverse charset of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fcharset-short-name Return short name of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fcharset-long-name Return long name of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fcharset-description Return description of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fcharset-plist Return list charset property of CHARSET. See the function `charset-info' for more detail.Fset-charset-plist Set CHARSET's property list to PLIST, and return PLIST.Fmake-char Return a character of CHARSET whose position codes are CODE1 and CODE2. CODE1 and CODE2 are optional, but if you don't supply sufficient position codes, return a generic character which stands for all characters or group of characters in the character set. A generic character can be used to index a char table (e.g. syntax-table). Such character sets as ascii, eight-bit-control, and eight-bit-graphic don't have corresponding generic characters. If CHARSET is one of them and you don't supply CODE1, return the character of the smallest code in CHARSET. If CODE1 or CODE2 are invalid (out of range), this function signals an error.Fcharset-list Return list of charsets ever defined. This function is provided for backward compatibility. Now we have the variable `charset-list'.Fgeneric-char-p Return t if and only if CHAR is a generic character. See also the documentation of `make-char'.Fdecode-char Return character specified by coded character set CCS and CODE-POINT in it. Return nil if such a character is not supported. Currently the only supported coded character set is `ucs' (ISO/IEC 10646: Universal Multi-Octet Coded Character Set). Optional argument RESTRICTION specifies a way to map the pair of CCS and CODE-POINT to a character. Currently not supported and just ignored.Fencode-char Return code-point in coded character set CCS that corresponds to CHAR. Return nil if CHAR is not included in CCS. Currently the only supported coded character set is `ucs' (ISO/IEC 10646: Universal Multi-Octet Coded Character Set), and CHAR is first translated through the translation-table named `utf-translation-table-for-encode'. CHAR should be in one of these charsets: ascii, latin-iso8859-1, mule-unicode-0100-24ff, mule-unicode-2500-33ff, mule-unicode-e000-ffff, eight-bit-control Otherwise, return nil. Optional argument RESTRICTION specifies a way to map CHAR to a code-point in CCS. Currently not supported and just ignored.Fcoding-system-spec Return coding-spec of CODING-SYSTEM.Fcoding-system-type Return the coding type of CODING-SYSTEM. A coding type is an integer value indicating the encoding method of CODING-SYSTEM. See the function `make-coding-system' for more detail.Fcoding-system-mnemonic Return the mnemonic character of CODING-SYSTEM. The mnemonic character of a coding system is used in mode line to indicate the coding system. If the arg is nil, return ?-.Fcoding-system-doc-string Return the documentation string for CODING-SYSTEM.Fcoding-system-plist Return the property list of CODING-SYSTEM.Fcoding-system-flags Return `flags' of CODING-SYSTEM. A `flags' of a coding system is a vector of length 32 indicating detailed information of a coding system. See the function `make-coding-system' for more detail.Fcoding-system-get Extract a value from CODING-SYSTEM's property list for property PROP.Fcoding-system-put Change value in CODING-SYSTEM's property list PROP to VAL.Fcoding-system-category Return the coding category of CODING-SYSTEM. See also `coding-category-list'.Fcoding-system-base Return the base coding system of CODING-SYSTEM. A base coding system is what made by `make-coding-system'. Any alias nor subsidiary coding systems are not base coding system.Fcoding-system-eol-type Return eol-type of CODING-SYSTEM. An eol-type is integer 0, 1, 2, or a vector of coding systems. Integer values 0, 1, and 2 indicate a format of end-of-line; LF, CRLF, and CR respectively. A vector value indicates that a format of end-of-line should be detected automatically. Nth element of the vector is the subsidiary coding system whose eol-type is N.Fadd-to-coding-system-list Add CODING-SYSTEM to `coding-system-list' while keeping it sorted.Fcoding-system-list Return a list of all existing non-subsidiary coding systems. If optional arg BASE-ONLY is non-nil, only base coding systems are listed. The value doesn't include subsidiary coding systems which are what made from bases and aliases automatically for various end-of-line formats (e.g. iso-latin-1-unix, koi8-r-dos).Fmap-charset-chars Use FUNC to map over all characters in CHARSET for side effects. FUNC is a function of two args, the start and end (inclusive) of a character code range. Thus FUNC should iterate over [START, END].Fregister-char-codings Add entries for CODING-SYSTEM to `char-coding-system-table'. If SAFE-CHARS is a char-table, its non-nil entries specify characters which CODING-SYSTEM encodes safely. If SAFE-CHARS is t, register CODING-SYSTEM as a general one which can encode all characters.Fmake-subsidiary-coding-system Make subsidiary coding systems (eol-type variants) of CODING-SYSTEM.Ftransform-make-coding-system-args For internal use only. Transform XEmacs style args for `make-coding-system' to Emacs style. Value is a list of transformed arguments.Fmake-coding-system Define a new coding system CODING-SYSTEM (symbol). Remaining arguments are TYPE, MNEMONIC, DOC-STRING, FLAGS (optional), and PROPERTIES (optional) which construct a coding-spec of CODING-SYSTEM in the following format: [TYPE MNEMONIC DOC-STRING PLIST FLAGS] TYPE is an integer value indicating the type of the coding system as follows: 0: Emacs internal format, 1: Shift-JIS (or MS-Kanji) used mainly on Japanese PC, 2: ISO-2022 including many variants, 3: Big5 used mainly on Chinese PC, 4: private, CCL programs provide encoding/decoding algorithm, 5: Raw-text, which means that text contains random 8-bit codes. MNEMONIC is a character to be displayed on mode line for the coding system. DOC-STRING is a documentation string for the coding system. FLAGS specifies more detailed information of the coding system as follows: If TYPE is 2 (ISO-2022), FLAGS is a list of these elements: CHARSET0, CHARSET1, CHARSET2, CHARSET3, SHORT-FORM, ASCII-EOL, ASCII-CNTL, SEVEN, LOCKING-SHIFT, SINGLE-SHIFT, USE-ROMAN, USE-OLDJIS, NO-ISO6429, INIT-BOL, DESIGNATION-BOL, SAFE, ACCEPT-LATIN-EXTRA-CODE. CHARSETn are character sets initially designated to Gn graphic registers. If CHARSETn is nil, Gn is never used. If CHARSETn is t, Gn can be used but nothing designated initially. If CHARSETn is a list of character sets, those character sets are designated to Gn on output, but nothing designated to Gn initially. But, character set `ascii' can be designated only to G0. SHORT-FORM non-nil means use short designation sequence on output. ASCII-EOL non-nil means designate ASCII to g0 at end of line on output. ASCII-CNTL non-nil means designate ASCII to g0 before control codes and SPACE on output. SEVEN non-nil means use 7-bit code only on output. LOCKING-SHIFT non-nil means use locking-shift. SINGLE-SHIFT non-nil means use single-shift. USE-ROMAN non-nil means designate JIS0201-1976-Roman instead of ASCII. USE-OLDJIS non-nil means designate JIS0208-1976 instead of JIS0208-1983. NO-ISO6429 non-nil means not use ISO6429's direction specification. INIT-BOL non-nil means any designation state is assumed to be reset to initial at each beginning of line on output. DESIGNATION-BOL non-nil means designation sequences should be placed at beginning of line on output. SAFE non-nil means convert unsafe characters to `?' on output. Characters not specified in the property `safe-charsets' nor `safe-chars' are unsafe. ACCEPT-LATIN-EXTRA-CODE non-nil means code-detection routine accepts a code specified in `latin-extra-code-table' (which see) as a valid code of the coding system. If TYPE is 4 (private), FLAGS should be a cons of CCL programs, for decoding and encoding. CCL programs should be specified by their symbols. PROPERTIES is an alist of properties vs the corresponding values. The following properties are recognized: o post-read-conversion The value is a function to call after some text is inserted and decoded by the coding system itself and before any functions in `after-insert-functions' are called. The argument of this function is the same as for a function in `after-insert-file-functions', i.e. LENGTH of the text inserted, with point at the head of the text to be decoded. o pre-write-conversion The value is a function to call after all functions in `write-region-annotate-functions' and `buffer-file-format' are called, and before the text is encoded by the coding system itself. The arguments to this function are the same as those of a function in `write-region-annotate-functions', i.e. FROM and TO, specifying a region of text. o translation-table-for-decode The value is a translation table to be applied on decoding. See the function `make-translation-table' for the format of translation table. This is not applicable to type 4 (CCL-based) coding systems. o translation-table-for-encode The value is a translation table to be applied on encoding. This is not applicable to type 4 (CCL-based) coding systems. o safe-chars The value is a char table. If a character has non-nil value in it, the character is safely supported by the coding system. This overrides the specification of safe-charsets. o safe-charsets The value is a list of charsets safely supported by the coding system. The value t means that all charsets Emacs handles are supported. Even if some charset is not in this list, it doesn't mean that the charset can't be encoded in the coding system; it just means that some other receiver of text encoded in the coding system won't be able to handle that charset. o mime-charset The value is a symbol of which name is `MIME-charset' parameter of the coding system. o valid-codes (meaningful only for a coding system based on CCL) The value is a list to indicate valid byte ranges of the encoded file. Each element of the list is an integer or a cons of integer. In the former case, the integer value is a valid byte code. In the latter case, the integers specifies the range of valid byte codes. These properties are set in PLIST, a property list. This function also sets properties `coding-category' and `alias-coding-systems' automatically. EOL-TYPE specifies the EOL type of the coding-system in one of the following formats: o symbol (unix, dos, or mac) The symbol `unix' means Unix-like EOL (LF), `dos' means DOS-like EOL (CRLF), and `mac' means MAC-like EOL (CR). o number (0, 1, or 2) The number 0, 1, and 2 mean UNIX, DOS, and MAC-like EOL respectively. o vector of coding-systems of length 3 The EOL type is detected automatically for the coding system. And, according to the detected EOL type, one of the coding systems in the vector is selected. Elements of the vector corresponds to Unix-like EOL, DOS-like EOL, and Mac-like EOL in this order. Kludgy features for backward compatibility: 1. If TYPE is 4 and car or cdr of FLAGS is a vector, the vector is treated as a compiled CCL code. 2. If PROPERTIES is just a list of character sets, the list is set as a value of `safe-charsets' in PLIST.Fdefine-coding-system-alias Define ALIAS as an alias for coding system CODING-SYSTEM.Fset-buffer-file-coding-system Set the file coding-system of the current buffer to CODING-SYSTEM. This means that when you save the buffer, it will be converted according to CODING-SYSTEM. For a list of possible values of CODING-SYSTEM, use \[list-coding-systems]. If the buffer's previous file coding-system value specifies end-of-line conversion, and CODING-SYSTEM does not specify one, CODING-SYSTEM is merged with the already-specified end-of-line conversion. If the buffer's previous file coding-system value specifies text conversion, and CODING-SYSTEM does not specify one, CODING-SYSTEM is merged with the already-specified text conversion. However, if the optional prefix argument FORCE is non-nil, then CODING-SYSTEM is used exactly as specified. This marks the buffer modified so that the succeeding \[save-buffer] surely saves the buffer with CODING-SYSTEM. From a program, if you don't want to mark the buffer modified, just set the variable `buffer-file-coding-system' directly.Vdefault-terminal-coding-system Default value for the terminal coding system. This is normally set according to the selected language environment. See also the command `set-terminal-coding-system'.Fset-terminal-coding-system Set coding system of your terminal to CODING-SYSTEM. All text output to the terminal will be encoded with the specified coding system. For a list of possible values of CODING-SYSTEM, use \[list-coding-systems]. The default is determined by the selected language environment or by the previous use of this command.Vdefault-keyboard-coding-system Default value of the keyboard coding system. This is normally set according to the selected language environment. See also the command `set-keyboard-coding-system'.Fset-keyboard-coding-system Set coding system for keyboard input to CODING-SYSTEM. In addition, this command enables Encoded-kbd minor mode. (If CODING-SYSTEM is nil, Encoded-kbd mode is turned off -- see `encoded-kbd-mode'.) For a list of possible values of CODING-SYSTEM, use \[list-coding-systems]. The default is determined by the selected language environment or by the previous use of this command.Vkeyboard-coding-system Specify coding system for keyboard input. If you set this on a terminal which can't distinguish Meta keys from 8-bit characters, you will have to use ESC to type Meta characters. See Info node `Specify Coding' and Info node `Single-Byte Character Support'. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either M-x customize or \[set-keyboard-coding-system].Fset-buffer-process-coding-system Set coding systems for the process associated with the current buffer. DECODING is the coding system to be used to decode input from the process, ENCODING is the coding system to be used to encode output to the process. For a list of possible values of CODING-SYSTEM, use \[list-coding-systems].Fset-selection-coding-system Make CODING-SYSTEM used for communicating with other X clients. When sending or receiving text via cut_buffer, selection, and clipboard, the text is encoded or decoded by CODING-SYSTEM.Fset-next-selection-coding-system Make CODING-SYSTEM used for the next communication with other X clients. This setting is effective for the next communication only.Fset-coding-priority Set priority of coding categories according to ARG. ARG is a list of coding categories ordered by priority.Vauto-coding-alist Alist of filename patterns vs corresponding coding systems. Each element looks like (REGEXP . CODING-SYSTEM). A file whose name matches REGEXP is decoded by CODING-SYSTEM on reading. The settings in this alist take priority over `coding:' tags in the file (see the function `set-auto-coding') and the contents of `file-coding-system-alist'.Vauto-coding-regexp-alist Alist of patterns vs corresponding coding systems. Each element looks like (REGEXP . CODING-SYSTEM). A file whose first bytes match REGEXP is decoded by CODING-SYSTEM on reading. The settings in this alist take priority over `coding:' tags in the file (see the function `set-auto-coding') and the contents of `file-coding-system-alist'.Vset-auto-coding-for-load Non-nil means look for `load-coding' property instead of `coding'. This is used for loading and byte-compiling Emacs Lisp files.Fauto-coding-alist-lookup Return the coding system specified by `auto-coding-alist' for FILENAME.Fauto-coding-from-file-contents Determine a coding system from the contents of the current buffer. The current buffer contains SIZE bytes starting at point. Value is either a coding system or nil.Fset-auto-coding Return coding system for a file FILENAME of which SIZE bytes follow point. These bytes should include at least the first 1k of the file and the last 3k of the file, but the middle may be omitted. It checks FILENAME against the variable `auto-coding-alist'. If FILENAME doesn't match any entries in the variable, it checks the contents of the current buffer following point against `auto-coding-regexp-alist'. If no match is found, it checks for a `coding:' tag in the first one or two lines following point. If no `coding:' tag is found, it checks for local variables list in the last 3K bytes out of the SIZE bytes. The return value is the specified coding system, or nil if nothing specified. The variable `set-auto-coding-function' (which see) is set to this function by default.Fafter-insert-file-set-buffer-file-coding-system Set `buffer-file-coding-system' of current buffer after text is inserted.Ffind-new-buffer-file-coding-system Return a coding system for a buffer when a file of CODING is inserted. The local variable `buffer-file-coding-system' of the current buffer is set to the returned value. Return nil if there's no need to set `buffer-file-coding-system'.Fmodify-coding-system-alist Modify one of look up tables for finding a coding system on I/O operation. There are three of such tables, `file-coding-system-alist', `process-coding-system-alist', and `network-coding-system-alist'. TARGET-TYPE specifies which of them to modify. If it is `file', it affects `file-coding-system-alist' (which see). If it is `process', it affects `process-coding-system-alist' (which see). If it is `network', it affects `network-coding-system-alist' (which see). REGEXP is a regular expression matching a target of I/O operation. The target is a file name if TARGET-TYPE is `file', a program name if TARGET-TYPE is `process', or a network service name or a port number to connect to if TARGET-TYPE is `network'. CODING-SYSTEM is a coding system to perform code conversion on the I/O operation, or a cons cell (DECODING . ENCODING) specifying the coding systems for decoding and encoding respectively, or a function symbol which, when called, returns such a cons cell.Fmake-translation-table Make a translation table from arguments. A translation table is a char table intended for character translation in CCL programs. Each argument is a list of elements of the form (FROM . TO), where FROM is a character to be translated to TO. FROM can be a generic character (see `make-char'). In this case, TO is a generic character containing the same number of characters, or an ordinary character. If FROM and TO are both generic characters, all characters belonging to FROM are translated to characters belonging to TO without changing their position code(s). The arguments and forms in each argument are processed in the given order, and if a previous form already translates TO to some other character, say TO-ALT, FROM is also translated to TO-ALT.Fmake-translation-table-from-vector Make translation table from decoding vector VEC. VEC is an array of 256 elements to map unibyte codes to multibyte characters. See also the variable `nonascii-translation-table'.Fdefine-translation-table Define SYMBOL as the name of translation table made by ARGS. This sets up information so that the table can be used for translations in a CCL program. If the first element of ARGS is a char-table whose purpose is `translation-table', just define SYMBOL to name it. (Note that this function does not bind SYMBOL.) Any other ARGS should be suitable as arguments of the function `make-translation-table' (which see). This function sets properties `translation-table' and `translation-table-id' of SYMBOL to the created table itself and the identification number of the table respectively. It also registers the table in `translation-table-vector'.Vmule-keymap Keymap for Mule (Multilingual environment) specific commands.Vmule-menu-keymap Keymap for Mule (Multilingual environment) menu specific commands.Fcoding-system-change-eol-conversion Return a coding system which differs from CODING-SYSTEM in eol conversion. The returned coding system converts end-of-line by EOL-TYPE but text as the same way as CODING-SYSTEM. EOL-TYPE should be `unix', `dos', `mac', or nil. If EOL-TYPE is nil, the returned coding system detects how end-of-line is formatted automatically while decoding. EOL-TYPE can be specified by an integer 0, 1, or 2. They means `unix', `dos', and `mac' respectively.Fcoding-system-change-text-conversion Return a coding system which differs from CODING-SYSTEM in text conversion. The returned coding system converts text by CODING but end-of-line as the same way as CODING-SYSTEM. If CODING is nil, the returned coding system detects how text is formatted automatically while decoding.Ftoggle-enable-multibyte-characters Change whether this buffer uses multibyte characters. With arg, use multibyte characters if the arg is positive. Note that this command does not convert the byte contents of the buffer; it only changes the way those bytes are interpreted. In general, therefore, this command *changes* the sequence of characters that the current buffer contains. We suggest you avoid using use this command unless you know what you are doing. If you use it by mistake, and the buffer is now displayed wrong, use this command again to toggle back to the right mode.Fview-hello-file Display the HELLO file which list up many languages and characters.Funiversal-coding-system-argument Execute an I/O command using the specified coding system.Fset-default-coding-systems Set default value of various coding systems to CODING-SYSTEM. This sets the following coding systems: o coding system of a newly created buffer o default coding system for subprocess I/O This also sets the following values: o default value used as file-name-coding-system for converting file names. o default value for the command `set-terminal-coding-system' (not on MSDOS) o default value for the command `set-keyboard-coding-system'.Fprefer-coding-system Add CODING-SYSTEM at the front of the priority list for automatic detection. This also sets the following coding systems: o coding system of a newly created buffer o default coding system for subprocess I/O This also sets the following values: o default value used as `file-name-coding-system' for converting file names. o default value for the command `set-terminal-coding-system' (not on MSDOS) o default value for the command `set-keyboard-coding-system' If CODING-SYSTEM specifies a certain type of EOL conversion, the coding systems set by this function will use that type of EOL conversion. This command does not change the default value of terminal coding system for MS-DOS terminal, because DOS terminals only support a single coding system, and Emacs automatically sets the default to that coding system at startup. A coding system that requires automatic detection of text encoding (e.g. undecided, unix) can't be preferred. See also `coding-category-list' and `coding-system-category'.Vsort-coding-systems-predicate If non-nil, a predicate function to sort coding systems. It is called with two coding systems, and should return t if the first one is "less" than the second. The function `sort-coding-systems' uses it.Fsort-coding-systems Sort coding system list CODINGS by a priority of each coding system. The most preferred coding system has the highest priority. Otherwise, coding systems corresponding to some MIME charset has higher priority. Among them, a coding system included in the `coding-priority' key of the current language environment has highest priority. See also the documentation of `language-info-alist'. If the variable `sort-coding-systems-predicate' (which see) is non-nil, it is used to sort CODINGS differently from the above recipe.Ffind-coding-systems-region Return a list of proper coding systems to encode a text between FROM and TO. All coding systems in the list can safely encode any multibyte characters in the text. If the text contains no multibyte characters, return a list of a single element `undecided'.Ffind-coding-systems-string Return a list of proper coding systems to encode STRING. All coding systems in the list can safely encode any multibyte characters in STRING. If STRING contains no multibyte characters, return a list of a single element `undecided'.Ffind-coding-systems-for-charsets Return a list of proper coding systems to encode characters of CHARSETS. CHARSETS is a list of character sets.Ffind-multibyte-characters Find multibyte characters in the region specified by FROM and TO. If FROM is a string, find multibyte characters in the string. The return value is an alist of the following format: ((CHARSET COUNT CHAR ...) ...) where CHARSET is a character set, COUNT is a number of characters, CHARs are found characters of the character set. Optional 3rd arg MAXCOUNT limits how many CHARs are put in the above list. Optional 4th arg EXCLUDE is a list of character sets to be ignored. For invalid characters, CHARs are actually strings.Vlast-coding-system-specified Most recent coding system explicitly specified by the user when asked. This variable is set whenever Emacs asks the user which coding system to use in order to write a file. If you set it to nil explicitly, then call `write-region', then afterward this variable will be non-nil only if the user was explicitly asked and specified a coding system.Vselect-safe-coding-system-accept-default-p If non-nil, a function to control the behaviour of coding system selection. The meaning is the same as the argument ACCEPT-DEFAULT-P of the function `select-safe-coding-system' (which see). This variable overrides that argument.Fselect-safe-coding-system Ask a user to select a safe coding system from candidates. The candidates of coding systems which can safely encode a text between FROM and TO are shown in a popup window. Among them, the most proper one is suggested as the default. The list of `buffer-file-coding-system' of the current buffer and the most preferred coding system (if it corresponds to a MIME charset) is treated as the default coding system list. Among them, the first one that safely encodes the text is silently selected and returned without any user interaction. See also the command `prefer-coding-system'. Optional 3rd arg DEFAULT-CODING-SYSTEM specifies a coding system or a list of coding systems to be prepended to the default coding system list. Optional 4th arg ACCEPT-DEFAULT-P, if non-nil, is a function to determine the acceptability of the silently selected coding system. It is called with that coding system, and should return nil if it should not be silently selected and thus user interaction is required. The variable `select-safe-coding-system-accept-default-p', if non-nil, overrides ACCEPT-DEFAULT-P. Kludgy feature: if FROM is a string, the string is the target text, and TO is ignored.Fselect-message-coding-system Return a coding system to encode the outgoing message of the current buffer. It at first tries the first coding system found in these variables in this order: (1) local value of `buffer-file-coding-system' (2) value of `sendmail-coding-system' (3) value of `default-sendmail-coding-system' (4) value of `default-buffer-file-coding-system' If the found coding system can't encode the current buffer, or none of them are bound to a coding system, it asks the user to select a proper coding system.Vlanguage-info-alist Alist of language environment definitions. Each element looks like: (LANGUAGE-NAME . ((KEY . INFO) ...)) where LANGUAGE-NAME is a string, the name of the language environment, KEY is a symbol denoting the kind of information, and INFO is the data associated with KEY. Meaningful values for KEY include documentation value is documentation of what this language environment is meant for, and how to use it. charset value is a list of the character sets used by this language environment. sample-text value is one line of text, written using those character sets, appropriate for this language environment. setup-function value is a function to call to switch to this language environment. exit-function value is a function to call to leave this language environment. coding-system value is a list of coding systems that are good for saving text written in this language environment. This list serves as suggestions to the user; in effect, as a kind of documentation. coding-priority value is a list of coding systems for this language environment, in order of decreasing priority. This is used to set up the coding system priority list when you switch to this language environment. nonascii-translation value is a translation table to be set in the variable `nonascii-translation-table' in this language environment, or a character set from which `nonascii-insert-offset' is calculated. input-method value is a default input method for this language environment. features value is a list of features requested in this language environment. The following keys take effect only when multibyte characters are globally disabled, i.e. the value of `default-enable-multibyte-characters' is nil. unibyte-syntax value is a library name to load to set unibyte 8-bit character syntaxes for this language environment. unibyte-display value is a coding system to encode characters for the terminal. Characters in the range of 160 to 255 display not as octal escapes, but as non-ASCII characters in this language environment.Fget-language-info Return information listed under KEY for language environment LANG-ENV. KEY is a symbol denoting the kind of information. For a list of useful values for KEY and their meanings, see `language-info-alist'.Fset-language-info Modify part of the definition of language environment LANG-ENV. Specifically, this stores the information INFO under KEY in the definition of this language environment. KEY is a symbol denoting the kind of information. INFO is the value for that information. For a list of useful values for KEY and their meanings, see `language-info-alist'.Fset-language-info-alist Store ALIST as the definition of language environment LANG-ENV. ALIST is an alist of KEY and INFO values. See the documentation of `language-info-alist' for the meanings of KEY and INFO. Optional arg PARENTS is a list of parent menu names; it specifies where to put this language environment in the Describe Language Environment and Set Language Environment menus. For example, ("European") means to put this language environment in the European submenu in each of those two menus.Fread-language-name Read a language environment name which has information for KEY. If KEY is nil, read any language environment. Prompt with PROMPT. DEFAULT is the default choice of language environment. This returns a language environment name as a string.Vleim-list-file-name Name of LEIM list file. This file contains a list of libraries of Emacs input methods (LEIM) in the format of Lisp expression for registering each input method. Emacs loads this file at startup time.Vleim-list-header Header to be inserted in LEIM list file.Vleim-list-entry-regexp Regexp matching head of each entry in LEIM list file. See also the variable `leim-list-header'Vupdate-leim-list-functions List of functions to call to update LEIM list file. Each function is called with one arg, LEIM directory name.Fupdate-leim-list-file Update LEIM list file in directories DIRS.Vcurrent-input-method The current input method for multilingual text. If nil, that means no input method is activated now.Vcurrent-input-method-title Title string of the current input method shown in mode line.Vdefault-input-method *Default input method for multilingual text (a string). This is the input method activated automatically by the command `toggle-input-method' (\[toggle-input-method]).Vinput-method-history History list for some commands that read input methods.Vinactivate-current-input-method-function Function to call for inactivating the current input method. Every input method should set this to an appropriate value when activated. This function is called with no argument. This function should never change the value of `current-input-method'. It is set to nil by the function `inactivate-input-method'.Vdescribe-current-input-method-function Function to call for describing the current input method. This function is called with no argument.Vinput-method-alist Alist of input method names vs how to use them. Each element has the form: (INPUT-METHOD LANGUAGE-ENV ACTIVATE-FUNC TITLE DESCRIPTION ARGS...) See the function `register-input-method' for the meanings of the elements.Fregister-input-method Register INPUT-METHOD as an input method for language environment LANG-ENV. INPUT-METHOD and LANG-ENV are symbols or strings. The remaining arguments are: ACTIVATE-FUNC, TITLE, DESCRIPTION, and ARGS... ACTIVATE-FUNC is a function to call to activate this method. TITLE is a string to show in the mode line when this method is active. DESCRIPTION is a string describing this method and what it is good for. The ARGS, if any, are passed as arguments to ACTIVATE-FUNC. All told, the arguments to ACTIVATE-FUNC are INPUT-METHOD and the ARGS. This function is mainly used in the file "leim-list.el" which is created at Emacs build time, registering all Quail input methods contained in the Emacs distribution. In case you want to register a new Quail input method by yourself, be careful to use the same input method title as given in the third parameter of `quail-define-package'. (If the values are different, the string specified in this function takes precedence.) The commands `describe-input-method' and `list-input-methods' need these duplicated values to show some information about input methods without loading the relevant Quail packages.Fread-input-method-name Read a name of input method from a minibuffer prompting with PROMPT. If DEFAULT is non-nil, use that as the default, and substitute it into PROMPT at the first `%s'. If INHIBIT-NULL is non-nil, null input signals an error. The return value is a string.Factivate-input-method Switch to input method INPUT-METHOD for the current buffer. If some other input method is already active, turn it off first. If INPUT-METHOD is nil, deactivate any current input method.Finactivate-input-method Turn off the current input method.Fset-input-method Select and activate input method INPUT-METHOD for the current buffer. This also sets the default input method to the one you specify. If INPUT-METHOD is nil, this function turns off the input method, and also causes you to be prompted for a name of an input method the next time you invoke \[toggle-input-method]. To deactivate the input method interactively, use \[toggle-input-method]. To deactivate it programmatically, use \[inactivate-input-method].Ftoggle-input-method Enable or disable multilingual text input method for the current buffer. Only one input method can be enabled at any time in a given buffer. The normal action is to enable an input method if none was enabled, and disable the current one otherwise. Which input method to enable can be determined in various ways--either the one most recently used, or the one specified by `default-input-method', or as a last resort by reading the name of an input method in the minibuffer. With a prefix argument, read an input method name with the minibuffer and enable that one. The default is the most recent input method specified (not including the currently active input method, if any).Fdescribe-input-method Describe input method INPUT-METHOD.Fdescribe-current-input-method Describe the input method currently in use.Fread-multilingual-string Read a multilingual string from minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT. The input method selected last time is activated in minibuffer. If optional second arg INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially. Optional 3rd argument INPUT-METHOD specifies the input method to be activated instead of the one selected last time. It is a symbol or a string.Vinput-method-verbose-flag *A flag to control extra guidance given by input methods. The value should be nil, t, `complex-only', or `default'. The extra guidance is done by showing list of available keys in echo area. When you use the input method in the minibuffer, the guidance is shown at the bottom short window (split from the existing window). If the value is t, extra guidance is always given, if the value is nil, extra guidance is always suppressed. If the value is `complex-only', only complex input methods such as `chinese-py' and `japanese' give extra guidance. If the value is `default', complex input methods always give extra guidance, but simple input methods give it only when you are not in the minibuffer. See also the variable `input-method-highlight-flag'.Vinput-method-highlight-flag *If this flag is non-nil, input methods highlight partially-entered text. For instance, while you are in the middle of a Quail input method sequence, the text inserted so far is temporarily underlined. The underlining goes away when you finish or abort the input method sequence. See also the variable `input-method-verbose-flag'.Vinput-method-activate-hook Normal hook run just after an input method is activated. The variable `current-input-method' keeps the input method name just activated.Vinput-method-inactivate-hook Normal hook run just after an input method is inactivated. The variable `current-input-method' still keeps the input method name just inactivated.Vinput-method-after-insert-chunk-hook Normal hook run just after an input method insert some chunk of text.Vinput-method-exit-on-first-char This flag controls when an input method returns. Usually, the input method does not return while there's a possibility that it may find a different translation if a user types another key. But, it this flag is non-nil, the input method returns as soon as the current key sequence gets long enough to have some valid translation.Vinput-method-use-echo-area This flag controls how an input method shows an intermediate key sequence. Usually, the input method inserts the intermediate key sequence, or candidate translations corresponding to the sequence, at point in the current buffer. But, if this flag is non-nil, it displays them in echo area instead.Vinput-method-exit-on-invalid-key This flag controls the behaviour of an input method on invalid key input. Usually, when a user types a key which doesn't start any character handled by the input method, the key is handled by turning off the input method temporarily. After that key, the input method is re-enabled. But, if this flag is non-nil, the input method is never back on.Vset-language-environment-hook Normal hook run after some language environment is set. When you set some hook function here, that effect usually should not be inherited to another language environment. So, you had better set another function in `exit-language-environment-hook' (which see) to cancel the effect.Vexit-language-environment-hook Normal hook run after exiting from some language environment. When this hook is run, the variable `current-language-environment' is still bound to the language environment being exited. This hook is mainly used for canceling the effect of `set-language-environment-hook' (which-see).Fsetup-specified-language-environment Switch to a specified language environment.Vcurrent-language-environment The last language environment specified with `set-language-environment'. This variable should be set only with \[customize], which is equivalent to using the function `set-language-environment'.Freset-language-environment Reset multilingual environment of Emacs to the default status. The default status is as follows: The default value of buffer-file-coding-system is nil. The default coding system for process I/O is nil. The default value for the command `set-terminal-coding-system' is nil. The default value for the command `set-keyboard-coding-system' is nil. The order of priorities of coding categories and the coding system bound to each category are as follows coding category coding system -------------------------------------------------- coding-category-iso-8-2 iso-latin-1 coding-category-iso-8-1 iso-latin-1 coding-category-iso-7-tight iso-2022-jp coding-category-iso-7 iso-2022-7bit coding-category-iso-7-else iso-2022-7bit-lock coding-category-iso-8-else iso-2022-8bit-ss2 coding-category-emacs-mule emacs-mule coding-category-raw-text raw-text coding-category-sjis japanese-shift-jis coding-category-big5 chinese-big5 coding-category-ccl nil coding-category-binary no-conversion coding-category-utf-16-be nil coding-category-utf-16-le nil coding-category-utf-8 mule-utf-8Fset-display-table-and-terminal-coding-system Set up the display table and terminal coding system for LANGUAGE-NAME.Fset-language-environment Set up multi-lingual environment for using LANGUAGE-NAME. This sets the coding system priority and the default input method and sometimes other things. LANGUAGE-NAME should be a string which is the name of a language environment. For example, "Latin-1" specifies the character set for the major languages of Western Europe.Fset-language-environment-coding-systems Do various coding system setups for language environment LANGUAGE-NAME. The optional arg EOL-TYPE specifies the eol-type of the default value of buffer-file-coding-system set by this function.Fdescribe-specified-language-support Describe how Emacs supports the specified language environment.Fdescribe-language-environment Describe how Emacs supports language environment LANGUAGE-NAME.Vlocale-translation-file-name File name for the system's file of locale-name aliases, or nil if none.Vlocale-language-names List of pairs of locale regexps and language names. The first element whose locale regexp matches the start of a downcased locale specifies the language name corresponding to that locale. If the language name is nil, there is no corresponding language environment.Vlocale-charset-language-names List of pairs of locale regexps and charset language names. The first element whose locale regexp matches the start of a downcased locale specifies the language name whose charsets corresponds to that locale. This language name is used if its charsets disagree with the charsets of the language name that would otherwise be used for this locale.Vlocale-preferred-coding-systems List of pairs of locale regexps and preferred coding systems. The first element whose locale regexp matches the start of a downcased locale specifies the coding system to prefer when using that locale.Flocale-name-match Search for KEY in ALIST, which should be a list of regexp-value pairs. Return the value corresponding to the first regexp that matches the start of KEY, or nil if there is no match.Fset-locale-environment Set up multi-lingual environment for using LOCALE-NAME. This sets the coding system priority and the default input method and sometimes other things. LOCALE-NAME should be a string which is the name of a locale supported by the system; often it is of the form xx_XX.CODE, where xx is a language, XX is a country, and CODE specifies a character set and coding system. For example, the locale name "ja_JP.EUC" might name a locale for Japanese in Japan using the `japanese-iso-8bit' coding-system. If LOCALE-NAME is nil, its value is taken from the environment. The locale names supported by your system can typically be found in a directory named `/usr/share/locale' or `/usr/lib/locale'. LOCALE-NAME may be translated according to the table specified by `locale-translation-file-name'. See also `locale-charset-language-names', `locale-language-names', `locale-preferred-coding-systems' and `locale-coding-system'.Fget-charset-property Return the value of CHARSET's PROPNAME property. This is the last value stored with (put-charset-property CHARSET PROPNAME VALUE).Fput-charset-property Store CHARSETS's PROPNAME property with value VALUE. It can be retrieved with `(get-charset-property CHARSET PROPNAME)'.Vchar-code-property-table Char-table containing a property list of each character code. See also the documentation of `get-char-code-property' and `put-char-code-property'.Fget-char-code-property Return the value of CHAR's PROPNAME property in `char-code-property-table'.Fput-char-code-property Store CHAR's PROPNAME property with VALUE in `char-code-property-table'. It can be retrieved with `(get-char-code-property CHAR PROPNAME)'.Fencoded-string-description Return a pretty description of STR that is encoded by CODING-SYSTEM.Fencode-coding-char Encode CHAR by CODING-SYSTEM and return the resulting string. If CODING-SYSTEM can't safely encode CHAR, return nil.Vucs-mule-to-mule-unicode Char table mapping characters to latin-iso8859-1 or mule-unicode-*. If `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' is non-nil, this table populates the translation-table named `utf-translation-table-for-encode'.Fdescribe-buffer-case-table Describe the case table of the current buffer.Fset-case-syntax-1 Offset CHAR by `set-case-syntax-offset' if CHAR is a non-ASCII 8-bit char.Fset-case-syntax-delims Make characters L and R a matching pair of non-case-converting delimiters. This sets the entries for L and R in TABLE, which is a string that will be used as the downcase part of a case table. It also modifies `standard-syntax-table' to indicate left and right delimiters.Fset-case-syntax-pair Make characters UC and LC a pair of inter-case-converting letters. This sets the entries for characters UC and LC in TABLE, which is a string that will be used as the downcase part of a case table. It also modifies `standard-syntax-table' to give them the syntax of word constituents.Fset-case-syntax Make character C case-invariant with syntax SYNTAX. This sets the entry for character C in TABLE, which is a string that will be used as the downcase part of a case table. It also modifies `standard-syntax-table'. SYNTAX should be " ", "w", "." or "_".Vcyrillic-koi8-r-decode-table Cyrillic KOI8-R decoding table.Vcyrillic-alternativnyj-decode-table Cyrillic ALTERNATIVNYJ decoding table.Findian-decode-itrans-region Convert `ITRANS' mnemonics of the current region to Indian characters. When called from a program, expects two arguments, positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.Findian-encode-itrans-region Convert indian region to ITRANS mnemonics.Vtibetan-composable-pattern Regexp matching a composable sequence of Tibetan characters.Vtibetan-regexp Regexp matching a Tibetan transcription of a composable Tibetan sequence. The result of matching is to be used for indexing alists at conversion from a roman transcription to the corresponding Tibetan character.Vtibetan-precomposed-regexp Regexp string to match a romanized Tibetan complex consonant. The result of matching is to be used for indexing alists when the input key from an input method is converted to the corresponding precomposed glyph.Vtibetan-precomposition-rule-regexp Regexp string to match a sequence of Tibetan consonantic components, i.e., one base consonant and one or more subjoined consonants. The result of matching is to be used for indexing alist when the component sequence is converted to the corresponding precomposed glyph. This also matches some punctuation characters which need conversion.Vviet-viscii-decode-table Vietnamese VISCII decoding table.Vviet-vscii-decode-table Vietnamese VSCII decoding table.Vucs-mule-8859-to-ucs-table Char table from Emacs ISO-8859 characters to Unicode. This maps Emacs characters from the non-Latin-1 ...-iso8859-... charsets to their Unicode code points. This is a many-to-one mapping.Vucs-mule-8859-to-mule-unicode Char table from Emacs ISO-8859 characters to Mule Unicode. This maps Emacs characters from the non-Latin-1 ...-iso8859-... charsets to characters from the mule-unicode-... charsets. This is a many-to-one mapping. The characters translated to are suitable for encoding using the `mule-utf-8' coding system.Vucs-8859-1-encode-table Used as `translation-table-for-encode' for iso-8859-2. Translates from the iso8859 charsets and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'.Vucs-8859-2-encode-table Used as `translation-table-for-encode' for iso-8859-2. Translates from the iso8859 charsets and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'.Vucs-8859-3-encode-table Used as `translation-table-for-encode' for iso-8859-3. Translates from the iso8859 charsets and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'.Vucs-8859-4-encode-table Used as `translation-table-for-encode' for iso-8859-4. Translates from the iso8859 charsets and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'.Vucs-8859-5-encode-table Used as `translation-table-for-encode' for iso-8859-5. Translates from the iso8859 charsets and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'.Vucs-8859-7-encode-table Used as `translation-table-for-encode' for iso-8859-7. Translates from the iso8859 charsets and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'.Vucs-8859-8-encode-table Used as `translation-table-for-encode' for iso-8859-8. Translates from the iso8859 charsets and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'.Vucs-8859-9-encode-table Used as `translation-table-for-encode' for iso-8859-9. Translates from the iso8859 charsets and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'.Vucs-8859-14-encode-table Used as `translation-table-for-encode' for iso-8859-14. Translates from the iso8859 charsets and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'.Vucs-8859-15-encode-table Used as `translation-table-for-encode' for iso-8859-15. Translates from the iso8859 charsets and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff'.Fucs-unify-8859 Set up translation-tables for unifying characters from ISO 8859. On decoding, non-ASCII characters are mapped into the `iso-latin-1' and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff' charsets. On encoding, these are mapped back appropriate for the coding system. With prefix arg, do unification on encoding only, i.e. don't unify everything on input operations.Fucs-fragment-8859 Undo the unification done by `ucs-unify-8859'. With prefix arg, undo unification on encoding only, i.e. don't undo unification on input operations.Fucs-insert Insert the Emacs character representation of the given Unicode. Interactively, prompts for a hex string giving the code.Vunify-8859-on-encoding-mode Non-nil if Unify-8859-On-Encoding mode is enabled. See the command `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'.Funify-8859-on-encoding-mode Set up translation-tables for unifying ISO 8859 characters on encoding. The ISO 8859 characters sets overlap, e.g. 8859-1 (Latin-1) and 8859-15 (Latin-9) differ only in a few characters. Emacs normally distinguishes equivalent characters from those ISO-8859 character sets which are built in to Emacs. This behaviour is essentially inherited from the European-originated international standards. Treating them equivalently, by translating to and from a single representation is called `unification'. (The `utf-8' coding system treats the characters of European scripts in a unified manner.) In this mode, on encoding -- i.e. output operations -- non-ASCII characters from the built-in ISO 8859 and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff' charsets are handled automatically by the coding system used if it can represent them. Thus, say, an e-acute from the Latin-1 charset (the unified representation) in a buffer saved as Latin-9 will be encoded directly to a byte value 233. By default, in contrast, you would be prompted for a general coding system to use for saving the file, which can cope with separate Latin-1 and Latin-9 representations of e-acute. Also sets hooks that arrange `translation-table-for-input' to be set up locally when Quail input methods are activated. This will often allow input generated by Quail input methods to conform with what the buffer's file coding system can encode. Thus you could use a Latin-2 input method to search for e-acute in a Latin-1 buffer. See also command `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode'.Vunify-8859-on-encoding-mode-hook Hook run at the end of function `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'.Vunify-8859-on-decoding-mode Non-nil if Unify-8859-On-Decoding mode is enabled. See the command `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode' for a description of this minor-mode. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode'.Funify-8859-on-decoding-mode Set up translation-tables for unifying ISO 8859 characters on decoding. On decoding, i.e. input operations, non-ASCII characters from the built-in ISO 8859 charsets are unified by mapping them into the `iso-latin-1' and `mule-unicode-0100-24ff' charsets. Also sets `translation-table-for-input' globally, so that Quail input methods produce unified characters. See also command `unify-8859-on-encoding-mode'.Vunify-8859-on-decoding-mode-hook Hook run at the end of function `unify-8859-on-decoding-mode'.Fucs-quail-activate Set up an appropriate `translation-table-for-input' for current buffer. Intended to be added to `quail-activate-hook'.Fucs-minibuffer-setup Set up an appropriate `buffer-file-coding-system' for current buffer. Intended to be added to `minibuffer-setup-hook'.Vbuffers-menu-max-size *Maximum number of entries which may appear on the Buffers menu. If this is 10, then only the ten most-recently-selected buffers are shown. If this is nil, then all buffers are shown. A large number or nil slows down menu responsiveness.Fnonincremental-search-forward Read a string and search for it nonincrementally.Fnonincremental-search-backward Read a string and search backward for it nonincrementally.Fnonincremental-re-search-forward Read a regular expression and search for it nonincrementally.Fnonincremental-re-search-backward Read a regular expression and search backward for it nonincrementally.Fnonincremental-repeat-search-forward Search forward for the previous search string.Fnonincremental-repeat-search-backward Search backward for the previous search string.Fnonincremental-repeat-re-search-forward Search forward for the previous regular expression.Fnonincremental-repeat-re-search-backward Search backward for the previous regular expression.Fclipboard-yank Insert the clipboard contents, or the last stretch of killed text.Fclipboard-kill-ring-save Copy region to kill ring, and save in the X clipboard.Fclipboard-kill-region Kill the region, and save it in the X clipboard.Fmenu-bar-enable-clipboard Make CUT, PASTE and COPY (keys and menu bar items) use the clipboard. Do the same for the keys of the same name.Fmenu-bar-options-save Save current values of Options menu items using Custom.Fkill-this-buffer Kill the current buffer.Fdelete-frame-enabled-p Return non-nil if `delete-frame' should be enabled in the menu bar.Vyank-menu-length *Maximum length to display in the yank-menu.Vmenu-bar-mode Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame. Setting this variable directly does not take effect; use either \[customize] or the function `menu-bar-mode'.Fmenu-bar-mode Toggle display of a menu bar on each frame. This command applies to all frames that exist and frames to be created in the future. With a numeric argument, if the argument is positive, turn on menu bars; otherwise, turn off menu bars.Vgnus-default-nntp-server The name of the host running an NNTP server. The null string means use the local host as the server site.Vgnus-local-organization *The name of your organization, as a string. The `ORGANIZATION' environment variable is used instead if defined.Vgnus-startup-file The file listing groups to which user is subscribed. Will use `gnus-startup-file'-SERVER instead if exists.Vterm-file-prefix If non-nil, Emacs startup does (load (concat term-file-prefix (getenv "TERM"))) You may set this variable to nil in your `.emacs' file if you do not wish the terminal-initialization file to be loaded.Vregister-alist Alist of elements (NAME . CONTENTS), one for each Emacs register. NAME is a character (a number). CONTENTS is a string, number, marker or list. A list of strings represents a rectangle. A list of the form (file . NAME) represents the file named NAME. A list of the form (file-query NAME POSITION) represents position POSITION in the file named NAME, but query before visiting it. A list of the form (WINDOW-CONFIGURATION POSITION) represents a saved window configuration plus a saved value of point. A list of the form (FRAME-CONFIGURATION POSITION) represents a saved frame configuration plus a saved value of point.Fget-register Return contents of Emacs register named REG, or nil if none.Fset-register Set contents of Emacs register named REGISTER to VALUE. Returns VALUE. See the documentation of the variable `register-alist' for possible VALUE.Fpoint-to-register Store current location of point in register REGISTER. With prefix argument, store current frame configuration. Use \[jump-to-register] to go to that location or restore that configuration. Argument is a character, naming the register.Fwindow-configuration-to-register Store the window configuration of the selected frame in register REGISTER. Use \[jump-to-register] to restore the configuration. Argument is a character, naming the register.Fframe-configuration-to-register Store the window configuration of all frames in register REGISTER. Use \[jump-to-register] to restore the configuration. Argument is a character, naming the register.Fjump-to-register Move point to location stored in a register. If the register contains a file name, find that file. (To put a file name in a register, you must use `set-register'.) If the register contains a window configuration (one frame) or a frame configuration (all frames), restore that frame or all frames accordingly. First argument is a character, naming the register. Optional second arg non-nil (interactively, prefix argument) says to delete any existing frames that the frame configuration doesn't mention. (Otherwise, these frames are iconified.)Fnumber-to-register Store a number in a register. Two args, NUMBER and REGISTER (a character, naming the register). If NUMBER is nil, a decimal number is read from the buffer starting at point, and point moves to the end of that number. Interactively, NUMBER is the prefix arg (none means nil).Fincrement-register Add NUMBER to the contents of register REGISTER. Interactively, NUMBER is the prefix arg.Fview-register Display what is contained in register named REGISTER. The Lisp value REGISTER is a character.Finsert-register Insert contents of register REGISTER. (REGISTER is a character.) Normally puts point before and mark after the inserted text. If optional second arg is non-nil, puts mark before and point after. Interactively, second arg is non-nil if prefix arg is supplied.Fcopy-to-register Copy region into register REGISTER. With prefix arg, delete as well. Called from program, takes four args: REGISTER, START, END and DELETE-FLAG. START and END are buffer positions indicating what to copy.Fappend-to-register Append region to text in register REGISTER. With prefix arg, delete as well. Called from program, takes four args: REGISTER, START, END and DELETE-FLAG. START and END are buffer positions indicating what to append.Fprepend-to-register Prepend region to text in register REGISTER. With prefix arg, delete as well. Called from program, takes four args: REGISTER, START, END and DELETE-FLAG. START and END are buffer positions indicating what to prepend.Fcopy-rectangle-to-register Copy rectangular region into register REGISTER. With prefix arg, delete as well. Called from program, takes four args: REGISTER, START, END and DELETE-FLAG. START and END are buffer positions giving two corners of rectangle.Vcase-replace *Non-nil means `query-replace' should preserve case in replacements.Vquery-replace-interactive Non-nil means `query-replace' uses the last search string. That becomes the "string to replace".Vquery-replace-from-history-variable History list to use for the FROM argument of `query-replace' commands. The value of this variable should be a symbol; that symbol is used as a variable to hold a history list for the strings or patterns to be replaced.Vquery-replace-to-history-variable History list to use for the TO argument of `query-replace' commands. The value of this variable should be a symbol; that symbol is used as a variable to hold a history list for replacement strings or patterns.Fquery-replace Replace some occurrences of FROM-STRING with TO-STRING. As each match is found, the user must type a character saying what to do with it. For directions, type \[help-command] at that time. In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents of the region. Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer. If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search string is used as FROM-STRING--you don't have to specify it with the minibuffer. Replacement transfers the case of the old text to the new text, if `case-replace' and `case-fold-search' are non-nil and FROM-STRING has no uppercase letters. (Preserving case means that if the string matched is all caps, or capitalized, then its replacement is upcased or capitalized.) Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace only matches surrounded by word boundaries. Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on. To customize possible responses, change the "bindings" in `query-replace-map'.Fquery-replace-regexp Replace some things after point matching REGEXP with TO-STRING. As each match is found, the user must type a character saying what to do with it. For directions, type \[help-command] at that time. In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents of the region. Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer. If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search regexp is used as REGEXP--you don't have to specify it with the minibuffer. Preserves case in each replacement if `case-replace' and `case-fold-search' are non-nil and REGEXP has no uppercase letters. Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace only matches surrounded by word boundaries. Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on. In TO-STRING, `\&' stands for whatever matched the whole of REGEXP, and `\=\N' (where N is a digit) stands for whatever what matched the Nth `\(...\)' in REGEXP.Fquery-replace-regexp-eval Replace some things after point matching REGEXP with the result of TO-EXPR. As each match is found, the user must type a character saying what to do with it. For directions, type \[help-command] at that time. TO-EXPR is a Lisp expression evaluated to compute each replacement. It may reference `replace-count' to get the number of replacements already made. If the result of TO-EXPR is not a string, it is converted to one using `prin1-to-string' with the NOESCAPE argument (which see). For convenience, when entering TO-EXPR interactively, you can use `\&' or `\0' to stand for whatever matched the whole of REGEXP, and `\N' (where N is a digit) to stand for whatever matched the Nth `\(...\)' in REGEXP. Use `\#&' or `\#N' if you want a number instead of a string. In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents of the region. Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer. If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search regexp is used as REGEXP--you don't have to specify it with the minibuffer. Preserves case in each replacement if `case-replace' and `case-fold-search' are non-nil and REGEXP has no uppercase letters. Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace only matches that are surrounded by word boundaries. Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on.Fmap-query-replace-regexp Replace some matches for REGEXP with various strings, in rotation. The second argument TO-STRINGS contains the replacement strings, separated by spaces. Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace only matches surrounded by word boundaries. This command works like `query-replace-regexp' except that each successive replacement uses the next successive replacement string, wrapping around from the last such string to the first. In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents of the region. Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer. Non-interactively, TO-STRINGS may be a list of replacement strings. If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search regexp is used as REGEXP--you don't have to specify it with the minibuffer. A prefix argument N says to use each replacement string N times before rotating to the next. Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on.Freplace-string Replace occurrences of FROM-STRING with TO-STRING. Preserve case in each match if `case-replace' and `case-fold-search' are non-nil and FROM-STRING has no uppercase letters. (Preserving case means that if the string matched is all caps, or capitalized, then its replacement is upcased or capitalized.) In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents of the region. Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer. Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace only matches surrounded by word boundaries. Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on. If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search string is used as FROM-STRING--you don't have to specify it with the minibuffer. This function is usually the wrong thing to use in a Lisp program. What you probably want is a loop like this: (while (search-forward FROM-STRING nil t) (replace-match TO-STRING nil t)) which will run faster and will not set the mark or print anything. (You may need a more complex loop if FROM-STRING can match the null string and TO-STRING is also null.)Freplace-regexp Replace things after point matching REGEXP with TO-STRING. Preserve case in each match if `case-replace' and `case-fold-search' are non-nil and REGEXP has no uppercase letters. In Transient Mark mode, if the mark is active, operate on the contents of the region. Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer. Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg if interactive), if non-nil, means replace only matches surrounded by word boundaries. Fourth and fifth arg START and END specify the region to operate on. In TO-STRING, `\&' stands for whatever matched the whole of REGEXP, and `\=\N' (where N is a digit) stands for whatever what matched the Nth `\(...\)' in REGEXP. If `query-replace-interactive' is non-nil, the last incremental search regexp is used as REGEXP--you don't have to specify it with the minibuffer. This function is usually the wrong thing to use in a Lisp program. What you probably want is a loop like this: (while (re-search-forward REGEXP nil t) (replace-match TO-STRING nil nil)) which will run faster and will not set the mark or print anything.Vregexp-history History list for some commands that read regular expressions.Fkeep-lines-read-args Read arguments for `keep-lines' and friends. Prompt for a regexp with PROMPT. Value is a list, (REGEXP).Fkeep-lines Delete all lines except those containing matches for REGEXP. A match split across lines preserves all the lines it lies in. Applies to all lines after point. If REGEXP contains upper case characters (excluding those preceded by `\'), the matching is case-sensitive. Second and third arg RSTART and REND specify the region to operate on. Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, operate on the contents of the region. Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer.Fflush-lines Delete lines containing matches for REGEXP. If a match is split across lines, all the lines it lies in are deleted. Applies to lines after point. If REGEXP contains upper case characters (excluding those preceded by `\'), the matching is case-sensitive. Second and third arg RSTART and REND specify the region to operate on. Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, operate on the contents of the region. Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer.Fhow-many Print number of matches for REGEXP following point. If REGEXP contains upper case characters (excluding those preceded by `\'), the matching is case-sensitive. Second and third arg RSTART and REND specify the region to operate on. Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, operate on the contents of the region. Otherwise, operate from point to the end of the buffer.Voccur-mode-map Keymap for `occur-mode'.Voccur-buffer Name of buffer for last occur.Voccur-nlines Number of lines of context to show around matching line.Voccur-command-arguments Arguments that were given to `occur' when it made this buffer.Foccur-mode Major mode for output from \[occur]. \Move point to one of the items in this buffer, then use \[occur-mode-goto-occurrence] to go to the occurrence that the item refers to. Alternatively, click \[occur-mode-mouse-goto] on an item to go to it. \{occur-mode-map} This mode runs the hook `occur-mode-hook', as the final step during initialization.Foccur-revert-function Handle `revert-buffer' for *Occur* buffers.Foccur-mode-mouse-goto In Occur mode, go to the occurrence whose line you click on.Foccur-mode-goto-occurrence Go to the occurrence the current line describes.Foccur-next Move to the Nth (default 1) next match in the *Occur* buffer.Foccur-prev Move to the Nth (default 1) previous match in the *Occur* buffer.Vlist-matching-lines-default-context-lines *Default number of context lines included around `list-matching-lines' matches. A negative number means to include that many lines before the match. A positive number means to include that many lines both before and after.Vlist-matching-lines-face *Face used by \[list-matching-lines] to show the text that matches. If the value is nil, don't highlight the matching portions specially.Foccur Show all lines in the current buffer containing a match for REGEXP. If a match spreads across multiple lines, all those lines are shown. Each line is displayed with NLINES lines before and after, or -NLINES before if NLINES is negative. NLINES defaults to `list-matching-lines-default-context-lines'. Interactively it is the prefix arg. The lines are shown in a buffer named `*Occur*'. It serves as a menu to find any of the occurrences in this buffer. \\[describe-mode] in that buffer will explain how. If REGEXP contains upper case characters (excluding those preceded by `\'), the matching is case-sensitive.Vquery-replace-help Help message while in `query-replace'.Vquery-replace-map Keymap that defines the responses to questions in `query-replace'. The "bindings" in this map are not commands; they are answers. The valid answers include `act', `skip', `act-and-show', `exit', `act-and-exit', `edit', `delete-and-edit', `recenter', `automatic', `backup', `exit-prefix', and `help'.Freplace-match-string-symbols Process a list (and any sub-lists), expanding certain symbols. Symbol Expands To N (match-string N) (where N is a string of digits) #N (string-to-number (match-string N)) & (match-string 0) #& (string-to-number (match-string 0)) Note that these symbols must be preceeded by a backslash in order to type them.Fperform-replace Subroutine of `query-replace'. Its complexity handles interactive queries. Don't use this in your own program unless you want to query and set the mark just as `query-replace' does. Instead, write a simple loop like this: (while (re-search-forward "foo[ \t]+bar" nil t) (replace-match "foobar" nil nil)) which will run faster and probably do exactly what you want. Please see the documentation of `replace-match' to find out how to simulate `case-replace'.Vquery-replace-highlight *Non-nil means to highlight words during query replacement.Ffundamental-mode Major mode not specialized for anything in particular. Other major modes are defined by comparison with this one.Fnewline Insert a newline, and move to left margin of the new line if it's blank. The newline is marked with the text-property `hard'. With ARG, insert that many newlines. In Auto Fill mode, if no numeric arg, break the preceding line if it's long.Fopen-line Insert a newline and leave point before it. If there is a fill prefix and/or a left-margin, insert them on the new line if the line would have been blank. With arg N, insert N newlines.Fsplit-line Split current line, moving portion beyond point vertically down.Fdelete-indentation Join this line to previous and fix up whitespace at join. If there is a fill prefix, delete it from the beginning of this line. With argument, join this line to following line.Fdelete-blank-lines On blank line, delete all surrounding blank lines, leaving just one. On isolated blank line, delete that one. On nonblank line, delete any immediately following blank lines.Fdelete-trailing-whitespace Delete all the trailing whitespace across the current buffer. All whitespace after the last non-whitespace character in a line is deleted. This respects narrowing, created by \[narrow-to-region] and friends. A formfeed is not considered whitespace by this function.Fnewline-and-indent Insert a newline, then indent according to major mode. Indentation is done using the value of `indent-line-function'. In programming language modes, this is the same as TAB. In some text modes, where TAB inserts a tab, this command indents to the column specified by the function `current-left-margin'.Freindent-then-newline-and-indent Reindent current line, insert newline, then indent the new line. Indentation of both lines is done according to the current major mode, which means calling the current value of `indent-line-function'. In programming language modes, this is the same as TAB. In some text modes, where TAB inserts a tab, this indents to the column specified by the function `current-left-margin'.Fquoted-insert Read next input character and insert it. This is useful for inserting control characters. If the first character you type after this command is an octal digit, you should type a sequence of octal digits which specify a character code. Any nondigit terminates the sequence. If the terminator is a RET, it is discarded; any other terminator is used itself as input. The variable `read-quoted-char-radix' specifies the radix for this feature; set it to 10 or 16 to use decimal or hex instead of octal. In overwrite mode, this function inserts the character anyway, and does not handle octal digits specially. This means that if you use overwrite as your normal editing mode, you can use this function to insert characters when necessary. In binary overwrite mode, this function does overwrite, and octal digits are interpreted as a character code. This is intended to be useful for editing binary files.Fforward-to-indentation Move forward ARG lines and position at first nonblank character.Fbackward-to-indentation Move backward ARG lines and position at first nonblank character.Fback-to-indentation Move point to the first non-whitespace character on this line.Ffixup-whitespace Fixup white space between objects around point. Leave one space or none, according to the context.Fdelete-horizontal-space Delete all spaces and tabs around point. If BACKWARD-ONLY is non-nil, only delete spaces before point.Fjust-one-space Delete all spaces and tabs around point, leaving one space.Fbeginning-of-buffer Move point to the beginning of the buffer; leave mark at previous position. With arg N, put point N/10 of the way from the beginning. If the buffer is narrowed, this command uses the beginning and size of the accessible part of the buffer. Don't use this command in Lisp programs! (goto-char (point-min)) is faster and avoids clobbering the mark.Fend-of-buffer Move point to the end of the buffer; leave mark at previous position. With arg N, put point N/10 of the way from the end. If the buffer is narrowed, this command uses the beginning and size of the accessible part of the buffer. Don't use this command in Lisp programs! (goto-char (point-max)) is faster and avoids clobbering the mark.Fmark-whole-buffer Put point at beginning and mark at end of buffer. You probably should not use this function in Lisp programs; it is usually a mistake for a Lisp function to use any subroutine that uses or sets the mark.Fgoto-line Goto line ARG, counting from line 1 at beginning of buffer.Fcount-lines-region Print number of lines and characters in the region.Fwhat-line Print the current buffer line number and narrowed line number of point.Fcount-lines Return number of lines between START and END. This is usually the number of newlines between them, but can be one more if START is not equal to END and the greater of them is not at the start of a line.Fwhat-cursor-position Print info on cursor position (on screen and within buffer). Also describe the character after point, and give its character code in octal, decimal and hex. For a non-ASCII multibyte character, also give its encoding in the buffer's selected coding system if the coding system encodes the character safely. If the character is encoded into one byte, that code is shown in hex. If the character is encoded into more than one byte, just "..." is shown. In addition, with prefix argument, show details about that character in *Help* buffer. See also the command `describe-char-after'.Vread-expression-map Minibuffer keymap used for reading Lisp expressions.Veval-expression-print-level *Value to use for `print-level' when printing value in `eval-expression'.Veval-expression-print-length *Value to use for `print-length' when printing value in `eval-expression'.Veval-expression-debug-on-error *Non-nil means set `debug-on-error' when evaluating in `eval-expression'. If nil, don't change the value of `debug-on-error'.Feval-expression Evaluate EVAL-EXPRESSION-ARG and print value in the echo area. Value is also consed on to front of the variable `values'. Optional argument EVAL-EXPRESSION-INSERT-VALUE, if non-nil, means insert the result into the current buffer instead of printing it in the echo area.Fedit-and-eval-command Prompting with PROMPT, let user edit COMMAND and eval result. COMMAND is a Lisp expression. Let user edit that expression in the minibuffer, then read and evaluate the result.Frepeat-complex-command Edit and re-evaluate last complex command, or ARGth from last. A complex command is one which used the minibuffer. The command is placed in the minibuffer as a Lisp form for editing. The result is executed, repeating the command as changed. If the command has been changed or is not the most recent previous command it is added to the front of the command history. You can use the minibuffer history commands \\[next-history-element] and \[previous-history-element] to get different commands to edit and resubmit.Vminibuffer-history Default minibuffer history list. This is used for all minibuffer input except when an alternate history list is specified.Vminibuffer-history-sexp-flag Non-nil when doing history operations on `command-history'. More generally, indicates that the history list being acted on contains expressions rather than strings. It is only valid if its value equals the current minibuffer depth, to handle recursive uses of the minibuffer.Vminibuffer-text-before-history Text that was in this minibuffer before any history commands. This is nil if there have not yet been any history commands in this use of the minibuffer.Fminibuffer-avoid-prompt A point-motion hook for the minibuffer, that moves point out of the prompt.Vminibuffer-history-case-insensitive-variables *Minibuffer history variables for which matching should ignore case. If a history variable is a member of this list, then the \[previous-matching-history-element] and \[next-matching-history-element] commands ignore case when searching it, regardless of `case-fold-search'.Fprevious-matching-history-element Find the previous history element that matches REGEXP. (Previous history elements refer to earlier actions.) With prefix argument N, search for Nth previous match. If N is negative, find the next or Nth next match. Normally, history elements are matched case-insensitively if `case-fold-search' is non-nil, but an uppercase letter in REGEXP makes the search case-sensitive. See also `minibuffer-history-case-insensitive-variables'.Fnext-matching-history-element Find the next history element that matches REGEXP. (The next history element refers to a more recent action.) With prefix argument N, search for Nth next match. If N is negative, find the previous or Nth previous match. Normally, history elements are matched case-insensitively if `case-fold-search' is non-nil, but an uppercase letter in REGEXP makes the search case-sensitive.Fnext-history-element Insert the next element of the minibuffer history into the minibuffer.Fprevious-history-element Inserts the previous element of the minibuffer history into the minibuffer.Fnext-complete-history-element Get next history element which completes the minibuffer before the point. The contents of the minibuffer after the point are deleted, and replaced by the new completion.Fprevious-complete-history-element Get previous history element which completes the minibuffer before the point. The contents of the minibuffer after the point are deleted, and replaced by the new completion.Fminibuffer-prompt-width Return the display width of the minibuffer prompt. Return 0 if current buffer is not a mini-buffer.Fminibuffer-prompt-end Return the buffer position of the end of the minibuffer prompt. Return (point-min) if current buffer is not a mini-buffer.Fminibuffer-contents Return the user input in a minbuffer as a string. The current buffer must be a minibuffer.Fminibuffer-contents-no-properties Return the user input in a minbuffer as a string, without text-properties. The current buffer must be a minibuffer.Fdelete-minibuffer-contents Delete all user input in a minibuffer. The current buffer must be a minibuffer.Fundo Undo some previous changes. Repeat this command to undo more changes. A numeric argument serves as a repeat count. In Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, only undo changes within the current region. Similarly, when not in Transient Mark mode, just C-u as an argument limits undo to changes within the current region.Vpending-undo-list Within a run of consecutive undo commands, list remaining to be undone.Vundo-in-progress Non-nil while performing an undo. Some change-hooks test this variable to do something different.Fundo-more Undo back N undo-boundaries beyond what was already undone recently. Call `undo-start' to get ready to undo recent changes, then call `undo-more' one or more times to undo them.Fundo-copy-list Make a copy of undo list LIST.Fundo-start Set `pending-undo-list' to the front of the undo list. The next call to `undo-more' will undo the most recently made change. If BEG and END are specified, then only undo elements that apply to text between BEG and END are used; other undo elements are ignored. If BEG and END are nil, all undo elements are used.Fundo-make-selective-list Return a list of undo elements for the region START to END. The elements come from `buffer-undo-list', but we keep only the elements inside this region, and discard those outside this region. If we find an element that crosses an edge of this region, we stop and ignore all further elements.Fundo-elt-in-region Determine whether UNDO-ELT falls inside the region START ... END. If it crosses the edge, we return nil.Fundo-elt-crosses-region Test whether UNDO-ELT crosses one edge of that region START ... END. This assumes we have already decided that UNDO-ELT is not *inside* the region START...END.Vshell-command-history History list for some commands that read shell commands.Vshell-command-switch Switch used to have the shell execute its command line argument.Vshell-command-default-error-buffer *Buffer name for `shell-command' and `shell-command-on-region' error output. This buffer is used when `shell-command' or 'shell-command-on-region' is run interactively. A value of nil means that output to stderr and stdout will be intermixed in the output stream.Fshell-command Execute string COMMAND in inferior shell; display output, if any. With prefix argument, insert the COMMAND's output at point. If COMMAND ends in ampersand, execute it asynchronously. The output appears in the buffer `*Async Shell Command*'. That buffer is in shell mode. Otherwise, COMMAND is executed synchronously. The output appears in the buffer `*Shell Command Output*'. If the output is short enough to display in the echo area (which is determined by the variables `resize-mini-windows' and `max-mini-window-height'), it is shown there, but it is nonetheless available in buffer `*Shell Command Output*' even though that buffer is not automatically displayed. If there is no output, or if output is inserted in the current buffer, then `*Shell Command Output*' is deleted. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the shell command output, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before this command. Noninteractive callers can specify coding systems by binding `coding-system-for-read' and `coding-system-for-write'. The optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER, if non-nil, says to put the output in some other buffer. If OUTPUT-BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name, put the output there. If OUTPUT-BUFFER is not a buffer and not nil, insert output in current buffer. (This cannot be done asynchronously.) In either case, the output is inserted after point (leaving mark after it). If the optional third argument ERROR-BUFFER is non-nil, it is a buffer or buffer name to which to direct the command's standard error output. If it is nil, error output is mingled with regular output. In an interactive call, the variable `shell-command-default-error-buffer' specifies the value of ERROR-BUFFER.Fdisplay-message-or-buffer Display MESSAGE in the echo area if possible, otherwise in a pop-up buffer. MESSAGE may be either a string or a buffer. A buffer is displayed using `display-buffer' if MESSAGE is too long for the maximum height of the echo area, as defined by `max-mini-window-height' if `resize-mini-windows' is non-nil. Returns either the string shown in the echo area, or when a pop-up buffer is used, the window used to display it. If MESSAGE is a string, then the optional argument BUFFER-NAME is the name of the buffer used to display it in the case where a pop-up buffer is used, defaulting to `*Message*'. In the case where MESSAGE is a string and it is displayed in the echo area, it is not specified whether the contents are inserted into the buffer anyway. Optional arguments NOT-THIS-WINDOW and FRAME are as for `display-buffer', and only used if a buffer is displayed.Fshell-command-on-region Execute string COMMAND in inferior shell with region as input. Normally display output (if any) in temp buffer `*Shell Command Output*'; Prefix arg means replace the region with it. Return the exit code of COMMAND. To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters in the input and output to the shell command, use \[universal-coding-system-argument] before this command. By default, the input (from the current buffer) is encoded in the same coding system that will be used to save the file, `buffer-file-coding-system'. If the output is going to replace the region, then it is decoded from that same coding system. The noninteractive arguments are START, END, COMMAND, OUTPUT-BUFFER, REPLACE, ERROR-BUFFER. Noninteractive callers can specify coding systems by binding `coding-system-for-read' and `coding-system-for-write'. If the output is short enough to display in the echo area (which is determined by the variable `max-mini-window-height' if `resize-mini-windows' is non-nil), it is shown there, but it is nonetheless available in buffer `*Shell Command Output*' even though that buffer is not automatically displayed. If there is no output, or if output is inserted in the current buffer, then `*Shell Command Output*' is deleted. If the optional fourth argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil, that says to put the output in some other buffer. If OUTPUT-BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name, put the output there. If OUTPUT-BUFFER is not a buffer and not nil, insert output in the current buffer. In either case, the output is inserted after point (leaving mark after it). If REPLACE, the optional fifth argument, is non-nil, that means insert the output in place of text from START to END, putting point and mark around it. If optional sixth argument ERROR-BUFFER is non-nil, it is a buffer or buffer name to which to direct the command's standard error output. If it is nil, error output is mingled with regular output. In an interactive call, the variable `shell-command-default-error-buffer' specifies the value of ERROR-BUFFER.Fshell-command-to-string Execute shell command COMMAND and return its output as a string.Vuniversal-argument-map Keymap used while processing \[universal-argument].Vuniversal-argument-num-events Number of argument-specifying events read by `universal-argument'. `universal-argument-other-key' uses this to discard those events from (this-command-keys), and reread only the final command.Funiversal-argument Begin a numeric argument for the following command. Digits or minus sign following \[universal-argument] make up the numeric argument. \[universal-argument] following the digits or minus sign ends the argument. \[universal-argument] without digits or minus sign provides 4 as argument. Repeating \[universal-argument] without digits or minus sign multiplies the argument by 4 each time. For some commands, just \[universal-argument] by itself serves as a flag which is different in effect from any particular numeric argument. These commands include \[set-mark-command] and \[start-kbd-macro].Fnegative-argument Begin a negative numeric argument for the next command. \[universal-argument] following digits or minus sign ends the argument.Fdigit-argument Part of the numeric argument for the next command. \[universal-argument] following digits or minus sign ends the argument.Vinterprogram-cut-function Function to call to make a killed region available to other programs. Most window systems provide some sort of facility for cutting and pasting text between the windows of different programs. This variable holds a function that Emacs calls whenever text is put in the kill ring, to make the new kill available to other programs. The function takes one or two arguments. The first argument, TEXT, is a string containing the text which should be made available. The second, PUSH, if non-nil means this is a "new" kill; nil means appending to an "old" kill.Vinterprogram-paste-function Function to call to get text cut from other programs. Most window systems provide some sort of facility for cutting and pasting text between the windows of different programs. This variable holds a function that Emacs calls to obtain text that other programs have provided for pasting. The function should be called with no arguments. If the function returns nil, then no other program has provided such text, and the top of the Emacs kill ring should be used. If the function returns a string, that string should be put in the kill ring as the latest kill. Note that the function should return a string only if a program other than Emacs has provided a string for pasting; if Emacs provided the most recent string, the function should return nil. If it is difficult to tell whether Emacs or some other program provided the current string, it is probably good enough to return nil if the string is equal (according to `string=') to the last text Emacs provided.Vkill-ring List of killed text sequences. Since the kill ring is supposed to interact nicely with cut-and-paste facilities offered by window systems, use of this variable should interact nicely with `interprogram-cut-function' and `interprogram-paste-function'. The functions `kill-new', `kill-append', and `current-kill' are supposed to implement this interaction; you may want to use them instead of manipulating the kill ring directly.Vkill-ring-max *Maximum length of kill ring before oldest elements are thrown away.Vkill-ring-yank-pointer The tail of the kill ring whose car is the last thing yanked.Fkill-new Make STRING the latest kill in the kill ring. Set the kill-ring-yank pointer to point to it. If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, apply it to STRING. Optional second argument REPLACE non-nil means that STRING will replace the front of the kill ring, rather than being added to the list.Fkill-append Append STRING to the end of the latest kill in the kill ring. If BEFORE-P is non-nil, prepend STRING to the kill. If `interprogram-cut-function' is set, pass the resulting kill to it.Fcurrent-kill Rotate the yanking point by N places, and then return that kill. If N is zero, `interprogram-paste-function' is set, and calling it returns a string, then that string is added to the front of the kill ring and returned as the latest kill. If optional arg DO-NOT-MOVE is non-nil, then don't actually move the yanking point; just return the Nth kill forward.Vkill-read-only-ok *Non-nil means don't signal an error for killing read-only text.Fkill-region Kill between point and mark. The text is deleted but saved in the kill ring. The command \[yank] can retrieve it from there. (If you want to kill and then yank immediately, use \[kill-ring-save].) If you want to append the killed region to the last killed text, use \[append-next-kill] before \[kill-region]. If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting the text, but put the text in the kill ring anyway. This means that you can use the killing commands to copy text from a read-only buffer. This is the primitive for programs to kill text (as opposed to deleting it). Supply two arguments, character numbers indicating the stretch of text to be killed. Any command that calls this function is a "kill command". If the previous command was also a kill command, the text killed this time appends to the text killed last time to make one entry in the kill ring.Fcopy-region-as-kill Save the region as if killed, but don't kill it. In Transient Mark mode, deactivate the mark. If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, also save the text for a window system cut and paste.Fkill-ring-save Save the region as if killed, but don't kill it. In Transient Mark mode, deactivate the mark. If `interprogram-cut-function' is non-nil, also save the text for a window system cut and paste. If you want to append the killed line to the last killed text, use \[append-next-kill] before \[kill-ring-save]. This command is similar to `copy-region-as-kill', except that it gives visual feedback indicating the extent of the region being copied.Fappend-next-kill Cause following command, if it kills, to append to previous kill. The argument is used for internal purposes; do not supply one.Fyank-pop Replace just-yanked stretch of killed text with a different stretch. This command is allowed only immediately after a `yank' or a `yank-pop'. At such a time, the region contains a stretch of reinserted previously-killed text. `yank-pop' deletes that text and inserts in its place a different stretch of killed text. With no argument, the previous kill is inserted. With argument N, insert the Nth previous kill. If N is negative, this is a more recent kill. The sequence of kills wraps around, so that after the oldest one comes the newest one.Fyank Reinsert the last stretch of killed text. More precisely, reinsert the stretch of killed text most recently killed OR yanked. Put point at end, and set mark at beginning. With just C-u as argument, same but put point at beginning (and mark at end). With argument N, reinsert the Nth most recently killed stretch of killed text. See also the command \[yank-pop].Frotate-yank-pointer Rotate the yanking point in the kill ring. With argument, rotate that many kills forward (or backward, if negative).Vbackward-delete-char-untabify-method *The method for untabifying when deleting backward. Can be `untabify' -- turn a tab to many spaces, then delete one space; `hungry' -- delete all whitespace, both tabs and spaces; `all' -- delete all whitespace, including tabs, spaces and newlines; nil -- just delete one character.Fbackward-delete-char-untabify Delete characters backward, changing tabs into spaces. The exact behavior depends on `backward-delete-char-untabify-method'. Delete ARG chars, and kill (save in kill ring) if KILLP is non-nil. Interactively, ARG is the prefix arg (default 1) and KILLP is t if a prefix arg was specified.Fzap-to-char Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR. Case is ignored if `case-fold-search' is non-nil in the current buffer. Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found.Vkill-whole-line *If non-nil, `kill-line' with no arg at beg of line kills the whole line.Fkill-line Kill the rest of the current line; if no nonblanks there, kill thru newline. With prefix argument, kill that many lines from point. Negative arguments kill lines backward. With zero argument, kills the text before point on the current line. When calling from a program, nil means "no arg", a number counts as a prefix arg. To kill a whole line, when point is not at the beginning, type \[beginning-of-line] \[kill-line] \[kill-line]. If `kill-whole-line' is non-nil, then this command kills the whole line including its terminating newline, when used at the beginning of a line with no argument. As a consequence, you can always kill a whole line by typing \[beginning-of-line] \[kill-line]. If you want to append the killed line to the last killed text, use \[append-next-kill] before \[kill-line]. If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting the line, but put the line in the kill ring anyway. This means that you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.Fforward-visible-line Move forward by ARG lines, ignoring currently invisible newlines only. If ARG is negative, move backward -ARG lines. If ARG is zero, move to the beginning of the current line.Fend-of-visible-line Move to end of current visible line.Finsert-buffer Insert after point the contents of BUFFER. Puts mark after the inserted text. BUFFER may be a buffer or a buffer name. This function is meant for the user to run interactively. Don't call it from programs!Fappend-to-buffer Append to specified buffer the text of the region. It is inserted into that buffer before its point. When calling from a program, give three arguments: BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END. START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied.Fprepend-to-buffer Prepend to specified buffer the text of the region. It is inserted into that buffer after its point. When calling from a program, give three arguments: BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END. START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied.Fcopy-to-buffer Copy to specified buffer the text of the region. It is inserted into that buffer, replacing existing text there. When calling from a program, give three arguments: BUFFER (or buffer name), START and END. START and END specify the portion of the current buffer to be copied.Fmark Return this buffer's mark value as integer; error if mark inactive. If optional argument FORCE is non-nil, access the mark value even if the mark is not currently active, and return nil if there is no mark at all. If you are using this in an editing command, you are most likely making a mistake; see the documentation of `set-mark'.Fdeactivate-mark Deactivate the mark by setting `mark-active' to nil. (That makes a difference only in Transient Mark mode.) Also runs the hook `deactivate-mark-hook'.Fset-mark Set this buffer's mark to POS. Don't use this function! That is to say, don't use this function unless you want the user to see that the mark has moved, and you want the previous mark position to be lost. Normally, when a new mark is set, the old one should go on the stack. This is why most applications should use push-mark, not set-mark. Novice Emacs Lisp programmers often try to use the mark for the wrong purposes. The mark saves a location for the user's convenience. Most editing commands should not alter the mark. To remember a location for internal use in the Lisp program, store it in a Lisp variable. Example: (let ((beg (point))) (forward-line 1) (delete-region beg (point))).Vmark-ring The list of former marks of the current buffer, most recent first.Vmark-ring-max *Maximum size of mark ring. Start discarding off end if gets this big.Vglobal-mark-ring The list of saved global marks, most recent first.Vglobal-mark-ring-max *Maximum size of global mark ring. Start discarding off end if gets this big.Fset-mark-command Set mark at where point is, or jump to mark. With no prefix argument, set mark, push old mark position on local mark ring, and push mark on global mark ring. With argument, jump to mark, and pop a new position for mark off the ring (does not affect global mark ring). Novice Emacs Lisp programmers often try to use the mark for the wrong purposes. See the documentation of `set-mark' for more information.Fpush-mark Set mark at LOCATION (point, by default) and push old mark on mark ring. If the last global mark pushed was not in the current buffer, also push LOCATION on the global mark ring. Display `Mark set' unless the optional second arg NOMSG is non-nil. In Transient Mark mode, activate mark if optional third arg ACTIVATE non-nil. Novice Emacs Lisp programmers often try to use the mark for the wrong purposes. See the documentation of `set-mark' for more information. In Transient Mark mode, this does not activate the mark.Fpop-mark Pop off mark ring into the buffer's actual mark. Does not set point. Does nothing if mark ring is empty.Fexchange-point-and-mark Put the mark where point is now, and point where the mark is now. This command works even when the mark is not active, and it reactivates the mark.Ftransient-mark-mode Toggle Transient Mark mode. With arg, turn Transient Mark mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active, the region is highlighted. Changing the buffer "deactivates" the mark. So do certain other operations that set the mark but whose main purpose is something else--for example, incremental search, \[beginning-of-buffer], and \[end-of-buffer]. You can also deactivate the mark by typing \[keyboard-quit] or \[keyboard-escape-quit]. Many commands change their behavior when Transient Mark mode is in effect and the mark is active, by acting on the region instead of their usual default part of the buffer's text. Examples of such commands include \[comment-dwim], \[flush-lines], \[ispell], \[keep-lines], \[query-replace], \[query-replace-regexp], and \[undo]. Invoke \[apropos-documentation] and type "transient" or "mark.*active" at the prompt, to see the documentation of commands which are sensitive to the Transient Mark mode.Fpop-global-mark Pop off global mark ring and jump to the top location.Vnext-line-add-newlines *If non-nil, `next-line' inserts newline to avoid `end of buffer' error.Fnext-line Move cursor vertically down ARG lines. If there is no character in the target line exactly under the current column, the cursor is positioned after the character in that line which spans this column, or at the end of the line if it is not long enough. If there is no line in the buffer after this one, behavior depends on the value of `next-line-add-newlines'. If non-nil, it inserts a newline character to create a line, and moves the cursor to that line. Otherwise it moves the cursor to the end of the buffer. The command \[set-goal-column] can be used to create a semipermanent goal column for this command. Then instead of trying to move exactly vertically (or as close as possible), this command moves to the specified goal column (or as close as possible). The goal column is stored in the variable `goal-column', which is nil when there is no goal column. If you are thinking of using this in a Lisp program, consider using `forward-line' instead. It is usually easier to use and more reliable (no dependence on goal column, etc.).Fprevious-line Move cursor vertically up ARG lines. If there is no character in the target line exactly over the current column, the cursor is positioned after the character in that line which spans this column, or at the end of the line if it is not long enough. The command \[set-goal-column] can be used to create a semipermanent goal column for this command. Then instead of trying to move exactly vertically (or as close as possible), this command moves to the specified goal column (or as close as possible). The goal column is stored in the variable `goal-column', which is nil when there is no goal column. If you are thinking of using this in a Lisp program, consider using `forward-line' with a negative argument instead. It is usually easier to use and more reliable (no dependence on goal column, etc.).Vtrack-eol *Non-nil means vertical motion starting at end of line keeps to ends of lines. This means moving to the end of each line moved onto. The beginning of a blank line does not count as the end of a line.Vgoal-column *Semipermanent goal column for vertical motion, as set by \[set-goal-column], or nil.Vtemporary-goal-column Current goal column for vertical motion. It is the column where point was at the start of current run of vertical motion commands. When the `track-eol' feature is doing its job, the value is 9999.Vline-move-ignore-invisible *Non-nil means \[next-line] and \[previous-line] ignore invisible lines. Outline mode sets this.Fset-goal-column Set the current horizontal position as a goal for \[next-line] and \[previous-line]. Those commands will move to this position in the line moved to rather than trying to keep the same horizontal position. With a non-nil argument, clears out the goal column so that \[next-line] and \[previous-line] resume vertical motion. The goal column is stored in the variable `goal-column'.Fscroll-other-window-down Scroll the "other window" down. For more details, see the documentation for `scroll-other-window'.Fbeginning-of-buffer-other-window Move point to the beginning of the buffer in the other window. Leave mark at previous position. With arg N, put point N/10 of the way from the true beginning.Fend-of-buffer-other-window Move point to the end of the buffer in the other window. Leave mark at previous position. With arg N, put point N/10 of the way from the true end.Ftranspose-chars Interchange characters around point, moving forward one character. With prefix arg ARG, effect is to take character before point and drag it forward past ARG other characters (backward if ARG negative). If no argument and at end of line, the previous two chars are exchanged.Ftranspose-words Interchange words around point, leaving point at end of them. With prefix arg ARG, effect is to take word before or around point and drag it forward past ARG other words (backward if ARG negative). If ARG is zero, the words around or after point and around or after mark are interchanged.Ftranspose-sexps Like \[transpose-words] but applies to sexps. Does not work on a sexp that point is in the middle of if it is a list or string.Ftranspose-lines Exchange current line and previous line, leaving point after both. With argument ARG, takes previous line and moves it past ARG lines. With argument 0, interchanges line point is in with line mark is in.Fbackward-word Move backward until encountering the beginning of a word. With argument, do this that many times.Fmark-word Set mark arg words away from point.Fkill-word Kill characters forward until encountering the end of a word. With argument, do this that many times.Fbackward-kill-word Kill characters backward until encountering the end of a word. With argument, do this that many times.Fcurrent-word Return the word point is on (or a nearby word) as a string. If optional arg STRICT is non-nil, return nil unless point is within or adjacent to a word.Vfill-prefix *String for filling to insert at front of new line, or nil for none. Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.Vauto-fill-inhibit-regexp *Regexp to match lines which should not be auto-filled.Vcomment-line-break-function *Mode-specific function which line breaks and continues a comment. This function is only called during auto-filling of a comment section. The function should take a single optional argument, which is a flag indicating whether it should use soft newlines. Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.Vnormal-auto-fill-function The function to use for `auto-fill-function' if Auto Fill mode is turned on. Some major modes set this.Fauto-fill-mode Toggle Auto Fill mode. With arg, turn Auto Fill mode on if and only if arg is positive. In Auto Fill mode, inserting a space at a column beyond `current-fill-column' automatically breaks the line at a previous space. The value of `normal-auto-fill-function' specifies the function to use for `auto-fill-function' when turning Auto Fill mode on.Fauto-fill-function Automatically break line at a previous space, in insertion of text.Fturn-on-auto-fill Unconditionally turn on Auto Fill mode.Fturn-off-auto-fill Unconditionally turn off Auto Fill mode.Fset-fill-column Set `fill-column' to specified argument. Use \[universal-argument] followed by a number to specify a column. Just \[universal-argument] as argument means to use the current column.Fset-selective-display Set `selective-display' to ARG; clear it if no arg. When the value of `selective-display' is a number > 0, lines whose indentation is >= that value are not displayed. The variable `selective-display' has a separate value for each buffer.Voverwrite-mode-textual The string displayed in the mode line when in overwrite mode.Voverwrite-mode-binary The string displayed in the mode line when in binary overwrite mode.Foverwrite-mode Toggle overwrite mode. With arg, turn overwrite mode on iff arg is positive. In overwrite mode, printing characters typed in replace existing text on a one-for-one basis, rather than pushing it to the right. At the end of a line, such characters extend the line. Before a tab, such characters insert until the tab is filled in. \[quoted-insert] still inserts characters in overwrite mode; this is supposed to make it easier to insert characters when necessary.Fbinary-overwrite-mode Toggle binary overwrite mode. With arg, turn binary overwrite mode on iff arg is positive. In binary overwrite mode, printing characters typed in replace existing text. Newlines are not treated specially, so typing at the end of a line joins the line to the next, with the typed character between them. Typing before a tab character simply replaces the tab with the character typed. \[quoted-insert] replaces the text at the cursor, just as ordinary typing characters do. Note that binary overwrite mode is not its own minor mode; it is a specialization of overwrite-mode, entered by setting the `overwrite-mode' variable to `overwrite-mode-binary'.Vline-number-mode *Non-nil means display line number in mode line.Fline-number-mode Toggle Line Number mode. With arg, turn Line Number mode on iff arg is positive. When Line Number mode is enabled, the line number appears in the mode line. Line numbers do not appear for very large buffers and buffers with very long lines; see variables `line-number-display-limit' and `line-number-display-limit-width'.Vcolumn-number-mode *Non-nil means display column number in mode line.Fcolumn-number-mode Toggle Column Number mode. With arg, turn Column Number mode on iff arg is positive. When Column Number mode is enabled, the column number appears in the mode line.Vblink-matching-paren *Non-nil means show matching open-paren when close-paren is inserted.Vblink-matching-paren-on-screen *Non-nil means show matching open-paren when it is on screen. If nil, means don't show it (but the open-paren can still be shown when it is off screen).Vblink-matching-paren-distance *If non-nil, is maximum distance to search for matching open-paren.Vblink-matching-delay *Time in seconds to delay after showing a matching paren.Vblink-matching-paren-dont-ignore-comments *Non-nil means `blink-matching-paren' will not ignore comments.Fblink-matching-open Move cursor momentarily to the beginning of the sexp before point.Fkeyboard-quit Signal a `quit' condition. During execution of Lisp code, this character causes a quit directly. At top-level, as an editor command, this simply beeps.Vbuffer-quit-function Function to call to "quit" the current buffer, or nil if none. \[keyboard-escape-quit] calls this function when its more local actions (such as cancelling a prefix argument, minibuffer or region) do not apply.Fkeyboard-escape-quit Exit the current "mode" (in a generalized sense of the word). This command can exit an interactive command such as `query-replace', can clear out a prefix argument or a region, can get out of the minibuffer or other recursive edit, cancel the use of the current buffer (for special-purpose buffers), or go back to just one window (by deleting all but the selected window).Vread-mail-command *Your preference for a mail reading package. This is used by some keybindings which support reading mail. See also `mail-user-agent' concerning sending mail.Vmail-user-agent *Your preference for a mail composition package. Various Emacs Lisp packages (e.g. Reporter) require you to compose an outgoing email message. This variable lets you specify which mail-sending package you prefer. Valid values include: `sendmail-user-agent' -- use the default Emacs Mail package. See Info node `(emacs)Sending Mail'. `mh-e-user-agent' -- use the Emacs interface to the MH mail system. See Info node `(mh-e)'. `message-user-agent' -- use the Gnus Message package. See Info node `(message)'. `gnus-user-agent' -- like `message-user-agent', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the Gcc: header for archiving. Additional valid symbols may be available; check with the author of your package for details. The function should return non-nil if it succeeds. See also `read-mail-command' concerning reading mail.Fdefine-mail-user-agent Define a symbol to identify a mail-sending package for `mail-user-agent'. SYMBOL can be any Lisp symbol. Its function definition and/or value as a variable do not matter for this usage; we use only certain properties on its property list, to encode the rest of the arguments. COMPOSEFUNC is program callable function that composes an outgoing mail message buffer. This function should set up the basics of the buffer without requiring user interaction. It should populate the standard mail headers, leaving the `to:' and `subject:' headers blank by default. COMPOSEFUNC should accept several optional arguments--the same arguments that `compose-mail' takes. See that function's documentation. SENDFUNC is the command a user would run to send the message. Optional ABORTFUNC is the command a user would run to abort the message. For mail packages that don't have a separate abort function, this can be `kill-buffer' (the equivalent of omitting this argument). Optional HOOKVAR is a hook variable that gets run before the message is actually sent. Callers that use the `mail-user-agent' may install a hook function temporarily on this hook variable. If HOOKVAR is nil, `mail-send-hook' is used. The properties used on SYMBOL are `composefunc', `sendfunc', `abortfunc', and `hookvar'.Fcompose-mail Start composing a mail message to send. This uses the user's chosen mail composition package as selected with the variable `mail-user-agent'. The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the initial Subject field, respectively. OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields. Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE are strings. CONTINUE, if non-nil, says to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION, if non-nil, is a function to use to switch to and display the buffer used for mail composition. YANK-ACTION, if non-nil, is an action to perform, if and when necessary, to insert the raw text of the message being replied to. It has the form (FUNCTION . ARGS). The user agent will apply FUNCTION to ARGS, to insert the raw text of the original message. (The user agent will also run `mail-citation-hook', *after* the original text has been inserted in this way.) SEND-ACTIONS is a list of actions to call when the message is sent. Each action has the form (FUNCTION . ARGS).Fcompose-mail-other-window Like \[compose-mail], but edit the outgoing message in another window.Fcompose-mail-other-frame Like \[compose-mail], but edit the outgoing message in another frame.Vset-variable-value-history History of values entered with `set-variable'.Fset-variable Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object. When using this interactively, enter a Lisp object for VALUE. If you want VALUE to be a string, you must surround it with doublequotes. VALUE is used literally, not evaluated. If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read VALUE. If VARIABLE has been defined with `defcustom', then the type information in the definition is used to check that VALUE is valid.Vcompletion-list-mode-map Local map for completion list buffers.Vcompletion-reference-buffer Record the buffer that was current when the completion list was requested. This is a local variable in the completion list buffer. Initial value is nil to avoid some compiler warnings.Vcompletion-no-auto-exit Non-nil means `choose-completion-string' should never exit the minibuffer. This also applies to other functions such as `choose-completion' and `mouse-choose-completion'.Vcompletion-base-size Number of chars at beginning of minibuffer not involved in completion. This is a local variable in the completion list buffer but it talks about the buffer in `completion-reference-buffer'. If this is nil, it means to compare text to determine which part of the tail end of the buffer's text is involved in completion.Fdelete-completion-window Delete the completion list window. Go to the window from which completion was requested.Fprevious-completion Move to the previous item in the completion list.Fnext-completion Move to the next item in the completion list. With prefix argument N, move N items (negative N means move backward).Fchoose-completion Choose the completion that point is in or next to.Fcompletion-list-mode Major mode for buffers showing lists of possible completions. Type \\[choose-completion] in the completion list to select the completion near point. Use \\[mouse-choose-completion] to select one with the mouse.Fcompletion-list-mode-finish Finish setup of the completions buffer. Called from `temp-buffer-show-hook'.Vcompletion-setup-hook Normal hook run at the end of setting up a completion list buffer. When this hook is run, the current buffer is the one in which the command to display the completion list buffer was run. The completion list buffer is available as the value of `standard-output'.Fswitch-to-completions Select the completion list window.Fevent-apply-alt-modifier Add the Alt modifier to the following event. For example, type \[event-apply-alt-modifier] & to enter Alt-&.Fevent-apply-super-modifier Add the Super modifier to the following event. For example, type \[event-apply-super-modifier] & to enter Super-&.Fevent-apply-hyper-modifier Add the Hyper modifier to the following event. For example, type \[event-apply-hyper-modifier] & to enter Hyper-&.Fevent-apply-shift-modifier Add the Shift modifier to the following event. For example, type \[event-apply-shift-modifier] & to enter Shift-&.Fevent-apply-control-modifier Add the Ctrl modifier to the following event. For example, type \[event-apply-control-modifier] & to enter Ctrl-&.Fevent-apply-meta-modifier Add the Meta modifier to the following event. For example, type \[event-apply-meta-modifier] & to enter Meta-&.Fevent-apply-modifier Apply a modifier flag to event EVENT. SYMBOL is the name of this modifier, as a symbol. LSHIFTBY is the numeric value of this modifier, in keyboard events. PREFIX is the string that represents this modifier in an event type symbol.Vclone-buffer-hook Normal hook to run in the new buffer at the end of `clone-buffer'.Fclone-process Create a twin copy of PROCESS. If NEWNAME is nil, it defaults to PROCESS' name; NEWNAME is modified by adding or incrementing at the end as necessary. If PROCESS is associated with a buffer, the new process will be associated with the current buffer instead. Returns nil if PROCESS has already terminated.Fclone-buffer Create a twin copy of the current buffer. If NEWNAME is nil, it defaults to the current buffer's name; NEWNAME is modified by adding or incrementing at the end as necessary. If DISPLAY-FLAG is non-nil, the new buffer is shown with `pop-to-buffer'. This runs the normal hook `clone-buffer-hook' in the new buffer after it has been set up properly in other respects.Fclone-indirect-buffer Create an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of the current buffer. Give the indirect buffer name NEWNAME. Interactively, read NEW-NAME from the minibuffer when invoked with a prefix arg. If NEWNAME is nil or if not called with a prefix arg, NEWNAME defaults to the current buffer's name. The name is modified by adding a `' suffix to it or by incrementing the N in an existing suffix. DISPLAY-FLAG non-nil means show the new buffer with `pop-to-buffer'. This is always done when called interactively. Optional last arg NORECORD non-nil means do not put this buffer at the front of the list of recently selected ones.Fclone-indirect-buffer-other-window Create an indirect buffer that is a twin copy of BUFFER. Select the new buffer in another window. Optional second arg NORECORD non-nil means do not put this buffer at the front of the list of recently selected ones.Vsyntax-code-table Alist of forms (CHAR CODE DESCRIPTION) mapping characters to syntax info. CHAR is a character that is allowed as first char in the string specifying the syntax when calling `modify-syntax-entry'. CODE is the corresponing syntax code as it is stored in a syntax cell, and can be used as value of a `syntax-table' property. DESCRIPTION is the descriptive string for the syntax.Vnormal-erase-is-backspace If non-nil, Delete key deletes forward and Backspace key deletes backward. On window systems, the default value of this option is chosen according to the keyboard used. If the keyboard has both a Backspace key and a Delete key, and both are mapped to their usual meanings, the option's default value is set to t, so that Backspace can be used to delete backward, and Delete can be used to delete forward. If not running under a window system, customizing this option accomplishes a similar effect by mapping C-h, which is usually generated by the Backspace key, to DEL, and by mapping DEL to C-d via `keyboard-translate'. The former functionality of C-h is available on the F1 key. You should probably not use this setting if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys. Setting this variable with setq doesn't take effect. Programmatically, call `normal-erase-is-backspace-mode' (which see) instead.Fnormal-erase-is-backspace-mode Toggle the Erase and Delete mode of the Backspace and Delete keys. With numeric arg, turn the mode on if and only if ARG is positive. On window systems, when this mode is on, Delete is mapped to C-d and Backspace is mapped to DEL; when this mode is off, both Delete and Backspace are mapped to DEL. (The remapping goes via `function-key-map', so binding Delete or Backspace in the global or local keymap will override that.) In addition, on window systems, the bindings of C-Delete, M-Delete, C-M-Delete, C-Backspace, M-Backspace, and C-M-Backspace are changed in the global keymap in accordance with the functionality of Delete and Backspace. For example, if Delete is remapped to C-d, which deletes forward, C-Delete is bound to `kill-word', but if Delete is remapped to DEL, which deletes backward, C-Delete is bound to `backward-kill-word'. If not running on a window system, a similar effect is accomplished by remapping C-h (normally produced by the Backspace key) and DEL via `keyboard-translate': if this mode is on, C-h is mapped to DEL and DEL to C-d; if it's off, the keys are not remapped. When not running on a window system, and this mode is turned on, the former functionality of C-h is available on the F1 key. You should probably not turn on this mode on a text-only terminal if you don't have both Backspace, Delete and F1 keys. See also `normal-erase-is-backspace'.Fbyte-compiling-files-p Return t if currently byte-compiling files.Vcommand-line-processed Non-nil once command line has been processedVinhibit-startup-message *Non-nil inhibits the initial startup message. This is for use in your personal init file, once you are familiar with the contents of the startup message.Vinhibit-startup-echo-area-message *Non-nil inhibits the initial startup echo area message. Setting this variable takes effect only if you do it with the customization buffer or if your `.emacs' file contains a line of this form: (setq inhibit-startup-echo-area-message "YOUR-USER-NAME") If your `.emacs' file is byte-compiled, use the following form instead: (eval '(setq inhibit-startup-echo-area-message "YOUR-USER-NAME")) Thus, someone else using a copy of your `.emacs' file will see the startup message unless he personally acts to inhibit it.Vinhibit-default-init *Non-nil inhibits loading the `default' library.Vcommand-switch-alist Alist of command-line switches. Elements look like (SWITCH-STRING . HANDLER-FUNCTION). HANDLER-FUNCTION receives switch name as sole arg; remaining command-line args are in the variable `command-line-args-left'.Vcommand-line-args-left List of command-line args not yet processed.Vcommand-line-functions List of functions to process unrecognized command-line arguments. Each function should access the dynamically bound variables `argi' (the current argument) and `command-line-args-left' (the remaining arguments). The function should return non-nil only if it recognizes and processes `argi'. If it does so, it may consume successive arguments by altering `command-line-args-left' to remove them.Vcommand-line-default-directory Default directory to use for command line arguments. This is normally copied from `default-directory' when Emacs starts.Vcommand-line-x-option-alist Alist of X Windows options. Each element has the form (NAME NUMARGS HANDLER FRAME-PARAM VALUE) where NAME is the option name string, NUMARGS is the number of arguments that the option accepts, HANDLER is a function to call to handle the option. FRAME-PARAM (optional) is the frame parameter this option specifies, and VALUE is the value which is given to that frame parameter (most options use the argument for this, so VALUE is not present).Vbefore-init-hook Normal hook run after handling urgent options but before loading init files.Vafter-init-hook Normal hook run after loading the init files, `~/.emacs' and `default.el'. There is no `condition-case' around the running of these functions; therefore, if you set `debug-on-error' non-nil in `.emacs', an error in one of these functions will invoke the debugger.Vemacs-startup-hook Normal hook run after loading init files and handling the command line.Vterm-setup-hook Normal hook run after loading terminal-specific Lisp code. It also follows `emacs-startup-hook'. This hook exists for users to set, so as to override the definitions made by the terminal-specific file. Emacs never sets this variable itself.Vkeyboard-type The brand of keyboard you are using. This variable is used to define the proper function and keypad keys for use under X. It is used in a fashion analogous to the environment variable TERM.Vwindow-setup-hook Normal hook run to initialize window system display. Emacs runs this hook after processing the command line arguments and loading the user's init file.Vinitial-major-mode Major mode command symbol to use for the initial *scratch* buffer.Vinit-file-user Identity of user whose `.emacs' file is or was read. The value is nil if `-q' or `--no-init-file' was specified, meaning do not load any init file. Otherwise, the value may be the null string, meaning use the init file for the user that originally logged in, or it may be a string containing a user's name meaning use that person's init file. In either of the latter cases, `(concat "~" init-file-user "/")' evaluates to the name of the directory where the `.emacs' file was looked for. Setting `init-file-user' does not prevent Emacs from loading `site-start.el'. The only way to do that is to use `--no-site-file'.Vsite-run-file File containing site-wide run-time initializations. This file is loaded at run-time before `~/.emacs'. It contains inits that need to be in place for the entire site, but which, due to their higher incidence of change, don't make sense to load into emacs' dumped image. Thus, the run-time load order is: 1. file described in this variable, if non-nil; 2. `~/.emacs'; 3. `default.el'. Don't use the `site-start.el' file for things some users may not like. Put them in `default.el' instead, so that users can more easily override them. Users can prevent loading `default.el' with the `-q' option or by setting `inhibit-default-init' in their own init files, but inhibiting `site-start.el' requires `--no-site-file', which is less convenient.Vmail-host-address *Name of this machine, for purposes of naming users.Vuser-mail-address *Full mailing address of this user. This is initialized based on `mail-host-address', after your init file is read, in case it sets `mail-host-address'.Vauto-save-list-file-prefix Prefix for generating `auto-save-list-file-name'. This is used after reading your `.emacs' file to initialize `auto-save-list-file-name', by appending Emacs's pid and the system name, if you have not already set `auto-save-list-file-name' yourself. Directories in the prefix will be created if necessary. Set this to nil if you want to prevent `auto-save-list-file-name' from being initialized.Fnormal-top-level-add-subdirs-to-load-path Add all subdirectories of current directory to `load-path'. More precisely, this uses only the subdirectories whose names start with letters or digits; it excludes any subdirectory named `RCS' or `CVS', and any subdirectory that contains a file named `.nosearch'.Vtool-bar-images-pixel-height Height in pixels of images in the tool bar.Vtool-bar-originally-present Non-nil if tool-bars are present before user and site init files are read.Vinitial-scratch-message Initial message displayed in *scratch* buffer at startup. If this is nil, no message will be displayed.Vfancy-splash-text A list of texts to show in the middle part of splash screens. Each element in the list should be a list of strings or pairs `:face FACE', like `fancy-splash-insert' accepts them.Vfancy-splash-delay *Delay in seconds between splash screens.Vfancy-splash-max-time *Show splash screens for at most this number of seconds. Values less than 60 seconds are ignored.Vfancy-splash-image *The image to show in the splash screens, or nil for defaults.Ffancy-splash-insert Insert text into the current buffer, with faces. Arguments from ARGS should be either strings or pairs `:face FACE', where FACE is a valid face specification, as it can be used with `put-text-properties'.Ffancy-splash-head Insert the head part of the splash screen into the current buffer.Ffancy-splash-tail Insert the tail part of the splash screen into the current buffer.Ffancy-splash-screens-1 Timer function displaying a splash screen.Ffancy-splash-default-action Default action for events in the splash screen buffer.Ffancy-splash-screens Display fancy splash screens when Emacs starts.Fuse-fancy-splash-screens-p Return t if fancy splash screens should be used.Fcommand-line-normalize-file-name Collapse multiple slashes to one, to handle non-Emacs file names.Vcustom-declare-variable-list Record `defcustom' calls made before `custom.el' is loaded to handle them. Each element of this list holds the arguments to one call to `defcustom'.Flambda Return a lambda expression. A call of the form (lambda ARGS DOCSTRING INTERACTIVE BODY) is self-quoting; the result of evaluating the lambda expression is the expression itself. The lambda expression may then be treated as a function, i.e., stored as the function value of a symbol, passed to funcall or mapcar, etc. ARGS should take the same form as an argument list for a `defun'. DOCSTRING is an optional documentation string. If present, it should describe how to call the function. But documentation strings are usually not useful in nameless functions. INTERACTIVE should be a call to the function `interactive', which see. It may also be omitted. BODY should be a list of lisp expressions.Fpush Add NEWELT to the list stored in the symbol LISTNAME. This is equivalent to (setq LISTNAME (cons NEWELT LISTNAME)). LISTNAME must be a symbol.Fpop Return the first element of LISTNAME's value, and remove it from the list. LISTNAME must be a symbol whose value is a list. If the value is nil, `pop' returns nil but does not actually change the list.Fwhen If COND yields non-nil, do BODY, else return nil.Funless If COND yields nil, do BODY, else return nil.Fdolist (dolist (VAR LIST [RESULT]) BODY...): loop over a list. Evaluate BODY with VAR bound to each car from LIST, in turn. Then evaluate RESULT to get return value, default nil.Fdotimes (dotimes (VAR COUNT [RESULT]) BODY...): loop a certain number of times. Evaluate BODY with VAR bound to successive integers running from 0, inclusive, to COUNT, exclusive. Then evaluate RESULT to get the return value (nil if RESULT is omitted).Fcaar Return the car of the car of X.Fcadr Return the car of the cdr of X.Fcdar Return the cdr of the car of X.Fcddr Return the cdr of the cdr of X.Flast Return the last link of the list X. Its car is the last element. If X is nil, return nil. If N is non-nil, return the Nth-to-last link of X. If N is bigger than the length of X, return X.Fbutlast Returns a copy of LIST with the last N elements removed.Fnbutlast Modifies LIST to remove the last N elements.Fremove Return a copy of SEQ with all occurrences of ELT removed. SEQ must be a list, vector, or string. The comparison is done with `equal'.Fremq Return a copy of LIST with all occurrences of ELT removed. The comparison is done with `eq'.Fassoc-default Find object KEY in a pseudo-alist ALIST. ALIST is a list of conses or objects. Each element (or the element's car, if it is a cons) is compared with KEY by evaluating (TEST (car elt) KEY). If that is non-nil, the element matches; then `assoc-default' returns the element's cdr, if it is a cons, or DEFAULT if the element is not a cons. If no element matches, the value is nil. If TEST is omitted or nil, `equal' is used.Fassoc-ignore-case Like `assoc', but ignores differences in case and text representation. KEY must be a string. Upper-case and lower-case letters are treated as equal. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for comparison.Fassoc-ignore-representation Like `assoc', but ignores differences in text representation. KEY must be a string. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for comparison.Fmember-ignore-case Like `member', but ignores differences in case and text representation. ELT must be a string. Upper-case and lower-case letters are treated as equal. Unibyte strings are converted to multibyte for comparison.Fsuppress-keymap Make MAP override all normally self-inserting keys to be undefined. Normally, as an exception, digits and minus-sign are set to make prefix args, but optional second arg NODIGITS non-nil treats them like other chars.Vkey-substitution-in-progress Used internally by substitute-key-definition.Fsubstitute-key-definition Replace OLDDEF with NEWDEF for any keys in KEYMAP now defined as OLDDEF. In other words, OLDDEF is replaced with NEWDEF where ever it appears. Alternatively, if optional fourth argument OLDMAP is specified, we redefine in KEYMAP as NEWDEF those keys which are defined as OLDDEF in OLDMAP.Fdefine-key-after Add binding in KEYMAP for KEY => DEFINITION, right after AFTER's binding. This is like `define-key' except that the binding for KEY is placed just after the binding for the event AFTER, instead of at the beginning of the map. Note that AFTER must be an event type (like KEY), NOT a command (like DEFINITION). If AFTER is t or omitted, the new binding goes at the end of the keymap. KEY must contain just one event type--that is to say, it must be a string or vector of length 1, but AFTER should be a single event type--a symbol or a character, not a sequence. Bindings are always added before any inherited map. The order of bindings in a keymap matters when it is used as a menu.Fkbd Convert KEYS to the internal Emacs key representation. KEYS should be a string constant in the format used for saving keyboard macros (see `insert-kbd-macro').Fkeyboard-translate Translate character FROM to TO at a low level. This function creates a `keyboard-translate-table' if necessary and then modifies one entry in it.Vglobal-map Default global keymap mapping Emacs keyboard input into commands. The value is a keymap which is usually (but not necessarily) Emacs's global map.Vesc-map Default keymap for ESC (meta) commands. The normal global definition of the character ESC indirects to this keymap.Vctl-x-map Default keymap for C-x commands. The normal global definition of the character C-x indirects to this keymap.Vctl-x-4-map Keymap for subcommands of C-x 4Vctl-x-5-map Keymap for frame commands.Flistify-key-sequence Convert a key sequence to a list of events.Feventp True if the argument is an event object.Fevent-modifiers Returns a list of symbols representing the modifier keys in event EVENT. The elements of the list may include `meta', `control', `shift', `hyper', `super', `alt', `click', `double', `triple', `drag', and `down'.Fevent-basic-type Returns the basic type of the given event (all modifiers removed). The value is a printing character (not upper case) or a symbol.Fmouse-movement-p Return non-nil if OBJECT is a mouse movement event.Fevent-start Return the starting position of EVENT. If EVENT is a mouse press or a mouse click, this returns the location of the event. If EVENT is a drag, this returns the drag's starting position. The return value is of the form (WINDOW BUFFER-POSITION (X . Y) TIMESTAMP) The `posn-' functions access elements of such lists.Fevent-end Return the ending location of EVENT. EVENT should be a click or drag event. If EVENT is a click event, this function is the same as `event-start'. The return value is of the form (WINDOW BUFFER-POSITION (X . Y) TIMESTAMP) The `posn-' functions access elements of such lists.Fevent-click-count Return the multi-click count of EVENT, a click or drag event. The return value is a positive integer.Fposn-window Return the window in POSITION. POSITION should be a list of the form (WINDOW BUFFER-POSITION (X . Y) TIMESTAMP) as returned by the `event-start' and `event-end' functions.Fposn-point Return the buffer location in POSITION. POSITION should be a list of the form (WINDOW BUFFER-POSITION (X . Y) TIMESTAMP) as returned by the `event-start' and `event-end' functions.Fposn-x-y Return the x and y coordinates in POSITION. POSITION should be a list of the form (WINDOW BUFFER-POSITION (X . Y) TIMESTAMP) as returned by the `event-start' and `event-end' functions.Fposn-col-row Return the column and row in POSITION, measured in characters. POSITION should be a list of the form (WINDOW BUFFER-POSITION (X . Y) TIMESTAMP) as returned by the `event-start' and `event-end' functions. For a scroll-bar event, the result column is 0, and the row corresponds to the vertical position of the click in the scroll bar.Fposn-timestamp Return the timestamp of POSITION. POSITION should be a list of the form (WINDOW BUFFER-POSITION (X . Y) TIMESTAMP) as returned by the `event-start' and `event-end' functions.Fbaud-rate Obsolete function returning the value of the `baud-rate' variable. Please convert your programs to use the variable `baud-rate' directly.Fmake-local-hook Make the hook HOOK local to the current buffer. The return value is HOOK. You never need to call this function now that `add-hook' does it for you if its LOCAL argument is non-nil. When a hook is local, its local and global values work in concert: running the hook actually runs all the hook functions listed in *either* the local value *or* the global value of the hook variable. This function works by making `t' a member of the buffer-local value, which acts as a flag to run the hook functions in the default value as well. This works for all normal hooks, but does not work for most non-normal hooks yet. We will be changing the callers of non-normal hooks so that they can handle localness; this has to be done one by one. This function does nothing if HOOK is already local in the current buffer. Do not use `make-local-variable' to make a hook variable buffer-local.Fadd-hook Add to the value of HOOK the function FUNCTION. FUNCTION is not added if already present. FUNCTION is added (if necessary) at the beginning of the hook list unless the optional argument APPEND is non-nil, in which case FUNCTION is added at the end. The optional fourth argument, LOCAL, if non-nil, says to modify the hook's buffer-local value rather than its default value. This makes the hook buffer-local if needed. To make a hook variable buffer-local, always use `make-local-hook', not `make-local-variable'. HOOK should be a symbol, and FUNCTION may be any valid function. If HOOK is void, it is first set to nil. If HOOK's value is a single function, it is changed to a list of functions.Fremove-hook Remove from the value of HOOK the function FUNCTION. HOOK should be a symbol, and FUNCTION may be any valid function. If FUNCTION isn't the value of HOOK, or, if FUNCTION doesn't appear in the list of hooks to run in HOOK, then nothing is done. See `add-hook'. The optional third argument, LOCAL, if non-nil, says to modify the hook's buffer-local value rather than its default value. This makes the hook buffer-local if needed. To make a hook variable buffer-local, always use `make-local-hook', not `make-local-variable'.Fadd-to-list Add to the value of LIST-VAR the element ELEMENT if it isn't there yet. The test for presence of ELEMENT is done with `equal'. If ELEMENT is added, it is added at the beginning of the list, unless the optional argument APPEND is non-nil, in which case ELEMENT is added at the end. If you want to use `add-to-list' on a variable that is not defined until a certain package is loaded, you should put the call to `add-to-list' into a hook function that will be run only after loading the package. `eval-after-load' provides one way to do this. In some cases other hooks, such as major mode hooks, can do the job.Feval-after-load Arrange that, if FILE is ever loaded, FORM will be run at that time. This makes or adds to an entry on `after-load-alist'. If FILE is already loaded, evaluate FORM right now. It does nothing if FORM is already on the list for FILE. FILE must match exactly. Normally FILE is the name of a library, with no directory or extension specified, since that is how `load' is normally called.Feval-next-after-load Read the following input sexp, and run it whenever FILE is loaded. This makes or adds to an entry on `after-load-alist'. FILE should be the name of a library, with no directory name.Vread-quoted-char-radix *Radix for \[quoted-insert] and other uses of `read-quoted-char'. Legitimate radix values are 8, 10 and 16.Fread-quoted-char Like `read-char', but do not allow quitting. Also, if the first character read is an octal digit, we read any number of octal digits and return the specified character code. Any nondigit terminates the sequence. If the terminator is RET, it is discarded; any other terminator is used itself as input. The optional argument PROMPT specifies a string to use to prompt the user. The variable `read-quoted-char-radix' controls which radix to use for numeric input.Fread-passwd Read a password, prompting with PROMPT. Echo `.' for each character typed. End with RET, LFD, or ESC. DEL or C-h rubs out. C-u kills line. Optional argument CONFIRM, if non-nil, then read it twice to make sure. Optional DEFAULT is a default password to use instead of empty input.Fforce-mode-line-update Force the mode-line of the current buffer to be redisplayed. With optional non-nil ALL, force redisplay of all mode-lines.Fmomentary-string-display Momentarily display STRING in the buffer at POS. Display remains until next character is typed. If the char is EXIT-CHAR (optional third arg, default is SPC) it is swallowed; otherwise it is then available as input (as a command if nothing else). Display MESSAGE (optional fourth arg) in the echo area. If MESSAGE is nil, instructions to type EXIT-CHAR are displayed there.Vsuspend-hook Normal hook run by `suspend-emacs', before suspending.Vsuspend-resume-hook Normal hook run by `suspend-emacs', after Emacs is continued.Vbuffer-file-type Non-nil if the visited file is a binary file. This variable is meaningful on MS-DOG and Windows NT. On those systems, it is automatically local in every buffer. On other systems, this variable is normally always nil.Fget-buffer-window-list Return windows currently displaying BUFFER, or nil if none. See `walk-windows' for the meaning of MINIBUF and FRAME.Fignore Do nothing and return nil. This function accepts any number of arguments, but ignores them.Ferror Signal an error, making error message by passing all args to `format'. In Emacs, the convention is that error messages start with a capital letter but *do not* end with a period. Please follow this convention for the sake of consistency.Fstart-process-shell-command Start a program in a subprocess. Return the process object for it. Args are NAME BUFFER COMMAND &rest COMMAND-ARGS. NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique. BUFFER is the buffer or (buffer-name) to associate with the process. Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify an output stream or filter function to handle the output. BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated with any buffer Third arg is command name, the name of a shell command. Remaining arguments are the arguments for the command. Wildcards and redirection are handled as usual in the shell.Fwith-current-buffer Execute the forms in BODY with BUFFER as the current buffer. The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY. See also `with-temp-buffer'.Fwith-temp-file Create a new buffer, evaluate BODY there, and write the buffer to FILE. The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY. See also `with-temp-buffer'.Fwith-temp-message Display MESSAGE temporarily if non-nil while BODY is evaluated. The original message is restored to the echo area after BODY has finished. The value returned is the value of the last form in BODY. MESSAGE is written to the message log buffer if `message-log-max' is non-nil. If MESSAGE is nil, the echo area and message log buffer are unchanged. Use a MESSAGE of "" to temporarily clear the echo area.Fwith-temp-buffer Create a temporary buffer, and evaluate BODY there like `progn'. See also `with-temp-file' and `with-output-to-string'.Fwith-output-to-string Execute BODY, return the text it sent to `standard-output', as a string.Fcombine-after-change-calls Execute BODY, but don't call the after-change functions till the end. If BODY makes changes in the buffer, they are recorded and the functions on `after-change-functions' are called several times when BODY is finished. The return value is the value of the last form in BODY. If `before-change-functions' is non-nil, then calls to the after-change functions can't be deferred, so in that case this macro has no effect. Do not alter `after-change-functions' or `before-change-functions' in BODY.Fwith-syntax-table Evaluate BODY with syntax table of current buffer set to a copy of TABLE. The syntax table of the current buffer is saved, BODY is evaluated, and the saved table is restored, even in case of an abnormal exit. Value is what BODY returns.Fsave-match-data Execute the BODY forms, restoring the global value of the match data.Fmatch-string Return string of text matched by last search. NUM specifies which parenthesized expression in the last regexp. Value is nil if NUMth pair didn't match, or there were less than NUM pairs. Zero means the entire text matched by the whole regexp or whole string. STRING should be given if the last search was by `string-match' on STRING.Fmatch-string-no-properties Return string of text matched by last search, without text properties. NUM specifies which parenthesized expression in the last regexp. Value is nil if NUMth pair didn't match, or there were less than NUM pairs. Zero means the entire text matched by the whole regexp or whole string. STRING should be given if the last search was by `string-match' on STRING.Fsplit-string Splits STRING into substrings where there are matches for SEPARATORS. Each match for SEPARATORS is a splitting point. The substrings between the splitting points are made into a list which is returned. If SEPARATORS is absent, it defaults to "[ \f\t\n\r\v]+". If there is match for SEPARATORS at the beginning of STRING, we do not include a null substring for that. Likewise, if there is a match at the end of STRING, we don't include a null substring for that. Modifies the match data; use `save-match-data' if necessary.Fsubst-char-in-string Replace FROMCHAR with TOCHAR in STRING each time it occurs. Unless optional argument INPLACE is non-nil, return a new string.Freplace-regexp-in-string Replace all matches for REGEXP with REP in STRING. Return a new string containing the replacements. Optional arguments FIXEDCASE, LITERAL and SUBEXP are like the arguments with the same names of function `replace-match'. If START is non-nil, start replacements at that index in STRING. REP is either a string used as the NEWTEXT arg of `replace-match' or a function. If it is a function it is applied to each match to generate the replacement passed to `replace-match'; the match-data at this point are such that match 0 is the function's argument. To replace only the first match (if any), make REGEXP match up to \' and replace a sub-expression, e.g. (replace-regexp-in-string "\(foo\).*\'" "bar" " foo foo" nil nil 1) => " bar foo" Fshell-quote-argument Quote an argument for passing as argument to an inferior shell.Fmake-syntax-table Return a new syntax table. If OLDTABLE is non-nil, copy OLDTABLE. Otherwise, create a syntax table which inherits all letters and control characters from the standard syntax table; other characters are copied from the standard syntax table.Fadd-to-invisibility-spec Add elements to `buffer-invisibility-spec'. See documentation for `buffer-invisibility-spec' for the kind of elements that can be added.Fremove-from-invisibility-spec Remove elements from `buffer-invisibility-spec'.Fglobal-set-key Give KEY a global binding as COMMAND. COMMAND is the command definition to use; usually it is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. KEY is a key sequence; noninteractively, it is a string or vector of characters or event types, and non-ASCII characters with codes above 127 (such as ISO Latin-1) can be included if you use a vector. Note that if KEY has a local binding in the current buffer, that local binding will continue to shadow any global binding that you make with this function.Flocal-set-key Give KEY a local binding as COMMAND. COMMAND is the command definition to use; usually it is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. KEY is a key sequence; noninteractively, it is a string or vector of characters or event types, and non-ASCII characters with codes above 127 (such as ISO Latin-1) can be included if you use a vector. The binding goes in the current buffer's local map, which in most cases is shared with all other buffers in the same major mode.Fglobal-unset-key Remove global binding of KEY. KEY is a string representing a sequence of keystrokes.Flocal-unset-key Remove local binding of KEY. KEY is a string representing a sequence of keystrokes.Fframe-configuration-p Return non-nil if OBJECT seems to be a frame configuration. Any list whose car is `frame-configuration' is assumed to be a frame configuration.Ffunctionp Non-nil if OBJECT is a type of object that can be called as a function.Finteractive-form Return the interactive form of FUNCTION. If function is a command (see `commandp'), value is a list of the form (interactive SPEC). If function is not a command, return nil.Fassq-delete-all Delete from ALIST all elements whose car is KEY. Return the modified alist.Fmake-temp-file Create a temporary file. The returned file name (created by appending some random characters at the end of PREFIX, and expanding against `temporary-file-directory' if necessary, is guaranteed to point to a newly created empty file. You can then use `write-region' to write new data into the file. If DIR-FLAG is non-nil, create a new empty directory instead of a file.Fadd-minor-mode Register a new minor mode. This is an XEmacs-compatibility function. Use `define-minor-mode' instead. TOGGLE is a symbol which is the name of a buffer-local variable that is toggled on or off to say whether the minor mode is active or not. NAME specifies what will appear in the mode line when the minor mode is active. NAME should be either a string starting with a space, or a symbol whose value is such a string. Optional KEYMAP is the keymap for the minor mode that will be added to `minor-mode-map-alist'. Optional AFTER specifies that TOGGLE should be added after AFTER in `minor-mode-alist'. Optional TOGGLE-FUN is an interactive function to toggle the mode. It defaults to (and should by convention be) TOGGLE. If TOGGLE has a non-nil `:included' property, an entry for the mode is included in the mode-line minor mode menu. If TOGGLE has a `:menu-tag', that is used for the menu item's label.Vcolor-name-rgb-alist An alist of X color names and associated 8-bit RGB values.Vtty-standard-colors An alist of 8 standard tty colors, their indices and RGB values.Vtty-defined-color-alist An alist of defined terminal colors and their RGB values. See the docstring of `tty-color-alist' for the details.Ftty-color-alist Return an alist of colors supported by FRAME's terminal. FRAME defaults to the selected frame. Each element of the returned alist is of the form: (NAME INDEX R G B) where NAME is the name of the color, a string; INDEX is the index of this color to be sent to the terminal driver when the color should be displayed; it is typically a small integer; R, G, and B are the intensities of, accordingly, red, green, and blue components of the color, represented as numbers between 0 and 65535. The file `etc/rgb.txt' in the Emacs distribution lists the standard RGB values of the X colors. If RGB is nil, this color will not be considered by `tty-color-translate' as an approximation to another color.Ftty-modify-color-alist Put the association ELT int the alist of terminal colors for FRAME. ELT should be of the form (NAME INDEX R G B) (see `tty-color-alist' for details). If FRAME is unspecified or nil, it defaults to the selected frame. Value is the modified color alist for FRAME.Ftty-color-canonicalize Return COLOR in canonical form. A canonicalized color name is all-lower case, with any blanks removed.Ftty-color-define Specify a tty color by its NAME, terminal INDEX and RGB values. NAME is a string, INDEX is typically a small integer used to send to the terminal driver a command to switch this color on, and RGB is a list of 3 numbers that specify the intensity of red, green, and blue components of the color. If specified, each one of the RGB components must be a number between 0 and 65535. If RGB is omitted, the specified color will never be used by `tty-color-translate' as an approximation to another color. FRAME is the frame where the defined color should be used. If FRAME is not specified or is nil, it defaults to the selected frame.Ftty-color-clear Clear the list of supported tty colors for frame FRAME. If FRAME is unspecified or nil, it defaults to the selected frame.Ftty-color-off-gray-diag Compute the angle between the color given by R,G,B and the gray diagonal. The gray diagonal is the diagonal of the 3D cube in RGB space which connects the points corresponding to the black and white colors. All the colors whose RGB coordinates belong to this diagonal are various shades of gray, thus the name.Ftty-color-approximate Given a list of 3 rgb values in RGB, find the color in `tty-color-alist' which is the best approximation in the 3-dimensional RGB space, and return the index associated with the approximating color. Each value of the RGB triplet has to be scaled to the 0..255 range. FRAME defaults to the selected frame.Ftty-color-translate Given a color COLOR, return the index of the corresponding TTY color. COLOR must be a string that is either the color's name, or its X-style specification like "#RRGGBB" or "RGB:rr/gg/bb", where each primary. color can be given with 1 to 4 hex digits. If COLOR is a color name that is found among supported colors in `tty-color-alist', the associated index is returned. Otherwise, the RGB values of the color, either as given by the argument or from looking up the name in `color-name-rgb-alist', are used to find the supported color that is the best approximation for COLOR in the RGB space. If COLOR is neither a valid X RGB specification of the color, nor a name of a color in `color-name-rgb-alist', the returned value is nil. If FRAME is unspecified or nil, it defaults to the selected frame.Ftty-color-by-index Given a numeric index of a tty color, return its description. FRAME, if unspecified or nil, defaults to the selected frame. Value is a list of the form (NAME INDEX R G B).Ftty-color-values Return RGB values of the color COLOR on a termcap frame FRAME. If COLOR is not directly supported by the display, return the RGB values for a supported color that is its best approximation. The value is a list of integer RGB values--(RED GREEN BLUE). These values range from 0 to 65535; white is (65535 65535 65535). If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.Ftty-color-desc Return the description of the color COLOR for a character terminal. FRAME, if unspecified or nil, defaults to the selected frame. Value is a list of the form (NAME INDEX R G B). Note that the returned NAME is not necessarily the same string as the argument COLOR, because the latter might need to be approximated if it is not supported directly.Ftty-color-gray-shades Return the number of gray colors supported by DISPLAY's terminal. A color is considered gray if the 3 components of its RGB value are equal.Vfill-individual-varying-indent *Controls criterion for a new paragraph in `fill-individual-paragraphs'. Non-nil means changing indent doesn't end a paragraph. That mode can handle paragraphs with extra indentation on the first line, but it requires separator lines between paragraphs. A value of nil means that any change in indentation starts a new paragraph.Vsentence-end-double-space *Non-nil means a single space does not end a sentence. This is relevant for filling. See also `sentence-end-without-period' and `colon-double-space'. If you change this, you should also change `sentence-end'. See Info node `Sentences'.Vcolon-double-space *Non-nil means put two spaces after a colon when filling.Vsentence-end-without-period *Non-nil means a sentence will end without a period. For example, a sentence in Thai text ends with double space but without a period.Vfill-paragraph-function Mode-specific function to fill a paragraph, or nil if there is none. If the function returns nil, then `fill-paragraph' does its normal work.Venable-kinsoku *Non-nil means enable "kinsoku" processing on filling paragraph. Kinsoku processing is designed to prevent certain characters from being placed at the beginning or end of a line by filling. See the documentation of `kinsoku' for more information.Fset-fill-prefix Set the fill prefix to the current line up to point. Filling expects lines to start with the fill prefix and reinserts the fill prefix in each resulting line.Vadaptive-fill-mode *Non-nil means determine a paragraph's fill prefix from its text.Vadaptive-fill-regexp *Regexp to match text at start of line that constitutes indentation. If Adaptive Fill mode is enabled, a prefix matching this pattern on the first and second lines of a paragraph is used as the standard indentation for the whole paragraph. If the paragraph has just one line, the indentation is taken from that line, but in that case `adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp' also plays a role.Vadaptive-fill-first-line-regexp *Regexp specifying whether to set fill prefix from a one-line paragraph. When a paragraph has just one line, then after `adaptive-fill-regexp' finds the prefix at the beginning of the line, if it doesn't match this regexp, it is replaced with whitespace. By default, this regexp matches sequences of just spaces and tabs. However, we never use a prefix from a one-line paragraph if it would act as a paragraph-starter on the second line.Vadaptive-fill-function *Function to call to choose a fill prefix for a paragraph, or nil. This function is used when `adaptive-fill-regexp' does not match.Vfill-indent-according-to-mode Whether or not filling should try to use the major mode's indentation.Fcurrent-fill-column Return the fill-column to use for this line. The fill-column to use for a buffer is stored in the variable `fill-column', but can be locally modified by the `right-margin' text property, which is subtracted from `fill-column'. The fill column to use for a line is the first column at which the column number equals or exceeds the local fill-column - right-margin difference.Fcanonically-space-region Remove extra spaces between words in region. Leave one space between words, two at end of sentences or after colons (depending on values of `sentence-end-double-space', `colon-double-space', and `sentence-end-without-period'). Remove indentation from each line.Ffill-common-string-prefix Return the longest common prefix of strings S1 and S2, or nil if none.Ffill-context-prefix Compute a fill prefix from the text between FROM and TO. This uses the variables `adaptive-fill-regexp' and `adaptive-fill-function' and `adaptive-fill-first-line-regexp'. `paragraph-start' also plays a role; we reject a prefix based on a one-line paragraph if that prefix would act as a paragraph-separator.Vfill-nobreak-predicate If non-nil, a predicate for recognizing places not to break a line. The predicate is called with no arguments, with point at the place to be tested. If it returns t, fill commands do not break the line there.Ffill-find-break-point Move point to a proper line breaking position of the current line. Don't move back past the buffer position LIMIT. This function is called when we are going to break the current line after or before a non-ascii character. If the charset of the character has the property `fill-find-break-point-function', this function calls the property value as a function with one arg LINEBEG. If the charset has no such property, do nothing.Ffill-region-as-paragraph Fill the region as one paragraph. It removes any paragraph breaks in the region and extra newlines at the end, indents and fills lines between the margins given by the `current-left-margin' and `current-fill-column' functions. (In most cases, the variable `fill-column' controls the width.) It leaves point at the beginning of the line following the paragraph. Normally performs justification according to the `current-justification' function, but with a prefix arg, does full justification instead. From a program, optional third arg JUSTIFY can specify any type of justification. Fourth arg NOSQUEEZE non-nil means not to make spaces between words canonical before filling. Fifth arg SQUEEZE-AFTER, if non-nil, means don't canonicalize spaces before that position. Return the fill-prefix used for filling. If `sentence-end-double-space' is non-nil, then period followed by one space does not end a sentence, so don't break a line there.Fskip-line-prefix If point is inside the string PREFIX at the beginning of line, move past it.Ffill-paragraph Fill paragraph at or after point. Prefix ARG means justify as well. If `sentence-end-double-space' is non-nil, then period followed by one space does not end a sentence, so don't break a line there. the variable `fill-column' controls the width for filling. If `fill-paragraph-function' is non-nil, we call it (passing our argument to it), and if it returns non-nil, we simply return its value. If `fill-paragraph-function' is nil, return the `fill-prefix' used for filling.Ffill-region Fill each of the paragraphs in the region. A prefix arg means justify as well. Ordinarily the variable `fill-column' controls the width. Noninteractively, the third argument JUSTIFY specifies which kind of justification to do: `full', `left', `right', `center', or `none' (equivalent to nil). t means handle each paragraph as specified by its text properties. The fourth arg NOSQUEEZE non-nil means to leave whitespace other than line breaks untouched, and fifth arg TO-EOP non-nil means to keep filling to the end of the paragraph (or next hard newline, if `use-hard-newlines' is on). Return the fill-prefix used for filling the last paragraph. If `sentence-end-double-space' is non-nil, then period followed by one space does not end a sentence, so don't break a line there.Vdefault-justification *Method of justifying text not otherwise specified. Possible values are `left', `right', `full', `center', or `none'. The requested kind of justification is done whenever lines are filled. The `justification' text-property can locally override this variable. This variable automatically becomes buffer-local when set in any fashion.Fcurrent-justification How should we justify this line? This returns the value of the text-property `justification', or the variable `default-justification' if there is no text-property. However, it returns nil rather than `none' to mean "don't justify".Fset-justification Set the region's justification style. The kind of justification to use is prompted for. If the mark is not active, this command operates on the current paragraph. If the mark is active, the region is used. However, if the beginning and end of the region are not at paragraph breaks, they are moved to the beginning and end of the paragraphs they are in. If `use-hard-newlines' is true, all hard newlines are taken to be paragraph breaks. When calling from a program, operates just on region between BEGIN and END, unless optional fourth arg WHOLE-PAR is non-nil. In that case bounds are extended to include entire paragraphs as in the interactive command.Fset-justification-none Disable automatic filling for paragraphs in the region. If the mark is not active, this applies to the current paragraph.Fset-justification-left Make paragraphs in the region left-justified. This is usually the default, but see the variable `default-justification'. If the mark is not active, this applies to the current paragraph.Fset-justification-right Make paragraphs in the region right-justified: Flush at the right margin and ragged on the left. If the mark is not active, this applies to the current paragraph.Fset-justification-full Make paragraphs in the region fully justified: This makes lines flush on both margins by inserting spaces between words. If the mark is not active, this applies to the current paragraph.Fset-justification-center Make paragraphs in the region centered. If the mark is not active, this applies to the current paragraph.Fjustify-current-line Do some kind of justification on this line. Normally does full justification: adds spaces to the line to make it end at the column given by `current-fill-column'. Optional first argument HOW specifies alternate type of justification: it can be `left', `right', `full', `center', or `none'. If HOW is t, will justify however the `current-justification' function says to. If HOW is nil or missing, full justification is done by default. Second arg EOP non-nil means that this is the last line of the paragraph, so it will not be stretched by full justification. Third arg NOSQUEEZE non-nil means to leave interior whitespace unchanged, otherwise it is made canonical.Funjustify-current-line Remove justification whitespace from current line. If the line is centered or right-justified, this function removes any indentation past the left margin. If the line is full-justified, it removes extra spaces between words. It does nothing in other justification modes.Funjustify-region Remove justification whitespace from region. For centered or right-justified regions, this function removes any indentation past the left margin from each line. For full-justified lines, it removes extra spaces between words. It does nothing in other justification modes. Arguments BEGIN and END are optional; default is the whole buffer.Ffill-nonuniform-paragraphs Fill paragraphs within the region, allowing varying indentation within each. This command divides the region into "paragraphs", only at paragraph-separator lines, then fills each paragraph using as the fill prefix the smallest indentation of any line in the paragraph. When calling from a program, pass range to fill as first two arguments. Optional third and fourth arguments JUSTIFY and MAIL-FLAG: JUSTIFY to justify paragraphs (prefix arg), When filling a mail message, pass a regexp for CITATION-REGEXP which will match the prefix of a line which is a citation marker plus whitespace, but no other kind of prefix. Also, if CITATION-REGEXP is non-nil, don't fill header lines.Ffill-individual-paragraphs Fill paragraphs of uniform indentation within the region. This command divides the region into "paragraphs", treating every change in indentation level or prefix as a paragraph boundary, then fills each paragraph using its indentation level as the fill prefix. There is one special case where a change in indentation does not start a new paragraph. This is for text of this form: foo> This line with extra indentation starts foo> a paragraph that continues on more lines. These lines are filled together. When calling from a program, pass the range to fill as the first two arguments. Optional third and fourth arguments JUSTIFY and MAIL-FLAG: JUSTIFY to justify paragraphs (prefix arg), When filling a mail message, pass a regexp for CITATION-REGEXP which will match the prefix of a line which is a citation marker plus whitespace, but no other kind of prefix. Also, if CITATION-REGEXP is non-nil, don't fill header lines.Fforward-page Move forward to page boundary. With arg, repeat, or go back if negative. A page boundary is any line whose beginning matches the regexp `page-delimiter'.Fbackward-page Move backward to page boundary. With arg, repeat, or go fwd if negative. A page boundary is any line whose beginning matches the regexp `page-delimiter'.Fmark-page Put mark at end of page, point at beginning. A numeric arg specifies to move forward or backward by that many pages, thus marking a page other than the one point was originally in.Fnarrow-to-page Make text outside current page invisible. A numeric arg specifies to move forward or backward by that many pages, thus showing a page other than the one point was originally in.Fcount-lines-page Report number of lines on current page, and how many are before or after point.Fwhat-page Print page and line number of point.Vuse-hard-newlines Non-nil means to distinguish hard and soft newlines. See also the documentation for the function `use-hard-newlines'.Fuse-hard-newlines Minor mode to distinguish hard and soft newlines. When active, the functions `newline' and `open-line' add the text-property `hard' to newlines that they insert, and a line is only considered as a candidate to match `paragraph-start' or `paragraph-separate' if it follows a hard newline. Prefix argument says to turn mode on if positive, off if negative. When the mode is turned on, if there are newlines in the buffer but no hard newlines, ask the user whether to mark as hard any newlines preceeding a `paragraph-start' line. From a program, second arg INSERT specifies whether to do this; it can be `never' to change nothing, t or `always' to force marking, `guess' to try to do the right thing with no questions, nil or anything else to ask the user. Newlines not marked hard are called "soft", and are always internal to paragraphs. The fill functions insert and delete only soft newlines.Vparagraph-start *Regexp for beginning of a line that starts OR separates paragraphs. This regexp should match lines that separate paragraphs and should also match lines that start a paragraph (and are part of that paragraph). This is matched against the text at the left margin, which is not necessarily the beginning of the line, so it should never use "^" as an anchor. This ensures that the paragraph functions will work equally well within a region of text indented by a margin setting. The variable `paragraph-separate' specifies how to distinguish lines that start paragraphs from lines that separate them. If the variable `use-hard-newlines' is non-nil, then only lines following a hard newline are considered to match.Vparagraph-separate *Regexp for beginning of a line that separates paragraphs. If you change this, you may have to change `paragraph-start' also. This is matched against the text at the left margin, which is not necessarily the beginning of the line, so it should not use "^" as an anchor. This ensures that the paragraph functions will work equally within a region of text indented by a margin setting.Vsentence-end *Regexp describing the end of a sentence. The value includes the whitespace following the sentence. All paragraph boundaries also end sentences, regardless. The default value specifies that in order to be recognized as the end of a sentence, the ending period, question mark, or exclamation point must be followed by two spaces, unless it's inside some sort of quotes or parenthesis. See also the variable `sentence-end-double-space', the variable `sentence-end-without-period' and Info node `Sentences'.Vpage-delimiter *Regexp describing line-beginnings that separate pages.Vparagraph-ignore-fill-prefix *Non-nil means the paragraph commands are not affected by `fill-prefix'. This is desirable in modes where blank lines are the paragraph delimiters.Fforward-paragraph Move forward to end of paragraph. With argument ARG, do it ARG times; a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N paragraphs. A line which `paragraph-start' matches either separates paragraphs (if `paragraph-separate' matches it also) or is the first line of a paragraph. A paragraph end is the beginning of a line which is not part of the paragraph to which the end of the previous line belongs, or the end of the buffer.Fbackward-paragraph Move backward to start of paragraph. With argument ARG, do it ARG times; a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N paragraphs. A paragraph start is the beginning of a line which is a `first-line-of-paragraph' or which is ordinary text and follows a paragraph-separating line; except: if the first real line of a paragraph is preceded by a blank line, the paragraph starts at that blank line. See `forward-paragraph' for more information.Fmark-paragraph Put point at beginning of this paragraph, mark at end. The paragraph marked is the one that contains point or follows point.Fkill-paragraph Kill forward to end of paragraph. With arg N, kill forward to Nth end of paragraph; negative arg -N means kill backward to Nth start of paragraph.Fbackward-kill-paragraph Kill back to start of paragraph. With arg N, kill back to Nth start of paragraph; negative arg -N means kill forward to Nth end of paragraph.Ftranspose-paragraphs Interchange this (or next) paragraph with previous one.Fforward-sentence Move forward to next `sentence-end'. With argument, repeat. With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to `sentence-beginning'. The variable `sentence-end' is a regular expression that matches ends of sentences. Also, every paragraph boundary terminates sentences as well.Fbackward-sentence Move backward to start of sentence. With arg, do it arg times. See `forward-sentence' for more information.Fkill-sentence Kill from point to end of sentence. With arg, repeat; negative arg -N means kill back to Nth start of sentence.Fbackward-kill-sentence Kill back from point to start of sentence. With arg, repeat, or kill forward to Nth end of sentence if negative arg -N.Fmark-end-of-sentence Put mark at end of sentence. Arg works as in `forward-sentence'.Ftranspose-sentences Interchange this (next) and previous sentence.Vtext-mode-hook Normal hook run when entering Text mode and many related modes.Vtext-mode-variant Non-nil if this buffer's major mode is a variant of Text mode.Vtext-mode-syntax-table Syntax table used while in text mode.Vtext-mode-abbrev-table Abbrev table used while in text mode.Vtext-mode-map Keymap for Text mode. Many other modes, such as Mail mode, Outline mode and Indented Text mode, inherit all the commands defined in this map.Ftext-mode Major mode for editing text written for humans to read. In this mode, paragraphs are delimited only by blank or white lines. You can thus get the full benefit of adaptive filling (see the variable `adaptive-fill-mode'). \{text-mode-map} Turning on Text mode runs the normal hook `text-mode-hook'.Fparagraph-indent-text-mode Major mode for editing text, with leading spaces starting a paragraph. In this mode, you do not need blank lines between paragraphs when the first line of the following paragraph starts with whitespace. `paragraph-indent-minor-mode' provides a similar facility as a minor mode. Special commands: \{text-mode-map} Turning on Paragraph-Indent Text mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `paragraph-indent-text-mode-hook'.Fparagraph-indent-minor-mode Minor mode for editing text, with leading spaces starting a paragraph. In this mode, you do not need blank lines between paragraphs when the first line of the following paragraph starts with whitespace, as with `paragraph-indent-mode'. Turning on Paragraph-Indent minor mode runs the normal hook `paragraph-indent-text-mode-hook'.Ftext-mode-hook-identify Mark that this mode has run `text-mode-hook'. This is how `toggle-text-mode-auto-fill' knows which buffers to operate on.Ftoggle-text-mode-auto-fill Toggle whether to use Auto Fill in Text mode and related modes. This command affects all buffers that use modes related to Text mode, both existing buffers and buffers that you subsequently create.Fcenter-paragraph Center each nonblank line in the paragraph at or after point. See `center-line' for more info.Fcenter-region Center each nonblank line starting in the region. See `center-line' for more info.Fcenter-line Center the line point is on, within the width specified by `fill-column'. This means adjusting the indentation so that it equals the distance between the end of the text and `fill-column'. The argument NLINES says how many lines to center.Vvc-ignore-vc-files Obsolete -- use `vc-handled-backends'.Vvc-master-templates Obsolete -- use vc-BACKEND-master-templates.Vvc-header-alist Obsolete -- use vc-BACKEND-header.Vvc-handled-backends *List of version control backends for which VC will be used. Entries in this list will be tried in order to determine whether a file is under that sort of version control. Removing an entry from the list prevents VC from being activated when visiting a file managed by that backend. An empty list disables VC altogether.Vvc-path *List of extra directories to search for version control commands.Vvc-make-backup-files *If non-nil, backups of registered files are made as with other files. If nil (the default), files covered by version control don't get backups.Vvc-follow-symlinks *What to do if visiting a symbolic link to a file under version control. Editing such a file through the link bypasses the version control system, which is dangerous and probably not what you want. If this variable is t, VC follows the link and visits the real file, telling you about it in the echo area. If it is `ask', VC asks for confirmation whether it should follow the link. If nil, the link is visited and a warning displayed.Vvc-display-status *If non-nil, display revision number and lock status in modeline. Otherwise, not displayed.Vvc-consult-headers *If non-nil, identify work files by searching for version headers.Vvc-keep-workfiles *If non-nil, don't delete working files after registering changes. If the back-end is CVS, workfiles are always kept, regardless of the value of this flag.Vvc-mistrust-permissions *If non-nil, don't assume permissions/ownership track version-control status. If nil, do rely on the permissions. See also variable `vc-consult-headers'.Fvc-mistrust-permissions Internal access function to variable `vc-mistrust-permissions' for FILE.Fvc-mode Version Control minor mode. This minor mode is automatically activated whenever you visit a file under control of one of the revision control systems in `vc-handled-backends'. VC commands are globally reachable under the prefix `\[vc-prefix-map]': \{vc-prefix-map}Vvc-file-prop-obarray Obarray for per-file properties.Fvc-file-setprop Set per-file VC PROPERTY for FILE to VALUE.Fvc-file-getprop Get per-file VC PROPERTY for FILE.Fvc-file-clearprops Clear all VC properties of FILE.Fvc-make-backend-sym Return BACKEND-specific version of VC symbol SYM.Fvc-find-backend-function Return BACKEND-specific implementation of FUN. If there is no such implementation, return the default implementation; if that doesn't exist either, return nil.Fvc-call-backend Call for BACKEND the implementation of FUNCTION-NAME with the given ARGS. Calls (apply 'vc-BACKEND-FUN ARGS) if vc-BACKEND-FUN exists (after trying to find it in vc-BACKEND.el) and else calls (apply 'vc-default-FUN BACKEND ARGS) It is usually called via the `vc-call' macro.Fvc-parse-buffer Find PATTERN in the current buffer and return its Ith submatch.Fvc-insert-file Insert the contents of FILE into the current buffer. Optional argument LIMIT is a regexp. If present, the file is inserted in chunks of size BLOCKSIZE (default 8 kByte), until the first occurrence of LIMIT is found. Anything from the start of that occurrence to the end of the buffer is then deleted. The function returns non-nil if FILE exists and its contents were successfully inserted.Fvc-registered Return non-nil if FILE is registered in a version control system. This function performs the check each time it is called. To rely on the result of a previous call, use `vc-backend' instead. If the file was previously registered under a certain backend, then that backend is tried first.Fvc-backend Return the version control type of FILE, nil if it is not registered.Fvc-backend-subdirectory-name Return where the master and lock FILEs for the current directory are kept.Fvc-name Return the master name of FILE. If the file is not registered, or the master name is not known, return nil.Fvc-checkout-model Indicate how FILE is checked out. If FILE is not registered, this function always returns nil. For registered files, the possible values are: 'implicit FILE is always writeable, and checked out `implicitly' when the user saves the first changes to the file. 'locking FILE is read-only if up-to-date; user must type \[vc-toggle-read-only] before editing. Strict locking is assumed. 'announce FILE is read-only if up-to-date; user must type \[vc-toggle-read-only] before editing. But other users may be editing at the same time. If FILE is not registered, this function always returns nil.Fvc-user-login-name Return the name under which the user is logged in, as a string. (With optional argument UID, return the name of that user.) This function does the same as function `user-login-name', but unlike that, it never returns nil. If a UID cannot be resolved, that UID is returned as a string.Fvc-state Return the version control state of FILE. If FILE is not registered, this function always returns nil. For registered files, the value returned is one of: 'up-to-date The working file is unmodified with respect to the latest version on the current branch, and not locked. 'edited The working file has been edited by the user. If locking is used for the file, this state means that the current version is locked by the calling user. USER The current version of the working file is locked by some other USER (a string). 'needs-patch The file has not been edited by the user, but there is a more recent version on the current branch stored in the master file. 'needs-merge The file has been edited by the user, and there is also a more recent version on the current branch stored in the master file. This state can only occur if locking is not used for the file. 'unlocked-changes The current version of the working file is not locked, but the working file has been changed with respect to that version. This state can only occur for files with locking; it represents an erroneous condition that should be resolved by the user (vc-next-action will prompt the user to do it).Fvc-up-to-date-p Convenience function that checks whether `vc-state' of FILE is `up-to-date'.Fvc-default-state-heuristic Default implementation of vc-state-heuristic. It simply calls the real state computation function `vc-BACKEND-state' and does not employ any heuristic at all.Fvc-workfile-unchanged-p Return non-nil if FILE has not changed since the last checkout.Fvc-default-workfile-unchanged-p Check if FILE is unchanged by diffing against the master version. Return non-nil if FILE is unchanged.Fvc-workfile-version Return the version level of the current workfile FILE. If FILE is not registered, this function always returns nil.Fvc-default-registered Check if FILE is registered in BACKEND using vc-BACKEND-master-templates.Fvc-check-master-templates Return non-nil if there is a master corresponding to FILE. TEMPLATES is a list of strings or functions. If an element is a string, it must be a control string as required by `format', with two string placeholders, such as "%sRCS/%s,v". The directory part of FILE is substituted for the first placeholder, the basename of FILE for the second. If a file with the resulting name exists, it is taken as the master of FILE, and returned. If an element of TEMPLATES is a function, it is called with the directory part and the basename of FILE as arguments. It should return non-nil if it finds a master; that value is then returned by this function.Fvc-toggle-read-only Change read-only status of current buffer, perhaps via version control. If the buffer is visiting a file registered with version control, then check the file in or out. Otherwise, just change the read-only flag of the buffer. With prefix argument, ask for version number to check in or check out. Check-out of a specified version number does not lock the file; to do that, use this command a second time with no argument.Fvc-default-make-version-backups-p Return non-nil if unmodified versions should be backed up locally. The default is to switch off this feature.Fvc-version-backup-file-name Return a backup file name for REV or the current version of FILE. If MANUAL is non-nil it means that a name for backups created by the user should be returned; if REGEXP is non-nil that means to return a regexp for matching all such backup files, regardless of the version.Fvc-delete-automatic-version-backups Delete all existing automatic version backups for FILE.Fvc-make-version-backup Make a backup copy of FILE, which is assumed in sync with the repository. Before doing that, check if there are any old backups and get rid of them.Fvc-before-save Function to be called by `basic-save-buffer' (in files.el).Fvc-after-save Function to be called by `basic-save-buffer' (in files.el).Fvc-mode-line Set `vc-mode' to display type of version control for FILE. The value is set in the current buffer, which should be the buffer visiting FILE.Fvc-default-mode-line-string Return string for placement in modeline by `vc-mode-line' for FILE. Format: "BACKEND-REV" if the file is up-to-date "BACKEND:REV" if the file is edited (or locked by the calling user) "BACKEND:LOCKER:REV" if the file is locked by somebody else This function assumes that the file is registered.Fvc-follow-link If current buffer visits a symbolic link, visit the real file. If the real file is already visited in another buffer, make that buffer current, and kill the buffer that visits the link.Fvc-find-file-hook Function for `find-file-hooks' activating VC mode if appropriate.Fvc-file-not-found-hook When file is not found, try to check it out from version control. Returns t if checkout was successful, nil otherwise. Used in `find-file-not-found-hooks'.Fvc-kill-buffer-hook Discard VC info about a file when we kill its buffer.Fdefine-widget Define a new widget type named NAME from CLASS. NAME and CLASS should both be symbols, CLASS should be one of the existing widget types, or nil to create the widget from scratch. After the new widget has been defined, the following two calls will create identical widgets: * (widget-create NAME) * (apply 'widget-create CLASS ARGS) The third argument DOC is a documentation string for the widget.Fone-window-p Return non-nil if the selected window is the only window (in its frame). Optional arg NOMINI non-nil means don't count the minibuffer even if it is active. The optional arg ALL-FRAMES t means count windows on all frames. If it is `visible', count windows on all visible frames. ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means count only the selected frame, plus the minibuffer it uses (which may be on another frame). If ALL-FRAMES is neither nil nor t, count only the selected frame.Fwalk-windows Cycle through all visible windows, calling PROC for each one. PROC is called with a window as argument. Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the minibuffer even if it is active. Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count too. Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts, `walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window. ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument. ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above. ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames. ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames. ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames. If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame. Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.Fget-window-with-predicate Return a window satisfying PREDICATE. This function cycles through all visible windows using `walk-windows', calling PREDICATE on each one. PREDICATE is called with a window as argument. The first window for which PREDICATE returns a non-nil value is returned. If no window satisfies PREDICATE, DEFAULT is returned. Optional second arg MINIBUF t means count the minibuffer window even if not active. MINIBUF nil or omitted means count the minibuffer iff it is active. MINIBUF neither t nor nil means not to count the minibuffer even if it is active. Several frames may share a single minibuffer; if the minibuffer counts, all windows on all frames that share that minibuffer count too. Therefore, if you are using a separate minibuffer frame and the minibuffer is active and MINIBUF says it counts, `walk-windows' includes the windows in the frame from which you entered the minibuffer, as well as the minibuffer window. ALL-FRAMES is the optional third argument. ALL-FRAMES nil or omitted means cycle within the frames as specified above. ALL-FRAMES = `visible' means include windows on all visible frames. ALL-FRAMES = 0 means include windows on all visible and iconified frames. ALL-FRAMES = t means include windows on all frames including invisible frames. If ALL-FRAMES is a frame, it means include windows on that frame. Anything else means restrict to the selected frame.Fminibuffer-window-active-p Return t if WINDOW (a minibuffer window) is now active.Fsave-selected-window Execute BODY, then select the window that was selected before BODY. However, if that window has become dead, don't get an error, just refrain from switching to it.Fcount-windows Return the number of visible windows. This counts the windows in the selected frame and (if the minibuffer is to be counted) its minibuffer frame (if that's not the same frame). The optional arg MINIBUF non-nil means count the minibuffer even if it is inactive.Fwindow-safely-shrinkable-p Non-nil if the WINDOW can be shrunk without shrinking other windows. If WINDOW is nil or omitted, it defaults to the currently selected window.Fbalance-windows Make all visible windows the same height (approximately).Vsplit-window-keep-point *If non-nil, split windows keeps the original point in both children. This is often more convenient for editing. If nil, adjust point in each of the two windows to minimize redisplay. This is convenient on slow terminals, but point can move strangely.Fsplit-window-vertically Split current window into two windows, one above the other. The uppermost window gets ARG lines and the other gets the rest. Negative arg means select the size of the lowermost window instead. With no argument, split equally or close to it. Both windows display the same buffer now current. If the variable `split-window-keep-point' is non-nil, both new windows will get the same value of point as the current window. This is often more convenient for editing. Otherwise, we chose window starts so as to minimize the amount of redisplay; this is convenient on slow terminals. The new selected window is the one that the current value of point appears in. The value of point can change if the text around point is hidden by the new mode line.Fsplit-window-horizontally Split current window into two windows side by side. This window becomes the leftmost of the two, and gets ARG columns. Negative arg means select the size of the rightmost window instead. The argument includes the width of the window's scroll bar; if there are no scroll bars, it includes the width of the divider column to the window's right, if any. No arg means split equally.Fset-window-text-height Sets the height in lines of the text display area of WINDOW to HEIGHT. This doesn't include the mode-line (or header-line if any) or any partial-height lines in the text display area. If WINDOW is nil, the selected window is used. Note that the current implementation of this function cannot always set the height exactly, but attempts to be conservative, by allocating more lines than are actually needed in the case where some error may be present.Fenlarge-window-horizontally Make current window ARG columns wider.Fshrink-window-horizontally Make current window ARG columns narrower.Fwindow-buffer-height Return the height (in screen lines) of the buffer that WINDOW is displaying.Fcount-screen-lines Return the number of screen lines in the region. The number of screen lines may be different from the number of actual lines, due to line breaking, display table, etc. Optional arguments BEG and END default to `point-min' and `point-max' respectively. If region ends with a newline, ignore it unless optional third argument COUNT-FINAL-NEWLINE is non-nil. The optional fourth argument WINDOW specifies the window used for obtaining parameters such as width, horizontal scrolling, and so on. The default is to use the selected window's parameters. Like `vertical-motion', `count-screen-lines' always uses the current buffer, regardless of which buffer is displayed in WINDOW. This makes possible to use `count-screen-lines' in any buffer, whether or not it is currently displayed in some window.Ffit-window-to-buffer Make WINDOW the right size to display its contents exactly. If WINDOW is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected window. If the optional argument MAX-HEIGHT is supplied, it is the maximum height the window is allowed to be, defaulting to the frame height. If the optional argument MIN-HEIGHT is supplied, it is the minimum height the window is allowed to be, defaulting to `window-min-height'. The heights in MAX-HEIGHT and MIN-HEIGHT include the mode-line and/or header-line.Fshrink-window-if-larger-than-buffer Shrink the WINDOW to be as small as possible to display its contents. If WINDOW is omitted or nil, it defaults to the selected window. Do not shrink to less than `window-min-height' lines. Do nothing if the buffer contains more lines than the present window height, or if some of the window's contents are scrolled out of view, or if shrinking this window would also shrink another window. or if the window is the only window of its frame. Return non-nil if the window was shrunk.Fkill-buffer-and-window Kill the current buffer and delete the selected window.Fquit-window Quit the current buffer. Bury it, and maybe delete the selected frame. (The frame is deleted if it is contains a dedicated window for the buffer.) With a prefix argument, kill the buffer instead. Noninteractively, if KILL is non-nil, then kill the current buffer, otherwise bury it. If WINDOW is non-nil, it specifies a window; we delete that window, and the buffer that is killed or buried is the one in that window.Vemacs-version Version numbers of this version of Emacs.Vemacs-build-time Time at which Emacs was dumped out.Femacs-version Return string describing the version of Emacs that is running. If optional argument HERE is non-nil, insert string at point. Don't use this function in programs to choose actions according to the system configuration; look at `system-configuration' instead.